The Technical Bulletins of Dianetics and Scientology by L.
Ron Hubbard FOUNDER OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY Volume XI 1976- 1978 _____________________________________________________________________ I will not always be here on guard.
The
Technical Bulletins
of
Dianetics and Scientology
by
L. Ron Hubbard
FOUNDER OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY
Volume XI
1976- 1978
_____________________________________________________________________
I will not always be here on guard. The stars twinkle in the Milky Way And the wind sighs for songs
Across the empty fields of a planet A Galaxy away.
You won’t always be here. But before you go, Whisper this to your sons
And their sons — “The work was free.
Keep it so.”
L. RON HUBBARD
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder of Dianetics and Scientology
EDITOR’S NOTE
With Technical Volume XI, L. Ron Hubbard is giving Scientologists everywhere one of their most precious possessions— his remarkable technical achievements of the last two years. 1977- 1978 have been spectacular years of Dianetics and Scientology discoveries, filled with numerous breakthroughs made by him.
Volume XI continues from where Volume VIII ended with bulletins issued through July 1976. Preceding these latest issues from August 1976 through September 20, 1978 contained herein, there are presented 35 issues (dated 1959 onward) that were not included in the earlier Technical Volumes but which can be published now. These bulletins are listed at the start of the Chronological Contents on page xvi.
As in the original Technical Volumes, if an issue has been revised, replaced, or cancelled, this has been indicated in the upper right- hand corner along with the page number of the issue which should be referred to.
The Chronological Contents shows at what point on the time track each issue in this volume was released, and the Long Contents gives you a breakdown of the subject content of each separate HCOB or issue.
In the Subject Index at the back of this volume, main entries appear in boldface type to make it easy to find any subject.
If the title of a bulletin is known but not the date of issue, the Alphabetical List of Titles may be consulted to locate the issue fast.
Lastly, the Cancellations and Revisions lists show you which issues in previous Technical Volumes have been cancelled or revised by issues presented in this present Volume XI.
The Editor
i
TECHNICAL BULLETINS 1976- 1978
CONTENTS
1959
20 May Know to Mystery Straight Wire for Extreme Cases 1
1962
3 May R ARC Breaks— Missed Withholds (revised 5 Sept. 1978) 2
28 June R Dirty Needles— How to Smooth Out Needles (revised 5 Sept. 1978) 6
12 Sept. R Security Checks Again (revised 5 Sept. 1978) 8
8 Nov. R Somatics— How to Tell Terminals and Opposition Terminals
(revised 5 Sept. 1978) (reissued 9 Oct. 1978) 10
30 Dec. R Routines 2- 12 & 2- 10— Case Errors— Points of Greatest Importance
(revised 5 Sept. 1978) 14
1963
8 June R The Time Track and Engram Running by Chains— Bulletin 2— Handling the Time Track (revised 3 Oct. 1977) (reissued 21 Mar. 1978) 25
1964
10 Mar. Basic Auditing— Non- Reading Meters— Meter Flinch 31
1966
12 Oct. Examinations (HCO PL) 32
1968
23 Aug. Arbitraries 33
23 Aug. Workability of Tech 34
26 Aug. The Class VIII Course 35
10 Sept. Case Supervisor— Admin in Auditing 36
10 Sept. Flunks 37 10 Sept. “Standard” Tech Data 38
10 Sept. Valence Shifter (amended 20 Sept. 1968) 39
11 Sept. C/ S Instructions 40
15 Sept. Pc Looking or Continually Feeling Tired 41
15 Sept. The First Thing I Learned About Teaching a Class VIII Auditor 41
16 Sept. End Phenomena 42
ii
1968 (cont.)
22 Sept. Rehabs 43
23 Sept. Violation of the Laws of Listing and Nulling 44
26 Sept. The Study of the “Well Done” LRH C/ S Folder 44
29 Sept. List Correction (amended 29 Oct. 1968) 45
4 Oct. Advance Courses 46
4 Oct. Pre- OTs 46
5 Oct. ARC Break Needle 47
21 Oct. R Floating Needle (revised 9 July 1977)
(corrected and reissued 15 July 1977) 48
1 Nov. Overt- Motivator Definitions 49
5 Dec. Unresolving Cases 50
15 Dec. RA L4BRA— For Assessment of All Listing Errors
(re- revised 11 Apr. 1977) 51
1969
2 Apr. RA Dianetic Assists (revised 28 July 1978) 55
17 Apr. R Dianetic Case Supervision (revised 25 July 1978) 58
23 Apr. RA Dianetics— Basic Definitions (re- revised 20 Sept. 1978) 59
24 Apr. RA Dianetic Use (re- revised 20 Sept. 1978) 64
24 Apr. R Dianetic Results (revised 20 July 1978) 68
26 Apr. R Somatics (revised 11 July 1978) 69
28 Apr. R High TA in Dianetics (revised 20 Sept. 1978) 71
7 May R Floating Needle (revised 15 July 1977) 72
8 May Important Study Data (reissued 23 Jan. 1977) 73
8 May R Teaching the Dianetics Course (revised 31 Mar. 1977) 74
9 May RA Case Supervising New Era Dianetics Folders
(re- revised 21 Sept. 1978) 75
11 May R Meter Trim Check (revised 8 July 1978) 77
18 May R Erasure (revised 3 Aug. 1978) 78
23 May R Auditing Out Sessions— Narrative Versus Somatic Chains
(revised 11 July 1978) 79
28 May RA How Not to Erase (re- revised 21 Sept. 1978) 80
28 June RA C/ S— How to Case Supervise Dianetics Folders
(re- revised 21 Sept. 1978) 82
17 July RB New Era Dianetics Command Training Drills
(re- revised 4 Sept. 1978) 86
19 July RA Dianetics and Illness (re- revised 21 Sept. 1978) 91
21 July One- Hand Electrodes 93
22 July R Auditing Speed (revised 20 Sept. 1978) 94
24 July R Seriously Ill Pcs (revised 24 July 1978) 95
2 Aug. R “LX” Lists (revised 4 Sept. 1978) 96
3 Aug. R LX2— Emotional Assessment List (revised 22 Aug. 1978) 98
iii
1969 (cont.)
9 Aug. R LX1 (Conditions) (revised 21 Aug. 1978) (reissued 4 Nov. 1978) 99
9 Aug. RA Case Folder Analysis, New Era Dianetics (re- revised 21 Sept. 1978) 100
17 Oct. RA Drugs, Aspirin and Tranquilizers (re- revised 20 Sept. 1978) 104
5 Nov. R LX3 (Attitudes) (revised 4 Sept. 1978) 107
15 Nov. R Case Supervision— Auditing and Results (revised 27 July 1978) 108
23 Nov. RB Student Rescue Intensive (re- revised 4 Sept. 1978) 110
21 Dec. Solo Auditing and R6EW 112
1970
27 Feb. Group Engram Process 114
11 Mar. Important Note on Group Engram Intensive 115
15 Mar. Double Folder Danger 115
25 June RA Glossary of C/ S Terms (C/ S Series 12RA) (revised 6 Oct. 1978) 116
30 June RA VIII Actions (C/ S Series 13RA) (re- revised 9 Apr. 1977) 118
15 July R Unresolved Pains (revised 17 July 1978) 122
16 Aug. R Getting the F/ N to Examiner (C/ S Series 15R) (revised 7 July 1978) 124
11 Sept. Solo Assists 127
11 Sept. R Chronic Somatic, Dianetic Handling of (C/ S Series 18R)
(revised 7 July 1978) 127
1971
8 Mar. R Case Actions, Off Line (C/ S Series 29R) (revised 25 July 1978) 128
27 Mar. RA Dianetic Erasure (re- revised 21 Sept. 1978) 130
5 Apr. Triple and Quad Reruns (C/ S Series 33RA- 1) (reissued 6 Nov. 1976) 132
11 Apr. RC L3RF— Dianetics and Int RD Repair List (re- revised 21 Sept. 1978) 135
21 Apr. RC Dianetics (C/ S Series 36RC) (revised 25 July 1978) 141
26 Apr. Solo Cognitions 145
9 June RA C/ S Tips (C/ S Series 41RA) (re- revised 28 Mar. 1977) 146
29 June RA Steps to Speed Student Product Flow (W/ C Series 7RA)
(reissued 27 Sept. 1977) 149
5 July RB Assists (C/ S Series 49RB) (re- revised 20 Sept. 1978) 150
17 July R Out of Valence (C/ S Series 51R) (revised 6 July 1978) 152
23 July R Assists (revised 16 July 1978) 153
28 July RA Dianetics, Beginning a Pc on (C/ S Series 54RA, NED Series 8R)
(re- revised 22 Sept. 1978) 155
16 Aug. R Training Drills Remodernized (revised 5 July 1978) 157
8 Sept. R Case Supervisor Actions (revised 20 May 1975) 163
14 Sept. R Dianetic List Errors (C/ S Series 59R) (revised 19 July 1978) 192
25 Sept. RB Tone Scale In Full (revised 1 Apr. 1978) 193
24 Oct. R False TA (revised 26 Jan. 1977) 194
12 Nov. RA False TA Addition (revised 26 Jan. 1977) 198
iv
1972
15 Feb. R False TA Addition 2 (revised 26 Jan. 1977) 199
18 Feb. R False TA Addition 3 (revised 26 Jan. 1977) 200
19 Mar. C/ Sing or Auditing Without Folder Study (HCO PL) 202
4 Apr. R Ethics and Study Tech (HCO PL) (revised 21 June 1975) 203
24 Apr. Auditor Recovery (LRH ED 176 INT) (reissued 11 Apr. 1977) 205
3 May R Ethics and Executives (HCO PL) (Exec. Series 12)
(revised 18 Dec. 1977) 207
16 June RA Auditor’s Rights Modified (C/ S Series 8 RA)
(re- revised 7 Dec. 1976) 213
1973
11 July RB Assist Summary (re- revised 21 Sept. 1978) 215
16 Nov. Study Tech & Post (HCO PL) 221
23 Nov. RA Dry and Wet Hands Make False TA (revised 26 Jan. 1977) 222
1974
28 Mar. R Expanded Dianetics Developments Since the Original Lectures— Cancellation (Exp. Dn. Series 21R) (cancelled 9 May 1977) (corrected 11 May 1977) 224
23 Apr. RA Expanded Dianetics Requisites (Exp. Dn. Series 22RA) (revised 1 Oct. 1976) 225
31 Aug. RA New Grade Chart (C/ S Series 93RA) (re- revised 9 Apr. 1977) 226
1 Nov. RA Rock Slams and Rock Slammers (revised 5 Sept. 1978) 229
1975
16 Jan. R Past Life Remedies (revised 6 July 1978) 232
23 Apr. R Vanishing Cream and False TA (revised 26 Jan. 1977) 235
29 Oct. Special Rundown Lectures (29 Oct.- 8 Dec. 1975) 236
1976
Aug. The Technical Bulletins of Dianetics and Scientology 237
10 Aug. R R/ Ses, What They Mean (revised 5 Sept. 1978) 238
Oct. The Volunteer Minister’s Handbook 243
20 Oct. PTS Data 244
20 Oct. R PTS Data (HCO PL) (revised 29 June 1977) 245
20 Oct. PTS Handling 246
23 Oct. Interneship and HGC (HCO PL)
(cancelled— see HCO PL 9 Dec. 1978 Vol. XII) 247
24 Oct. R Delivery Repair Lists (C/ S Series 96R) (revised 10 Feb. 1977) 248
26 Oct. Auditing Reports, Falsifying of (C/ S Series 97) 254
v
1976 (cont.)
28 Oct. Auditing Folders, Omissions in Completeness (C/ S Series 98) 256
Dec. Modern Management Technology Defined 258
6 Dec. Illegal Pcs, Acceptance of— High Crime Bulletin 259
10 Dec. RA Scientology F/ N and TA Position (C/ S Series 99RA)
(re- revised 18 Sept. 1978) 260
1977
10 Jan. How to Win with Word Clearing (W/ C Series 55) 263
10 Jan. Ethics and Word Clearing (HCO PL) 264
13 Jan. RA Handling a False TA (revised 5 Mar. 1977) 265
21 Jan. RA False TA Checklist (revised and reissued 7 June 1978) 267
22 Jan. In- Tech, The Only Way to Achieve It 273
24 Jan. Tech Correction Round- Up 274
26 Jan. Footplates Use Forbidden (corrected and reissued 20 Mar. 1977) 288
27 Jan. Auditor Recovery (cancelled 5 Dec. 1977) 289
30 Jan. False TA Data (corrected 19 Mar. 1977) 290
5 Feb. Jokers and Degraders (C/ S Series 100) 291
17 Feb. R Course Necessities (revised 20 Feb. 1977) 293
24 Feb. Expanded Dianetics Cases (corrected and reissued 26 Feb. 1977) 294
1 Mar. Cancellation of Integrity Processing HCOBs 295
1 Mar. Confessional Forms 296
1 Mar. Formulating Confessional Questions 297
1 Mar. A Valid Confessional (reissue of circa 1965) 300
8 Mar. R Power Checklist (revised 7 Apr. 1977) 302
16 Mar. The Gambler (Exp. Dn. Series 25) 304
27 Mar. Programming of Expanded Dianetics 305
5 Apr. Expanded Grades 307
11 Apr. List Errors— Correction of 308
17 Apr. Recurring Withholds and Overts 310
7 May Long Duration Sec Checking 311
9 May Foreword of Expanded Dianetics Course 312
9 May Psychosis, More About (Exp. Dn. Series 29) 313
31 May LSD— Years After They Have “Come Off of” LSD 315
14 June Paid Completions Simplified 316
26 Sept. Art and Communication 319
Oct. Have You Lived Before This Life? 321
4 Dec. Checklist for Setting Up Sessions and an E- Meter 322
1978
6 Feb. R LSD and the Sweat Program (revised 16 Mar. 1978) 324 vi
1978 (cont.)
6 Feb. R- 1 LSD and the Sweat Program— Addition (addition of 16 Mar. 1978) 327
26 Feb. Interneships vs. Courses 328
10 Mar. HGC Pc Application Form (HCO PL) 330
18 Mar. Postulates and Engrams (cancelled— see 403) 332
19 Mar. Quickie Objectives 333
23 Mar. R Word Clearing Definitions (W/ C Series 59R) (revised 12 Nov. 1978) 334
27 Mar. Ethics Penalty for Word Clearers (W/ C Series 58) 335
3 Apr. TR Debug Assessment 336
8 Apr. An F/ N Is a Read (cancelled— see 487) 338
30 Apr. The Sweat Program Further Data 339
1 May Tech Quality (Cramming Series 17) 342
26 May Dianetics: Urgent Command Change 343
2 June R Cramming Repair Assessment List (Cramming Series 18R)
(revised 14 June 1978) 345
15 June Urgent Important 349
18 June Routine 3- R Command Change 349
18 June R Assessment and How to Get the Item (NED Series 4R)
(revised 20 Sept. 1978) 350
19 June Objective ARC (NED Series 3) 356
20 June Identity Rundown (NED Series 15) 357
21 June New Era Dianetics Series 1 358
22 June R New Era Dianetics Full Pc Program Outline (NED Series 2R)
(revised 16 Sept. 1978) 360
23 June R Preclear Checklist (NED Series 16R) (revised 22 Sept. 1978) 365
24 June R Original Assessment Sheet (NED Series 5R) (revised 22 Sept. 1978) 367
26 June RA Routine 3RA— Engram Running by Chains (NED Series 6RA)
(re- revised 15 Sept. 1978) 380
28 June RA R3RA Commands (NED Series 7RA) (re- revised 15 Sept. 1978) 390
29 June Disability Rundown (NED Series 14) 395
1 July The Dianetic Prepared Assessment Rundown— Action Fourteen
(NED Series 13) 396
2 July Dianetic Student Rescue Intensive (NED Series 11) 399
3 July R Relief Rundown (NED Series 10R) (revised 22 Sept. 1978) 400
4 July R Second Original Assessment (NED Series 12R)
(revised 22 Sept. 1978) 401
7 July Dianetic F/ Ns (cancelled— see 480) 403
9 July R Dianetic CS- 1 (revised 4 Sept. 1978) 404
11 July The Preassessment List (NED Series 4- 1) (reissued 11 Oct. 1978) 414
14 July R Typical Dianetic Chain (revised 15 Sept. 1978) 416
14 July R A Typical Narrative Item (revised 15 Sept. 1978) 417
15 July Scientology Auditing CS- 1 418
19 July Dianetic Persistent F/ Ns (NED Series 17) 427
vii
1978 (cont.)
20 July After the Fact Items (NED Series 18) 428
21 July What Is a Floating Needle? 429
22 July Assessment TRs 430
23 July List of Perceptics (C/ S Series 101) 431
24 July Dianetic Remedies 433
2 Aug. Cancellation of Issues 436
5 Aug. Instant Reads 438
7 Aug. Havingness— Finding and Running the Pc’s Havingness Process 439
9 Aug. New Era Dianetics— A Requisite for Expanded Dianetics 441
9 Aug. Clearing Commands 442
11 Aug. Rudiments— Definitions and Patter 445
11 Aug. Model Session 450
21 Aug. Running Flows That Won’t Erase 452
26 Aug. R More on Drugs (revised 5 Oct. 1978) 453
3 Sept. Definition of a Rock Slam 454
5 Sept. Anatomy of a Service Facsimile 456
6 Sept. Following Up on Dirty Needles 459
6 Sept. Service Facsimiles and Rock Slams 461
6 Sept. Routine Three SC- A— Full Service Facsimile Handling Updated
With New Era Dianetics 463
7 Sept. R Modern Repetitive Prepchecking (revised 21 Oct. 1978) 469
8 Sept. Mini List of Grade 0- IV Processes 471
10 Sept. NED High Crime 473
12 Sept. Dianetics Forbidden on Clears and OTs 473
12 Sept. Overrun by Demanding Earlier Than There Is 474
13 Sept. R3RA Engram Running by Chains and Narrative R3RA—
An Additional Difference 476
13 Sept. Clears, OTs and R/ Ses 478
13 Sept. An Old Poem (HCO PL) 478
15 Sept. Confidentiality of Upper Level Rundowns (HCO PL) 479
16 Sept. Postulate Off Equals Erasure 480
19 Sept. A. D. 28— The Year of Technical Breakthroughs (LRH ED 298 INT) 482
19 Sept. The End of Endless Drug RDs (revised— see Vol. XII) 484
19 Sept. The End of Endless Drug Rundowns— Drug Rundown Repair List
(revised— see Vol. XII) 485
20 Sept. An Instant F/ N Is a Read (reissued 9 Oct. 1978) 487
20 Sept. LX List Handling 489
20 Sept. NED Auditor Analysis Checklist (NED Series 19, C/ S Series 103) 492
Subject Index 500
Alphabetical List of Titles 566
Cancellations and Revisions 568
viii
CHRONOLOGICAL CONTENTS
The Chronological Contents is a full contents list showing the chronology of the issues in this volume. It lists the issues under the date when each was last revised or reissued. If the issue has never been revised or reissued then it is simply listed under its original issue date. Persons who wish to study the HCOBs in chronological sequence will find the Chronological Contents especially useful.
Note that the first 35 issues listed (from 1959 up to and including 21 June 1975) are from the time period covered by earlier Technical Volumes. You may wish to note this in the correct places in your Technical Volume set in order to maintain the chronology.
1959
20 May Know to Mystery Straight Wire for Extreme Cases 1
1964
10 Mar. Basic Auditing— Non- Reading Meters— Meter Flinch 31
1966
12 Oct. Examinations (HCO PL) 32
1968
23 Aug. Arbitraries 33 23 Aug. Workability of Tech 34 26 Aug. The Class VIII Course 35 10 Sept. Case Supervisor— Admin in Auditing 36 10 Sept. Flunks 37 10 Sept. “Standard” Tech Data 38 11 Sept. C/ S Instructions 40 15 Sept. Pc Looking or Continually Feeling Tired 41 15 Sept. The First Thing I Learned About Teaching a Class VIII Auditor 41 16 Sept. End Phenomena 42 20 Sept. Valence Shifter (amendment of 10 Sept. 1968) 39 22 Sept. Rehabs 43 23 Sept. Violation of the Laws of Listing and Nulling 44 26 Sept. The Study of the “Well Done” LRH C/ S Folder 44 4 Oct. Advance Courses 46 4 Oct. Pre- OTs 46 5 Oct. ARC Break Needle 47 29 Oct. List Correction (amendment of 29 Sept. 1968) 45 1 Nov. Overt- Motivator Definitions 49 5 Dec. Unresolving Cases 50
1969
21 July One- Hand Electrodes 93 21 Dec. Solo Auditing and R6EW 112
ix
CHRONOLOGICAL CONTENTS 1970
27 Feb. Group Engram Process 114 11 Mar. Important Note on Group Engram Intensive 115 15 Mar. Double Folder Danger 115 11 Sept. Solo Assists 127
1971
26 Apr. Solo Cognitions 145
1972
19 Mar. C/ Sing or Auditing Without Folder Study (HCO PL) 202
1973
16 Nov. Study Tech & Post (HCO PL) 221
1975
20 May Case Supervisor Actions (revision of 8 Sept. 1971) 163 21 June Ethics and Study Tech (HCO PL) (revision of 4 Apr. 1972) 203 29 Oct. Special Rundown Lectures (29 Oct.- 8 Dec. 1975) 236
1976
Aug. The Technical Bulletins of Dianetics and Scientology 237 Oct. The VolunteerMinister’s Handbook 243 1 Oct. Expanded Dianetics Requisites (Exp. Dn. Series 22RA)
(revision of 23 Apr. 1974) 225 20 Oct. PTS Data 244 20 Oct. PTS Handling 246 23 Oct. Interneship and HGC (HCO PL)
(cancelled— see HCO PL 9 Dec. 1978 Vol. XII) 247 26 Oct. Auditing Reports, Falsifying of (C/ S Series 97) 254 28 Oct. Auditing Folders, Omissions in Completeness (C/ S Series 98) 256 6 Nov. Triple and Quad Reruns (C/ S Series 33RA- 1)
(reissue of 5 Apr. 1971) 132 Dec. Modern Management Technology Defined 258 6 Dec. Illegal Pcs, Acceptance of— High Crime Bulletin 259 7 Dec. Auditor’s Rights Modified (C/ S Series 81RA)
(re- revision of 16 June 1972) 213
1977
10 Jan. How to Win with Word Clearing (W/ C Series 55) 263 10 Jan. Ethics and Word Clearing (HCO PL) 264 22 Jan. In- Tech, The Only Way to Achieve It 273 23 Jan. Important Study Data (reissue of 8 May 1969) 73 24 Jan. Tech Correction Round- Up 274
x
CHRONOLOGICAL CONTENTS
26 Jan. False TA (revision of 24 Oct. 1971) 194 26 Jan. False TA Addition (revision of 12 Nov. 1971) 198 26 Jan. False TA Addition 2 (revision of 15 Feb. 1972) 199 26 Jan. False TA Addition 3 (revision of 18 Feb. 1972) 200 26 Jan. Dry and Wet Hands Make False TA (revision of 23 Nov. 1973) 222 26 Jan. Vanishing Cream and False TA (revision of 23 Apr. 1975) 235 5 Feb. Jokers and Degraders (C/ S Series 100) 291 10 Feb. Delivery Repair Lists (C/ S Series 96R) (revision of 24 Oct. 1976) 248 20 Feb. Course Necessities (revision of 17 Feb. 1977) 293 26 Feb. Expanded Dianetics Cases (correction and reissue of 24 Feb. 1977) 294 1 Mar. Cancellation of Integrity Processing HCOBs 295 1 Mar. Confessional Forms 296 1 Mar. Formulating Confessional Questions 297 1 Mar. A Valid Confessional (reissue of circa 1965) 300 5 Mar. Handling a False TA (revision of 13 Jan. 1977) 265 16 Mar. The Gambler (Exp. Dn. Series 25) 304 19 Mar. False TA Data (correction of 30 Jan. 1977) 290 20 Mar. Footplates Use Forbidden (correction and reissue of 26 Jan. 1977) 288 27 Mar. Programming of Expanded Dianetics 305 28 Mar. C/ S Tips (C/ S Series 41RA) (re- revision of 9 June 1971) 146 31 Mar. Teaching the Dianetics Course (revision of 8 May 1969) 74 5 Apr. Expanded Grades 307 7 Apr. Power Checklist (revision of 8 Mar. 1977) 302 9 Apr. VIII Actions (C/ S Series ERA) (re- revision of 30 June 1970) 118 9 Apr. New Grade Chart (C/ S Series 93RA) (re- revision of 31 Aug. 1974) 226 11 Apr. L4BRA— For Assessment of All Listing Errors
(re- revision of 15 Dec. 1968) 51 11 Apr. Auditor Recovery (LRH ED 176 INT) (reissue of 24 Apr. 1972) 205 11 Apr. List Errors— Correction of 308 17 Apr. Recurring Withholds and Overts 310 7 May Long Duration Sec Checking 311 9 May Foreword of Expanded Dianetics Course 312 9 May Psychosis, More About (Exp. Dn. Series 29) 313 11 May Expanded Dianetics Developments Since the Original Lectures—
Cancellation (Exp. Dn. Series 21R) (corrected cancellation of 28 Mar. 1974) 224
31 May LSD— Years After They Have “Come Off of” LSD 315 14 June Paid Completions Simplified 316 29 June PTS Data (HCO PL) (revision of 20 Oct. 1976) 245 15 July Floating Needle (correction and reissue of 21 Oct. 1968 revised 9 July 1977) 48
xi
CHRONOLOGICAL CONTENTS
15 July Floating Needle (revision of 7 May 1969) 72 26 Sept. Art and Communication 319 27 Sept. Steps to Speed Student Product Flow (W/ C Series 7RA)
(reissue of 29 June 1971 revised 14 July 1977) 149 Oct. Have You Lived Before ThisLife? 321 4 Dec. Checklist for Setting Up Sessions and an E- Meter 322 5 Dec. Auditor Recovery (cancellation of 27 Jan. 1977) 289 18 Dec. Ethics and Executives (HCO PL) (Exec Series 12)
(revision of 3 May 1972) 207
1978
26 Feb. Interneships vs. Courses 328 10 Mar. HGC Pc Application Form (HCO PL) 330 16 Mar. LSD and the Sweat Program (revision of 6 Feb. 1978) 324 16 Mar. LSD and the Sweat Program— Addition (addition to 6 Feb. 1978) 327 18 Mar. Postulates and Engrams (cancelled— see 403) 332 19 Mar. Quickie Objectives 333 21 Mar. The Time Track and Engram Running by Chains— Bulletin 2—
Handling the Time Track (reissue of 8 June 1963 revised 3 Oct. 1977) 25 27 Mar. Ethics Penalty for Word Clearers (W/ C Series 58) 335 1 Apr. Tone Scale In Full (revision of 25 Sept. 1971) 193 3 Apr. TR Debug Assessment 336 8 Apr. An F/ N Is a Read (cancelled— see 487) 338 30 Apr. The Sweat Program Further Data 339 1 May Tech Quality (Cramming Series 17) 342 26 May Dianetics: Urgent Command Change 343 7 June False TA Checklist (revision and reissue of 21 Jan. 1977) 267 14 June Cramming Repair Assessment List (Cramming Series 18R)
(revision of 2 June 1978) 345 15 June Urgent Important 349 18 June Routine 3- R Command Change 349 19 June Objective ARC (NED Series 3) 356 20 June Identity Rundown (NED Series 15) 357 21 June New Era Dianetics Series 1 358 29 June Disability Rundown (NED Series 14) 395 1 July The Dianetic Prepared Assessment Rundown— Action Fourteen
(NED Series 13) 396 2 July Dianetic Student Rescue Intensive (NED Series 11) 399 5 July Training Drills Remodernized (revision of 16 Aug. 1971) 157 6 July Out of Valence (C/ S Series SIR) (revision of 17 July 1971) 152 6 July Past Life Remedies (revision of 16 Jan. 1975) 232
xii
CHRONOLOGICAL CONTENTS
7 July Getting the F/ N to Examiner (C/ S Series 15R) (revision of 16 Aug. 1970) 124
7 July Chronic Somatic, Dianetic Handling of (C/ S Series 18R) (revision of 11 Sept. 1970) 127
7 July Dianetic F/ Ns (cancelled— see 480) 403 8 July Meter Trim Check (revision of 11 May 1969) 77 11 July Somatics (revision of 26 Apr. 1969) 69 11 July Auditing Out Sessions— Narrative Versus Somatic Chains
(revision of 23 May 1969) 79 15 July Scientology Auditing CS- 1 418 16 July Assists (revision of 23 July 1971) 153 17 July Unresolved Pains (revision of 15 July 1970) 122 19 July Dianetic List Errors (C/ S Series 59R) (revision of 14 Sept. 1971) 192 19 July Dianetic Persistent F/ Ns (NED Series 17) 427 20 July Dianetic Results (revision of 24 Apr. 1969) 68 20 July After the Fact Items (NED Series 18) 428 21 July What Is a Floating Needle? 429 22 July Assessment TRs 430 23 July List of Perceptics (C/ S Series 101) (revision of 10 Mar. 1970) 431 24 July Seriously Ill Pcs (revision of 24 July 1969) 95 24 July Dianetic Remedies 433 25 July Dianetic Case Supervision (revision of 17 Apr. 1969) 58 25 July Case Actions, Off Line (C/ S Series 29R) (revision of 8 Mar. 1971) 128 25 July Dianetics (C/ S Series 36RC) (revision of 21 Apr. 1971) 141 27 July Case Supervision— Auditing and Results (revision of 15 Nov. 1969) 108 28 July Dianetic Assists (revision of 2 Apr. 1969) 55 2 Aug. Cancellation of Issues 436 3 Aug. Erasure (revision of 18 May 1969) 78 5 Aug. Instant Reads 438 7 Aug. Havingness— Finding and Running the Pc’s Havingness Process 439 9 Aug. New Era Dianetics— A Requisite for Expanded Dianetics 441 9 Aug. Clearing Commands 442 11 Aug. Rudiments— Definitions and Patter 445 11 Aug. Model Session 450 21 Aug. Running Flows That Won’t Erase 452 22 Aug. LX2— Emotional Assessment List (revision of 3 Aug. 1969) 98 3 Sept. Definition of a Rock Slam 454 4 Sept. New Era Dianetics Command Training Drills (re- revision of
17 July 1969) 86 4 Sept. “LX” Lists (revision of 2 Aug. 1969) 96 4 Sept. LX3 (Attitudes) (revision of 5 Nov. 1969) 107
xiii
CHRONOLOGICAL CONTENTS
4 Sept. Student Rescue Intensive (re- revision of 23 Nov. 1969) 110 4 Sept. Dianetic CS- 1 (revision of 9 July 1978) 404 5 Sept. ARC Breaks— Missed Withholds (revision of 3 May 1962) 2 5 Sept. Dirty Needles— How to Smooth Out Needles (revision of
28 June 1962) 6 5 Sept. Security Checks Again (revision of 12 Sept. 1962) 8 5 Sept. Routines 2- 12 & 2- 10— Case Errors— Points of Greatest Importance
(revision of 30 Dec. 1962) 14 5 Sept. Rock Slams and Rock Slammers (revision of 1 Nov. 1974) 229 5 Sept. R/ Ses, What They Mean (revision of 10 Aug. 1976) 238 5 Sept. Anatomy of a Service Facsimile 456 6 Sept. Following Up on Dirty Needles 459 6 Sept. Service Facsimiles and Rock Slams 461 6 Sept. Routine Three SC- A— Full Senice Facsimile Handling Updated
With New Era Dianetics 463 8 Sept. Mini List of Grade 0- IV Processes 471 10 Sept. NED High Crime 473 12 Sept. Dianetics Forbidden on Clears and OTs 473 12 Sept. Overrun by Demanding Earlier Than There Is 474 13 Sept. R3RA Engram Running by Chains and Narrative R3RA—
An Additional Difference 476 13 Sept. Clears, OTs and R/ Ses 478 13 Sept. An Old Poem (HCO PL) 478 15 Sept. Routine 3RA— Engram Running by Chains (NED Series 6RA)
(re- revision of 26 June 1978) 380 15 Sept. R3RA Commands (NED Series 7RA) (re- revision of 28 June 1978) 390 15 Sept. Typical Dianetic Chain (revision of 14 July 1978) 416 15 Sept. A Typical Narrative Item (revision of 14 July 1978) 417 15 Sept. Confidentiality of Upper Level Rundowns (HCO PL) 479 16 Sept. New Era Dianetics Full Pc Program Outline (NED Series 2R)
(revision of 22 June 1978) 360 16 Sept. Postulate Off Equals Erasure 480 18 Sept. Scientology F/ N and TA Position (C/ S Series 99RA)
(re- revision of 10 Dec. 1976) 260 19 Sept. A. D. 28— The Year of Technical Breakthroughs (LRH ED 298 INT) 482 19 Sept. The End of Endless Drug RDs (revised— see Vol. XIl) 484 19 Sept. The End of Endless Drug Rundowns— Drug Rundown Repair List
(revised— see Vol. XII) 485 20 Sept. Dianetics— Basic Definitions (re- revision of 23 Apr. 1969) 59 20 Sept. Dianetic Use (re- revision of 24 Apr. 1969) 64 20 Sept. High TA in Dianetics (revision of 28 Apr. 1969) 71 20 Sept. Auditing Speed (revision of 22 July 1969) 94 20 Sept. Drugs, Aspirin and Tranquilizers (re- revision of 17 Oct. 1969) 104
xiv
CHRONOLOGICAL CONTENTS
20 Sept. Assists (C/ S Series 49RB) (re- revision of 5 July 1971) 150 20 Sept. Assessment and How to Get the Item (NED Series 4R)
(revision of 18 June 1978) 350 20 Sept. LX List Handling 489 20 Sept. NED Auditor Analysis Checklist (NED Series 19, C/ S Series 103) 492 21 Sept. Case Supenising New Era Dianetics Folders (re- revision of
9 May 1969) 75 21 Sept. How Not to Erase (re- revision of 28 May 1969) 80 21 Sept. C/ S— How to Case Supervise Dianetics Folders (re- revision of
28 June 1969) 82 21 Sept. Dianetics and Illness (re- revision of 19 July 1969) 91 21 Sept. Case Folder Analysis, New Era Dianetics (re- revision of 9 Aug. 1969) 100 21 Sept. Dianetic Erasure (re- revision of 27 Mar. 1971) 130 21 Sept. L3RF— Dianetics and Int RD Repair List (re- revision of
11 Apr. 1971) 135 21 Sept. Assist Summary (re- revision of 11 July 1973) 215 22 Sept. Dianetics, Beginning a Pc on (C/ S Series 54RA, NED Series 8R)
(re- revision of 28 July 1971) 155 22 Sept. Preclear Checklist (NED Series 16R) (revision of 23 June 1978) 365 22 Sept. Original Assessment Sheet (NED Series 5R) (revision of
24 June 1978) 367 22 Sept. Relief Rundown (NED Series 10R) (revision of 3 July 1978) 400 22 Sept. Second Original Assessment (NED Series 12R) (revision of
4 July 1978) 401 5 Oct. More On Drugs (revision of 26 Aug. 1978) 453 6 Oct. Glossary of C/ S Terms (C/ S Series 12RA) (revision of 25 June 1970) 116 9 Oct. Somatics— How to Tell Terminals and Opposition Terminals
(reissue of 8 Nov. 1962 revised 5 Sept. 1978) 10 9 Oct. An Instant F/ N Is a Read (reissue of 20 Sept. 1978) 487 11 Oct. The Preassessment List (NED Series 4- 1) (reissue of 11 July 1978) 414 21 Oct. Modern Repetitive Prepchecking (revision of 7 Sept. 1978) 469 4 Nov. LXI (Conditions) (reissue of 9 Aug. 1969 revised 21 Aug. 1978) 99 12 Nov. Word Clearing Definitions (W/ C Series 59R) (revision of
23 Mar. 1978) 334 Subject Index 500 Alphabetical List of Titles 566 Cancellations and Revisions 568
xv
LONG CONTENTS
HCO B 20 May 1959 KNOW TO MYSTERY STRAIGHT WIRE FOR EXTREME
CASES, 1 Know to Mystery Scale expanded, 1
HCO B 3 May 1962R ARC BREAKS— MISSED WITHHOLDS, 2 All ARC breaks stem from missed withholds, 2 Picking up missed withholds keeps pc in session, 2 Pc manifestations cured by asking for missed withholds, 3 Missed withhold commands, 4
HCO B 28 June 1962R DIRTY NEEDLES— HOW TO SMOOTH OUT NEEDLES, 6 Reasons for dirty needles, 6
HCO B 12 Sept. 1962R SECURITY CHECKS AGAIN, 8 Security Check by rock slam, 8
HCO B 8 Nov. 1962R SOMATICS— HOW TO TELL TERMINALS AND OPPOSITION TERMINALS, 10
Definitions of important terms, 10 Testing for the character of an item, 12 Ways of asking for terminal and opposition terminal, 12 Using Tiger Drill buttons, 12 The line plot, 13
HCO B 30 Dec. 1962R ROUTINES 2- 12 & 2- 10— CASE ERRORS— POINTS OF GREATEST IMPORTANCE, 14
Auditing errors, 14 The errors of Routine Two, 15 Auditor responsibility, 16 Duration of process, 16 No auditing, 16 Failure to save records, 17 Failing to find R/ Ses on List One, 17 Representing an R/ Sing item, 18 Oppose RIs, 18 Incomplete lists, 19 Wrong way oppose, test for, 20 Lists that won’t complete, 20 Long long lists, 21 Case remedy, 23
HCO B 8 June 1963R THE TIME TRACK AND ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS— BULLETIN 2— HANDLING THE TIME TRACK,
25 Reasons why some cannot run engrams on pcs, 25 Three ways to move a time track, 25 Charge and the time track, 27 State of Case Scale, 27 Charge, 28 Auditing theory of charge erasure, 29
HCO B 10 Mar. 1964 BASIC AUDITING— NON- READING METERS— METER FLINCH, 31
Reasons a pc does not read on a meter, 31 Invalidation read of a GPM, 32 Pc who is consistently flinching, 32
xvi
HCO PL 12 Oct. 1966 EXAMINATIONS, 32 Students are not to discuss examinations with other students, 32 Line for student complaints concerning an examination, 32
HCO B 23 Aug. 1968 ARBITRARIES, 33 Effect of entering any arbitrary into any line, 33 What you know when the needle on an E- Meter read, 33 Standard tech has absolutely no arbitraries, 33
HCO B 23 Aug. 1968 WORKABILITY OF TECH, 34 Quality of technology, 34 Percentage of successes using standard tech actions, 34
HCO B 26 Aug. 1968 THE CLASS VIII COURSE, 35 What the Class VIII Course will teach, 35 What the course will include, 35
HCO B 10 Sept. 1968 CASE SUPERVISOR— ADMIN IN AUDITING, 36 Case Supenisor being presented with lousy admin, 36 No report gets liability, 36 Case Supenisor does not see the pc, 36 Case Supenisor does not talk to the auditor, 36
HCO B 10 Sept. 1968 FLUNKS, 37 Most common goofs made by auditors, 37
HCO B 10 Sept. 1968 “STANDARD” TECH DATA, 38 Green Form is done by handling every read, 38 Random auditing should not be done, 38 Ruds and reads, 38 False reads in ruds, 38
HCO B 10 Sept. 1968 VALENCE SHIFTER, 39 List question, 39 “Detached” lower grade case, 39
HCO B 11 Sept. 1968 C/ S INSTRUCTIONS, 40 Standard action for an old- timer, 40 Standard one- time action for a Section III OT, 40
HCO B 15 Sept. 1968 PC LOOKING OR CONTINUALLY FEELING TIRED, 41 M/ W/ H gives a nattery critical aspect, 41 Handling a pc who feels tired, 41
HCO B 15 Sept. 1968 THE FIRST THING I LEARNED ABOUT TEACHING A CLASS VIII AUDITOR, 41
Auditor who thinks he can fly before he can even creep, 41
HCO B 16 Sept. 1968 END PHENOMENA, 42 Phenomena of pc occurs after phenomena of meter, 42 Precise instant to tell the pc it’s an F/ N, 42 Cutting the pc’s comm, 42
HCO B 22 Sept. 1968 REHABS, 43 Rehabbing no longer used processes, 43 Count the number of times released, 43
xvii
HCO B 23 Sept. 1968 VIOLATION OF THE LAWS OF LISTING AND NULLING, 44
Rudiments are usually not necessary in correcting a list, 44 How to correct a list, 44 Four basic reasons for a wrong list, 44
HCO B 26 Sept. 1968 THE STUDY OF THE “WELL DONE” LRH C/ S FOLDER, 44
Difference between making auditors and not making auditors, 44
HCO B 29 Sept. 1968 LIST CORRECTION, 45 Questions for correcting a recently done list, 45
HCO B 4 Oct. 1968 ADVANCE COURSES, 46 Issuing an Advance Course to anyone requires C/ S OK, 46 Running Advance Courses on people with out ruds, 46
HCO B 4 Oct. 1968 PRE- OTS, 46 Putting in Suppress and false reads on each rud, 46
HCO B 5 Oct. 1968 ARC BREAK NEEDLE, 47 F/ N with bad indicators is an ARC break needle, 47 Real F/ N has one or more GIs, 47
HCO B 21 Oct. 1968R FLOATING NEEDLE, 48 Floating needle defined, 48 Indicating floating needle, 48 ARC break needle, 48
HCO B 1 Nov. 1968 OVERT- MOTIVATOR DEFINITIONS, 49 Definitions of overt, motivator and overt of omission, 49 False motivators, 49 False overts, 49 Cases that go into imaginary cause, 49
HCO B 5 Dec. 1968 UNRESOLVING CASES, 50 Mechanism of PTS, 50 Why the PTS case does not respond to processing, 50
HCO B 15 Dec. 1968RA L4BRA— FOR ASSESSMENT OF ALL LISTING ERRORS, 51
HCO B 2 Apr. 1969RA DIANETIC ASSISTS, 55 Medical treatment of “insanity,” 55 Touch Assist, 55 Contact Assist, 55 Auditing Assist, 55 Handling of illness, 56 Physically sick persons divide into two classes, 56 Dianetic auditing speeds up healing from illness or injury, 57 First research on Dianetics, 57
HCO B 17 Apr. 1969R DIANETIC CASE SUPERVISION, 58 Dianetics is done differently than Scientology, 58 Keep Dianetics to Dianetics, 58
xviii
HCO B 23 Apr. 1969RA DIANETICS— BASIC DEFINITIONS, 59 Erasure, lock, secondary and engram defined, 59 Cause of psychosomatic ills, 59 Somatic and misemotion defined, 60 Pc who is ill needs Dianetics, 60 Run what is offered, don’t force the pc, 60 Time track, pleasure moment, black field and invisible field defined, 61 Key- out vs. erasure, 61 EP of a chain and calling F/ Ns in Dianetics, 62 Multiple illness, 62 Chain, automatic bank, basic, unburdening, basic basic, valence and ally defined, 62 What assess means in Dianetics, 63
HCO B 24 Apr. 1969RA DIANETIC USE, 64 Illegal to cure illness, 64 Dianetics used for pastoral counseling is completely legal, 64 Correct procedure for ill pcs wanting auditing, 65 Examples of use of Dianetics, 65 Dianetics and Scientology, 66
HCO B 24 Apr. 1969R DIANETIC RESULTS, 68 Dianetics vs. Scientology, 68 Dianetic results are a well body and a being happy with it, 68 Scientology results are a free, powerful and immortal being, 68
HCO B 26 Apr. 1969R SOMATICS, 69 Chains are held together by one similar awareness, 69 Never assess medical terms or symptoms, 69 Landing the real engram every time using preassessment procedure, 70
HCO B 28 Apr. 1969R HIGH TA IN DIANETICS, 71 High TA in Dianetics means an engram too late on the chain to erase is in restimulation, 71 TA behavior on engram chains, 71
HCO B 7 May 1969R FLOATING NEEDLE, 72 Floating needle defined, 72 Indicating floating needle, 72
HCO B 8 May 1969 IMPORTANT STUDY DATA, 73 Number of times over the materials equals certainty and results, 73
HCO B 8 May 1969R TEACHING THE DIANETICS COURSE, 74 Principles of teaching Dianetics auditors, 74
HCO B 9 May 1969RA CASE SUPERVISING NEW ERA DIANETICS FOLDERS, 75
R3RA exactly followed gives uniform results, 75 Dianetic auditor requirements, 75 Dianetic errors, 76
HCO B 11 May 1969R METER TRIM CHECK, 77 Meter trim check procedure, 77
HCO B 18 May 1969R ERASURE, 78 Erase a picture, not only the somatic, 78 What erasure depends on, 78
xix
HCO B 23 May 1969R AUDITING OUT SESSIONS— NARRATIVE VERSUS SOMATIC CHAINS, 79
Running a session out using Narrative R3RA, 79
HCO B 28 May 1969RA HOW NOT TO ERASE, 80 Grinding in Dianetics, 80 Forcing the pc to go earlier than basic on the chain, 80 Basic facts concerning erasure, 80 Asking “solid or erasing,” 80 Blowing an engram by inspection, 81 There’s no substitution for actually understanding what’s going on, 81 Earlier beginning, 81
HCO B 28 June 1969RA C/ S— HOW TO CASE SUPERVISE DIANETICS FOLDERS, 82
Four possible actions for a New Era Dianetics C/ S to take, 82 Two types of cases, 83 Dianetic “oddity” case, 83 Roller- coaster after Dianetic auditing, 84 Sick pcs are sent directly to a medico, 84 Handling the “insane” pc, 84 C/ S procedure on a New Era Dianetics folder, 84 Auditing result is the result of a team, 85
HCO B 17 July 1969RB NEW ERA DIANETICS COMMAND TRAINING DRILLS, 86
TR 100: Preassessment Procedure on a Doll, 87 TR 100- A: Preassessing a Doll Coached, 87 TR 101: R3RA to a Wall, 88 TR 102: Auditing a Doll, 88 TR 103: Auditing on a Doll Coached, 89 TR 104: R3RA Coached and Bullbaited, 89
HCO B 19 July 1969RA DIANETICS AND ILLNESS, 91 Dianetics forbidden on Clears and OTs, 91 Illnesses can be physical; if so medical action is the first action, 91 Illness is a composite somatic, 92 Handling a continual or recurring illness, 92
HCO B 21 July 1969 ONE- HAND ELECTRODES, 93 One- hand electrode hides floating needles, 93
HCO B 22 July 1969R AUDITING SPEED, 94 Failed sessions caused by lack of speed, 94 Fast pcs require fast auditors, 94
HCO B 24 Jub 1969R SERIOUSLY ILL PCS, 95 Medical examination, 95 Medical care, 95 Dianetic auditing, 95
HCO B 2 Aug. 1969R “LX” LISTS, 96 The three “LX” Lists, 96 End phenomena, 96 Use of lists, 97
HCO B 3 Aug. 1969R LX2— EMOTIONAL ASSESSMENT LIST, 98
HCO B 9 Aug. 1969R LX1 (CONDITIONS), 99 xx
HCO B 9 Aug. 1969RA CASE FOLDER ANALYSIS, NEW ERA DIANETICS, 100
The nine things that can go wrong in a New Era Dianetics session, 100 Pc repair, 101 Out ruds, 101 Handling of physically ill pcs, 102 Special cases, 102 Original Assessment Form, 102 Pcs who go exterior in Dianetics, 103
HCO B 17 Oct. 1969RA DRUGS, ASPIRIN AND TRANQUILIZERS, 104 Actions of aspirin and other pain depressants, 104 Drugs make auditing very difficult, 105 Cycle of drug restimulation of pictures, 105 Drugs chemically inhibit the creation of mental image pictures but inhibit as well the erasure,
105 Drug taker applying for auditing, 105 What a full drug handling program includes, 106
HCO B 5 Nov. 1969R LX3 (ATTITUDES), 107
HCO B 15 Nov. 1969R CASE SUPERVISION— AUDITING AND RESULTS, 108 New Era Dianetics results, 108 Major errors of New Era Dianetics, 108 New Era Dianetics auditing is so simple that it demonstrates cleanly whether the person can
audit or not, 108 Value of being a proven Dianetic auditor, 108
HCO B 23 Nov. 1969RB STUDENT RESCUE INTENSIVE, 110
Student Rescue Intensive steps, 110 Dianetic Student Rescue Intensive steps, 111 Promoting Student Rescue Intensives, 111 When a Student Rescue Intensive is run, 111
HCO B 21 Dec. 1969 SOLO AUDITING AND R6EW, 112
Troubles on Solo courses, 112 Solo Course R6EW requisites, 113
HCO B 27 Feb. 1970 GROUP ENGRAM PROCESS, 114
Steps of Group Engram Process, 114
HCO B 11 Mar. 1970 IMPORTANT NOTE ON GROUP ENGRAM INTENSIVE, 115
Complete an auditing cycle once begun, 115
HCO B 15 Mar. 1970 DOUBLE FOLDER DANGER, 115 Solo and auditing folder must be to hand when C/ Sing, 115 C/ S only with all folders to hand, 115
C/ S Series 12RA
HCO B 25 June 1970RA GLOSSARY OF C/ S TERMS, 116 Recovery Program, 116 Progress Program, 116 Advance Program, 116 Expanded Lower Grades, 116 Dianetic Clear, 117 Classification Chart, 117 Quickie Grades, 117 Dianetic pcs, 117
xxi
C/ S Series 13RA
HCO B 30 June 1970RA VIII ACTIONS, 118 “Old” processes are not cancelled by new ones, 118 Basics are not cancelled by later developments, 118 VIII auditing, 119 Resistive cases, 119 When to use GF 40, 120 Purpose and validity of OT IV Rundown, 120 Case Supervisor actions, 121
HCO B 15 July 1970R UNRESOLVED PAINS, 122 Two reasons for pain not resolved on Dianetics, 122 The answer to a persistent or recurring somatic, 122 Toothache, 123
C/ S Series 15R
HCO B 16 Aug. 1970R GETTING THE F/ N TO EXAMINER, 124 Unflat engram chains and high TA, 124 Causes and solutions for high TA at Exam after F/ N in session, 124 How to program a pc who has a chronic somatic, 125 Dianetic pc pattern at Examiner, 125 High TA and illness, 126 Low TA and exams, 126
HCO B 11 Sept. 1970 SOLO ASSISTS, 127 Actions a Solo auditor may not do, 127 Progress and advance actions may not be done Solo, 127
C/ S Series 18R
HCO B 11 Sept. 1970R CHRONIC SOMATIC, DIANETIC HANDLING OF, 127 Dianetic handling of chronic somatic is given in C/ S Series 15, 127
C/ S Series 29R
HCO B 8 Mar. 1971R CASE ACTIONS, OFF LINE, 128 Life knocking ruds out faster than they can be audited in, 128 Pc physically ill before next session, 128 Self- auditing, 128 Coffee shop auditing, 128 Touch and Contact Assists interrupting a general course of auditing, often to no F/ N, 128 Study rundowns, 129 Illegal patch- ups, 129 People talking about their cases, 129 Advanced Course material insecurity, 129 Illegal drug use, 129
HCO B 27 Mar. 1971RA DIANETIC ERASURE, 130 Dianetic errors that prevent erasure, 130 Running a non- reading item, 130 How to handle high TA at session start, 130 Running a narrative item, 130 Handling a pc who has exteriorized but hasn’t had an Interiorization RD, 130 Failing to ask for DEF again when the pc says “It’s erased” but TA is still high, 130 Not asking for an earlier incident, 130 Auditing a pc under protest will cause the TA to stay up and no F/ N and erasure, 131 Ending off a chain or engram at the first sight of an F/ N, 131
C/ S Series 33RA- 1
HCO B 5 Apr. 1971 TRIPLE AND QUAD RERUNS, 132 Bypassed flows and mass, 132 The source of high TA, 132
xxii
Liability of rehabs, 132 Massy thetans, 132 Getting in all flows, 133 High TA, 133 Pc not in trouble, 133 Pc in trouble, 134 Running Zero Flows, 134 Getting in Zero Flows— rehab or run, 134 Results of All Flows Rundown, 134
HCO B 11 Apr. 1971RC L3RF— DIANETICS AND INT RD REPAIR LIST, 135
C/ S Series 36RC
HCO B 21 Apr. 1971RC DIANETICS, 141
Why the TRs exist, 141 TRs are for use in the session itself, 141 How to rehab a Dianetic chain, 141 Handling flubbed chains, 142 Using the new L3RE, 142 Erased chains can be overrun, 143 Firefights between auditor and pc, 143 Use Quads on new, never audited before pcs, 143 C/ S responsibility, 144 Putting a pc at risk, 144 Introducing Full Flow Dianetics, 144
HCO B 26 Apr. 1971 SOLO COGNITIONS, 145 What cognitions in Solo auditing depend upon, 145
C/ S Series 41RA
HCO B 9 June 1971RA C/ S TIPS, 146 Out lists handled before ruds, 146 No read auditors, 146 Cramming on flubs, 146 Correct use of R- Factors, 147 Mixing starts of sessions, 147 High TA and ARC breaks, 147 Low TA quits, 147 Exam F/ Ns after flubs, 147 C/ S is handling cases on the via of an auditor, 148 Higher levels do not solve lower level failures, 148 C/ S expertise, 148
Word Clearing Series ERA
HCO B 29 June 1971RA STEPS TO SPEED STUDENT PRODUCT FLOW, 149 Supervising at a below F/ N level, 149 Steps for handling non- F/ Ning students, 149
C/ S Series 49RB
HCO B 5 July 1971RB ASSISTS, 150 Three types of assists, 150 Contact Assist, 150 Dianetic Assist, 150 Touch Assist, 151 How to audit an unconscious pc, 151 Assist rules, 151
C/ S Series 51R
HCO B 17 July 1971R OUT OF VALENCE, 152 OCA/ APA graph drops explained, 152 How to handle an out of valence pc, 152
xxiii
HCO B 23 Jub 1971R ASSISTS, 153 Assist EP, 153 Injury Rundown, 153 Pc running a temperature, 153 Temperature Assist: Version A, 153 Temperature Assist: Version B. 154
C/ S Series 54RA
New Era Dianetics Series 8R HCO B 28 July 1971RA DIANETICS, BEGINNING A PC ON, 155
Begin Dianetics with the Original Assessment Sheet, 155 What Dianetics handles and how to handle it with Dianetics, 155
HCO B 16 Aug. 1971R TRAINING DRILLS REMODERNIZED, 157 Importance of TRs, 157 OT TR 0: Operating Thetan Confronting, 157 TR 0: Confronting Preclear, 158 TR 0: Bullbait, Confronting Bullbaited, 158 TR 1: Dear Alice, 159 TR 2: Acknowledgements, 159 TR 2t/ 2: Half Acks, 160 TR3: Duplicative Questions, 160 TR 4: Preclear Originations, 162
HCOB 8 Sept. 1971R CASE SUPERVISOR ACTIONS, 163 Class VIII Case Supervisor actions, 163
C/ S Series 59R
HCOB 14 Sept. 1971R DIANETIC LIST ERRORS, 192 Dianetic list of somatics, pains, emotions, and attitudes can act as a list under the meaning of
the Laws of Listing and Nulling, 192 List errors are corrected by L4BRA, 192 Points a C/ S must be alert to regarding listing, 192
HCO B 25 Sept. 1971RB TONE SCALE IN FULL, 193 Tone Scale expanded, 193 Know to Mystery Scale, 193
HCO B 24 Oct. 1971R FALSE TA, 194 Consequences of false TA, 194 E- Meter improperly trimmed gives a false TA position, 194 E- Meter discharged gives false TA, 195 One- hand electrode, 195 Moist hands give low TA, 195 Dry hands give high TA, 196 Arthritic hands give high TA, 196 Slack grip, 196 Can size, 196 Cold pc, 196 Late at night a pc’s TA may be very high, 197 Rings on the pc’s hands must always be removed, 197 Floating TA, 197 Rusty corroded cans, 197 Tight shoes, 197
HCO B 12 Nov. 1971RA FALSE TA ADDITION, 198 Cold cans, 198 Footplates, 198 Pcs who falsify TA, 198
xxiv
HCO B 15 Feb. 1972R FALSE TA ADDITION 2, 199 Wrong ways to get a pc to read between 2.0 and 3.0 on an E- Meter, 199 Commonest sources of low and high TA, 199
HCO B 18 Feb. 1972R FALSE TA ADDITION 3, 200 The honesty of the auditor determines his results, 200 Low TAs, 200
HCO PL 19 Mar. 1972 C/ SING OR AUDITING WITHOUT FOLDER STUDY, 202 C/ S and auditor penalties, 202 Payment of bonuses to C/ Ses and auditors, 202
HCO PL 4 Apr. 1972R ETHICS AND STUDY TECH, 203 Basic Why of the majority of cases of post non- performance, 203 Ethics actions for violations of study tech and Word Clearing tech, 203 Axiom 28 (amended), 204
LRH ED 176 INT AUDITOR RECOVERY, 205 Recovering auditors who have left but are still in the area, 205 Handling auditors who want to leave the org, 205 Handling auditors who are not getting out their hours, 205
Executive Series 12
HCO PL 3 May 1972R ETHICS AND EXECUTIVES, 207 Danger Rundown, 3 May PL, 207 Definition of executive, 207 Responsibility of executives to handle out- ethics, 207 Ethics and organizations, 207 Examples of ethics offenses, 208 Technical aspect of out- ethics, 208 Danger Rundown steps, 209
C/ S Series 81RA
HCO B 16June 1972RA AUDITOR’S RIGHTS MODIFIED, 213 Major Why of falling hours, incomplete programs and other confusions, 213 Auditor’s right to choose pcs modified, 213 “Dog pcs” are problems in repair, 213 Stats of C/ Ses and auditors, D of P and Dir of Tech Services, 214 The road to truth is begun with honesty, 214
HCO B 11 July 1973RB ASSIST SUMMARY, 215 Giving assists to Clears, OTs and Dianetic Clears, 215 Medical examination and treatment and assists, 216 Causes of predisposition, precipitation and prolongation of injury and illness, 216 Physical facts of injuries, illnesses and stresses, 216 Don’t neglect giving assists, 217 Don’t handle injuries with Touch Assists only, 217 Actions of ministers, 217 Assist summary steps, 217 Drug “five days” rule need not apply to assists, 218 Assist given over drugs, how to handle later, 218 Pc illness during grade auditing, 218 There is no conflict between minister and medical doctor, 220
HCO PL 16 Nov. 1973 STUDY TECH & POST, 221 Penalties for violations of study tech, 221
HCO B 23 Nov. 1973RA DRY AND WET HANDS MAKE FALSE TA, 222
xxv
TA depends on normally moist hands, 222 Use of hand cream for dry hands, 222 Use of anti- perspirants for wet hands, 223 F/ N and false TA, 223 Conditions that make an auditor mess up a pc’s TA, 223
Expanded Dianetics Series 21R
HCO B 28 Mar. 1974R EXPANDED DIANETICS DEVELOPMENTS SINCE THE ORIGINAL LECTURES— CANCELLATION, 224
Expanded Dianetics Series 22RA
HCO B 23 Apr. 1974RA EXPANDED DIANETICS REQUISITES, 225 Ex Dn set- up checklist, 225
C/ S Series 93RA
HCO B 31 Aug. 1974RA NEW GRADE CHART, 226 Changes in the Grade Chart, 226 Drug Rundown and Life Repair, 226 Quad vs. Expanded Grades, 226 Expanded Dianetics, 226 Grade II, 227 Solo set- ups, 227 The full list of grades showing where the various RDs now offered fit, 227 The Grade Chart and programming, 228
HCO B 1 Nov. 1974RA ROCK SLAMS AND ROCK SLAMMERS, 229 Definition of rock slam, 229 Rock slammers, 229 Checklist to assist identification of R/ Sers, 230 Pcs who R/ S, 231 Rock slammer is different from someone with a rock slam, 231
HCO B 16 Jan. 1975R PAST LIFE REMEDIES, 232 Imaginary incidents, 232 Another Past Life Remedy, 232 Drugs can prevent going backtrack, 233 Pc in recent shock of having died won’t go backtrack, 233 Remedy for invalidation of past lives, 233 Children as cases, 233 Unburdening cases of children, 234 How to handle pc stuck in upsetting incidents from movies or books, 234 Scientology Review action to make pc go backtrack, 234
HCO B 23 Apr. 1975R VANISHING CREAM AND FALSE TA, 235 Vanishing cream doesn’t work, 235 Hand creams for dry hands, 235 A note on footplates, 235 False TA handling, 235 False TA must be handled before session, 235
HCO B 10 Aug. 1976R R/ SES, WHAT THEY MEAN, 238 Definition of rock slam, 238 “Rock slam” can be caused by rings on the pc’s fingers, 238 Always report a rock slam in the auditing report, 239 Recognizing a rock slam, 239 Two things underlie insanity, 240 One rock slam doesn’t make a psychotic, 240 When R/ Ses most easily turn on, 240 How you can turn off an R/ S and mistakenly think it is handled, 241 What does handle an R/ S, 241 Expanded Dianetics handling of R/ Ses, 241 What to do when you see an R/ S, 242
xxvi
HCO B 20 Oct. 1976 PTS DATA, 244 What complete PTS handling would consist of, 244
HCO PL 20 Oct. 1976R PTS DATA, 245 What complete PTS handling would consist of, 245
HCO B 20 Oct. 1976 PTS HANDLING, 246 PTS handlings that “didn’t work” or “still PTS,” 246 First pilot, 246 Second pilot, 246 False PTSness, 247
HCO PL 23 Oct. 1976 INTERNESHIP AND HGC, 247
[CANCELLED]
HGC auditor must have done the interneships for his class, 247
C/ S Series 96R
HCO B 24 Oct. 1976R DELIVERY REPAIR LISTS, 248 The “prepared lists” system, 248 The only reason for prepared lists not working, 248 Qual “OK to Audit” Checksheets, 248 A C/ S must know what lists to use, 249 Prepared lists for preclears, 249 Prepared lists for students, 250 Prepared lists for staffs, 251 Confidential and AO lists, 251 Repair List for Prepared Lists, 252 Word lists for prepared lists, 252 Translated lists for non- English speaking orgs, 252
C/ S Series 97
HCO B 26 Oct. 1976 AUDITING REPORTS, FALSIFYING OF, 254 Ways of falsifying an auditing report, 254 Spotting falsified auditing reports, 254 Penalty for knowingly falsifying an auditing report, 255
C/ S Series 98
HCO B 28 Oct. 1976 AUDITING FOLDERS, OMISSIONS IN COMPLETENESS, 256
Commonest omissions from folders, 256 Committee of Evidence for loss of a pc’s folder and omissions from a pc’s folder, 257
HCO B 6 Dec. 1976 ILLEGAL PCS, ACCEPTANCE OF— HIGH CRIME BULLETIN, 259
Committee of Evidence for C/ Sing or accepting for processing an illegal pc, 259 Who is an illegal pc, 259 Special petition may be made to the Guardian Office, 259
C/ S Series 99RA
HCO B 10 Dec. 1976RA SCIENTOLOGY F/ N AND TA POSITION, 260 Correct procedure for out of range F/ Ns, 260 Sample clean up C/ S for pcs who have had F/ Ns disregarded or bypassed, 261 Dianetic F/ Ns, 262 Power F/ Ns, 262
Word Clearing Series 55
HCO B 10 Jan. 1977 HOW TO WIN WITH WORD CLEARING, 263 TRs and metering apply to Word Clearing, 263
xxvii
The only times Word Clearing would seem to fail, 263 Remedy for being word cleared on an area without a resolution of the original difficulty, 263
HCO PL 10 Jan. 1977 ETHICS AND WORD CLEARING, 264 Court of Ethics for faulty Word Clearing, 264
HCO B 13 Jan. 1977RA HANDLING A FALSE TA, 265 Examples of auditors mishandling false TA, 265 False TA is in the physical universe not the pc’s think or bank, 266 Basics behind finding a false TA and remedying it, 266
HCO B 21 Jan. 1977RA FALSE TA CHECKLIST, 267
HCO B 22 Jan. 1977 IN- TECH, THE ONLY WAY TO ACHIEVE IT, 273 The dominating factor of tech being in, 273
HCO B 24 Jan. 1977 TECH CORRECTION ROUND- UP, 274 Issues by others that alter- ised tech, 274 List of incorrect procedures or data found to have been issued, 274 When OT VIII will be released, 287
HCO B 26 Jan. 1977 FOOTPLATES USE FORBIDDEN, 288 Use of footplates is forbidden, 288 Issues that cover how to handle a false TA, 288
HCO B 27 Jan. 1977 AUDITOR RECOVERY, 289 HCO B 27 Jan. 1977 Auditor Recovery is cancelled, 289
HCO B 30 Jan. 1977 FALSE TA DATA, 290 List of references on false TA handling, 290
C/ S Series 100
HCO B 5 Feb. 1977 JOKERS AND DEGRADERS, 291 People who do not understand something occasionally make fun of it, 291 Categories jokers or degraders fall into, 291 The joker is advertising his symptoms, 292
HCO B 17 Feb. 1977R COURSE NECESSITIES, 293 List of materials added to checksheets, 293
HCO B 24 Feb. 1977 EXPANDED DIANETICS CASES, 294 One does fully and completely complete Expanded Dianetics cases, 294
HCO B 1 Mar. 1977 CANCELLATION OF INTEGRITY PROCESSING HCOBs, 295
List of cancelled Integrity Processing HCOBs, 295
HCO B 1 Mar. 1977 CONFESSIONAL FORMS, 296 Never subtract anything from a Confessional, 296 Writing up an additional list, 296
HCO B 1 Mar. 1977 FORMULATING CONFESSIONAL QUESTIONS, 297 What withholds add up to, 297 Straightening out somebody on a moral code, 297 Formula for making up a Confessional, 298
xxviii
Rule for finding a fruitful area for a Confessional, 299
HCO B 1 Mar. 1977 A VALID CONFESSIONAL, 300 Reissue of a circa 1965 Confessional, 300
HCO B 8 Mar. 1977R POWER CHECKLIST, 302 C/ S checklist on folders of preclears onto Power, 302 Grade Chart points for giving Ex Dn, 303 Expanded Grades is not a requisite for Power, 303
Expanded Dianetics Series 25
HCO B 16 Mar. 1977 THE GAMBLER, 304 An obsessive gambler is a psychotic, 304 Life isn’t real to a psychotic gambler, 304
HCO B 27 Mar. 1977 PROGRAMMING OF EXPANDED DIANETICS, 305 Expanded Dianetics audits the pc at cause, 305 PTS handling and Expanded Dianetics, 305 Expanded Dianetics should be a fully completed cycle of action and not bit and piece, 305
HCO B 5 Apr. 1977 EXPANDED GRADES, 307 When Expanded Grades can be done, 307 A typical and ideal program for a pc, 307 Expanded Grades is not a requisite for Power but Quad Grades are, 307
HCO B 11 Apr. 1977 LIST ERRORS— CORRECTION OF, 308 Verifying a list, 308 Nulling a list, 308 Reconstructing a list, 308 Self- listing, 308 List correction blow- up, 308 Lists not reading, 309 Use of L4BRA, 309 Handling an L4BRA, 309 Do it right, 309
HCO B 17 Apr. 1977 RECURRING WITHHOLDS AND OVERTS, 310 Definition of recurring withhold or overt, 310 Handling recurring withholds and overts, 310
HCO B 7 May 1977 LONG DURATION SEC CHECKING, 311 The person giving off very shallow overts, 311 The soft- spoken quiet “inoffensive” person, 311
HCO B 9 May 1977 FOREWORD OF EXPANDED DIANETICS COURSE, 312 Types of cases Expanded Dianetics handles, 312 Corrections to Expanded Dianetics, 312 DMSMH and Expanded Dianetics, 312
Expanded Dianetics Series 29
HCO B 9 May 1977 PSYCHOSIS, MORE ABOUT, 313 Below all psychotic conduct lies an evil purpose, 313 A true psychotic can be brilliant or stupid, 313 Man is basically good, 313 15% to 25% of living human beings are psychotic, 314
HCO B 31 May 1977 LSD— YEARS AFTER THEY HAVE “COME OFF OF” LSD, 315
xxix
Characteristics of persons who have been on LSD, 315 The LSD apparently stays in the system, 315 Dealing with an LSD case, 315
HCO B 14 June 1977 PAID COMPLETIONS SIMPLIFIED, 316 Points for a major training service, 316 Points for a major processing service, 316 Points for minor (Division 6) services, 317 Bonus points, 317 Points for package sales, 317 Penalties, 317 Verification of paid comps and bonus computations, 318
HCO B 26 Sept. 1977 ART AND COMMUNICATION, 319 Two- way communication and art, 319 True art always elicits a contribution from those who view or hear or experience it, 319 Innovation and originality, 319 Invalidative criticism, 320 Constructive criticism, 320 “Authorities” and art, 320
HCO B 4 Dec. 1977 CHECKLIST FOR SETTING UP SESSIONS AND AN E- METER, 322
HCO B 6 Feb. 1978R LSD AND THE SWEAT PROGRAM, 324 Who is an LSD case, 324 Theory of the Sweat Program, 324 Vitamins and minerals, 325 Diet, 325 Exercise, 325 The Sweat Program steps, 325 Results of the Sweat Program, 326
HCO B 6 Feb. 1978R- 1 LSD AND THE SWEAT PROGRAM— ADDITION, 327 Auditing of the pc while on the LSD Sweat Program, 327 Lack of a Sweat Program doesn’t stop other auditing actions, 327 Sweat Program can also be done before a DRD, 327
HCO B 26 Feb. 1978 INTERNESHIPS VS. COURSES, 328 Courses and interneships are two separate and distinct activities, 328 Fast courses, 328 Fast interneships, 328 Interneships are not used to teach the course again, 328 Preventing interneships from becoming a long haul, 329
HCO PL 10 Mar. 1978 HGC PC APPLICATION FORM, 330
HCO B 18 Mar. 1978 POSTULATES AND ENGRAMS, 332
[CANCELLED]
What a full Dianetic EP consists of, 332 Asking the pc if he postulated anything in the basic incident, 332
HCO B 19 Mar. 1978 QUICKIE OBJECTIVES, 333 Tendency to quickie Objectives, 333 The only valid handling of Objectives, 333 Handling auditors who quickie Objectives, 333
Word Clearing Series 59R
HCO B 23 Mar. 1978R WORD CLEARING DEFINITIONS, 334 What you clear when clearing a definition of a word, 334
xxx
You want the definition which applies to the text you have been reading, 334 Definition of a cleared word, 334
Word Clearing Series 58
HCO B 27 Mar. 1978 ETHICS PENALTY FOR WORD CLEARERS, 335 The reason Word Clearers cease to be Word Clearers, 335 The reason Word Clearing drops out in orgy 335 Penalty for a Word Clearer accumulating misunderstood words, 335
HCO B 3 Apr. 1978 TR DEBUG ASSESSMENT, 336 List to find the cause of a student’s bog on doing TRs, 336
HCO B 8 Apr. 1978 AN F/ N IS A READ, 338
[CANCELLED]
When an F/ N is a read, 338 You can get four F/ Ns off the same item, 338 An F/ Ning assessment does not mean that the assessment is now all reading, 338
HCO B 30 Apr. 1978 THE SWEAT PROGRAM FURTHER DATA, 339 Overweight, underweight and normal weight people, 339 Handling if a person is having trips during the program, 339 The best type of shoes to use for jogging, 340 Calcium and magnesium supplements can be taken, 340 Green vegetables are okay during the program, 340 Predigested protein is not the only protein that need be taken, 340 Salt and potassium, 340 Doing this program gradiently is very important, 341 Program oddity, 341 EP of the Sweat Program, 341
Cramming Series 17
HCO B 1 May 1978 TECH QUALITY, 342 Cramming should exist in every org, 342 TRs and metering will go a long ways to improve tech quality, 342
HCO B 26 May 1978 DIANETICS: URGENT COMMAND CHANGE, 343 Dianetics is being run using the wrong commands, 343 Moving through the incident, 343 Returning the pc to the incident, 343 Getting the postulates in the basic incident, 343 Narrative handling of incidents, 344 Emphasis on the proper running of Dianetics, 344
Cramming Series 18R
HCO B 2 June 1978R CRAMMING REPAIR ASSESSMENT LIST, 345 History of the Cramming Repair List, 345 Theory and use of the Cramming Repair List, 345 Assessment questions, 346
HCO B 15 June 1978 URGENT IMPORTANT, 349 The key to Expanded Dianetics, 349 Getting down to the basic evil purposes of the case, 349
HCO B 18 June 1978 ROUTINE 3- R COMMAND CHANGE, 349 Flow One, Step One command change, 349
New Era Dianetics Series 4R
HCO B 18 June 1978R ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM, 350 xxxi
The New Era Dianetics original assessment items, 350 Original item, 350 Preassessment, 350 Listing for running items, 351 Preassessment steps, 352 Preassessment item, 352 Running item, 353 Finding the next running item, 353 Commands for the Original Assessment Sheet, 353 Handling somatics, 353 Handling narratives, 354 Running narratives, 354 Narrative assessment commands, 354 Assessing by asking the question as a question, 355
New Era Dianetics Series 3
HCO B 19 June 1978 OBJECTIVE ARC, 356 Commands of Objective ARC, 356 End phenomena of Objective ARC, 356
New Era Dianetics Series 15
HCO B 20 June 1978 IDENTITY RUNDOWN, 357
Getting a pc into valence, 357 Procedure of Identity Rundown, 357 End phenomena of Identity Rundown, 357
New Era Dianetics Series 1
HCO B 21 June 1978 NEW ERA DIANETICS SERIES 1, 358
What New Era Dianetics is, 358 Student requirements for New Era Dianetics, 358
New Era Dianetics Series 2R
HCO B 22 June 1978R NEW ERA DIANETICS FULL PC PROGRAM OUTLINE, 360
How Dianetics achieves its results, 360 End phenomena of Dianetic auditing, 360 New Era Dianetics full program outline, 360
New Era Dianetics Series 16R
HCO B 23 June 1978R PRECLEAR CHECKLIST, 365 Preclear Checklist is a Dianetic pc’s advanced program, 365 Preclear Checklist form, 365
New Era Dianetics Series 5R
HCO B 24 June 1978R ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT SHEET, 367 When is the Original Assessment Sheet done, 367 Who does the Original Assessment Sheet, 367 Purpose of Original Assessment Sheet, 367 How is the Original Assessment Sheet done, 367 Neatness of Original Assessment Sheet, 367 Where does the Original Assessment Sheet go when completed, 367 Original Assessment Sheet, 368
New Era Dianetics Series 6RA
HCO B 26 June 1978RA ROUTINE 3RA— ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS, 380 Lessons on engram running, 380 Early engram running, 381 R3RA revised by steps, 381 R3RA commands, 382 Postulate off equals erasure, 384 Going earlier, 384
xxxii
Bouncxers, 384 Flows 2, 3 and 0, 385 Narrative- R3RA, 385 Secondaries, 387 Auditor knowledge of commands, 387 Speed of commands, 388 Pc interest, 388 Last incident found, 388 Completing chains, 388 F/ Ns, 388 Blowing by inspection, 388 Ending session, 389 Ending Dianetics, 389 Special New Era Dianetics Rundown for OTs, 389
New Era Dianetics Series BRA
HCO B 28 June 1978RA R3RA COMMANDS, 390 Short list on R3RA commands, 390 Postulate off equals erasure, 391 Going earlier, 392 Bouncers, 392 Flow 2, 3 and 0 commands, 392 Secondaries are run with the same commands as R3RA, 394
New Era Dianetics Series 14
HCO B 29 June 1978 DISABILITY RUNDOWN, 395 Procedure for Disability Rundown, 395 When the rundown is complete, 395
New Era Dianetics Series 13
HCO B 1 July 1978 THE DIANETIC PREPARED ASSESSMENT RUNDOWN— ACTION FOURTEEN, 396
Locating items that can be run R3RA, 396 Early assessment procedures, 396 Steps of the Dianetic Prepared Assessment Rundown, 396
New Era Dianetics Series 11
HCO B 2 July 1978 DIANETIC STUDENT RESCUE INTENSIVE, 399 Steps of the Dianetic Student Rescue Intensive, 399 When the intensive should be concluded, 399
New Era Dianetics Series lOR
HCO B 3 July 1978R RELIEF RUNDOWN, 400 Procedure of the Relief Rundown, 400
New Era Dianetics Series 12R
HCO B 4 July 1978R SECOND ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT, 401 When the Second Original Assessment Sheet is done, 401 Theory and use of the Second Original Assessment Sheet, 401 Handling the items on the Second Original Assessment Sheet, 402
HCO B 7 July 1978 DIANETIC F/ Ns, 403
[CANCELLED]
Calling F/ Ns in R3RA, 403 EP of a chain in Dianetics, 403 F/ Ns are disregarded in Power, 403
HCO B 9 July 1978R DIANETIC CS- 1, 404 Theory and use of the Dianetic CS- 1, 404 Dianetic CS- 1 procedure, 405
xxxiii
Some of the references the auditor should be very familiar with, 407 Definitions sheet, 408 Dianetic CS- 1 Word List, 412
New Era Dianetics Series 4- 1
HCO B 11 July 1978 THE PREASSESSMENT LIST, 414
HCO B 14 July 1978R TYPICAL DIANETIC CHAIN, 416 Example of how a typical Dianetic chain might run, 416
HCO B 14 July 1978R A TYPICAL NARRATIVE ITEM, 417 Example of how a typical narrative item might run, 417
HCO B 15 July 1978 SCIENTOLOGY AUDITING CS- 1, 418 Theory and use of the Scientology CS- 1, 418 Scientology CS- 1 procedure, 419 Clearing commands, 421 Clearing words on correction lists, 421 Definitions sheet, 422
New Era Dianetics Series 17
HCO B 19 July 1978 DIANETIC PERSISTENT F/ Ns, 427 What you can do in the case of Dianetic persistent F/ Ns, 427
New Era Dianetics Series 18
HCO B 20 July 1978 AFTER THE FACT ITEMS, 428 Definition of “after the fact” running item, 428 Example of an “after the fact” running item, 428 How to handle “after the fact” running items, 428
HCO B 21 July 1978 WHAT IS A FLOATING NEEDLE? 429 Definition of a floating needle, 429
HCO B 22 July 1978 ASSESSMENT TRs, 430 The right way to do an assessment, 430 Assessing with a statement’s tone of voice, 430
C/ S Series 101
HCO B 23 July 1978 LIST OF PERCEPTICS, 431 The 57 human perceptions, 431
HCO B 24 July 1978 DIANETIC REMEDIES, 433 Getting the pc to understand the commands and procedures of R3RA, 433 Pictures and Masses Remedy, 433 Automaticity of pictures, 434 Assessing for overts when pc goes anaten in session but there is no evidence of unflat chains,
435 Imaginary incidents, 435
HCO B 2 Aug. 1978 CANCELLATION OF ISSUES, 436 List of cancelled Dianetic HCOBs with references to where correct data can be obtained, 436
HCO B 5 Aug. 1978 INSTANT READS, 438 Correct definition of instant read, 438
HCO B 7 Aug. 1978 HAVINGNESS— FINDING AND RUNNING THE PC’S HAVINGNESS PROCESS, 439
xxxiv
Final definition of Havingness, 439 What the position of a being on the Tone Scale is determined by, 439 Finding and running the pc’s Havingness Process, 440
HCO B 9 Aug. 1978 NEW ERA DIANETICS— A REQUISITE FOR EXPANDED DIANETICS, 441
New Era Dianetics full pc program must come before Expanded Dianetics, 441
HCO B 9 Aug. 1978 CLEARING COMMANDS, 442 Rules of clearing commands, 442 Violation of full and correct clearing of commands or assessment questions is an ethics offense,
444
HCO B 11 Aug. 1978 RUDIMENTS— DEFINITIONS AND PATTER, 445 What a rudiment is used for, 445 Getting the F/ N, 445 Handling ARC breaks, 446 Handling present time problems, 447 Handling missed withholds, 448 Use of Suppress button in ruds, 449 Use of False button in ruds, 449 End phenomena, 449 High or low TA, 449 References to further data on rudiments, 449
HCOB 11 Aug. 1978 MODEL SESSION, 450 Setting up for the session, 450 Start of session, 450 Rudiments, 450 Major action of the session, 450 Havingness, 451 End of session, 451
HCOB 21 Aug. 1978 RUNNING FLOWS THAT WON’T ERASE, 452 Handling when a flow won’t erase in R3RA, 452
HCO B 26 Aug. 1978R MORE ON DRUGS, 453 The idea drug users are apparently sitting on, 453 Why Objectives work, 453 Effects of drugs, 453
HCO B 3 Sept. 1978 DEFINITION OF A ROCK SLAM, 454 The only valid definition of an R/ S, 454 Definition of a dirty needle, 454 The difference between a rock slam and a dirty needle, 455
HCO B 5 Sept. 1978 ANATOMY OF A SERVICE FACSIMILE, 456 Definition of service facsimile, 456 How the service facsimile becomes fixed, 457 Right/ wrong, dominate and survive, 457
HCO B 6 Sept. 1978 FOLLOWING UP ON DIRTY NEEDLES, 459 Definition of a dirty needle, 459 Causes of dirty needles, 459 Dirty needles and rock slams, 459 Don’t ignore dirty needles, 459
HCO B 6 Sept. 1978 SERVICE FACSIMILES AND ROCK SLAMS, 461 xxxv
Service facsimile is a brother to R/ Ses and evil intentions, 461 It isn’t actually a facsimile at all, 461 Rock slams and service facsimiles, 461 More than one service fac per pc, 462 Finding service facs, 462
HCO B 6 Sept. 1978 ROUTINE THREE SC- A— FULL SERVICE FACSIMILE HANDLING UPDATED WITH NEW ERA DIANETICS, 463
New echelon of service facsimile running, 463 Service facsimile handling revised by steps, 464 Full service facsimile procedure, 464 When listing for the service facsimile, 466 When running off the automaticity, 467 When to prepcheck, 467 Completing service facsimile handling with R3RA, 468 Ending service fac running, 468
HCO B 7 Sept. 1978R MODERN REPETITIVE PREPCHECKING, 469 Order of the 20 Prepcheck buttons, 469 Use of the buttons, 469 The only time Prepchecking cannot be done, 469 Prepcheck procedure, 470
HCO B 8 Sept. 1978 MINI LIST OF GRADE 0- IV PROCESSES, 471 Mini list of Grade 0- IV processes with references to what issues they appear in, 471
HCO B 10 Sept. 1978 NED HIGH CRIME, 473 Persons must be certificate trained on NED to run it, 473
HCO B 12 Sept. 1978 DIANETICS FORBIDDEN ON CLEARS AND OTS, 473 NED or any Dianetics is not run on Clears or above or on Dianetic Clears, 473 EP of the special NED Rundown for OTs, 473
HCO B 12 Sept. 1978 OVERRUN BY DEMANDING EARLIER THAN THERE I S , 474
Overrun of basic, 474 Overrun of non- basic, 474 Dianetic auditor is not concerned with the amount of TA that he gets, 474 Effects of a lousy job of assessment, 475
HCO B 13 Sept. 1978 R3RA ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS AND NARRATIVE R3RA— AN ADDITIONAL DIFFERENCE, 476
Asking for earlier beginning or earlier incident, 476 R3RA engram running by chains, 476 R3RA narrative running, 477
HCO B 13 Sept. 1978 CLEARS, OTS AND R/ SES, 478 Clears or OTs who are R/ Sing are not R/ Sers, 478 NED Rundown for OTs can only be delivered at AOs and at Flag, 478
HCO PL 13 Sept. 1978 AN OLD POEM, 478 An old poem which has been newly adapted as policy, 478
HCO PL 15 Sept. 1978 CONFIDENTIALITY OF UPPER LEVEL RUNDOWNS, 479
Rules to safeguard the materials of confidential rundowns and levels and to prevent their unauthorized use or misuse, 479
xxxvi
HCO B 16 Sept. 1978 POSTULATE OFF EQUALS ERASURE, 480 EP of a Dianetic chain is the postulate coming off, 480 Learn to recognize a postulate when you hear one, 480
LRH ED 298 INT A. D. 28— THE YEAR OF TECHNICAL BREAKTHROUGHS, 482 NED vs. NED for OTs, 482 OT VIII, 482 End of Endless Drug Rundowns, 482 Training— fast courses, 483
HCO B 19 Sept. 1978 THE END OF ENDLESS DRUG RDS, 484
[REVISED]
Reason a Drug RD can not be run flat, 484 You can always find more drugs on the track, 484 Drug RD Repair List, 484
HCO B 19 Sept. 1978 THE END OF ENDLESS DRUG RUNDOWNS— DRUG
[REVISED] RUNDOWN REPAIR LIST, 485
HCO B 20 Sept. 1978 AN INSTANT F/ N IS A READ, 487 Definition of instant F/ N, 487 What a read means, 487 What an instant F/ N on an item means, 487 The use of an F/ N as a read, 488
HCO B 20 Sept. 1978 LX LIST HANDLING, 489 End phenomena of the LX Lists, 489 Procedure, 489 LX3 Attitudes, 489 LX2 Emotions, 490 LX1 Conditions, 490 220H, 490
New Era Dianetics Series 19 C/ S Series 103
HCO B 20 Sept. 1978 NED AUDITOR ANALYSIS CHECKLIST, 492 Use of the NED Auditor Analysis Checklist, 492 When the C/ S should order an auditor to have one, 492 How the checklist is done, 492 Parts of the checklist, 493
xxxvii
Type = 11
iDate=20/5/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
KNOW TO MYSTERY STRAIGHT WIRE FOR EXTREME CASES
Type = 11
iDate=31/3/59
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Type = 11
iDate=17/4/59
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Washington, D.C.
HCO BULLETIN OF MAY 20, 1959
(Cancels bulletins of March 31, 1959, and April 17, 1959)
KNOW TO MYSTERY STRAIGHT WIRE FOR EXTREME CASES
The Know to Mystery Scale expanded:
Not Know
Know
Look
Emotion
Effort
Think
Symbols
Eat
Sex
Mystery
Wait
Unconsciousness
To assess a case on the lower rungs of processing, ask pc, against an E-Meter,
what terminal could represent each of above, select that terminal (object or
person, never a condition) which changes needle action most and run
Overt-Withhold Straight Wire on it.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mp
1
L. RON HUBBARD
Type = 11
iDate=3/5/62
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=5/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
ARC BREAKS
MISSED WITHHOLDS
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 3 MAY 1962R
Remimeo REVISED 5 SEPTEMBER 1978
(This Bulletin has been revised to correct
the definition of dirty needle.
Revision in this type style.)
ARC BREAKS
MISSED WITHHOLDS
(HOW TO USE THIS BULLETIN:
WHEN AN AUDITOR OR STUDENT HAS TROUBLE WITH AN "ARC BREAKY PC" OR NO GAIN,
OR WHEN AN AUDITOR IS FOUND TO BE USING FREAK CONTROL METHODS OR PROCESSES TO
"KEEP A PC IN SESSION," THE HCO SEC, D OF T OR D OF P SHOULD JUST HAND A COPY
OF THIS BULLETIN TO THE AUDITOR AND MAKE HIM OR HER STUDY IT AND TAKE AN HCO
EXAM ON IT.)
After some months of careful observation and tests, I can state
conclusively that:
ALL ARC BREAKS STEM FROM MISSED WITHHOLDS.
This is vital technology, vital to the auditor and to anyone who wants to
live.
Conversely:
THERE ARE NO ARC BREAKS WHEN MISSED WITHHOLDS HAVE BEEN CLEANED UP.
By WITHHOLD is meant AN UNDISCLOSED CONTRA-SURVIVAL ACT.
By MISSED WITHHOLD is meant AN UNDISCLOSED CONTRA-SURVIVAL ACT WHICH HAS
BEEN RESTIMULATED BY ANOTHER BUT NOT DISCLOSED.
This is FAR more important in an auditing session than most auditors have
yet realized. Even when some auditors are told about this and shown it they
still seem to miss its importance and fail to use it. Instead they continue
to use strange methods of controlling the pc and oddball processes on ARC
breaks.
This is so bad that one auditor let a pc die rather than pick up the
missed withholds! So allergy to picking up missed withholds can be so great
that an auditor has been known to fail utterly rather than do so. Only
constant hammering can drive this point home. When it is driven home, only
then can auditing begin to happen across the world; the datum is that
important.
An auditing session is 50% technology and 50% application. I am
responsible for the technology. The auditor is wholly responsible for the
application. Only when an auditor realizes this can he or she begin to obtain
uniformly marvellous results everywhere.
No auditor now needs "something else," some odd mechanism to keep pcs in
session.
PICKING UP MISSED WITHHOLDS KEEPS PCS IN SESSION.
There is no need for a rough, angry ARC breaky session. If there is one it
is not the fault of the pc. It is the fault of the auditor. The auditor has
failed to pick up missed withholds.
2
As of now it is not the pc that sets the tone of the session. It is the
auditor. And the auditor who has a difficult session (providing he or she has
used standard technology, Model Session, and can run an E-Meter), has one only
because he or she failed to ask for missed withholds.
What is called a dirty needle (an erratic agitation of the needle -- not
limited in size -- which is ragged, jerky, ticking, not sweeping and tends to
be persistent) is caused by missed withholds, not withholds.
Technology today is so powerful that it must be flawlessly applied. One
does his CCHs in excellent 2-way comm with the pc. One has his TRs, Model
Session and E-Meter operation completely perfect. And one follows exact
technology. And one keeps the missed withholds picked up.
There is an exact and precise auditor action and response for every
auditing situation, and for every case. We are not today beset by variable
approaches. The less variable the auditor's actions and responses, the greater
gain in the pc. It is terribly precise. There is no room for flubs.
Further, every pc action has an exact auditor response. And each of these
has its own drill by which it can be learned.
Auditing today is not an art, either in technology or procedure. It is an
exact science. This removes Scientology from every one of the past practices
of the mind.
Medicine advanced only to the degree that its responses by the
practitioner were standardized and the practitioner had a professional
attitude toward the public.
Scientology is far ahead of that today.
What a joy it is to a preclear to receive a completely standard session.
To receive a textbook session. And what gains the pc makes! And how easy it
is on the auditor!
It isn't how interesting or clever the auditor is that makes the session.
It's how standard the auditor is. Therein lies pc confidence.
Part of that standard technology is asking for missed withholds any time
the pc starts to give any trouble. This is, to a pc, a totally acceptable
control factor. And it totally smooths the session.
You have no need for and must not use any ARC break process. Just ask for
missed withholds.
Here are some of the manifestations cured by asking for missed withholds.
1. Pc failing to make progress.
2. Pc critical of or angry at auditor.
3. Pc refusing to talk to auditor.
4. Pc attempting to leave session.
5. Pc not desirous of being audited (or anybody not desirous of being
audited).
6. Pc boiling off.
7. Pc exhausted.
8. Pc feeling foggy at session end.
9. Dropped havingness.
10. Pc telling others the auditor is no good.
11. Pc demanding redress of wrongs.
12. Pc critical of organizations or people of Scientology.
13. People critical of Scientology.
14. Lack of auditing results.
15. Dissemination failures.
3
Now I think you will agree that in the above list we have every ill we
suffer from in the activities of auditing.
Now PLEASE believe me when I tell you there is ONE CURE for the lot and
ONLY that one. There are no other cures.
The cure is contained in the simple question or its variations "Have I
missed a withhold on you?"
THE COMMANDS
In case of any of the conditions 1 to 15 above ask the pc one of the
following commands and CLEAN THE NEEDLE OF ALL INSTANT READ. Ask the exact
question you asked the first time as a final test. The needle must be clean of
all instant reaction before you can go on to anything else. It helps the pc if
each time the needle twitches, the auditor says, "That" or "There" quietly but
only to help the pc see what is twitching. One doesn't interrupt the pc if he
or she is already giving it. This prompting is the only use of latent reads in
Scientology -- to help the pc spot what reacted in the first place.
The commonest questions:
"In this session, have I missed a withhold on you?"
"In this session have I failed to find out something?"
"In this session is there something I don't know about you?"
The best beginning rudiments withhold question:
"Since the last session is there something you have done that I
don't know about?"
Prepcheck Zero Questions follow:
"Has somebody failed to find out about you who should have?"
"Has anyone ever failed to find out something about you?"
"Is there something I failed to find out about you?"
"Have you ever successfully hidden something from an auditor?"
"Have you ever done something somebody failed to discover?"
"Have you ever evaded discovery in this lifetime?"
"Have you ever hidden successfully?"
"Has anyone ever failed to locate you?"
(These Zeros do not produce "What" questions until the auditor has located
a specific overt.)
When Prepchecking, when running any process but the CCHs, if any one of
the auditing circumstances in 1 to 15 above occurs, ask for missed withholds.
Before leaving any chain of overts in Prepchecking, or during Prepchecking,
ask frequently for missed withholds, "Have I missed any withhold on you?" or
as above.
Do not conclude intensives on any process without cleaning up missed
withholds.
Asking for missed withholds does not upset the dictum of using no O/W
processes in rudiments.
Most missed withholds clean up at once on two-way comm providing the
auditor doesn't ask leading questions about what the pc is saying. Two-way
comm consists of asking for what the meter showed, acknowledging what the pc
said and checking the meter again with the missed withhold question. If pc
says, "I was mad at my wife," as
4
an answer, just ack and check the meter with the missed withhold question.
Don't say, "What was she doing?"
In cleaning missed withholds do not use the Prepcheck system unless you
are Prepchecking. And even in Prepchecking, if the Zero is not a missed
withhold question and you are only checking for missed withholds amid other
activities, do it simply as above, by two-way comm, not by the Prepcheck
system.
To get auditing into a state of perfection, to get clearing general, all
we have to do is:
1. Know our basics (Axioms, scales, codes, the fundamental theory about the
thetan and the mind);
2. Know our practical (TRs, Model Session, E-Meter, CCHs, Prepchecking and
clearing routines).
In actual fact this is not much to ask. For the return is smooth results
and a far, far better world. An HPA/HCA can learn the data in I above and all
but clearing routines in the material in 2. An HPA/HCA should know these
things to perfection. They are not hard to learn. Additives and
interpretations are hard to get around. Not the actual data and performance.
Knowing these things, one also needs to know that all one has to do is
clean the E-Meter of missed withholds to make any pc sit up and get audited
smoothly, and all is as happy as a summer dream.
We are making all our own trouble. Our trouble is lack of precise
application of Scientology. We fail to apply it in our lives or sessions and
try something bizarre and then we fail too. And with our TRs, Model Session
and meters we are most of all failing to pick up and clean up MISSED
WITHHOLDS.
We don't have to clean up all the withholds if we keep the missed
withholds cleaned up.
Give a new auditor the order to clean up "missed withholds" and he or she
invariably will start asking the pc for withholds. That's a mistake. You ask
the pc for missed withholds. Why stir up new ones to be missed when you
haven't cleaned up those already missed? Instead of putting out the fire we
pour on gunpowder. Why find more you can then miss when you haven't found
those that have been missed.
Don't be so confounded reasonable about the pc's complaints. Sure they may
all be true BUT he's complaining only because withholds have been missed. Only
then does the pc complain bitterly.
Whatever else you learn, learn and understand this please. Your auditing
future hangs on it. The fate of Scientology hangs on it. Ask for missed
withholds when sessions go wrong. Get the missed withholds when life goes
wrong. Pick up the missed withholds when staffs go wrong. Only then can we
win and grow. We're waiting for you to become technically perfect with TRs,
Model Session and the E-Meter, to be able to do CCHs and Prepchecking and
clearing techniques, and to learn to sport and pick up missed withholds.
If pcs, organizations and even Scientology vanish from Man's view it will
be because you did not learn and use these things.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jw.rd.mf
Copyright $c 1962, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
5
L. RON HUBBARD
Type = 11
iDate=28/6/62
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=5/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
DIRTY NEEDLES
How to Smooth Out Needles
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 28 JUNE 1962R
REVISED 5 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo
(Revisions in this type style,
ellipsis indicates deletion)
DIRTY NEEDLES
How to Smooth Out Needles
Quite often a pc is found whose needle is jerky, random, gives many
prior and latent reads and goes into small scratchy patterns....
Such a needle is hard to read -- and such a pc is a long way out of
session a lot of the time.
An auditor, seeing such a needle, and faced with the task of reading the
instant read through all these prior and latents and scratchy patterns, tends
to think in terms of heroic measures. It is "obvious" that this pc has W/Hs,
missed W/Hs, overts and secrets to end all reactive banks and that the thing
one ought to do is pick each one of these random needle reactions up as soon
as possible. BUT when you try to do this you find the needle gets even more
confused. It reads something all the time!
An extreme case of a dirty, random needle is not solved by any "fish and
fumble" or heroic measures.
The pc's needle reacts that way because of no confidence, which induces a
sort of auto-control in session which induces a dirty needle. Ability to
predict equals confidence.
The thing to do is give this pc about 3 sessions of rudiments and
havingness -- just Model Session severely with no Q and A or added chitchat. The
sessions should be each one about one hour long.
All one does is do Model Session, getting the rudiments in carefully
exactly by the textbook. Use Model Session, HCO Bulletin 23 June 1962. Use
instant reads only as per HCO Bulletin 25th May 1962. And avoid any Q and A as
per HCO Bulletin 24 May 1962, section on "Double Questioning."
Use middle rudiments somewhere during the havingness session.
By doing this perfect, predictable textbook auditing session three times
on the pc, most of these prior and latent reads will drop out and the needle
will look much cleaner. Why? Because the pc is off auto or in session.
You can make a pc's needle get dirty and react to many odd thoughts by the
pc by doing the following:
1. Try to clean off prior reads and avoid instant reads in getting ruds
in (going against HCO Bulletin 25 May 1962).
2. Use a scruffy and ragged session pattern (going against HCO Bulletin 23
June 1962).
3. Double question any rudiments question (as per HCO Bulletin 24 May
1962).
The pc's needle, even if very clean at the start and loose, will tighten
up, develop patterns and dirt if an auditor fails to use a textbook session.
This includes raw meat
6
that never heard of a textbook session. Raw meat particularly requires a
severely textbook session. Don't think because they're new they won't know.
And too much coffee shop type auditing can rough a needle.
A pc who has become unwilling to be audited is best cured by three textbook
flawless sessions of havingness as above. Don't plunge for what is wrong. Just
establish a standard of excellence the pc can predict. And up will come the
pc's confidence.
After the three sessions you can prepcheck or fish and fumble and get
things really clean. And providing you continue to use a textbook session, the
pc will get better and better.
If a pc still has a dirty needle with many prior reads after an auditor
has audited that pc three sessions, then we can conclude that that auditor:
1. Is not using HCO Bulletin 25 May 1962 in reading a meter,
2. Is not handling questions as per HCO Bulletin 24 May 1962, and
3. Is not using Model Session HCO Bulletin 23 June 1962.
There are no difficult pcs now. There are only auditors who do not give
textbook sessions.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:mdf
Copyright $c 1962, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
7
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=12/9/62
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=5/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
SECURITY CHECKS AGAIN
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
1812 19th Street, N.W., Washington 9, D.C.
HCO BULLETIN OF 12 SEPTEMBER AD12R
REVISED 5 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo
(Revisions in this type style)
(Only revision is the correction of the definition of a
Rock Slam, and Dirty Needle)
SECURITY CHECKS AGAIN
With the advent of Dynamic Assessment a new method of Security Checking,
far better than any previous Security Checking, has emerged.
Nothing in this bulletin of course detracts in any way from the value of
missed withholds, pulling missed withholds or handling missed withholds on
preclears or other persons in the organization.
If the following questions are asked of a person on a meter it can be at
once established whether or not this person will inadvertently, covertly, or
unknowingly attempt to ruin, wreck, stop and otherwise interfere with an
organization, Scientology, or an auditor. The questions are as follows:
Consider committing overts against Scientology.
Consider committing overts against Ron.
Consider committing overts against the organization.
Consider committing overts against me (the auditor).
It will be found that such a person has a goal which the person considers
to be impossible to achieve so long as any one of the above four exist,
therefore destructive actions will at all times be manifested no matter how
"constructive" they appear.
The rock slam produced must be decisive. By rock slam is meant the crazy,
irregular, left-right slashing motion of the needle on the E-Meter dial. R/Ses
repeat left and right slashes unevenly and savagely, faster than the eye easily
follows. The needle is frantic. The width of an R/S depends largely on
sensitivity setting. It goes from one-fourth inch to whole dial. But it slams
back and forth.
The action which should be taken if this condition is found fo exist is to
suspend the person or otherwise put the person away from communication lines
until such time as the person's dynamic, item, and goal are found. Sometimes
it is almost enough merely to find the item, as the foolishness of the
conclusion that Scientology stands immediately and directly in their road will
appear to the preclear at that time. By "A goal which is na overt against
Scientology" is meant something which the pc considers to be a goal which is
an overt against. When you finally see such goals appear they will not be
apparent to the auditor as overts. However, the pc so interprets them. For
instance a pc may have a fixed idea against any spiritual activity,
interpreting it as a harsh activity which forbids dancing, and the pc may have
a goal to dance. However the person's item lying above the goal to dance will
be found to be a spiritual group and this of course would make Scientology
appear to the person to be highly antipathetic to the goal to dance.
I cannot too strongly urge the fact that when the above occurs no possible
good will result until the dynamic, item, and goal are found. Therefore this
should be expedited. All care should be taken not to punish the person unduly,
but to carry
8
on because often the person is unaware of the destructiveness of his or her own
actions.
In a marriage, if the husband were to place the wife on an E-Meter and ask
the question "Consider committing overts against me" and find a wide rock slam
immediately results, he will be then in total possession of what has been
wrong with his marriage. Similarly, a wife finding this manifestation on a
husband would also be informed.
The remedy in such a case is not to sack somebody, to shoot somebody, to
divorce somebody or take some drastic final action, because we now have all
the answer we need to resolve this and it will be found that as soon as the
person's goal has been found the condition of hostility will cease.
The rock slam produced must be at sensitivity 16 on the meter. If a dirty
needle occurs it is necessary to pull the person's missed withholds because
these obviously exist. This should not be neglected. By dirty needle is meant
an erratic agitation of the needle which is ragged, jerky, ticking, not
sweeping, and lends to be persistent. It is not limited in size.
This is the new security programme. Any person responsible for maintaining
security in an organization or a home should perform the above tests and take
the remedial action.
I cannot too strongly urge that while this is absolute, or near as it can
be, and positive in its diagnosis, it is not permanent because we can now
clear, and clearing consists of doing away with the rock slam and not the
offending person.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jb.cden.mdf
Copyright $c 1962, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
9
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=8/11/62
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=9/10/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
SOMATICS
HOW TO TELL TERMINALS AND
OPPOSITION TERMINALS
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 8 NOVEMBER AD12R
REVISED 5 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo REISSUED 9 OCTOBER 1978
(Revisions in this type style)
(Reissued to correct typos)
SOMATICS
HOW TO TELL TERMINALS AND
OPPOSITION TERMINALS
It is important that a clearing auditor be able to distinguish pain from
sensation, terminals from opposition terminals, and to have the data at the
level of instant knowledge. To understand it less is to invite serious errors
in clearing. Failure to sort terminals from opposition terminals can confuse
the pc or even degrade the case. All a pc's somatics, deformities and
distortions proceed from terminals, opposition terminals and combination
terminals. Thus they are of vast importance to the pc and the auditor.
DEFINITIONS
SOMATICS = This is a general word for uncomfortable physical perceptions
coming from the reactive mind. Its genus is early Dianetics and it is a
general, common package word, used by Scientologists to denote "pain" or
"sensation" with no difference made between them. To understand the source of
these feelings, one should have a knowledge of engrams, ridges and other parts
of the reactive bank. To the Scientologist anything is a SOMATIC if it
emanates from the various parts of the reactive mind and produces an awareness
of reactivity. Symbol SOM.
PAIN = Pain is composed of heat, cold, electrical, and the combined
effect of sharp hurting. If one stuck a fork in his arm, he would experience
pain. When one uses PAIN in connection with clearing one means awareness of
heat, cold, electrical or hurting stemming from the reactive mind. According
to experiments done at Harvard, if one were to make a grid with heated tubes
going vertical and chilled tubes going horizontal and were to place a small
current of electricity through the lot, the device, touched to a body, would
produce the feeling of PAIN. It need not be composed of anything very hot or
cold or of any high voltage to produce a very intense feeling of pain.
Therefore what we call PAIN is itself, heat, cold and electrical. If a pc
experiences one or more of these from his reactive mind, we say he is
experiencing PAIN.
"Electrical" is the bridge between sensation and PAIN and is difficult to
classify as either PAIN or sensation when it exists alone. Symbol PN.
SENSATION = All other uncomfortable perceptions stemming from the reactive
mind are called SENSATION. These are basically "pressure," "motion,"
"dizziness," "sexual sensation," and "emotion and misemotion." There are
others, definite in themselves but definable in these five general categories.
If one took the fork in the pain definition above and pressed it against the
arm, that would be "pressure." "Motion" is just that, a feeling of being in
motion when one is not. "Motion" includes the "winds of space," a feeling of
being blown upon, especially from in front of the face. "Dizziness" is a
feeling of disorientation and includes a spinniness, as well as an out-of-
balance feeling. "Sexual sensation" means any feeling, pleasant or unpleasant,
commonly experienced during sexual restimulation or action. "Emotion and
misemotion" include all levels of the complete Tone Scale except "pain";
emotion and misemotion are closely allied to "motion," being only a finer
particle action. A bank solidity is a form of "pressure," and when the
sensation of increasing solidity of masses in the mind occurs, we say "the
bank is beefing up." All these are classified as SENSATION. Symbol SEN.
TERMINAL = An item or identity the pc has actually been sometime in the
past (or present) is called a TERMINAL. It is "the pc's own valence" at that
time. In the Goals Problem Mass (the black masses of the reactive mind) those
identities which, when contacted, produce pain, tell us at once that they are
TERMINALS. The person could feel pain only as himself (thetan plus body) and
therefore identities he has been
10
produce pain when their mental residues (black masses) are recontacted in
processing. Symbol TERM.
OPPOSITION TERMINAL = An item or identity the pc has actually opposed
(fought, been an enemy of) sometime in the past (or present) is called an
OPPOSITION TERMINAL. As the person identified himself as not it he could
experience from it only sensation. An OPPOSITION TERMINAL, when its mental
residues (black masses) are recontacted in processing, produces only
sensation, never pain. Symbol OPPTERM.
COMBINED TERMINAL = An item or identity the pc has both been and opposed
produces therefore both pain and sensation when it is "late on the track,"
which is to say, after the fact of many terminals and opposition terminals.
The combination terminal is the closure between terminal and opposition
terminal lines which possesses attributes of both and the clarity of neither.
It signifies a period toward the end of a game. It is found most commonly when
the pc's case is only shallowly entered. They exist on all cases but are
fewer than terminals and opposition terminals. Symbol COTERM.
ITEM = Any terminal, opposition terminal, combination terminal,
significance or idea (but not a doingness, which is called "a level")
appearing on a list derived from the pc. Symbol It.
RELIABLE ITEM = Any item that rock slams well on being found and at session
end and which was the last item still in after assessing the list. Can be a
terminal, an opposition terminal, a combination terminal or a significance,
provided only that it was the item found on a list and rock slammed. Symbol RI.
ROCK SLAM = The crazy, irregular, left-right slashing motion of the needle
on the E-Meter dial. R/Ses repeat left and right slashes unevenly and
savagely, faster than the eye easily follows. The needle is frantic. The width
of an R/S depends largely on sensitivity setting. It goes from one-fourth inch
to whole dial. But it slams back and forth.
A rock slam is the response of an E-Meter to the conflict between
terminals and opposition terminals. It indicates a fight, an effort to
individuate, an extreme games condition which in the absence of auditing would
seek unsuccessfully to separate while attacking. A rock slam means a hidden
evil intention on the subject or question under auditing or discussion.
As the pc's attention is guided to the items involved the games condition
activates and is expressed on the meter as a ragged, frantic response. The
wider the response the more recognizable (to the pc) is the reality of the
games condition and the violence of the conflict.
The rock slam channel is that hypothetical course between a series of pairs
consisting of terminals and opposition terminals.
If the conflict is too great for the pc's reality no rock slam results.
Later in auditing as the pc's confronting rises, items which did not react
earlier in auditing now begin to be real and so express themselves on a meter
as a rock slam. The pc with the lowest reality level is the hardest to attain
a rock slam on, but in contradiction a pc who has the least control over
himself in certain zones of life has the largest rock slams.
The rock slam vanishes under Suppression and activates on Invalidate or
Withhold or on other Prehav Levels.
This is the most difficult needle response to find or attain or preserve.
And it is the most valuable in clearing.
All rock slams result from a pair of items in opposition, one of which is
a terminal, the other being an opposition terminal.
It can exist in present time where the pc is the terminal and what the pc
is faced with is the opposition terminal. Symbol R/S.
INSTANT ROCK SLAM = That rock slam which begins at the end of the major
thought of any item. Symbol IRS. (Valid R/Ses are not always instant reads. An
R/S can read prior or latently.)
11
DIRTY NEEDLE = An erratic agitation of the needle which is ragged, jerky,
ticking, not sweeping, and tends to be persistent. It is not limited in size.
Symbol DN.
DIRTY READ = An instant agitation of the needle in response to a major
thought. It is ragged, jerky, ticking, not sweeping, and is not limited in
size. Unlike the dirty needle, it does not persist. Symbol DK.
TESTING
The method of testing for the character of an item whether term, oppterm or
coterm is extremely simple.
If the item, when said to the pc in any way, turns on PAIN in the pc's
body it is a TERMINAL.
If the item, when said to the pc in any way, turns on SENSATION around or
in the pc's body it is an OPPOSITION TERMINAL.
If the item, when said to the pc in any way, turns on both PAIN and
SENSATION in or around the pc's body it is a COMBINATION TERMINAL.
WAYS OF ASKING.
The rule is, "Give the terminal cause, the opposition terminal effect in
any listing, working or use."
The simplest form is, of course, just chanting the item at the pc a few
times. This is not always workable.
The simplest but not always workable form is:
For a terminal -- "Would a ________ commit overts."
For an opposition terminal -- "Consider committing overts against
________." Using PH Level.
Instead of "Committing Overts" the Prehav Level by which the reliable item
was found is normally used:
For a terminal -- "Would a ________ (item) ________ (PH Level)" or
"Consider a ________ (item) ________ ing (PH Level)."
For an opposition terminal -- "Consider ________ ing (PH Level) a
________(item)."
USING TD BUTTONS
The above sentences may also be used, or their rough approximation, with a
Tiger Drill or Prepcheck button, and if a rock slam is present, it may develop.
No matter what method is being used in saying the item being tested to
find out if it is a terminal, opposition terminal or combination terminal, the
rules of sensation and pain apply. Sensation means oppterm. Pain means
terminal.
It is important to know if an item is a term, oppterm or coterm, as its
character as one of the three determines the listing question.
The same rule for testing applies in listing. If it is a terminal, it
(Prehav Levels). If it is an opposition terminal it is (Prehav Leveled).
Example: For a terminal, A Waterbuck, Prehav Level Snort. Proper listing
question: "Who or what would a waterbuck snort at?"
Example: For an oppterm, A Tiger, Prehav Level Snort. "Who or what would
snort at a tiger?"
12
Of course the reverse can be listed but is rarely necessary except to get
a longer list when the pc stalls.
THE LINE PLOT
A line plot must be made up for any pc for his 3GAXX or the Listing the
Goal steps of Routine 3-21 (steps 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 of 21 steps).
This consists of a heavy blue 13" (foolscap or legal) sheet of paper, kept
in the pc's folder and kept up to date every time a reliable item (or even
last item in) is found.
On this line plot one column, the left-hand one, is reserved for oppterms.
The right-hand column is reserved for terms and lines indicate whenever terms
or oppterms are derived from each other.
A reliable item is designated as such on this line plot with the symbol RI.
Nonreliable items are not designated.
The date each line plot item was found is added after the item so it can
be found again in the Auditor's Reports without a scramble.
The full behavior and character of any item found is written into the
Auditor's Report of that session in which it was found. The width of the
instant rock slam in inches, whether the slam turned on every time the item
was read, what wording turned it on, and whether it would still R/S by session
end are all made part of the Auditor's Report.
About 20% or 25%o of the cases that appear for clearing can have reliable
items found on them at once by exploring the words "Scientology," "A
Scientology Organization," "An auditor," "Me (the auditor)," "Ron," or the
head of the local Scientology organization by name. These are considered to be
oppterms by any pc whose realization of his goal would be interfered with, he
or she feels, by Scientology. It does not matter what wording (see above)
turns on the R/S so long as it can be consistently turned on for a bit. If it
is at first only a dirty read, it is Tiger Drilled to try to make it rock
slam. Only in this peculiar instance is the person called a rock slammer or is
considered a security risk. Everyone alive R/Ses on something. In any event,
if items such as those in this paragraph turn on a rock slam, they are put on
the line plot as reliable items and used in handling the case.
The above material is in actual fact a partial anatomy of the Goals
Problems Mass, its identification in auditing and the behavior of an E-Meter
towards it.
As it has never before been viewed by any practice, mental science or
religion, it has to have special terminology.
The terminology has been stably in use for quite some time in Scientology.
I have made the definitions more precise in this HCO Bulletin.
Anyone working in clearing should have this HCO Bulletin data at his
instant call without referral to the HCO Bulletin.
With very few additions, this is the track one walks in clearing and going
Clear.
Know it.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:gl.rd.mdf
Copyright $c 1962, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
13
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=30/12/62
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=5/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
URGENT
IMPORTANT
ROUTINES 2-12 & 2-10
CASE ERRORS
POINTS OF GREATEST IMPORTANCE
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 30 DECEMBER AD12R
REVISED 5 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo
(Revisions in this type style)
(Revised to correct the definition of Dirty Needle)
URGENT
IMPORTANT
ROUTINES 2-12 & 2-10
CASE ERRORS
POINTS OF GREATEST IMPORTANCE
The errors in doing Routine 2-10 and Routine 2-12 are divided into two
broad divisions:
(a) Those of auditing itself;
(b) Those deriving from errors in doing the exact skills of Routines 2-10 and
2-12.
AUDITING ERRORS
This bulletin touches only briefly on the errors of (a) auditing errors.
These consist of sloppy form, bad TRs, inability to read a meter, Auditor Code
breaks, Q and Aing, missing missed W/Hs, doing bad mid ruds or Tiger Drilling
and using auditing form to hold up results.
One remedies bad auditing (as different from bad 2-10 or 2-12) by following
this prescription:
The poorer the auditor, the more a supervisor or instructor takes away
from him the tools of auditing. In short, if an auditor makes bad auditing
errors, one simplifies the auditing to prevent the errors. Don't let him or
her do 2-12. Make such an auditor use only 2-10. Then, as the auditor's skill
in basic auditing improves, the more he or she can be trusted with 2-12.
Do NOT let an auditor who can't do any kind of a job of basic auditing do
2-12. Let such an auditor do only 2-10. And then as that auditor's case
improves on 2-10 or 2-12, and as training drills are passed, let the auditor
graduate up to 2-12.
Remember this: 2-12 works all by itself with no auditing niceties. And it
can be prevented from working (but only to some degree) by bad auditing form
or intention.
Strip off Model Session, mid ruds, Tiger Drilling, and two-way comm, demand
it be run muzzled, muzzled, muzzled, use the meter only to find rock slams, and
modern Routine 2 works like a dream, a dream, a dream even for an auditor whose
auditing skill is terrible.
Let a Q and A artist clean cleans on a meter, muck up the mid ruds, yap at
the pc, and Routine 2 won't work because it never gets done.
So the training stress and the use stress of Routine 2 is first on Routine
2, its rules and how it's done, and when the auditor has case gains and wins,
auditing form is then entered upon.
14
The backwards way is to insist on a good hard study of form before
training on Routine 2. Always hammer Routine 2 home first and get it done not
fooled with by the Mixed-up Kid from Mid Rud Gulch.
Your main trouble will come from not teaching Routine 2 hard just
as itself before entering upon the niceties of auditing. You have to
show the wild man it's a house before you teach him to serve French
Pastry a la Partie.
Of course nothing in this HCO Bulletin should be used to degrade the value
of good auditing form.
Good metering, a smooth command of the TRs, a grip on the basics and a fine
knowledge of fundamentals are vital in an auditor.
You can't get all there is to get out of Routine 2-12 with rough auditing.
Auditing skill is not just something to acquire. It's the only thing that
gets real auditing done. And good auditors are scarce and I appreciate them.
I've had my share of rough auditing and I know the diamonds and gold of a
smooth, flawless auditor.
But Routine 2, at the time of this writing, and for always in some area of
the world as we expand, will be handled with rough-auditor skill. Therefore,
for the purposes of this HCO Bulletin, we will consider the auditing skill to
be rough and show what Routines 2-10 and 2-12 can do in unpolished hands.
And never fear, when their cases are better and the training can be
stepped up, they'll become polished, never fear. And appreciate being so. It's
my brag I can get a pc out of anything with just auditing skill. That makes me
pretty brave as an auditor. But this "Bring on your lions" attitude is born
out of auditing skills, taught, not "native." I use the same pattern and
patter as you do if you audit textbook. But I don't clean cleans often or miss
reads ever and I don't Q and A. You can audit just as well as I can with
practice and study. Why do I know this? Well, auditing is not my main forte,
not even close to my appointments and goals.
We're probably all rock slammers somewhere on List One and this is Man
pulling himself out of the mud indeed.
So don't run down pure auditing skill. It's more precious than anything in
this universe.
But you can acquire it as you do Routine 2 and after.
Meanwhile don't overrate the power of Routine 2 to work with rough
auditing, so long as the Routine 2 is done right.
THE ERRORS OF ROUTINE 2
Routine 2 (by which is meant 2-10 & 2-12) has its own rules and these must
be learned first and learned well.
Routine 2 today is a powerful process. And if it can straighten up a pc so
fast, it can also cave him in fast. However such cave-ins, while dramatic, are
very easy to remedy even though they must be remedied with accuracy. (The
remedies are all contained in this HCO Bulletin.)
Remember, in doing Routine 2, the primary pc upset is from badly done
Routine 2, not badly done auditing. To repair a car don't look for paint
scratches when somebody has removed the engine. Auditing form is paint
scratches. The removed engine is flubbed Routine 2.
15
Routine 2 must be taught hard, not just as a version of auditing but as
itself. It is its own technical package and it doesn't even infringe on the
basics of auditing.
AUDITOR RESPONSIBILITY
Routine 2 has several hills to climb. One of them is auditor
responsibility. This process has the peculiarity of handing all responsibility
for case gain or worsening to the auditor.
You will hear people who haven't a clue on Routine 2 crying about bad pcs,
bad D of P-ing, bad Ron and blaming everyone but themselves. Investigate and
you'll find only an auditor flub on Routine 2.
All Routine 2 auditor flubs consist of:
(a) Not knowing Routine 2.
(b) Not doing Routine 2.
There are no other Routine 2 auditor flubs.
In Routine 2 all gain or lack of gain is assignable directly and only to
the auditor.
Frightening isn't it?
But encouraging too. For it puts the auditor at cause, wholly and
completely, over the pc's case. You might have known that would happen with
the first all-case fast gain process.
DURATION OF PROCESS
Routine 2 is here to stay. You've been used to the changing face of
processing.
That discouraged learning any process very well and setting up to get it
done by one and all. Well, Routine 2 is here to stay. It isn't going to
change. You can invest a great amount of time and effort on learning it.
It's here to stay because where it doesn't get results, the auditor didn't
know it or didn't do it, and we can always remedy that.
It only produces mediocre or worsening results when it either isn't known
or isn't done.
Further, it is quite easy to do.
And it produces fast, stable results, very startling to even raw meat.
There is more miracle in 50 hours of well done Routine 2 than in the entire
history of the Church.
Further it has to be done on every case before a goal can easily or
reliably be found, or even if found, before it can be run.
So there it is. Learn it.
NO AUDITING
The first and greatest error of Routine 2 is no auditing.
Yes, the auditor may be sitting there like a one-man band, busy as free
beer at the boiler works and yet not be auditing Routine 2.
16
Example: Eat up two-thirds of every session with needless beginning, middle
and end rudiments.
Example: Spend two hours Prepchecking the mid ruds and then find the reason
the needle is dirty is an incomplete list.
Example: Spend three sessions full of general O/W trying to calm an ARC
breaky pc when in actual fact the auditor has been opposing an item off an
incomplete list.
It's not just audit the pc in front of you. That's vital enough. But audit
the pc in front of you with correct Routine 2.
Auditors have been known to spend hours, days, running old processes to get
the pc "up to running 2-12" when five minutes of 2-12 would have had the pc
sailing.
NO AUDITING means "While seeming to deliver auditing, actually get nothing
done." It's the greatest crime in Routine 2 or Routine 3. NO AUDITING can be
reduced to the finest art. Doing a wrong list, re-doing a dead horse, these
aren't no auditing. Auditing may have been wasted or may be slow, but it's
still auditing. No, NO AUDITING means going through endless, useless motions,
perhaps in top form, perhaps perfectly, none of which are calculated to
advance the pc's case one inch. Doing havingness every half page, endlessly
Tiger Drilling, doing mid ruds just because it's "good form," all these and a
thousand more add up to NO AUDITING. Absolute essentials, bare bone, and
bounteous correct 2-12 are AUDITING.
Mid ruds, Tiger Drilling are necessary to good auditing but using them an
inch beyond necessity is NO AUDITING.
FAILURE TO SAVE RECORDS
Almost the only way to completely bar the door on the pc is to lose his
case folder or fail to put all lists and reports in it.
Every sheet of every list must have on it the pc's name, date of the list
and the question from which the list comes.
This is the biggest MUST in Routine 2: Preserve the records and make them
identifiable and usable.
FAILING TO FIND R/SES ON LIST ONE
Failing to find and utilize an R/S on List One is the most common (but not
the most destructive to the pc's health) error in Routine 2. Example: Auditor
has three dead horses. Abandons case. Another auditor assesses List One, Tiger
Drills the R/Ses out, represents a tick. Gets another dead horse. Abandons
case. Pc now known as a "tough pc." A third auditor gets cunning. looks over
the original assessment, sees "auditor" R/Sed once long ago. It doesn't now,
having been Tiger Drilled to death. Opposes it. Gets a beautiful R/Sing list.
Case starts to fly.
This error has been done over, and over and over and is the source of all
dead horses.
RULE: Oppose every R/S found on List One or 1A or a "PT consists of"
list. Oppose them even when they only R/Sed on Tiger Drill buttons. Take the
R/Sing item most intimate to the actual session as the first one to use. If in
further doubt take the R/Sing item closest to the session the pc is interested
in.
List One, 1A or "PT consists of" lists do not have to be RIs to be
opposed. They are locks on RIs. They only need to briefly R/S, or to have been
seen to R/S at some
17
time, to be opposed. If they R/Sed at any time they must be opposed according
to whether they are terms or oppterms.
I have seen a case fail to give more than dead horses until somebody
recalled that on a Sec Check test a year before the case had R/Sed on
"Scientology orgs" (now not even a tick). When that was opposed, a dial wide
R/S turned on for 55 consecutive pages of items, a high record.
One remedy is to Tiger Drill "On List One ________," but it isn't
infallible.
REPRESENTING AN R/Sing ITEM
One of the three most destructive actions to the pc is representing an
R/Sing item. (The other two are opposing an R/Sing item taken from an
incomplete list, both included below.)
Representing an R/Sing item puts a terrible strain on the pc's attention.
The list may even R/S, probably will. But the opposing item, now hidden,
wreaks havoc on the pc all the time its companion is being listed on a
represent list. A real calm pc can turn into a screamer if an R/Sing item is
listed with a represent list, whether it has been opposed or not.
(Note: This is contrary to a 3GAXX action which could be done only because
a detested person wasn't a vital oppterm. It should not be done even in 3GAXX.)
RULE: Only do opposition lists on R/Sing items. Never represent them.
OPPOSE RIs
Always oppose an RI and continue to oppose RIs until you get a satisfactory
package. Never leave a BYPASSED item.
To do so is destructive to the preclear. This is not the greatest source of
destructiveness and not every RI bypassed will ruin the preclear. But once out
of three times the pc will be upset.
Example: "Scientology" R/Ses. A reliable item "a slavemaster" is
found on the opposition list. It is not then itself opposed. Pc is
upset by presence of a hidden item that opposes "a slavemaster." Pc
stays upset until "a slavemaster" is opposed and its RI companion item
"a freedom fighter" is found. "Slavery" shows up on the "Opp
Scientology" list as the thing that actually fronted up to
"Scientology" when the whole thing was packaged.
RULE: When a First List R/Sing item is opposed and an RI is found, then
Routine 2 steps are incomplete until the found RI is itself opposed.
It goes represent -- oppose -- oppose or Oppose, Oppose.
It will be seen that First List R/Sing items are usually locks into PT on
actual RIs. It will also be seen that the rock slams on the First List, the
first opposing RI and the RI that opposes that all match. They have the same
width and speed and pattern. They seldom all R/S at the same time but in
sequence of when first found.
RULE: All items found must be completely packaged.
RULE: All R/Ses in a package must match in character and vanish when fully
packaged.
Leaving a bypassed item is also possible because of incomplete lists. (See
below.)
18
INCOMPLETE LISTS
If, after nulling, you have several rock slamming items remaining, your
list is always incomplete.
Bonus packages vanish as soon as spotted. They occur once in a while. They
can be ignored in this rule:
RULE: If you find more than one R/S in nulling a list that list is
incomplete and must be completed.
Example: "Preclear (pn)" once R/Sed so it is opposed. The "Who or what
would a preclear oppose" list is listed and a dozen R/Ses were seen on listing
(OK so far). The list tested without reaction on the question. The auditor
starts to null the list. Some of the items that R/Sed while being listed, R/S
now on nulling. List is nulled down to 3 (!) R/Sing items. Auditor chooses
one. It R/Ses nicely. This is "a control device (sen)." Auditor now lists "Who
or what would oppose a control device?" List R/Ses well. However, masses tend
to close in on pc. Havingness drops. Pc possibly ARC breaky. Auditor continues
on listing. And on. And on. Finally gets to nulling. Very hard job. Pc cutting
up. Auditor tries to pull missed withholds. After much blood auditor finds
four R/Sing items left on list, chooses "a wild man" and tries to package. Pc
glum. Very little cognition. TWO items have been bypassed. How? Auditing
supervisor sees that several items on the "Who or what would a pc oppose" list
R/Sed on nulling. Assumes rightly list was incomplete. Directs it to be
completed. Pc smiles brightly and with a suddenly clean needle lists 80 more
items (several of which R/S on listing). Masses fall away from pc again. No
ARC breaks. This time only one item R/Sed on nulling. "A controller (sen)."
(Only new list is nulled of course. You never re-null in 2-12.) R/S has
mysteriously (and correctly) vanished off every other R/Sing item on that
list. The list "Who or what would oppose a control device?" is wholly
scrubbed, being wrong. The auditor now lists "Who or what would oppose a
controller?" The pc happily lists 200 items (many R/Sing). The needle goes
clean. The auditor starts nulling. Finds he has two items on the first three
pages that R/S. Has learned his lesson and, leaving off nulling for the
moment, gets pc to add 50 items. Auditor goes on nulling. Nulls down to one
R/Sing item, "an insane idiot." The R/S on "a preclear," "a controller" and
"an insane idiot" all matched when seen each in turn (but "a preclear" doesn't
R/S any more). Pc cogniting like mad. Very happy. Masses all moved off and
havingness up.
RULE: If in nulling more than one R/S is seen on list, that list is
incomplete and must be completed.
There are no exceptions to this rule. Bonus packages blow off on a
completed list.
Also, to clarify, keep in mind this rule:
RULE: If a list does not R/S now and then or at least once when being
listed, it will become a dead horse.
That some list items R/Sed when the pc said them during listing is natural.
If, with Suppress clean, more than one of them R/Ses during nulling, that
list is incomplete.
Also, in passing, don't finish nulling a list before adding to it as a
general practice. Add to it when the pc's needle is dirty or when you see more
than one R/S on it during nulling. The pc ARC breaks if you keep completing
the nulling of the existing list and then adding.
19
WRONG WAY OPPOSE
Pcs are not always right when telling you it's a terminal (pn) or oppterm
(sen). They even sometimes lie to try to save their face (to keep from looking
bad in an auditor's eyes or the world, or to seem even more villainous than
they are).
The only real test of a right way oppose is whether or not the list lists
easily with IMPROVED SKIN TONE in the pc and improved cheerfulness, and if it
produces one R/Sing item that packages later.
If you just can't tell which way to oppose, oppose both ways and then
decide on pc's appearance which way was right and continue it.
Wrong way opposition is not usual. Usually the pc tells the truth and all
is well. But when a list is listed wrong way to on opposition it's long,
horrible and deadly.
The pc goes faintly grey, green yellow or blackish, looks worse, and the
list gets endless. A wrong way list will R/S. So it's only pc appearance that
tells the story. Routine 2 is beneficial. Pcs that are listed with right way
opposition look brighter, younger, with a more translucent skin tone. You
won't make a mistake if you can tell the difference between a young boy and an
old man it's that distinct. (Remember, a pc will also look worse as above if
you took an item from an incomplete list or committed any of the other R2
errors in this HCO Bulletin.)
LISTS THAT WON'T COMPLETE
The only reasons a list will not complete are:
(a) Wrong Source
(b) Wrong Way To Oppose.
In either case there is something wrong with the source of the list.
That a list is listing R/Ses is no guarantee of rightness of source. A
wrong way to list will R/S. Some lists taken from a wrong source cycle R/S,
DR, clean needle, R/S, DR, clean needle.
Wrong sources are:
1. A First List item is opposed that didn't ever R/S.
2. An "RI" grabbed off an incomplete list that must be completed,
3. An item that was a terminal being opposed as though it were an oppterm and
vice versa,
4. On a represent list, the item being represented actually was an R/Sing
item.
5. On a represent list the item being represented was badly chosen and of no
interest to the pc.
There are no other wrong sources and thus no other R2 way to get a list
that won't complete. But when you do get a list that won't complete, be very
careful to look over the above 5 reasons and pick out the right one. You may
have to complete an earlier list first and scrub the one you're on.
Incompleting lists are usually abandoned without further patch-up.
How long is an incomplete list? How long is a piece of string?
20
LONG LONG LISTS
Don't ever be afraid to have a long list, only be afraid of short ones.
But when a list is running up toward thousands, something is wrong.
Endless lists stem basically from wrong source as above or from the
auditor's failure to understand what indicates a complete list.
If, on close study of the case folder and pc, Routine 2 errors seem to be
absent -- the source is right and not something taken from another list itself
incomplete, if the oppose is right way to, then look for the following:
(a) Pc is not answering auditing question or
(b) Pc has decided something was his item and is representing it or is
otherwise operating on a decision.
The remedies are to get Decide in well and to make sure, without upsetting
him, that the pc is answering the auditing question.
And if that is all OK, then it's just a long list, so complete it.
RULE: A list is complete when it can be nulled and when it produces just
one RI that R/Ses on Tiger Drilling and stays in.
A list can be nulled only when a needle is clean (except in 2-10).
The definition of a CLEAN NEEDLE is one which flows, producing no pattern
or erratic motions of the smallest kind with the auditor sitting looking at it
and doing nothing. A CLEAN NEEDLE is not just something that doesn't react to
a particular question. It's a lovely slow flow, usually a rise, most
beautifully expressed on a Mark V at 64 sensitivity.
A list has to be listed until this needle flow is observed (with no mid
ruds put in). But ruds or no ruds, a CLEAN NEEDLE always appears when a list
is complete.
A DIRTY NEEDLE is an erratic agitation of the needle which is ragged,
jerky, ticking, not sweeping, and tends to be persistent. It is not limited in
size.
There are the auditing methods of converting a dirty needle to a clean
needle, both as defined above. These are all the skills of auditing used with
big mid rud buttons.
Now entirely and distinctly separate from auditing skills for cleaning a
needle, there are the Routine 2 methods for converting a dirty needle to a
clean needle.
Usually both auditing and Routine 2 methods are used to clean a needle so
that one can null, the former briefly, the latter abundantly.
However, do not overlook the demonstrable fact that Routine 2 methods for
cleaning a needle are very beneficial and lasting in results, whereas purely
auditing methods (like mid ruds) have value only for the moment and, even
though auditing methods are desirable in this operation, when the Routine 2 is
in error, the clean needle is really impossible to achieve longer than seconds
with auditing methods.
The obvious solution to cleaning a needle is to first have Routine 2 as
perfect as possible (the errors outlined in this HCO Bulletin uncommitted or
being rapidly corrected) and then use auditing methods.
Try it in reverse (auditing methods first and then using corrections of
Routine 2) and you will not only fail to get a needle clean longer than
seconds, you may also waste the better part of an intensive trying to do it.
21
So spend hours straightening up Routine 2 errors and doing it right and
brief minutes with auditing methods when necessary.
And don't revile a pc for having a dirty needle. It's the auditor who
dirties it up with incorrect or inaccurate Routine 2, not the pc.
Now a clean needle is vital in order to null a list. Don't ever try to
null a list with the needle dirty. If the Routine 2 is right, the needle will
clean up with two minutes' work of big mid ruds. If Routine 2 errors (wrong
list source, list incomplete, wrong way oppose, etc. as per this HCO Bulletin)
exist and Routine 2 is being done wrong, then two hours' worth of big mid ruds
will not clean a dirty needle.
Any of the Routine 2 errors taken up in this HCO Bulletin will create a
dirty needle and keep it dirty and leave the auditor sweating over mid ruds
and the pc going mad trying to answer the questions. Yes, the mid ruds are
out. But why? Because one or more serious Routine 2 errors as described in
this HCO Bulletin are present.
So see the light. If you sweat on mid ruds as an auditor, curse them as a
pc or see a co-auditor dripping exasperation over mid ruds and the needle
won't stay clean. look at the Routine 2, not the difficulty with mid ruds.
Look for the errors here described. Check them off on the case, one by one,
and don't even be satisfied that it's only "no auditing." Check all the errors
off, section by section. You'll be startled.
So in general, difficult mid ruds and dirty needle indicate wrong Routine
2, not bad auditing. Somebody has flubbed the Routine 2 before the auditing was
flubbed. Once the Routine 2 is in error, auditing becomes impossible.
This gives no excuse for bad metering, cleaning cleans, trying to look
like an auditor but ignoring results. Auditing errors do exist. And can be
serious, but a pc running on right Routine 2 would forgive the Pope for having
a forked tail. You almost can't muddy up a pc running on right Routine 2.
Here's a trick. Don't try to null a list until you've seen a clean flowing
needle for a lot of items, maybe 50. Then get in fast mid ruds on the list and
do it without cleaning any cleans. Then start nulling. If the needle dirties
up after 30-40 items, skip mid ruds, just show the pc the page and have him
spot any big thoughts he had on it. Then immediately get back to nulling. If
the needle is dirty still, resume listing until it's clean. Just do those
actions and (given error-free Routine 2 as per this HCO Bulletin) you'll have
a smooth, smooth happy time of it in nulling.
Do anything you don't have to do in auditing Routine 2 and you're in
trouble in the auditing department. Bang out almost total Routine 2 and you're
in clover. Give 1/10th of the session over to goals, mid ruds and other
auditing actions and 9/10ths of the session to pure Routine 2 actions and
you'll really win. And that 1/10th includes any mid ruds on the list as well.
Give half the session to auditing and half to Routine 2 and you'll be in
continuous trouble.
The righter the Routine 2, the less auditing you'll have to do.
So how long is a list? Can you null it with a needle that requires only a
pc inspection of a page to keep it clean? Are all but one of the R/Ses that
happened in auditing dead when you nulled? Are your pages long streams of Xs?
Did you have to use Suppress only once per page (fast check) to keep it clean?
Well, that's a complete list. If it gave you an RI. Just one.
So how long is a list?
But if all the above is true and a pc's lists are still very long, another
thing can be wrong.
22
That wrongness usually is the pc's confronting ability being driven down by
auditor unconfrontability. (But also can be caused by a wrong RI or other
errors gone before it as covered in this HCO Bulletin.)
The auditor Qs and As, yap, yaps, nags the pc, blames, gets in endless mid
ruds, cleans cleans, misses reads or does something else.
The length of an auditor's pc's lists is to some degree proportional to
the rough auditing or no auditing done by the auditor. (And also by a failure
to use mid ruds and TD in the right places when necessary.)
We have known since '55 that rough auditing reduces havingness. Here's why:
Rough auditing lowers the pc's ability to confront in the session. The pc's
havingness is proportional to his ability to confront in the session. If a
pc's havingness by can squeeze test is lower at session end than at beginning
on Routine 2, then there's something wrong with the auditing or with the way
Routine 2 is being applied (one of the above Routine 2 errors is being made).
The remedy for the bad auditing is to make the auditor only acknowledge
anything and everything the pc says or put it on the list. Tear out all
rudiments, Tiger Drills, two-way comm, and forbid any chance to comment or act
on an origin by the pc, and get only Routine 2 done.
The remedy for Routine 2 errors (and the errors themselves) are given
above in this HCO Bulletin.
CONCLUSION
Routine 2 does not have an endless parade of DO-NOTS. They are basically
just those above.
Simple, really.
And I've not seen one session on Routine 2 that was going really wrong, go
wrong on auditing errors alone. Routine 2 sessions go wrong on bad Routine 2.
The auditing form and meter errors start to pile up? after Routine 2 has been
balled up. One or more of the above Routine 2 errors has been done and
overlooked.
The reason why Routine 2 errors are more deadly than purely auditing errors
is that Routine 2 is handling the pc by batches of lifetimes. All the stress
and gore and agony of generations exist on the lists of any one package. An
auditing error can be gross and get by unless it is sitting on a Routine 2
error. Then the timest auditing flub can produce a reaction like an
earthquake. The charge is all coming from Routine 2 mishandling and is evident
on the surface only by the auditing error.
CASE REMEDY
Routine 2 case patch-up is elementary, done with a knowledge of the above
errors. Just find out which one of the above sections is being violated. And
get it done. The error will only be one of the above to cause case non-
progress or worsening.
The sections are given in order of importance.
I will shortly work up a series of actual case history case repairs. So
save the records and you save all.
SUMMARY
Routine 2-10 and 2-12 are their own technology and must be learned as such.
Routine 2 errors are more shaking to a case than errors in form and meter
(except where the auditor can't even see a rock slam!) and where a case is not
winning on
23
Routine 2 auditing it is the Routine 2 that must be reviewed -- and fast. The
elements to be reviewed are all listed above by sections in order of
importance. Of course many other smaller fantastic errors can be done and will
be invented but they will be junior in value to those listed above and will be
reported when found.
Routine 2 will be with us a long, long time and it is worth learning well.
It takes the toughest case apart and is the only process that can start the
actual clearing of 80% or more of all cases.
I have done or reviewed thousands of hours of auditing in forming and
organizing and testing Routine 2.
It is the most gratifying (and sometimes hair-raising) auditing I have
ever done or viewed. You can't oversell Routine 2. You just can't. For it is
the first gateway to light, life and liberty for all Mankind at last.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:dr.rd.dr
Copyright $c 1962, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
24
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=8/6/63
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=3/10/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
THE TIME TRACK
AND
ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
BULLETIN 2
HANDLING THE TIME TRACK
Central Orgs
Franchise
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 8 JUNE AD13R
Central Orgs REVISED 3 OCTOBER 1977
Franchise
(Revision in this type style page 25, paragraph 1.)
(Reissued in March 1978 to correct a typo in paragraph 7, page 29.)
THE TIME TRACK
AND
ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
BULLETIN 2
HANDLING THE TIME TRACK
Although finding and curtailing the development of the time track at genus
is not improbable, the ability of the preclear to attain it early on is
questionable without reducing the charge on the existing track. Therefore, any
system which reduces the charged condition of the time track without reducing
but increasing the awareness and decisionability of the preclear is valid
processing. Any system which seeks to handle the charge but reduces the
preclear's awareness and decisionability is not valid processing but is
degrading.
According to early axioms, the single source of aberration is time.
Therefore any system which further confuses or overwhelms the preclear's sense
of time will not be beneficial.
Thus the first task of the student of engram running is to master the
handling of time on the preclear's time track. It must be handled without
question, uncertainty or confusion.
Failing to handle the time in the pc's time track with confidence,
certainty and without error will result in grouping or denying the time track
to the pc.
The prime source of ARC break in engram running sessions is bypassing
charge by time mishandling by the auditor. As a subhead under this, taking and
trying to run incidents which are not basic on a chain constitute an error in
time and react on the pc like bypassed RIs or GPMs.
An ARC break-less session requires gentle accurate time scouting, the
selection of the earliest timed incident available and the accurate time
handling of the incident as it is run.
There are only a few reasons why some cannot run engrams on pcs. These are:
1. Q and A with the pain and unconsciousness of incidents;
2. Failing to handle the time track of the pc for the pc;
3. Failure to understand and handle time.
2 and 3 are much the same. However, there are three ways to move a time
track about:
(a) By Significance (the moment something was considered);
(b) By Location (the moment the pc was located somewhere);
(c) By Time alone (the date or years before an event or years ago).
25
You will see all three have time in common. "The moment when you thought
________" "The moment you were on the cliff ________" "Two years before you
put your foot on the bottom step of the scaffold" are all dependent on time.
Each designates an instant on the time track of which there can be no mistake
by either auditor or pc.
The whole handling of the time track can be done by any one of these three
methods, Significance, Location, Time.
Therefore all projectionist work is done by the Time of Significance, the
Time of Location or Time alone.
The track responds. Those auditors who have trouble cannot grasp the
totality and accuracy and speed of that response. The idiotic and wonderful
precision of the time track defeats the sloppy and careless. They wonder if it
went. They question the pc's being there. They fumble about until they destroy
their command over the time track.
"Go to 47,983,678,283,736 years 2 months, 4 days 1 hour and six minutes
ago." Well, a clear statement of it, unfumbled, will cause just that to
happen. The timest quiver of doubt, a fumble over the millions and nothing
happens.
Fumbled dating gets no dates. One must date boldly with no throat catches
or hesitations. "More than 40,000? Less than 40.000?" Get it the first read.
Don't go on peering myopically at the meter asking the same question the rest
of the session. Accurate, bold, rapid. Those are the watchwords of dating and
time track handling.
In moving a time track about, move only the track. Don't mix it and also
move the pc. You can say "Move to ________." You don't have to say (but you
can) "The somatic strip will move to ________." But never say "You will move
to ________." And this also applies to present time. The pc won't come to
present time. He's here. But the time track will move to the date of present
time unless the pc is really stuck. In getting a pc to present time
(unimportant in modern engram running) say "Move to (date month and year of
PT)."
In scouting you always use To. "Move To ________ In running an engram or
whatever, you always use THROUGH. "Move through the incident ________.
If an auditor hasn't a ruddy clue about the time track and its
composition, he or she won't ever be able to run engrams. So, obviously, the
first thing to teach and have passed in engram running is time track
composition. When the auditor learns that, he or she will be able to run
engrams. If the auditor does not know the subject of the time track well, then
he or she can't be taught to run engrams, for no rote commands that cover all
cases can exist. You couldn't teach the handling of a motion picture projector
by rote commands if the operator had never imagined the existence of film. An
auditor sitting there thinking the pc is doing this or that and being in a
general fuddle about it will soon have film all over the floor and wrapped
about his ears. His plea for a rote command will just tangle up more film so
long as he doesn't know it is film and that he. not the preclear, is handling
it.
If an auditor can learn this, he will then be able to learn to run those
small parts of the time track called engrams. If an auditor can't run a pc
through some pleasant time track flawlessly, he or she sure can't run a pc
through the living lightning parts of that track called engrams.
An auditor who cannot handle the time track smoothly can scarcely call
himself an auditor as that's all there is to audit besides postulates, no
matter what process you are using, no matter what process you invent and even
if you tried what is laughingly called a "biochemical approach" to the mind.
There's only a time track for the bios to affect.
26
There's a thetan, there's a time track. The thetan gets caught in the time
track. The job of the auditor is to free the thetan by digging him out of his
time track. So if you can't handle what you're digging a thetan out of, you're
going to have an awful lot of landslides and a lot of auditing loses for both
you and preclears.
Invent games, devices, charts and training aids galore and teach with them
and you'll have auditors who can handle the time track and run engrams.
CHARGE AND THE TIME TRACK
Charge, the stored quantities of energy in the time track, is the sole
thing that is being relieved or removed by the auditor from the time track.
When this charge is present in huge amounts the time track overwhelms the
pc and the pc is thrust below observation of the actual track.
This is the State of Case Scale. (All levels given are major levels. Minor
levels exist between them.)
Level (1) NO TRACK -- No charge
Level (2) FULL VISIBLE TIME TRACK -- Some charge
Level (3) SPORADIC VISIBILITY OF
TRACK -- Some heavily charged areas.
Level (4) INVISIBLE TRACK -- Very heavily charged areas
(Black or Invisible Field.) exist.
Level (5) DUB-IN -- Some areas of track so
heavily charged pc is below
consciousness in them.
Level (6) DUB-IN OF DUB-IN -- Many areas of track so
heavily charged, the dub-in
is submerged.
Level (7) ONLY AWARE OF OWN -- Track too heavily charged
EVALUATIONS to be viewed at all.
Level (8) UNAWARE -- Pc dull, often in a coma.
On this new scale the very good, easy to run cases are at Level (3).
Skilled engram running can handle down to Level (4). Engram running is useless
from Level (4) down. Level (4) is questionable.
Level (1) is of course an OT. Level (2) is the clearest Clear anybody ever
heard of. Level (3) can run engrams. Level (4) can run early track engrams if
the running is skilled. (Level (4) includes the Black V case.) Level (5) has
to be run on general ARC processes. Level (6) has to be run carefully on
special ARC processes with lots of havingness. Level (7) responds to the CCHs.
Level (8) responds only to reach and withdraw CCHs.
Pre-Dianetic and Pre-Scientology mental studies were observations from
Level (7) which considered Levels (5) and (6) and (8) the only states of case
and oddly enough overlooked Level (7) entirely, all states of case were
considered either neurotic or insane, with sanity either slightly glimpsed or
decried.
In actuality on some portion of every time track in every case you will
find each of the levels except (1) momentarily expressed. The above scale is
devoted to chronic case level and is useful in programming a case. But any
case for brief moments or
27
longer will hit these levels in being processed. This is the temporary
case level found only in sessions on chronically higher level cases
when they go through a tough bit.
Thus engram running can be seen to be limited to higher level
cases. Other processing, notably modern ARC processes, moves the case
up to engram running.
Now what makes these levels of case?
It is entirely charge. The more heavily charged the case, the lower it
falls on the above scale. It is charge that prevents the pc from confronting
the time track and submerges the time track from view.
Charge is stored energy or stored or recreatable potentials of energy.
The E-Meter registers charge. A very high or low tone arm, a sticky or
dirty needle, all are registrations of this charge. The "chronic meter of a
case" is an index of chronic charge. The fluctuations of a meter during a
session are registering relative charge in different portions of the pc's time
track.
More valuably the meter registers released charge. You can see it blowing
on the meter. The disintegrating RR, the blowing down of the TA, the heavy
falls, the loosening needle all show charge being released.
The meter registers charge found and then charge released. It registers
charge found but not yet released by the needle getting tight, by DN, by a
climbing TA or a TA going far below the clear read. Then as this cleans up,
the charge is seen to "blow."
Charge that is restimulated but not released causes the case to "charge
up," in that charge already on the time track is triggered but is not yet
viewed by the pc. The whole cycle of restimulated charge that is then blown
gives us the action of auditing. When PRIOR charge is restimulated but not
located so that it can be blown, we get "ARC breaks."
The State of Case, the chronic level, as given on the above scale, is the
totality of charge on the case. Level (1) has no charge on it. Level (8) is
total charge. The day to day condition of a case, its temper, reaction to
things, brightness, depends upon two factors, (a) the totality of charge on
the case and (b) the amount of charge in restimulation. Thus a case being
processed varies in tone by (a) the totality of charge remaining on the case
(b) the amount of charge in restimulation and (c) the amount of charge blown
by processing.
Charge is held in place by the basic on a chain. When only later than basic
incidents are run charge can be restimulated and then bottled up again with a
very small amount blown. This is known as "grinding out" an incident. An
engram is getting run, but as it is not basic on a chain, no adequate amount
of charge is being released.
Later than basic incidents are run either (a) to uncover more basic
(earlier) incidents or (b) to clean up the chain after basic has been found
and erased.
No full erasure of incidents later than basic is possible, but charge can
be removed from them providing they are not ground out but only run lightly a
time or two and then an earlier incident on the chain found and similarly run.
When the basic is found it is erased by many passes over it. Basic is the only
one which can be run many times. The later the incident is (the further from
basic) the more lightly it is run.
There is no difference in the technology required to run a basic or a later
incident. It is only the number of times THROUGH that differs. Basic is run
through many times. A somewhat later engram is run through a couple of times.
An engram
28
very late on the chain is gone through once. Otherwise all engrams whether
basic or not are run exactly the same.
Engrams are run to release charge from a case. Charge is not released to
cure the body or to cure anything physical and the meter cures nothing. Charge
is released entirely to return to a thetan his causation over the time track,
to restore his power of choice, and to free him of his most intimate trap, his
own time track. You cannot have decent, honest or capable beings as long as
they are trapped and overwhelmed. While this philosophy may be contrary to the
intentions of a slavemaster or a degrader it is nevertheless demonstrably
true. The universe is not itself a trap capable only of degradation. But
beings exist who, beaten and overwhelmed themselves, can utilize this universe
to degrade others.
The mission of engram running is to free the charge which has accumulated
in a being and so restore that being to appreciated life.
All cases, sooner or later, have to be run on engrams, no matter what else
has to be done. for it is in engrams that the bulk of the charge on the time
track lies. And it is therefore those parts of the time track called engrams
which overwhelm the thetan. These contain pain and unconsciousness and are
therefore the record of moments when a thetan was most at effect and least at
cause. In these moments then the thetan is least able to confront or to be
causative.
The engram also contains moments when it was necessary to have moved and
most degrading to have held a position in space.
And the engram contains the heaviest ARC break with a thetan's environment
and other beings.
And all these things add up to charge, an impulse to withdraw from that
which can't be withdrawn from or to approach that which can't be approached,
and this, like a two pole battery, generates current. This constantly
generated current is chronic charge. The principal actions are:
(a) When the attention of the thetan is directed broadly in the direction of
such a track record the current increases.
(b) When the attention is more closely (but not forcefully) and accurately
directed, the current is discharged.
(c) When the basic on the chain is found and erased, that which composes the
poles themselves is erased and later incidents eased, for no further
generation is possible by that chain and it becomes incapable of producing
further charge to be restimulated. The above are the actions which occur
during auditing. If these actions do not occur despite auditing, then
there is no case betterment, so it is the auditor's responsibility to make
sure they do occur.
As the time track is created by an involuntary response of the thetan, it
is and exists as a real thing, composed of space, matter, energy, time and
significance. On a Level (8) Case the time track is completely submerged by
charge even down to a total unawareness of thought itself. At Level (7)
awareness of the track is confined by extant charge to opinions about it. At
Level (6) charge on the track is such that pictures of pictures of the track
are gratuitously furnished, causing delusive copies of inaccurate copies of
the track. At Level (5) charge is sufficient to cause only inaccurate copies
of the track to be viewable. At Level (4) charge is sufficient to obscure the
track. At Level (3) charge is sufficient to wipe out portions of the track. At
Level (2) there is only enough charge to maintain the existence of the track.
At Level (1) there is no charge and no track to create it. All charge from
Level (1) and up into higher states that is generated is knowingly generated
by the thetan, whose ability to hold locations in space and poles apart
results in charge as needful. This would degenerate again as he put such
matters on automatic or began once more to make
29
a time track, but these actions alone are not capable of aberrating a
thetan until he encounters further violent degradation and entrapment
in the form of implants. Aberration itself must be calculated to
occur. The existence of a time track only makes it possible for it to
occur and be retained. Thus a thetan's first real mistake is to
consider his own pictures and their recorded events important, and his
second mistake is in not obliterating entrapment activities in such a
way as not to become entrapped or aberrated in doing so, all of which
can be done and should be.
Engram running is a step necessary to get at the more fundamental causes of
a time track and handle them.
So it is a skill which must be done and done well.
L. RON HUBBARD
Revision assisted by
Jill Steinberg
Editor "Dianetics Today"
LRH:JS:pat.dr
Copyright $c 1963, 1977, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
30
L. RON HUBBARD
Revision assisted by
Jill Steinberg
Editor "Dianetics Today"
Type = 11
iDate=10/3/60
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
SCIENTOLOGY VI
BASIC AUDITING
NON-READING METERS
METER FLINCH
Class VI Students
Central Orgs
for info
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF MARCH 10, 1964
Class VI Students
Central Orgs
for info SCIENTOLOGY VI
BASIC AUDITING
NON-READING METERS
METER FLINCH
There are various reasons a pc does not read on a meter. Amongst these
are:
1) ARC broken (where only the ARC break's bypassed charge will read)
2) Antipathy to meter
3) Antipathy to auditor
4) Antipathy to something in the session environment
5) Suppress button out (but Suppress itself will read)
6) Invalidate button out (but Invalidate will read)
7) Meter somewhere not connected to pc
8) Meter battery flat
9) Auditor on the wrong track (probably the commonest source of a dead looking
meter that won't RR or fall hard)
10) Meter locked up on a wrong goal (happens mostly on running items in a wrong
goal)
11) Overlisting a goal or item list
12) Getting into a GPM in an earlier series.
But of all the reasons the one least suspected is (13) pc flinch.
After a pc has been knocked around with creaks or pain by actual
GPMs, the pc decides a lot of things like "go easy on it" and "just sit
here" and "keep away from it" and even "I can't take it." And bang, no
checkout reads.
"Are you flinching" is a question that will RR on a flat meter if
the pc is. Don't overuse it. Usually you're just on a wrong track.
You may even waste time with a new Prepcheck on the meter only to
find your first Prepcheck on it is flat. The truth is, the pc is
rabbiting.
Don't blame the pc too much. The pain can be horrible from GPMs.
But remember this -- the only things that turn on pain are:
(a) Invalidating or suppressing a RIGHT GOAL. A wrong goal can
have its buttons out a mile and just make the pc a little dizzy. Only a
RIGHT goal can make the pc HURT or turn on a chronic-looking somatic.
(b) A RIGHT goal in the wrong series, which is to say a skip of GPMs.
Only (a) and (b) can make the pc hurt.
So if the pc hurts ask (a) or (b). If it's (a) get the Suppress,
Invalidate buttons in fast. If (b) get the right goal series, or find what's
skipped.
(a) and (b) can be in combination.
31
And then get off any of the considerations a pc may have had about not
going near GPMs and you'll avoid future flinch.
The Invalidation read of a GPM can be dated and the invalidated GPM can be
looked up or otherwise relocated. Only right goals handled wrong hurt and only
this makes a pc flinch.
By the way, if the pain of a suppressed or invalidated GPM doesn't vanish
when the buttons are put in, then there's another right goal suppressed or
invalidated also! Or maybe more!
A pc who is consistently flinching needs the subjects of goals, etc.,
cleaned up.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:dr
Copyright $c 1964
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
L. RON HUBBARD
Type = 21
iDate=12/10/66
Volnum=0
Issue=4
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
EXAMINATIONS
Remimeo
Tech Hats
Qual Hats
Students
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 OCTOBER 1966
Issue IV
Remimeo
Tech Hats
Qual Hats
Students EXAMINATIONS
A student must not discuss any examination with anyone outside the
Qualifications Division. To give examination information to other students in
order to assist them shows a misguided understanding of help. A student should
pass an examination on the basis that he does know and can apply the data, not
on the basis that he knows and can pass the examination. Only by being able to
know and apply the data can a student be an accomplished auditor at any level.
Therefore, students are not to discuss examinations with other students
for whatever reason.
Further, students who fail examinations or any question thereon are not to
discuss such failure or reasons for such with anyone other than the personnel
of the Qualifications Division. This regulation includes not only other
students, but Course Supervisors. Data as to examination failures is supplied
from the Qualifications Division to the Technical Division, and a student, not
knowing the data sufficiently well, can cause Dev-T by reporting false data to
a Course Supervisor as to why the examination was failed.
Any student who feels that he has been incorrectly failed on an
examination can report the matter to Ethics. This is the proper line for any
complaint the student may have concerning an examination, if such still seems
incorrect after taking it up with the Qualifications Division.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:rd.sb
Copyright $c 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
32
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=23/8/68
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
ARBITRARIES
Class VIII
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 AUGUST 1968
Class VIII
ARBITRARIES
Any arbitrary entered into any line is a way to stop that line.
An auditor doing a job of auditing suddenly enters an arbitrary such as
"The pc now has a grief charge so he must have a withhold as I've just cleaned
up ARC breaks." Or any such wild think. This arbitrary would stop that pc's
case right now.
You get all there is to know about tech from HCOBs, tapes, books.
This is all.
Here's one -- when the needle on an E-Meter read in the response to an
auditor's question, all you know is that the needle on the E-Meter read.
That's all you know. Now in the next few seconds you will prove out, as to
whether the read was to the question or to something else like a protest. To
assume anything else in regard to meter reads is an arbitrary and will close
up that pc with a bang.
That's the data. Knock off all the arbitraries NOW.
Punch in hard standard tech. Standard tech is that tech which has
absolutely no arbitraries.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.ja.pc
Copyright $c 1968
By L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
33
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=23/8/68
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
WORKABILITY OF TECH
Class VIII
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 AUGUST 1968
Class VIII
WORKABILITY OF TECH
The quality of technology is to the degree it increases percentages of
cures it obtains within the framework of the society in which it operates. 22
1/2% will change for the better or "get well" on sugar pills. 33% will make it
regardless of how the tech is applied. The percentages from these on up are
determined by the formula.
Early Dianetics with a raw book auditor run well over 50%.
Then into Scientology shot the percentages up to 97%, 3% here being those
heavily PTS and so on. Even these are being handled with standard tech
eventually.
These percentages are all inclusive of all possible tech errors because
we do get the percentages finally.
This then shows that Scientology technology, when applied by standard tech
action, will give a fantastic percentage of successes to the auditor who does
only standard tech actions.
The older practices have a very hard time showing 10% even though 22 1/2%
recover on sugar pills.
The quality of Scientology technology is in the percentages, provable and
observable.
The workability of Scientology can be shown. Do so. Older practices can't.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jp Founder
Copyright $c 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
34
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=26/8/68
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
THE CLASS VIII COURSE
Class VIII
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 AUGUST 1968
Class VIII
THE CLASS VIII COURSE
The Class VIII Course will teach the entire subject of Scientology in its
exact standard practical applications from ARC Straightwire to OTs.
The course will be exactly taught as per HCOBs, tapes, books.
The course will include --
Qs Logics -- Prelogics, Axioms
Auditor's Code
Code of a Scientologist
F/N data
TRs
E-Meter Essentials
Book of Case Remedies
All about the E-Meter
Case supervision
Review folders
How to run ARC Straightwire
How to run locks on secondaries
How to run secondaries
How to run locks on engrams
How to run engrams
How to run Level 0 and process of that level
How to run Level 1, PTPs
How to run Level 2, O/Ws, M/W/H, Sec Check
Listing and nulling data -- S & D, L4A, Rem A & B
Level 3, ARC breaks, L-1
Level 4, hidden standards
Power, Level 5
Level 6
Clear
OT I
OT II
OT III
OT IV
OT V
OT VI
OT VII
OT VIII.
How to handle exact data of the levels will be taught and data necessary
to the level, as not doing standard actions are all that hang a case up, no
matter what level a case is from -- Straightwire to OT VIII.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp
Copyright $c 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
35
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=10/9/68
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
CASE SUPERVISOR
ADMIN IN AUDITING
Class VIII
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 SEPTEMBER 1968
Class VIII
CASE SUPERVISOR
ADMIN IN AUDITING
A Case Supervisor cannot do a decent job of C/S when he is
presented with lousy admin such as -- no Auditor Report Forms, not
handling Gr Form reads as they occur, not writing in F/Ns, not making a
ring around the item found, not indicating where a list was extended.
Also) illegible writing, failure to go over a report when done and make
obscure words plain is a NO REPORT and gets liability.
When you run into a snag you can't handle, DON'T start inventing tech and
doing something else other than the C/S instructions.
End off the session and send it to the Case Supervisor.
It is, I am told, the wild fashion in Quals and HGCs around the
world that if one hits a snag, the auditor rushes out and asks the D of
P who gives him an unusual solution without even looking at a folder.
If I catch or hear of anyone doing that, it's the Deep 6.
The CORRECT action and the ONLY correct action is to end the
session and get folder and session paper to a Case Supervisor, who (1)
does not see the pc and (2) does not talk to the auditor.
Case Super is folder ONLY. Then there's a chance of standard tech.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp
Copyright $c 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
36
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=10/9/68
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
FLUNKS
Class VIII
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 SEPTEMBER 1968
Class VIII
FLUNKS
These are the most common goofs found made by auditors in case
supervising over a hundred folders.
(1) Pc audited with no instructions from C/S.
(2) Audited on squirrel process.
(3) False Auditor Report -- FLUNK FLUNK.
(4) Audited past F/N.
(5) Auditing a pc while on medication.
(6) Auditing a pc while ill.
(7) Leaving pc with a problem.
(8) Auditing a pc on no sleep.
(9) Nulling an L1 to largest read.
(10) Not giving pc his item.
(11) Not tracing an ARC break, M/W/H or PTP down to basic when it
doesn't blow.
(12) Not handling reading GF items as they occur.
(13) Failure to use ruds on even GF when TA rises between session
before starting major action of session.
(14) Not following C/S instructions.
(15) Taking frequent breaks.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.wa
Copyright $c 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
37
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=10/9/68
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
"STANDARD" TECH DATA
Class VIII
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 SEPTEMBER 1968
Class VIII
"STANDARD" TECH DATA
"Standard" in standard tech auditing is a precise activity, done with good
TRs, exact grade processes and exact actions.
A Green Form is done by handling every read, not by "uhuh" or nulling it,
or doing it after the GF is all done.
Observe the Auditor's Code in every line and do the usual and solve the
case.
Standard action in handling Green Form ARC Brk, PTP and M/W/H (a) Itsa
(b) If not cleared on Itsa get the basic on the chain. All GF and L and ruds
follow this rule. A process is not used except ARC break ARCU CDEI.
Always do a list like L1, L4 or GF, etc., by handling each read as it's
found.
Random auditing on pcs and pre-OTs should not be done. Knock off these
arbitrary "Somebody else thinks he needs a _______." This is evaluative and a
break of the Auditor's Code. Pcs can be stopped by over-repair, they just need
to get on with it.
Do standard GF and remedy actions and let pc or pre-OT get on with the next
cycle of section or grade.
It's the grade processes and OT levels that improve cases. The process the
pc should be on is always the next grade.
If TA rises between sessions, get it down with ruds and if that doesn't
get it down, a Green Form. This is a standing order. TAs that won't come down
with routine rudiments come down with GF.
True of ALL rehabbing actions is you don't rehab on a high TA at session
start. Only when it is just then overrun. Then you rehab it back to F/N.
In ruds, all you know when you see a read is that the meter read and the
question you asked. The meter read is not uniformly what you asked and can be a
protest or a REPEATING FALSE READ. Usually one goes right along auditing but
when pc shows any sing of protest or bafflement on a rud read, you routinely
trace it for an earlier false read, find and clean it.
If an R/S won't clean up "Have you ever been accused of things you haven't
done" as a process as the R/S may be from invalidation. Can also clean up
protest.
R/S on a child may be:
(A) Don't tell. Somebody told him not to.
(B) Crime.
(C) Accusation -- said you did something you didn't do.
You set up a case with F/N before you undertake major new actions. Always
set up a case to be run. End off an action at F/N.
38
It's not safe to begin a session without an ARC Br check when there's been
a time between sessions.
With pcs in sad effect, you should always check ARC break of long duration.
You treble time in session every time you take any breaks. To economize in
auditing time (session time) you should cut out breaks as they get the pc in
trouble when he's out of the room, then you have to clean it up and so time is
lost.
No TA on a Sec Check means pc tends to be out of valence. Anybody has a
few.
TA goes high and low when a pc is going into and to PT from a heavy
past life.
Never tell a pc he will have another session in session as it continues
the session and doesn't end it. An old old old rule.
You never let pc off cans in standard tech.
A persistent item that doesn't blow is usually a wrong item. Other symptoms
could proceed from a wrong item.
A Prepcheck in nearly every case turns on and uncovers old ARC breaks. In
doing a Prepcheck be alert for BIs, and ask ARC Br question.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jp.ja
Copyright $c 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
L. RON HUBBARD
Type = 11
iDate=1/9/68
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
VALENCE SHIFTER
Class VIII
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 SEPTEMBER 1968
(Amended 20 Sept 68)
Class VIII
VALENCE SHIFTER
The list question, "What valence (identity) would be safe" is based on tech
theory and is used for pre-OTs with high OT sections that do not change
non-optimum behavior.
It is also (rarely) used on a lower grade case who is "detached" which is
to say chronically out of valence to the point of no case gain.
It is very dynamite -- be exact in listing it.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp
Copyright $c 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
39
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=11/9/68
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S INSTRUCTIONS
Class VIII
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 SEPTEMBER 1968
Class VIII
C/S INSTRUCTIONS
Standard action for an old-timer who has been run on thousands of hours on
all types of processes:
(1) Do GF.
(2) Do an S&D
(3) List "What has been overrun," handling and indicating each item as it
reads.
(4) Rehab all grades, Sub-Zeroes, 0-14 (omit Power).
(5) Rehab R6EW, Clearing Course, OT I, OT II.
(6) Prepcheck III. Watch for ARC breaks during Prepcheck and handle as
they arise.
(7) Rehab IV, V and VI if done.
(8) Do a Valence Shifter.
A standard one-time action for a Section III OT:
(1) Get in ruds so TA is in decent range (2 to 3). If TA doesn't come down
and F/N on ruds, do a GF.
(2) Rehab or run ARC Straightwire to IV (omit Power always after Clear).
(3) Rehab F/Ns R6EW, Clear, OT I, OT II.
(4) Prepcheck Section III.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp
Copyright $c 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
40
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=15/9/68
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Class VIII
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 SEPTEMBER 1968
Class VIII
Pc looking or continually feeling tired = blunted purpose, evaluation and
invalidation.
M/W/H gives a nattery critical aspect, not "Pc looks tired" as one auditor
thought.
Pc feels tired. Do a purpose list as follows:
What purpose has been blunted? (You can also use "abandoned" if it reads
better.) Find an item. If no F/N, Prepcheck it to F/N.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp
Copyright $c 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=15/9/68
Volnum=2
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Class VIII
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 SEPTEMBER 1968
Class VIII
The first thing I learned about teaching a Class VIII auditor is he thinks
he can fly before he can even creep.
Such is the power of standard tech, it can go to his head as an auditor
and as a Case Supervisor before he learns even the barest essentials.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp
Copyright $c 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
41
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=16/9/68
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
END PHENOMENA
Class VIII
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 16 SEPTEMBER 1968
Class VIII
END PHENOMENA
An auditor must be able to relate all of the end phenomena of a process to
an F/N in clay. This must be compared also to a cycle of action.
The object of the exercise is to tell when not to and when to cut a
preclear's comm with regard to an F/N.
Phenomena of pc occurs after phenomena of meter.
Skill to be learnt by the Class VIII auditor is the precise instant to
tell the pc it's an F/N.
Criticism of auditor's TRs actually stemmed from the auditor's inability
to see when a cycle of action is complete and cut the pc's comm off at
precisely the right instant so it doesn't cut the pc's cycle of action and so
it doesn't turn off the F/N.
If the pc's comm is cut wrong the pc tries to conclude it to
everyone they meet and so overruns the process, that is why pcs don't
come back into session with an F/N.
This is a vitally important datum because it has slown cases down
to total recovery when violated.
This has been an unforeseen factor in C/S of Class VIII auditing.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp
Copyright $c 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
42
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=22/9/68
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
REHABS
Class VIII
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 22 SEPTEMBER 1968
Class VIII
REHABS
Old no longer used processes such as "3GXX" "R2-12" have to be added to
C/S ordered rehabs, particularly if the pc talks of them which means they were
overrun.
All these early ones were overrun. Clear (meaning Release) was
lost in 1950, recovered in about '58, lost again until my C/Sing of the
first Power noted the phenomena of overrun.
Overrun was therefore the order of the day. But these processes
did bring about genuine releases.
It is best to count the number of times released on each process
and rehab each different one.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp
Copyright $c 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
43
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=23/9/68
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
VIOLATION OF THE LAWS OF LISTING AND NULLING
Class VIII
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 SEPTEMBER 1968
Class VIII
VIOLATION OF THE LAWS OF LISTING AND NULLING
Rudiments (ARC Bks, PTPs, M/W/Hs) are usually not necessary in correcting
a list as a wrong list usually is the ARC Bk and PTP.
To correct a list ask the pc or pre-OT
(1) "Is it an incomplete list?" If it is, extend it and find the item.
(2) "Was it the first item on the list?" If so, indicate item to pc or
pre-OT.
(3) "Was it an unnecessary action?" (dead horse). If so, indicate it.
(4) "Had you not answered the listing question?" If so, re-clear question
and if it reads list it.
The 4 basic reasons for a wrong list are here
(1) It was the first item.
(2) It is not a complete list.
(3) The question didn't read (which causes a dead horse).
(4) The pc didn't answer the question.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LKH:jp
Copyright $c 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=26/9/68
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Class VIII
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 SEPTEMBER 1968
Class VIII
The study of the "Well Done" LRH C/S Folder -- the actual sessions
themselves. makes the difference between a probable six months or 3-week
course.
This is the difference between making auditors and not making auditors and
anyone who removes them from the line will be shot.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp
Copyright $c 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
44
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=26/9/68
Volnum=1
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
LIST CORRECTION
Class VIII
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 29 SEPTEMBER 1968
Class VIII (Amended 29/10/68)
LIST CORRECTION
(Only valid for a list recently done)
1. Was it the first item on the list?
2. Was the list incomplete?
3. Was the item bypassed?
4. Was the item suppressed?
5. Was the item invalidated?
6. Was the question meaningless?
7. Was the list overlisted?
8. Were item's thought of that weren't put down?
9. Was it listed out of session?
10. Was the item different when said by the auditor?
11. Was the item not given to you?
12. Was the action unnecessary?
13. Was a Release point bypassed, on the question only?
14. Was a Release point bypassed on listing?
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp
Copyright $c 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
45
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=4/10/68
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
ADVANCE COURSES
AOs
Class VIII
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 OCTOBER 1968
AOs
Class VIII
ADVANCE COURSES
YOU MUST NEVER ISSUE AN ADVANCE COURSE TO ANYONE WITHOUT CASE SUPERVISOR
OKAY.
These pre-OTs are often in Review, often not ready and ALWAYS must be
okayed by the C/S both to have it and then after study, to fly the ruds.
To not do this means you're running Advance Courses on people with OUT
RUDS. You'll wreck cases this way!
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp
Copyright $c 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=4/10/68
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Class VIII
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 OCTOBER 1968
Class VIII
Pre-OTs who have been audited for a long time over out ruds will not
respond to the OT IV Rundown unless every rud is gotten in.
When putting in the ruds on such pcs, you put in suppress and false reads
on each one, each to F/N.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH
Copyright $c 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
46
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=5/10/68
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
ARC BRK NEEDLE
Class VIII
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 OCTOBER 1968
Class VIII
ARC BRK NEEDLE
An ARC Brk needle (and a Stage 4 "float") are EASILY DETECTED.
An "F/N" with bad indicators is an ARC Brk needle. These can include
propitiation.
A Class VIII must know the Bad Indicator List and know that when these
accompany an "F/N" it is an ARC Brk needle.
When this happens, one checks for SESSION ARC BREAKS, then for MISSED
ARC BREAK, then for falsely called ARC Brks or suppressed ARC Brks. If this
doesn't clean it, then ask for an ARC Brk long duration.
What has happened is that the pc has gone into a secondary or an engram.
It is not a job for rudiments to run it. It is only to be keyed-out.
It is a Q and A to date and run a secondary in rudiments because of an ARC
Brk needle. The auditor is to key it out by session or life. Itsa and earlier
similar incident with itsa, each ARC break with ARCU CDEI.
The C/S can have it run as a secondary. It will be TOO HEAVY to run if it
is not keyed-out first. It is handled by key-out in rudiments.
It is quite usual that a pc has just mentioned grief when the ARC Br
needle turns on. Or some gloomy idea. A real F/N means the pc is out the top,
an ARC Br needle means he's out the bottom. He ceases to mock up, through
grief.
It is a very serious thing for a pc to get audited over an ARC Br needle.
It must be spotted and handled (keyed-out) when it occurs.
It occurs most often with a TA below 2.0.
A real F/N has one or more GIs.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ja
Copyright $c 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
47
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=2/10/68
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=15/7/77
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
FLOATING NEEDLE
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 2l OCTOBER 1968R
Remimeo REVISED 9 JULY 1977
Corrected & Reissued 15 July 1977
to correct typo, para 3.
(Deletes reference to needle "R/Sing" before an F/N.)
FLOATING NEEDLE
Floating needles (F/Ns) are the end phenomena for any process or action
with the pc on two cans. It is one of the most important rediscoveries made in
years. It was known but lost by auditors.
It is the idle uninfluenced movement of the needle on the dial without
any patterns or reactions in it. It can be as small as 1" or as large as dial
wide. It does not fall or drop to the right of the dial. It moves to the left
at the same speed as it moves to the right. It is observed on a Mark V E-Meter
calibrated with the TA between 2.0 and 3.0 with GIs in on the pc. It can occur
after a cognition blowdown of the TA or just moves into floating. The pc may
or may not voice the cognition.
It, by the nature of the E-Meter reading below the awareness of the
thetan, occurs just before the pc is aware of it. So to give a "That's it" on
the occurrence of the F/N can prevent the pc from getting the cognition.
A "floating needle" occurring above 3.0 or below 2.0 on a calibrated Mark
V E-Meter with the pc on 2 cans is an ARC broken needle. Watch for the pc's
indicators. An ARC broken needle can occur between 2.0 and 3.0 where bad
indicators are apparent.
Pcs and pre-OTs OFTEN signal an F/N with a "POP" to the left and the
needle can actually even describe a pattern much like a rock slam. Meters with
lighter movements do "pop" to the left.
One does not sit and study and be sure of an "F/N." It swings or pops, he
lets the pc cognite and then indicates the F/N to the pc preventing overrun.
When one OVERRUNS an F/N or misses one, the TA will start to climb. The
thing to do is briefly rehabilitate it (rehab it) by indicating it has been
bypassed and so regains it.
The F/N does not last very long in releasing. The thing to do is end the
process off NOW. Don't give another command.
It coincides with other "end phenomena" of processes but is senior to
them.
An F/N can be in normal range and still be an ARC break needle. The thing
which determines a real F/N is good indicators. Bad indicators always
accompany an ARC break needle.
On an ARC break needle, check for an ARC break. If the TA then climbs, it
was a real F/N so you rehab it quickly.
A one-hand electrode sometimes obscures an E/N and gives false TA. If
used, use higher sensitivity and get the TA from 2 cans when needed.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Revised by
CS-4/5
LRH:JE:ja.lf As ordered by
Copyright $c 1968, 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard L RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
48
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Revised by
CS-4/5
As ordered by
L RON HUBBARD
Type = 11
iDate=1/11/68
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
OVERT-MOTIVATOR
DEFINITIONS
Class VIII
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 1 NOVEMBER 1968
Class VIII Issue II
OVERT-MOTIVATOR
DEFINITIONS
These are problems in FLOWS.
They exist with or without intention.
One can add "intentional" or "unintentional" to the definitions.
An OVERT -- An act by the person or individual leading to the injury,
reduction or degradation of another, others or their beingness, persons,
possessions, associations or dynamics.
A MOTIVATOR is an act received by the person or individual causing injury,
reduction or degradation of his beingness, person, associations or dynamics.
An overt of omission -- a failure to act resulting in the injury,
reduction or degradation of another or others or their beingness, persons,
possessions or dynamics.
A motivator is called a "motivator" because it tends to prompt an overt.
It gives a person a motive or reason or justification for an overt.
When a person commits an overt or overt of omission with no motivator he
tends to believe or pretends that he has received a motivator which does not
in fact exist. This is a FALSE MOTIVATOR.
Beings suffering from this are said to have "motivator hunger" and are
often aggrieved over nothing.
Cases which "cave in hard" suffer from false motivators and resolve on
being asked for overts done for no reason.
Cases which do not resolve on actual motivators have overts that have to
be handled.
There is also the case with FALSE OVERTS. The person has been hit hard for
no reason. So they dream up reasons they were hit.
Cases that go into imaginary cause (imagining they do or cause things bad
or good) are suffering from false overts. They resolve on "When were you hit
(punished, hurt, etc.) for no reason?"
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp
Copyright $c 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
49
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=5/12/68
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
UNRESOLVING CASES
Class VIII
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 DECEMBER 1968
Class VIII
UNRESOLVING CASES
The mechanism of PTS is environmental menace that keeps something
continually keyed-in. This can be a constant recurring somatic or continual,
recurring pressure or a mass. The menace in the environment is NOT imaginary
in such extreme cases.
The action can be taken to key it out. But if the environmental menace is
actual and persists it will just key-in again. This gives recurring pressure
unrelieved by usual processing.
In this event one can compare the environmental menace (by finding it,
listing, 2-way comm etc.) and one will then find the incident or incidents
being keyed-in are exactly similar in all respects or are thought so. These
can be run out as secondaries or engrams.
Theoretically an environmental continual overt would do the same thing. In
which case the secondary or engram would match it. This is in fact the only
engrams that will run and erase on a PTS case.
Personal roller-coaster has this as its source.
The person docs not see or associate the two.
This is why the PTS case does not respond to processing and gives a way
for it to respond. This is also why the sick and insane do not respond. It is
the same mechanism.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:bw
Copyright $c 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
50
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=15/12/68
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=11/4/77
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
L4BRA
FOR ASSESSMENT OF ALL LISTING ERRORS
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 DECEMBER 1968RA
(Amends HCO Bulletin of 9 January 1968 List L4A)
Remimeo (ITEM 6 CORRECTED 12 FEBRUARY 1969)
(Amended 8 August 1970)
(Amended 18 March 1971)
(Revised 2 June 72)
(Re-Revised 11 April 1977)
(Revisions in this type style)
L4BRA
FOR ASSESSMENT OF ALL LISTING ERRORS
ASSESS THE WHOLE LIST (METHOD 5) THEN TAKE biggest reads or BDs
and handle. Then clean up the list.
PC'S NAME____________________________________ DATE_______________________
AUDITOR______________________________________
0. WAS IT THE FIRST ITEM ON THE LIST?
(Indicate and give pc his item.)
1. DID YOU FAIL TO ANSWER THE LISTING QUESTION?
(If it reads, find out what question, clear the question noting
whether it reads, if so, list it, find the item and give it to the pc.)
2. WAS THE LIST UNNECESSARY?
(If it reads, indicate BPC and indicate that it was an unnecessary
action.)
2A. DID THE QUESTION HAVE NO CHARGE ON IT?
(Indicate.)
2B. WERE YOU ASHAMED TO CAUSE AN UPSET?
(L1C after list corrected.)
2C. WERE YOU AMAZED TO REACT THAT WAY?
(Same as 2B.)
2D. THE QUESTION HAD ALREADY BEEN LISTED BEFORE.
(Indicate, rehab.)
2E. YOU HAD NO INTEREST IN THE QUESTION?
(Indicate that the auditor missed that it didn't read.)
3. WAS THE ACTION DONE UNDER PROTEST?
(If it reads, handle by itsa earlier similar itsa.)
4. IS A LIST INCOMPLETE?
(If reads, find out what list and complete it, give the pc his item.)
5. HAS A LIST BEEN LISTED TOO LONG?
(If so, find what list and get the item from it by nulling with
Suppress, the nulling question being: "On ________ has anything been
suppressed?" for each item on the overlong list. Give the pc his item.)
51
6. HAS THE WRONG ITEM BEEN TAKEN OFF A LIST?
(If this reads, put in Suppress and Invalidated on the list and null as
in 5 above and find the right item and give to the pc.)
7. HAS A RIGHT ITEM BEEN DENIED YOU?
(If this reads, find out what it was and clean it up with Suppress and
Invalidate and give it to the pc.)
8. HAS AN ITEM BEEN PUSHED OFF ON YOU YOU DIDN'T WANT?
(If so, find it and get in Suppress and Invalidate on it and tell pc it
wasn't his item and continue the original action to find the correct
item.)
9. HAD AN ITEM NOT BEEN GIVEN YOU?
(If reads, handle as in 7.)
10. HAVE YOU INVALIDATED A CORRECT ITEM FOUND?
(If so, rehab the item and find out why the pc invalidated it or if
somebody else did it, clean it up and give it to pc again.)
11. HAVE YOU THOUGHT OF ITEMS THAT YOU DID NOT PUT ON THE LIST?
(If so, add them to the correct list. Renull the whole list and give the
pc the item.)
12. HAVE YOU BEEN LISTING TO YOURSELF OUT OF SESSION?
(If so, find out what question and try to write a list from recall and
get an item and give it to the pc.)
13. HAVE YOU BEEN GIVEN SOMEBODY ELSE'S ITEM?
(If so, indicate to the pc this was not his item. Don't try to find
whose it was.)
14. HAS YOUR ITEM BEEN GIVEN TO SOMEBODY ELSE?
(If so, find if possible what item it was and give it to the pc. Don't
try to identify the "somebody else.")
14A. WERE EARLIER LISTING ERRORS RESTIMULATED?
(Indicate and correct earlier lists then check the current.)
14B. HAD THIS LIST ALREADY BEEN HANDLED?
(Indicate.)
15. HAS A RELEASE POINT BEEN BYPASSED ON LISTING?
(If so, indicate the overrun to the pc, rehab back.)
16. HAS A RELEASE POINT BEEN BYPASSED ON THE QUESTION ONLY?
(If so, indicate the overrun to the pc and rehab back.)
17. HAVE YOU GONE EXTERIOR WHILE LISTING?
(If so, rehab. If Ext Rundown not given, note for C/S.)
18. HAS IT BEEN AN OVERT TO PUT AN ITEM ON A LIST?
(If so, find out what item and why.)
19. HAVE YOU WITHHELD AN ITEM FROM A LIST?
(If so, get it and add it to the list if that list available. If not put
item in the report.)
20. HAS A WITHHOLD BEEN MISSED?
(If so, get it, if discreditable ask "Who nearly found out?")
52
21. HAS AN ITEM BEEN BYPASSED?
(Locate which one.)
22. WAS A LISTING QUESTION MEANINGLESS?
(If so, find out which one and indicate to the pc.)
23. HAS AN ITEM BEEN ABANDONED?
(If so, locate it and get it back for the pc and give it to him.)
24. HAS AN ITEM BEEN PROTESTED?
(If so, locate it and get the Protest button in on it.)
25. HAS AN ITEM BEEN ASSERTED?
(If so, locate it and get in the Assert button on it.)
26. HAS AN ITEM BEEN SUGGESTED TO YOU BY ANOTHER?
(If so, get it named and the Protest and Refusal off.).
27. HAS AN ITEM BEEN VOLUNTEERED BY YOU AND NOT ACCEPTED?
(If so, get off the charge and give it to the pc, or if he then changes
his mind on it, go on with the listing operation.)
28. HAS THE ITEM ALREADY BEEN GIVEN?
(If so, get it back and give it again.)
29. HAS AN ITEM BEEN FOUND PREVIOUSLY?
(If so, find what it was again and give it to the pc once more.)
30. HAS AN ITEM NOT BEEN UNDERSTOOD?
(If so, work it over with buttons until pc understands it or accepts or
rejects it and go on with listing.)
30A. WAS THE LISTING QUESTION NOT UNDERSTOOD?
(Get defined and check for read. It may be unreading. If so, indicate
that an uncharged question was listed because it read on a
misunderstood.)
30B. WAS A WORD IN THE QUESTION NOT UNDERSTOOD?
(Same as 30A.)
31. WAS AN ITEM DIFFERENT WHEN SAID BY THE AUDITOR?
(If so, find out what the item was and give it to the pc correctly.)
31A. DID THE AUDITOR SUGGEST ITEMS TO YOU THAT WERE NOT YOURS?
(Indicate as illegal to do so. Correct the list removing these.)
32. WAS NULLING CARRIED ON PAST THE FOUND ITEM?
(If so, go back to it and get in Suppress and Protest.)
33. HAS AN ITEM BEEN FORCED ON YOU?
(If so, get off the Reject and Suppress and get the listing action
completed to the right item if possible.)
34. HAS AN ITEM BEEN EVALUATED?
(If so, get off the Disagreement and Protest.)
35. HAD EARLIER LISTING BEEN RESTIMULATED?
(If so, locate when and indicate the bypassed charge. Find and correct
the earlier out list.)
53
36. HAS AN EARLIER WRONG ITEM BEEN RESTIMULATED?
(If so, find when and indicate the bypassed charge. Find and correct the
earlier out list.)
37. HAS AN EARLIER ARC BREAK BEEN RESTIMULATED?
(If so, locate and indicate the fact by itsa earlier similar itsa.)
38. DO YOU HAVE AN ARC BREAK BECAUSE OF BEING MADE TO DO THIS?
(If so, indicate it to the pc. Handle the ARC break. Correct the
list if it's a list ARC break.)
39. HAS THE LIST CORRECTION BEEN OVERRUN?
(If so, rehab.)
39A. WAS THE LIST DONE WHILE YOU ALREADY HAD AN ARC BRK, PTP OR W/H?
39B. COULDN'T YOU UNDERSTAND WHAT WAS BEING DONE?
39C. COULDN'T YOU UNDERSTAND THE AUDITOR?
39D. DIDN'T THE AUDITOR ACKNOWLEDGE YOU?
40. IS THERE SOME OTHER KIND OF BYPASSED CHARGE?
(If so, find what and indicate it to pc.)
41. WAS THERE NOTHING WRONG IN THE FIRST PLACE?
(If so, indicate it to pc.)
42. HAS THE UPSET BEEN HANDLED?
(If so, indicate it to the pc.)
43. HAS A LIST PROCESS BEEN OVERRUN?
(If so, find which one and rehab.)
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by CS-4/5
LRH:JE:ldm.rw.dz.rr.nt.dr
Copyright $c 1968, 1972, 1976, 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
54
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by CS-4/5
Type = 11
iDate=2/4/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=28/7/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
DIANETIC ASSISTS
The Use of Dianetics to the Medical Doctor
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 2 APRIL 1969RA
Remimeo REVISED 28 JULY 1978
(Revisions in this type style)
DIANETIC ASSISTS
(Include in Medical Series)
The Use of Dianetics to the Medical Doctor
There is everything to be said for correct medical treatment in the
handling of the sick and insane.
"Insanity" is most often the suppressed agony of actual physical illness
and injury.
To "treat" this agony with shock and "brain operations" is a Nuremberg type
offense and is indictable as mayhem or manslaughter.
The medical treatment of "insanity" requires sure awareness by the patient
of his whereabouts and present time. These are usually quite unbearable so he
has sunk into the past to escape the agony of the present.
The TOUCH ASSIST given to such injured persons permits healing to occur by
restoring the person to the present and his whereabouts to some degree.
Healing after medical treatment might not occur rapidly if the "insane" or
chronically ill person remains in the past, unable to confront the present.
Thus the Touch Assist speeds and often permits healing after medical
treatment and sometimes in minor injuries and illness permits the doctor to
accomplish healing without further treatment.
There is the TOUCH ASSIST, the CONTACT ASSIST and the AUDITING
ASSIST.
The Touch Assist done as described elsewhere brings the patient's
attention to injured or affected body areas. When attention is withdrawn from
them, so is circulation, nerve flows and energy which for one thing limits
nutrition to the area and for another prevents the drain of waste products.
Some ancient healers attributed remarkable flows and qualities to the "laying
on of hands." Probably the workable element in this was simply heightening
awareness of the affected area and restoring the physical communication
factors.
The CONTACT ASSIST is remarkable when it can be done. The patient is taken
to the area where the injury occurred and makes the injured member gently
contact it several times. A sudden pain will fly off and the injury if minor
lessens or vanishes. This is again a physical communication factor. The body
member seems to have withdrawn from that exact spot in the physical universe.
The restoration of awareness is often necessary before healing can occur.
The prolongation of a chronic injury occurs in the absence of physical
communication with the affected area or with the location of the spot of
injury in the physical universe.
The AUDITING ASSIST is done by a trained auditor using an E-Meter.
55
It consists of "running out" the physically painful experience the person
has just undergone, accident, illness, operation or emotional shock. This
erases the "psychic trauma" and speeds healing to a remarkable degree if done
properly.
In addition to assists there is Dianetic auditing of an acutely ill person
which handles the current and past illnesses and injuries by erasing the
"physical trauma."
The last is a skilled activity. Practitioners who have the idea such
things do not have causes will of course fail to locate the causes.
A sickness can be composed, let us say, of a headache, a nausea, apathy and
weariness.
Such a sickness may be bizarre, without medical reason.
By first getting the patient to find and say what shock occurred when the
sickness began, getting when, and getting it recounted, the "illness" will
lessen, the emotional state will alter -- called a "release of affect."
By then finding an earlier similar instance and getting that one dated and
recounted a further release of affect may occur.
If the good indicators, smiles, etc. do not occur in the patient, one
again asks for an earlier incident, dates it and gets it recounted.
Physically sick persons divide into two classes: "acutely ill" and
"chronically ill." A person who is acutely ill is temporarily or momentarily
ill and a person who is chronically ill is simply ill all the time.
You do not run heavy engram processes on an acutely ill pc. You do Touch
Assists and get a Scientology auditor to deliver processes given in C/S Series
9, HCOB 21 June 1970, fourth section "Sick Pcs," Tech Bulletin Volume VII,
page 89.
You try not to run heavy engram chains on acutely ill pcs as they are
physically not up to it, cannot stand sessions long enough to get anywhere
with a chain and usually all that happens is, the pc feels spinny and left in
a restimmed condition. You can run Touch Assists and light Objective Processes.
On a chronically ill pc you can begin exactly as you would with an acutely
ill pc, with the difference that when he improves you can run out the
physically painful experience the person has just undergone with Narrative
R3RA. After this you can proceed with regular New Era Dianetics.
Needless to say all this requires a skilled auditor but the skill can be
acquired in a Dianetic training course.
The important thing is not to tell the patient what caused it, but to let him
tell you. Otherwise the symptom suppresses.
The approach in any of these assists is quiet, gentle, permissive, never
forcing the patient, speaking only the words required to do the process.
The temporarily insane by reason of emotional shock, where no medical
illness exists, should be permitted rest and should then be handled by an
assist as above or normal Dianetic auditing. Most often, rest and no further
harassment result in a return to sanity in a short time such as a few days,
but not in a terror atmosphere such as a psychiatric asylum where the patient
is in the risk of being hurt or killed. Electric shock prolongs the condition
and brain surgery is of course not treatment but murder as at best it deprives
the person of his coordination and at worst shortens his life. The occasional
and rare brain tumor is of course an exception but this is a medical not a
psychiatric matter, no matter what manifestations the person exhibits.
56
Most medically ill people do exhibit symptoms of mental derangement at some
stage of their illness.
The acceleration of healing of medical illness or injury such as broken
bones or the after effects of delivery or operations can be accomplished by
the Dianetic auditing of the resulting trauma soon after full medical
treatment or attention. The improvement factor is about 1/3 the normal time of
recovery by some thousands of test cases.
Such auditing is done by a usual Dianetic procedure.
In addition to the above assists there is regular Dianetic auditing which
handles chronic discomforts and prevents future illness as well as improving
the state of wellbeing of a person.
The mechanisms of the mind revealed in Dianetics are of great use to the
field of medicine.
They are easy and quick to apply.
About one month's training is all that is necessary to acquaint an
otherwise educated and intelligent person with the fundamentals and skills
necessary to assists.
Considerably more time of course is necessary to train a skilled
Scientology auditor, but this is not the subject of this paper.
There is no conflict of interest between any healing profession and
Dianetics. Dianetic materials and papers are fully available.
There is a conflict between Dianetics and political practices such as
psychiatry since electric shock, brain operations and general degradation of
the person may prevent the patient's recovery by Dianetics.
As answers exist now for insanity there is no reason to continue medieval
or Fascist solutions to the problem of the psychosomatically ill or the insane
and we are doing everything in our power against fantastic opposition to end
the torture and killing of the insane regardless of the politically
"desirable" ends envisioned by some groups.
Dianetics, like any other true treatment, like aspirin or penicillin, was
originally designed to handle the apparent basic cause of psychosomatic
illness. The first research was intended to help allied prisoners of war
degraded by the Japanese and Chinese prison camps and who after V-J day were
transferred to Oak Knoll Naval Hospital. Later, in 1954, in a much more
advanced state of development, Dianetics was successfully employed to
eradicate the results of allied prisoners of the Korean War who had been
subjected to Russian brainwashing. The subject has been improved, made easier
to teach and apply and its results bettered continually over a total period of
29 years. It was in 1969... fully updated as Standard Dianetics. In 1978 it
has again been upgraded as New Era Dianetics. It is very successful and is in
very broad use over the world.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:clb
Copyright $c 1969, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
57
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=17/4/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=25/7/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
DIANETIC CASE SUPERVISION
Remimeo
Dianetics Checksheet
Class VIIIs
Dianetic Auditors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 17 APRIL 1969R
Remimeo REVISED 25 JULY 1978
Dianetics Checksheet
Class VIIIs (Revisions in this type style)
Dianetic Auditors (Ellipsis indicate deletion)
DIANETIC CASE SUPERVISION
Dianetics is done differently than Scientology in that its auditors are
trained up to New Era Dianetics Graduate only. Therefore they do not have
various skills you will find in a Scientology auditor. Even when they become a
Scientology auditor, Dianetics is still done as Dianetics.
Therefore knowledge and skill above and beyond the training level of the
New Era Dianetics Course is not to be expected of the New Era Dianetics
auditor.
There are also things in Book One we no longer use such as Repeater
Technique, looking for phrases to explain conditions.
We use Dianetics as it was re-worked in the early 60s and as currently
being presented in the New Era Dianetics Series.
If it isn't on the checksheet of the Dianetics Course, then we don't
demand it.
We do demand some skill with a meter and what a floating needle is.
If a Dianetic pc gets in trouble we send him to a Scientology auditor for
a review. In this review, all Scientology skills (but no grades) can be done.
In review he can get in his rudiments, etc.
It is very worthy of note that in reviewing Dianetics or in doing
Dianetic auditing ONE CAN RUN OUT BAD SESSIONS AS AN AUDITOR OR PC BY USING
R3RA ON AUDITING SESSIONS OR THERAPY.
If we keep Dianetics to Dianetics we will again achieve the miracles of
which it is capable.
Dianetics has been refined greatly. But it is all there on the
checksheets now. There is no hidden data line.
It is far less complex today than it was in 1953, for instance, and much
more effective. But it is still Dianetics. It is a technology that runs and
erases locks, secondaries and engrams and their chains.
It should be case supervised and done with that fully in mind.
A New Era Dianetics auditor is a New Era Dianetics auditor. He can do what
he can do.
And it's marvellous.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:dr Founder
Copyright $c 1969, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
58
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=23/4/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=20/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
DIANETICS
BASIC DEFINITIONS
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
Class VIIIs
Qual Secs
Tech Secs
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 APRIL 1969RA
Remimeo REVISED 7 JULY 1978
Dn Checksheet RE-REVISED 20 SEPTEMBER 1978
Class VIIIs
Qual Secs
Tech Secs
DIANETICS
BASIC DEFINITIONS
ERASURE is the action of erasing, rubbing out, locks, secondaries or
engrams. It occurs when the postulate made during the basic incident on the
chain is gotten off.
A LOCK is a mental image picture of an incident where one was knowingly or
unknowingly reminded of a secondary or engram. It does not itself contain a
blow or a burn or impact and is not any major cause of misemotion. It does not
contain unconsciousness. It may contain a feeling of pain or illness, etc.,
but is not itself the source of it. Example: one sees a cake, feels sick. This
is a lock on an engram of being made sick by eating cake. The picture of
seeing a cake and feeling sick is a lock on (is locked to) the incident
(unseen at the moment) of getting sick eating cake. When one finds a lock it
can be run like any other mental image picture.
A SECONDARY is a mental image picture of a moment of severe and shocking
loss or threat of loss which contains misemotion such as anger, fear, grief,
apathy or "deathfulness." It is a mental image recording of a time of severe
mental stress. It may contain unconsciousness. When it is restimulated by a
similar but lighter experience another mental image picture is recorded which
becomes a lock on the secondary and serves to keep the secondary alive. A
secondary is called a secondary because it itself depends upon an earlier
engram with similar data but real pain, etc.
AN ENGRAM is a mental image picture which is a recording of a time of
physical pain and unconsciousness. It must by definition have impact or injury
as part of its content.
It is of the very greatest importance that a Dianetic auditor really
grasp what these things are. Otherwise he won't know what he is doing or to
what.
Now because he isn't seeing his preclear's pictures an auditor can become
very careless about them and not handle them correctly.
If an auditor doesn't really know what these things are (erasure, locks,
secondaries, engrams) he cannot of course hope to handle them for the preclear.
The basic Dianetic errors are just not knowing what these are and that
they are there to be handled and that these and these alone cause
psychosomatic ills.
Once one has a full grip on these definitions he can then and only then
hope to do anything with them for the preclear.
If the auditor is going to handle the aches, pains, unwanted sensations
and psychosomatic illnesses of the preclear, it requires that he fully grasp
these basic definitions.
Literally millions of complications can stem from the simple fact that a
preclear records experiences in mental image pictures and that these
thereafter can affect HIS BODY adversely.
59
Once one really understands that mental image pictures are all there is
in the preclear's "mind" one has understood the total of aberration. There is
NOT something else there. No "id," no "ego." There are only mental image
pictures.
These, if you use the exact procedures of Dianetics, can be found and
erased.
When the unwanted locks, secondaries and engrams are erased the preclear
will be rid of the physical disabilities of which he complains and will be
well physically.
SOMATIC -- means essentially body sensation, illness or pain or
discomfort. "Soma" means body. Hence PSYCHO SOMATIC or pains stemming from the
mind.
MISEMOTION -- anything that is unpleasant emotion such as antagonism,
anger, fear, grief, apathy or a death feeling.
This is the entire breadth of Dianetics today.
In Scientology we deal with the thetan, the being who is the individual
and who handles and lives in the body. This is beyond the scope of today's
Dianetics.
If a preclear is well physically made so by Dianetics and any required
physical medication or nutrition, he can then embark on Scientology, the
increase of his abilities and spiritual freedom.
If a preclear who is being audited or has been audited on Scientology
grades becomes ill one DOES NOT TRY TO MAKE HIM WELL BY GIVING HIM NEW
HIGHER GRADES. That has been an error of great magnitude. Instead ONE
REVERTS TO DIANETIC AUDITING until the pc is well and only then continues
with Scientology.
This is correct procedure because it works.
People "come into Scientology" to cure their headaches. Somebody starts
them off on grade auditing, several grades later they still have their
headache. It is a continual present time problem to them and the auditor. It
sometimes vanishes during grade processing. This gives an unfortunate win.
The right thing to have done was give the person DIANETIC AUDITING, until
he or she no longer had headaches and then begin to audit the person on grades
so as to put them well above ever again getting headaches.
Continual headaches come from mental image pictures retained by the pc of
having a head crushed or shot off or hit. That is an engram. It actually had to
happen. It is NOT imaginary or delusion. The proof is that when the auditor
finally erases the engram the recording of the injury is gone and the
headaches will not again occur.
The preclear often is unable to confront the actual engram at once. He
offers one a LOCK, a time when he had a headache. One "runs" this lock (one
always runs whatever is offered, you don't force the pc) and finds after
putting the preclear through it a couple of times that IT IS GETTING MORE
SOLID or it simply isn't erasing. One finds an earlier recording. This
possibly turns out to be a secondary. The pc had a moment of loss and cried
and also had a headache.
This secondary may or may not erase. If it does one leaves it of course as
finished. But if it goes more solid (shown by TA rising at the end of a run
through the incident -- or it the pc says it is going more solid) one then
asks for an earlier incident.
One probably would then get the actual engram, a recording of a time when
the head was actually injured.
60
The auditor runs this through and as soon as he has completed a run through
the incident and discovered (from the rising TA or the pc) that the incident
is going more solid, he asks for an earlier incident.
This one erases.
When it erases the whole chain of headaches ALSO erases.
And that is the end of the pc's headaches period.
One then inquires after other somatics or sensations and handles them the
same way.
It is all done by using the technique called R3RA without variation.
Since these recordings contain mainly other-determinedness (pictures of
others doing things) the auditor always has more control over the preclear's
mental image pictures than the preclear does. Thus the pictures do what the
auditor says. This point too must be grasped by an auditor or he will be
waiting on the preclear to act or move in time.
The TIME TRACK is the consecutive record of mental image pictures which
accumulates through the preclear's life or lives. It is very exactly dated.
PLEASURE MOMENTS are mental image pictures containing pleasure
sensations. They respond to R3RA. One seldom addresses them unless the
preclear is fixated on some type of "pleasure" to a point where it has become
highly aberrated.
BLACK FIELD is just some part of a mental image picture where the preclear
is looking at blackness. It is part of some lock, secondary or engram. In
Scientology it can occur (rarely) when the pc is exterior, looking at
something black. It responds to R3RA.
INVISIBLE FIELD is just a part of some lock, secondary or engram that is
"invisible." It like a black field responds to R3RA.
PRESSURE SOMATIC is, in Dianetics, considered to be a symptom in a lock,
secondary or engram, simply part of the content.
Whatever, the symptom pain sensation, whatever, it is from either the body
directly (such as a broken bone, a gallstone or immediate physical cause) or
is part of the content of a mental image picture -- lock, secondary or engram.
The Dianetic auditor does not audit ideas or think. He is handling mental
recordings. Ideas are in them. Ideas come out of them. But think is no longer
part of Dianetics.
In Dianetics we handle locks, secondaries and engrams.
KEY-IN is the action of recording a lock on a secondary or engram.
KEY-OUT is an action of the engram or secondary dropping away without being
erased.
DIANETIC F/Ns ARE HANDLED DIFFERENTLY THAN SCIENTOLOGY F/Ns.
An F/N seen by the auditor in running R3RA is not called until the full
Dianetic EP is reached.
61
An auditor running R3RA is not looking for F/Ns. He is looking for the
postulate which is sitting at the bottom of the chain he is running.
The EP of a Dianetic chain is always always always the postulate coming
off. The postulate is what holds the chain in its place. Release the postulate
and the chain blows. That's it.
The auditor must recognize the postulate when the pc gives it, note the
VGIs, call the F/N and end off auditing that chain.
An F/N seen as the incident is erasing is not called.
The pc does not have to state that the incident has erased. Once he has
given up the postulate the erasure has occurred. The auditor will see an F/N
and VGIs. Now the F/N is called. F/Ns are not indicated until the EP of
postulate off, F/N and VGIs is reached.
It's the postulate -- not the F/N that we are going for in New Era
Dianetics.
MULTIPLE ILLNESS -- means the preclear is physically uncomfortable or ill
from several engrams of different types all restimulated. One runs one somatic
chain at a time, running each new symptom that is assessed or stated by the
preclear.
CHAIN means a series of recordings of similar experiences. A chain has
engrams, secondaries and locks. Example -- head injury chain in the sequence
encountered by an auditor and run by R3RA -- sporting goods display window
seeing it (lock), losing a bat (secondary), hit in the head with a bat
(engram). The engram is the earliest date, the secondary a later date, the
lock the most recent.
By using somatics to trace back (meaning discomforts, complaints,
sensations, aches, pains) and by staying on the chain of only one somatic
(i.e. headaches) you get back down the single chain without dispersing all
over the place into different chains. Thus one runs the chain of one
particular somatic or discomfort or complaint down to key-out or erasure
before doing the next somatic or discomfort or complaint.
AUTOMATIC BANK -- when a pc gets picture after picture after picture all
out of control. This occurs when one isn't following an assessed somatic or
complaint or has chosen the wrong one or one which the pc is not ready to
confront or by overwhelming the pc with rough TRs or going very non-standard.
Some pcs turn up in their first session with automatic banks. The thing to do
is carefully assess the physical complaint for longest or best read and gently
handle that chain well.
BASIC -- this is the FIRST experience recorded in mental image pictures of
the TYPE of pain, sensation, discomfort, etc. Every chain has its basic. It is
a PECULIARITY and a FACT that when one gets down to the basic on a chain (a)
the postulate made at the time of the incident comes off and (b) the whole
chain vanishes for good. Basic is simply earliest.
UNBURDENING -- as a basic is not at once available on any chain one usually
unburdens it by running later engrams, secondaries and locks. The act of
unburdening would be digging off the top to get at the bottom as in moving
sand. As you run off later incidents, the ability of the preclear to confront
it also increases and basic is easy to run when finally contacted.
BASIC BASIC -- this belongs in Scientology. It is wholly beyond the scope
of Dianetics. It means the most basic basic of all basics and results in
clearing. It is found on the Clearing Course. If contacted or run before the
pc was brought up through the Scientology grades, he wouldn't be able to
handle it anyway as experience has shown. So this is part of Scientology, not
Dianetics.
62
VALENCE is the form and identity of the preclear or another, the
beingness.
ALLY -- a person from whom one had sympathy and was dependent upon.
ASSESS in Dianetics means choose, from a list or statements, which item or
thing has the longest read or the pc's interest. The longest read will also
have the pc's interest oddly enough.
If you know these definitions COLD so you don't have to mutter them or
memorize them but just KNOW them, you will really get results with Dianetics.
The biggest failure in training auditors was their faulty grasp of what
they were addressing and their additive think.
The discoveries of Dianetics were basic and vital and opened a wide new
unexplored frontier.
These words were assigned to things arbitrarily. They had to be. Man had
not had any notion of these things before so they had no names and had to be
assigned names.
The names were chosen because they didn't also mean something else in
another field of science.
The terms are therefore IMPORTANT and what they mean and the things they
name must be grasped before success can attend any auditing.
Any failures of Dianetic auditors were not the failures of Dianetics. The
persons attempting to audit others didn't KNOW what these things were,
essentially the lock, the secondary, the engram, erasure and key-out.
So these are essential to any training or use of Dianetics.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jc.ei.rd.rb.lfg.nc.kjm
Copyright $c 1969, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
63
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=24/4/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=20/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
DIANETIC USE
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
Class VIIIs.
etc.
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 APRIL 1969RA
REVISED 20 JULY 1978
Remimeo RE-REVISED 20 SEPTEMBER 1978
Dn Checksheet
Class VIIIs.
etc. (Revisions in this type style)
DIANETIC USE
Ref: New Era Dianetics Series Bulletins, particularly:
HCOB 28 Jul 71RA New Era Dianetics Series 8R
Rev. 25.6.78 DIANETICS, BEGINNING A PC ON
Re-Rev. 22.9.78
HCOB 26 Jun 78RA II New Era Dianetics Series 6RA
ROUTINE 3RA, ENGRAM RUNNING
BY CHAINS
HCOB 18 Jun 78R New Era Dianetics Series 4R
ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM
HCOB 22 Jun 78R New Era Dianetics Series 2R
NEW ERA DIANETICS FULL PC PROGRAM
OUTLINE
and HCOB 11 Jul 73RB ASSIST SUMMARY
Rev. 15.7.78
Re-Rev. 21 Sep 78
Why Dianetics fell out of use had nothing to do with its workability. It
has worked and well since 1950.
In some areas, mainly the U.S., it was illegal to heal or cure anything.
There was even a law in California giving 25 illnesses that were against the
law to cure. The "Better" Business Bureau in the U.S. even issues pamphlets
that state that "You can always tell a fake healer because he says he can cure
something."
Why a civilization would make it illegal to cure illness can only be
explained by some vested interest making more money out of people being sick
than getting people well.
There existed a continual threat to anyone who helped their fellows.
The ability of Scientology to bring about spiritual freedom therefore
received the concentration of effort by organizations.
Lately public opinion has turned heavily against these suppressive groups
and the public discovery that illegal seizure, torture and murder was the
hidden activity of political psychiatric groups has lost these people their
support.
It was overlooked that spiritual healing of the body has not been illegal
and that Dianetics used for pastoral counseling is completely legal.
It is a sobering thought that the only effective technology of
psychosomatic healing -- Dianetics -- could be suppressed out of full usage.
One is handling the effect of the spirit on the body. Therefore even
Dianetics is spiritual healing and as such is far from illegal.
Man should not be kept ill just to let a few have a monopoly.
In almost all other countries than the U.S. there is no restriction on
healing despite monopolistic efforts to make one.
64
Another reason Dianetics was for some time out of use was that it was
believed it had been superseded by Scientology which it never was in fact.
Dianetics can be done with no reference whatever to Scientology or its
techniques.
People who have given up through illness are also prone to want to leave.
Instead of confronting their illness it is easier to try to get away from it.
Thus such people are in a hurry to be free and prefer Scientology. But if they
have a sick body, it is a present time problem and inhibits attaining the
spiritual freedom they seek.
The correct procedure is to make them well wherever possible with medical
treatment and to handle their psychosomatic illnesses with Dianetics and then,
before any further abuses by life can occur, to raise their ability and secure
their freedom with Scientology. This is the correct use of Dianetics. It is
the remedy for psychosomatic illness.
The basic use of Dianetics is to make a well body and to augment physical
treatment.
Any injurious experience can be erased by Dianetics. It is very easy to
use and if one wants people well and happy it should be used at every occasion.
A person has an operation. This should be followed soon after by Touch
Assists and other handlings from the Full Assist Checklist 28 May 1974RA
revised 11 July 1978, including erasure of the engram of the experience by
Narrative R3RA Quad. The engrams and secondaries related to the incident can
then be run using preassessment procedure and R3RA Quad. The healing time will
be greatly speeded and often healing will occur where a relapse might have
followed.
A woman has a child. The engram of delivery should be run out soon after.
The result of doing so is very spectacular. There is no "post-partum
psychosis" or dislike of the child and no permanent injury to the mother. It
is in fact best to audit the mother both before and after the delivery, which
gives one fast relatively painless childbirth and quick recovery.
Recovery from disease under treatment is speeded by Dianetic auditing.
Where the incident of the break is, with any chain, run out, a broken
limb will heal (by X-ray evidence) in two instead of six weeks.
Some patients who are not responding to medical treatment who are then
given as little as a Touch Assist will then be found responsive to the medical
treatment. An auditor giving the person a Dianetic session will more or less
ensure that the medical treatment will now work.
A person who is accident prone when audited usually loses this unwanted
characteristic.
Many "insane" recover from their symptoms when given proper medical
treatment, rest, no harassment and then good mild Dianetic processing. They
become and remain normal people without relapse.
Chronic, which is to say, long-term illnesses cease when audited by
Dianetics and then medical treatment, which was earlier ineffective.
Whole classes of "mentally retarded" children have been made more normal
by teachers in London County Council schools using relatively unskilled
Dianetics.
Tiredness, unwanted sensations, bizarre pains and aches, bad hearing or
sight also routinely respond to Dianetic processing.
The sickness and death rate of persons who are part of Dianetic groups is
only a small fraction of that of other groups.
65
Pilots audited with Dianetics, by a test involving a whole squadron, went
without a single even minor accident for the following year.
Scientists audited with Dianetics have greatly improved intelligence.
Dianetics raises IQ as a side product to usual auditing, at a rate of about
one point of IQ per hour of processing.
Withered limbs, skin blotches and rashes and even blindness and deafness
have all responded to Dianetics.
Possibly the point which counted most against Dianetics in the early
attacks on it was that it did a vast array of things. The truth was, it
actually did them. When you have the answer to the human mind as in Dianetics
of course anything caused by the mind can be remedied.
It is very much easier to train a Dianetic auditor than a Scientology
auditor. It requires only about a month to make a Dianetic auditor who is
sufficiently conversant with the subject to get results. This too was used
against Dianetics as the psychiatrist of that day claimed he himself needed
twelve years of study to do psychiatry. Of course when the public found out
that the product of these twelve years of study was killing the "insane" and
increasing their number the argument became silly.
The spectacular personal gains which were available in Scientology were
so great they tended to obscure the very real use and value of Dianetics.
Further, a Scientology executive trained and processed beyond the need of
body help tended to forget that much of the public out there first had to be
helped out of their physical misery before they could attempt anything like
personal gain.
You use Dianetics much the way you would use any remedy.
When a fellow is burned you audit out the burn.
When a woman loses a loved one you audit out the loss.
When a young man can't finish his schooling you audit out his unhappy
school experiences.
Dianetics is for USE. There is not a lot of admin about it. It isn't
something you use after bowing down three times to Chicago. You just USE it.
A Dianetic auditor who sees someone sick and who doesn't get him treatment
and then audit him is just not humane.
Woman going to have a baby -- get out the meter and audit her into shape
for it. When she's had it, run out the delivery.
Fellow burns his hand, break out the meter.
Dianetics is the answer to human suffering. USE it.
Ideas build up which halt the use of Dianetics, such as "Once you have a
floating needle on engrams you don't run them anymore." That's silly. The
Dianetic end phenomena is postulate off, F/N and VGIs. This means that the
chain has blown. That full EP can then be called the end of that chain. But
not the end of Dianetics on the case. (Ref: HCOB 16 Sep 78 POSTULATE OFF
EQUALS ERASURE.)
I am not trying to make anyone wrong by reintroducing the real use of
Dianetics. I myself had not realized how separate and vital it was as a
technology until recently.
66
I was engaged for many years researching and completing Scientology. I had not
noticed and had not said that Dianetics must be preserved and used in all
cases of psychosomatic illness or in physical suffering.
Yet, during all this time when I had to handle illness, I did not use
Scientology. I used good old Dianetics.
Now I have refined it and made a better statement of it and made it
easier to use and I trust it will be used for what it was intended and that
Scientology grades will be relieved of the burden of attempting to heal
physical illness, a use for which it was never designed.
Scientology is a vital practice in itself. It places a person above any
further illness or suffering. But he has to be made well first.
People will ask, "Deafness? Now what special process is needed in curing
deafness....?"
This is one of the modern refinements of Dianetics. One runs whatever is
assessed on the preclear, with preclear interest. He doesn't decide to cure
somebody of deafness. He handles the illness or disability the pc offers up
that reads on the meter and has pc interest. Maybe it will be deafness.
You have one single body of tech covering all cases and that is now New
Era Dianetics and the steps of HCOB 22 June 1978R, New Era Dianetics Series
2R, NEW ERA DIANETICS FULL PC PROGRAM OUTLINE. The whole of the person's
complaints should eventually vanish if you just keep on going with the Full Pc
Program Outline applying New Era Dianetics standardly and fully completing
each part of the program.
Having gotten the pc well by medical care and Dianetic auditing, then
start out with Scientology. If he gets sick again before many grades, revert
to Dianetics, handle it and then when he is well, resume Scientology where you
left off.
Never run a Scientology grade to make a pc well or cure something. It's a
misapplication.
By using Dianetics as readily as you use shoes you can make and keep
people well. You don't worry about overruns, rudiments or anything else. You
just use R3RA even to correct ARC breaks and PTPs and bad auditing.
By then correctly using Scientology we can make the person a far better
being.
We have had Standard Dianetics for some time. We now have even further
improved Dianetic technology with the New Era Dianetics Series.
We have developed Scientology STANDARD TECH.
Both are now valid as themselves.
They do not cross.
Dianetics for the body.
Scientology for the spirit.
USE BOTH.
LRH:jp.aap.lfg.dr L RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1969, 1978 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
67
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=24/4/69
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=1
rDate=20/7/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
DIANETIC RESULTS
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
Class VIIIs
Qual Secs
Tech Secs
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 APRIL 1969R
Remimeo Issue II
Dn Checksheet REVISED 20 JULY 1978
Class VIIIs
Qual Secs (Revisions in this type style)
Tech Secs
DIANETIC RESULTS
Every once in a while you get a Scientology result while running
Dianetics. Also, sometimes you get a Dianetic result while auditing
Scientology.
This tends to keep the two distinctly different subjects confused with
each other.
A preclear, after Dianetic auditing, tells the Examiner he is exterior
and feeling fantastically bright. This is a Scientology result.
Sometimes a Scientology preclear after attaining a grade will state that
it has healed his terror stomach. This is a Dianetic result.
There is nothing whatever wrong with this. except that it gives an
auditor an invitation to confuse the subjects and think they are the same.
The clue is CONSISTENCY.
Dianetics only rarely exteriorizes a preclear.
Scientology only occasionally handles a terror stomach. In fact a person
whose terror stomach wasn't handled by Dianetics and its R3RA can go all the
way to OT VI sometimes with it. He doesn't get rid of the terror stomach and
he doesn't (since he had a present time problem all the way) make OT VI either.
If it is a body pain, sensation, somatic, illness, disability, the
subject to use is Dianetics.
If it is a gain in ability and beingness that is the purpose, the subject
to use is Scientology.
After many years of handling cases this emerged as a very factual fact.
Dianetics is Dianetics, Scientology is Scientology. If you mix them they
attain limited results.
This is so true that when you use all the prohibitives and never nevers of
Scientology in doing Dianetics, Dianetics also fails.
See these two subjects as clearly separate. They each have their own case
supervision orders. You don't use Scientology case supervision orders in case
supervising Dianetics. And you don't use the Dianetic rules on Scientology.
One addresses the body, the other the thetan. They both go by their own
rules.
There is also NEW ERA DIANETICS the rules of which are rigidly adhered to,
so Dianetics is not a Scientology downgrade either.
Dianetic results are a well body and a being happy with it.
Scientology results are a free, powerful and immortal being.
They can and do achieve their proper end results but only when used
properly, separately and as themselves.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ja.ei.rd.lfg Founder
Copyright $c 1969, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
68
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=26/4/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=11/7/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
SOMATICS
Remimeo
Dianetics Checksheet
etc.
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 APRIL 1969R
REVISED 11 JULY 1978
Remimeo
Dianetics Checksheet (Revisions in this type style)
etc. (Ellipses indicate deletions)
SOMATICS
Note: This Bulletin has been revised to align with
New Era Dianetics Series tech. See:
HCOB 24 June 78 New Era Dianetics Series 5
ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT SHEET
HCOB 18 June 78 New Era Dianetics Series 4
ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM
HCOB 26 June 78 New Era Dianetics Series 6
Issue II ROUTINE 3RA, ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
All chains are held together by one similar AWARENESS. That is a new
discovery. Chains are not held together by narratives or personnel or
locations. They are held together by AWARENESSES. Thus when running R3RA (not
Narrative R3RA) we ASK FOR AND FOLLOW DOWN ONLY AWARENESSES CONTAINED IN THE
PREASSESSMENT LIST....
There are a thousand different descriptive words that could add up to an
awareness. Pains, aches, dizziness, sadness, these are all awarenesses.
Awareness, pleasant or unpleasant, of a thetan plus body is what we are trying
to run in Dianetics.
This brings to light a further discovery. One never assesses medical
terms or symptoms.
An engram contains pain and unconsciousness. All right. Then its basic
would be a physical duress not a symptom resulting from that duress.
Example: The pc says "headache." You assess headache, you try to run
"headaches" and all you ever get is times a pc had a headache. Well, the
headache is a symptom caused by a head injury. The engram must have contained
a shot in the head or a crushed skull or some actual injury. The word
"headache" would describe only how the head feels later when the engram
occasionally goes into restimulation.
So you would get only locks and secondaries to audit and only by chance
and an alteration by the pc of the command to find an earlier headache would
you ever get to an engram in which the head was crushed or injured. "Headache"
is the resuit of a head injury, and it doesn't describe the injury which, in
engram form, is now giving the pc headaches.
Take the medical term arthritis. You could ask for arthritis and get only
visits to the doctor or times in a wheel chair. The physical injury contained
in the engram causing the arthritis is not described.
Alcoholism would present the same problem. If the pc listed and the
auditor assessed "alcoholism" we would only get times when he was drunk, not
the engram causing the symptom which might contain "Feeling very dry."
69
Therefore we have the preassessment procedure of New Era Dianetics. After
getting from the pc the original item (the drug, alcohol, condition, illness,
etc.) to be handled, we preassess to get the AWARENESSES connected to it.
... And we will land the real engram every time, not only its locks or
secondaries. (It is quite all right to run locks and secondaries as it is
necessary to unburden the chain and increase the pc's confront, but chains
always end up in a basic engram at the bottom and if you don't get and erase
that then the chain will key in again.)
In asking for list items one puts down only what the pc says. That's an
invariable rule. But when the pc says some... symptom like "headache" or
medical term like "arthritis" the auditor writes it down; if it reads and has
pc interest he first runs it Narrative to full EP (Narrative R3RA Quad); THEN
he does a preassessment on arthritis to get all the somatics connected with
the item.
Example: Pc says... complaint is "SINUSITIS." The auditor writes it down,
and if it has read and pc is interested he runs it Narrative R3RA Quad. He then
does a preassessment on it, lists from the preassessment item found and ends
up with a running item "A burning sensation in the nose," and runs it R3RA Quad
to full EP. Sinusitis can of course be preassessed many times and the items
run.
If the auditor took and assessed only "SINUSITIS" and then asked for
incidents of sinusitis he would get only locks and secondaries -- times when
the engram was in restimulation. And he would rarely get the real basic and
engram that causes the symptom.
This discovery opens the door to swift "cures." But one is obviously not
treating SINUSITIS. He is looking for an incident in which there was a
"burning sensation in the nose." And after a few locks and upper engrams he'd
find and run the real injury in which the nose was burned.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jc.ldm.ei.rd.lfg
Copyright $c 1969, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
70
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=28/4/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=20/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
HIGH TA IN DIANETICS
Remimeo
New Era
Dianetics
Checksheet
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 28 APRIL 1969R
Remimeo REVISED 20 SEPTEMBER 1978
New Era
Dianetics (Revisions in this type style)
Checksheet
HIGH TA IN DIANETICS
In Scientology a high TA is always an overrun.
In Dianetics it means AN ENGRAM TOO LATE ON THE CHAIN TO ERASE IS IN
RESTIMULATION.
A Scientology auditor "rehabs" overruns.
A Dianetic auditor cures high TA by finding what engram (lock or
secondary) is in restimulation (active). This will show up as a PAIN,
SENSATION, MISEMOTION OR OTHER PRESENT TIME FEELING the pc has. In short, just
by finding the somatic by list and assessing for longest read and running R3RA
you can cure a high TA.
You handle a TA that goes up during a session by completing the chain
exactly as in R3RA.
The same action you do for R3RA also cures the high TA.
By running a pc on an incident late on the chain without going earlier you
drive the TA high.
By ending off before the pc has given the postulate he made at the time of
the incident (hence not getting a complete erasure), you can leave the picture
partially there and capable of affecting the pc.
There can be an infinity of wrong ways but only one right way and the
right way is R3RA by the book.
A high TA (4 or above) is simply the E-Meter's reaction to increased mass.
Mental image pictures have mass. The mass has what is called resistance to
electricity. The E-Meter measures electrical resistance. Mass resists
electricity. Thus in the presence of mental mass as contained in mental image
pictures, the tone arm of the E-Meter rises.
When you restimulate an engram, the E-Meter current flow has more trouble
getting through the pc and the TA rises.
When the engram (or lock or secondary) is "keyed-out" (moved away) the TA
comes down and the meter needle will float.
If you find a long chain with many engrams on it and run a late engram
the TA goes up. As you go earlier, and eventually find basic, the TA comes
down and when you get the postulate and erase the basic engram the TA will
come down to between 2 and 3 and the needle will float.
Old disproved theory pre-Dianetics was that the E-Meter reacted to sweat
on the hands but of course a person would have to sweat and "unsweat" to make
the meter behave as it does. And the idea of "unsweating" would be ridiculous.
Palms of the hand do not go wet -- dry with enough rapidity to account for
meter reaction up and down.
When you run several engrams through once or several somatic chains
without erasing any you pile up too much mass and the TA will go high and
stick.
Even if nothing is done to repair this the pc will destimulate (the
pictures will drop away) in from 3 to 10 days.
71
It is a very poor show of auditing to do R3RA other than exactly by the
book. It is very easy to do it exactly right. The drill is simple. If done
exactly right the result is good and invariable.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:clc.rd.kjm
Copyright $c 1969, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=7/5/69
Volnum=0
Issue=5
Rev=1
rDate=15/7/77
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
FLOATING NEEDLE
Remimeo
Dianetic Course
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 7 MAY 1969R
Remimeo Issue V
Dianetic Course REVISED 15 JULY 1977
(Revision of HCO Bulletin of 21 October 1968R.
For use on Dianetic Course only.)
(Deletes reference to needle "R/Sing" before an F/N.)
FLOATING NEEDLE
A floating needle is the idle uninfluenced movement of the needle on the
dial without any patterns or reactions in it. It can be as small as 1" or as
large as dial wide. It does not fall or drop to the right of the dial. It
moves to the left at the same speed as it moves to the right. It is observed
on a Mark V E-Meter calibrated with the TA between 2.0 and 3.0 with GIs in on
the pc. It can occur after a cognition blowdown of the TA or just moves into
floating. The pc may or may not voice the cognition.
It, by the nature of the E-Meter reading below the awareness of the thetan
occurs just before the pc is aware of it. So to give a "That's it" on the
occurrence of the F/N can prevent the pc from getting the cognition.
Pcs and pre-OTs OFTEN signal an F/N with a "POP" to the left and the
needle can actually even describe a pattern much like a rock slam. Meters
with lighter movement do "pop" to the left.
One does not sit and study and be sure of an "F/N." It swings or pops, he
lets the pc cognite and then indicates the F/N to the pc preventing overrun.
A one-hand electrode sometimes obscures an F/N and gives false TA. If
used, use higher sensitivity and get the TA from 2 cans when needed.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Revised by
CS-4/5
As ordered by
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:JE:cs.lf
Copyright $c 1969, 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
72
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Revised by
CS-4/5
As ordered by
L. RON HUBBARD
Type = 11
iDate=8/5/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
IMPORTANT STUDY DATA
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 8 MAY 1969
REISSUED 23 JANUARY 1977
Remimeo
IMPORTANT STUDY DATA
NUMBER OF TIMES OVER THE MATERIAL EQUALS CERTAINTY AND RESULTS.
RESULTS IN THE STUDENT'S OWN CASE IS A GUARANTEE OF SUCCESSFUL APPLICATION
BY THE STUDENT.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt
Copyright $c 1969, 1977
By L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
73
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=8/5/69
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=1
rDate=31/3/77
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
TEACHING THE DIANETICS COURSE
Remimeo
Dianetics Course
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 8 MAY 1969R
Issue II
REVISED 31 MARCH 1977
Remimeo (Revision in this type style)
Dianetics Course
TEACHING THE DIANETICS COURSE
As the teaching of basic data restimulates confusions which are then
dramatized by throwing the course off line, the teaching of the Dianetics
Course as follows is hugely vital.
The teaching of Dianetics auditors is laid down on these simple principles.
1. The data on tapes and bulletins is studied without alter-is,
interpretation or addition by the student, fellow student, instructor or
supervisor.
2. Well done and other folders are studied by the individual student.
3. No lecturing or additional interpretation or evaluation by supervisors.
4. The student audits only when he has completely passed on 1. and 2.
above. He must not audit before he has completed his checksheet once
through.
5. Things the student is weak on are done in clay.
6. The student is sent to Cramming at his own expense for bad auditing
goofs. He may also be taken off auditing and made to do his checksheet
again.
7. Any student question is answered by referring to the HCOB, folder or
tape or by explaining it is beyond the scope of Dianetic auditing.
8. A rigid invariable schedule is precisely adhered to.
9. Checksheets and tapes and folders are gone through in the sequence laid
down by the checksheet and not randomly out of sequence.
If this is made difficult then the programme must be cut back to the bare
bones of the original above.
The teaching of standard tech must also be standard. Therefore the above
MUST be adhered to completely.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:RS:jp.an.nt
Copyright $c 1969, 1977 Revision assisted by
by L. Ron Hubbard Rick Sheehy,
ALL RIGHTS RESERVE FMO 1709 I/C
74
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Revision assisted by
Rick Sheehy,
FMO 1709 I/C
Type = 11
iDate=9/5/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=21/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
CASE SUPERVISING
NEW ERA DIANETICS FOLDERS
Remimeo
NED Grad
Checksheet
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 9 MAY 1969RA
REVISED 25 JULY 1978
Remimeo RE-REVISED 21 SEPTEMBER 1978
NED Grad
Checksheet
(Revisions in this type style)
(Ellipsis indicates deletion)
CASE SUPERVISING
NEW ERA DIANETICS FOLDERS
All a Case Supervisor looks for in Dianetics folders to advise the next
action is departure from exact New Era Dianetics procedure.
It is a very easy job providing the Case Supervisor knows his New Era
Dianetics exactly and completely.
Any time there is the most minute or flagrant departure from exact
assessment or exact R3RA, there will be a breakdown of the results.
It is quite a tribute to the tech that this is true. And it is true. Doing
C/Sing recently on a very great many Dianetic cases audited by relatively
untrained auditors the following emerged in letters ten feet high.
1. Where the auditor followed the exact procedure without deviation the
results were uniformly excellent.
2. Where the auditor deviated from the exact procedure the results were
poor or bad.
There are many, many ways an auditor can deviate from exact procedure.
There is only one exact procedure.
As a result of doing this C/S work, I would, if I were doing Dianetic
C/Sing, refuse to let an auditor audit until he could attest with absolute
certainty to each point of the Student Attest on the Hubbard New Era Dianetics
Course Checksheet. This would save nearly all work required of a Case
Supervisor.
When the auditor is in a fumbly state regarding the procedure and has not
drilled it until he could do it with the house caving in, the preclear does
not get good results. That is really all there is to it.
If the auditor simply observes the Auditor's Code, handles TRs and the
meter fairly well and does the assessments and R3RA exactly as laid out, the
results will be found to be astonishingly good, even miraculous.
To correct a bad session the normal action of the C/S is to order the
offbeat actions done correctly.
75
EXAMPLE
A. Auditor assessed by interest only, not by read and the session bogged
down. C/S action -- reassess by longest read.
B. Medical terms were put on the running item list; one was chosen and case
bogged. C/S action, order such be taken off list and proper preassessment
procedure applied to it to get running items.
C. A basic was found and auditor told it was erasing but sent pc earlier but
pc could find nothing so left it. C/S orders the last incident found fully
erased.
D. Auditor tells pc he won't run it because it "isn't an engram." C/S action,
order auditor to retrain on Auditor's Code and do Invalidation and
Evaluation in clay. Orders pc to a Scientology auditor, Green Form.
E. Pc very nattery to auditor. C/S orders pc to Scientology auditor, "and be
sure to pull all withholds."
F. C/S finds his orders to complete a chain left undone with a high TA were
not done -- folder mislaid or pc not routed. Pc has become ill. Order the
pc to medical treatment and the chain completed and the auditor to Ethics.
You see how it is. Each time the auditor violated normal simple procedure,
the C/S orders that the normal simple procedure be completed either by first
giving pc a Scientology Green Form and then completing the New Era Dianetics
action or, omitting GF (when pc not out rud), just getting the real standard
action done.
This is really all there is to case supervising New Era Dianetics case
folders. The more you try to do something else than the above the further the
case will go wrong.
The Hubbard New Era Dianetics auditor does not have to know how to do Green
Forms or rudiments. When they have to be done you get a Scientology auditor to
do them.
It is a serious error to mix up Dianetics and Scientology.
The potential errors of out ruds and all the rest are present of course in
any New Era Dianetics session, but do not usually happen when exact New Era
Dianetics procedure is used. When they do happen you send the pc to a
Scientology auditor.
This is case supervision, New Era Dianetics. It has been fully worked out
by my case supervising a great many Dianetic sessions to launch this new view
of Dianetics. And the above is what I found.
It drives home also the necessity of training New Era Dianetics auditors as
precision technologists and the risk of letting people audit before they are
fully grooved in on exactly what's done in a New Era Dianetics session.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:cs.rd.lfg.kjm
Copyright $c 1969, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
76
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=11/5/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=8/7/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
METER TRIM CHECK
Remimeo
All Orgs
Exec Secs
Tech Sec
Qual Sec
All Tech Hats
All Qual Hats
Dianetic Course
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 MAY 1969R
REVISED 8 JULY 1978
Remimeo (Revisions in this type style)
All Orgs
Exec Secs
Tech Sec
Qual Sec (Replaces HCOB of 27 July 1966
All Tech Hats same name.)
All Qual Hats
Dianetic Course (Tech Div) (Qual Div)
METER TRIM CHECK
E-Meters can go out of trim during a session because of temperature
changes.
Thus even if the meter is properly calibrated and reads at 2.0 with a
5,000 ohm resistor across the leads and 3.0 with 12,500 ohms, by the end of
the session a pc can be apparently reading below 2.0 because the meter is off
trim.
The following meter procedure is therefore to be followed AT THE END OF
EACH SESSION (AFTER GIVING "END OF SESSION."):
1. DON'T MOVE THE TRIM KNOB
2. PULL OUT THE JACK PLUG
3. MOVE THE TA UNTIL THE NEEDLE IS ON 'SET' AT THE SENSITIVITY YOU WERE
USING IN THE SESSION
4. RECORD THE TA POSITION AT THE BOTTOM OF THE AUDITOR'S REPORT FORM AS:
"Trim check - TA = ...."
5. IF YOUR METER IS KNOWN TO BE OUT OF CALIBRATION (as in para 2 above)
RECORD ALSO: "Calibration error -..... on meter = 2.0 actual" at
the bottom of the form.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:lb-r.cs.an.ei.cden.nc
Copyright $c 1969, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
77
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=18/5/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=3/8/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
ERASURE
Remimeo
Dianetic
Auditors
Dianetic
C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 18 MAY 1969R
REVISED 3 AUGUST 1978
Remimeo (Revision in this type style)
Dianetic (Ellipses indicate deletions)
Auditors
Dianetic
C/Ses
(This Bulletin has been revised to align with New Era Dianetics
tech. Data on running narrative incidents has been deleted.
This is now covered by HCOB 26 Jun 78 Issue II, New Era
Dianetics Series 6, URGENT IMPORTANT ROUTINE 3RA
ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS.)
ERASURE
Now and then a pc does not understand that he is supposed to be erasing a
PICTURE and only goes far enough to erase the somatic. Auditor says, "Is it
erasing?" Pc can't feel somatic so he says, "It's gone." Auditor puzzled by no
full end phenomena but buys it.
What you want to know as an auditor is "Is the picture erasing?" You can
use that line to check, but not habitually.
Erasure depends... on the pc getting to the BEGINNING of the incident.
Sometimes the pc keeps starting a bit late in the incident and so does not get
an erasure.
If you assess an item like "Dizziness after an operation" and try to run
it the pc will bog utterly as the whole operation precedes the somatic called
for and not only won't erase but also won't show as a picture. (Ref: HCOB 20
Jul 78 New Era Dianetics Series 18 AFTER THE FACT ITEMS)
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:dr
Copyright $c 1969, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
78
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=23/5/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=11/7/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
AUDITING OUT SESSIONS
NARRATIVE VERSUS SOMATIC CHAINS
Remimeo
Dn Chksht
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 MAY 1969R
Remimeo REVISED 11 JULY 1978
Dn Checksht
(Revisions in this type style)
(Ellipses indicate deletions)
AUDITING OUT SESSIONS
NARRATIVE VERSUS SOMATIC CHAINS
(Ref: New Era Dianetics Series Bulletins.)
Now and then it is necessary to audit out the last session or an auditing
session. One does this by using Narrative R3RA ... wording when asking the pc
to go earlier. One asks for an EARLIER SIMILAR INCIDENT. "Is there an earlier
similar incident?" A session, when audited, does not always erase. Instead it
has become part of a chain. Therefore one has to run Narrative R3RA on it and
get an earlier similar incident.
The chain may go back vast amounts of time.
Whereas the pc may only have been in Scientology 3 days, before
Scientology there were other types of "sessions" such as psychoanalysis. And
before that, in Rome and Greece, dream therapy in which one was "visited by a
god." And before that -- well, the chain can have a very far back basic. One
does not of course suggest ever what the earlier incident may be. There is no
telling what the pc may confuse with a session.
If one asked the pc to "locate an earlier incident with a similar feeling"
one would be on another chain entirely. Hence one asks, simply, "Is there an
earlier similar incident?" when running a session out.
Running a session out has the liability that one is running a NARRATIVE
CHAIN, a similar experience rather than a similar somatic.
One of the major 1969 breakthroughs was that chains are held together
mainly by somatics. The body condition or somatic is what keeps the chain in
association.
One does of course run "narrative incidents" by which one means similar
EXPERIENCES. (See HCOB 25 June 78, New Era Dianetics Series B, DIANETICS,
BEGINNING A PC ON.) "Locate an earlier time your mother spanked you." "Locate
an earlier wreck." These will run and erase but they must be done properly.
This is by running the incident over and over to erasure, asking after each
run through for earlier beginning, and only going earlier similar if it starts
to grind badly. Running only narrative incidents is what made early Dianetics
run up such fabulous numbers of hours in processing.
The commands for running narrative incidents and further data on running
narratives are to be found in HCOB 26 June 1978 Issue II, New Era Dianetics
Series 6, ROUTINE 3RA ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS.
Somatic chains go quickly to basic and are the important chains.
Thus when we erase a chain of sessions we sometimes run into a very long
session. Sometimes the TA goes up to 4 or 5 (particularly if the auditor
grinds). Using a wrong go-earlier command is a primary reason for trouble.
Usually if you ask simply for an earlier beginning or an earlier similar
incident the pc goes back to something that will erase and it blows.
But remember, asking for similar types of experience can... get very long
and erasure may not occur for some time.
Running out sessions can be a worthwhile action,... but the best thing to
do is goof no assessments or sessions in the first place.
LRH:an.rd.ldv L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1969, 1978 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
79
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=28/5/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=21/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
HOW NOT TO ERASE
Remimeo
Dianetic
Checksheet
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 28 MAY 1969RA
Remimeo REVISED 25 JULY 1978
Dianetic RE-REVISED 21 SEPTEMBER 1978
Checksheet (Revisions in this type style)
HOW NOT TO ERASE
(Reference: New Era Dianetics Series Bulletins and
HCOB 16 Sept 1978, POSTULATE OFF
EQUALS ERASURE)
There are two extremes a Dianetic student can go to on the subject of
erasure.
A. He can grind and grind and grind (DEF, DEF, DEF, DEF, on and on) with
the TA going up, up, up and never once tell the pc to go earlier.
B. He can watch the TA come down to between 2 and 3 and go loose on the
last incident run, ask the pc "erase or solid," get a noncommittal
answer and send the pc earlier. He can keep sending the pc earlier and
earlier on another chain without ever noticing he's finished the first
chain.
These are the two extreme cases. In Case A it is OBVIOUS from TA rise that
the chain has an earlier incident or the incident being run has an earlier
beginning. In Case B it is obvious from the TA that the chain erased.
In A the student is preventing the pc from going earlier when he should.
In B the student is forcing the pc to go earlier when he shouldn't.
In both cases the student hasn't a clue of what an engram chain is.
It is marvelous how students demand "the exact phrase" to use as an effort
to avoid having to really understand what they are doing in auditing.
If a student hasn't a clue about what he is doing then a thousand goofy
outnesses will keep cropping up, each one requiring (a supervisor thinks) a
special instruction. After a while you get a course text weighing one ton, and
all because the student didn't grab the basic definitions in the first place.
A student who will do either A or B above has not grasped the most basic
facts concerning erasure.
1. An engram chain is held in place by the basic for that chain and the
postulate made at the time of that incident.
2. The basic is the FIRST TIME.
3. The clue to erasure is unburdening down to the first time and getting
the postulate made at the time of the incident.
4. That all picture chains are there because the first time and the
postulate made at that time are there.
The student assumes one ALWAYS asks "solid or erasing." Or that one always
does only what the pc says. Or some such consideration.
I would damned well never ask "solid or erasing" if I saw the TA start to
climb. I would know the TA measured mental mass and that it was accumulating
and wouldn't erase. I would immediately send the pc earlier as soon as he had
completed his pass through the incident.
80
Honest, it's awful easy.
A very odd outness a student will encounter when he is so dedicated to the
exact words is the fast pc who erases before he can tell about it. Along about
No. 3 of R3RA the TA blows down and the needle F/Ns.
A student who knew his business by understanding would ask, "Did it
erase?" of course. The pc would say, "It vanished," and VGIs would come in.
A fast running pc on a light chain can occasionally blow an engram by
inspection. If it was basic for that chain, one would be committing the crime
described in B above. The pc is likely to go into another chain or a heavy
protest.
So you see, there's no substitution for actually understanding what's
going on.
There's the pc, there's the bank, there's the meter needle, there's the
meter tone arm and there's the auditor, there's the procedure, there's the
report. That's all the parts there are to a session.
When one understands each one, one can audit. When one doesn't understand
some part of any of the above, he will require unusual solutions.
Anything truly powerful is truly simple.
So a student who goofs is being complex and hasn't understood something
about one of the major parts named above.
I just saw a goofed-up session that went like this:
Pc: It (the engram) happened every day for three days.
Auditor: DEF.
Flunk. The auditor was so deficient in knowing about chains and first time
that he didn't tell the pc to go to the first day's engram but let the poor pc
flounder in day 3! And so the chain did not erase and the pc hung up in it.
If the rule of first time is really understood, one would realize a lot of
things, even that the pc was beginning an incident halfway through it and
hadn't begun to run the beginning of it so of course, no erasure. If this
happened on basic..... "There's no earlier incident" (TA high).
"Is there an earlier beginning to this incident?"
"Hey, yes there is."
"Go to the new beginning of that incident and tell me when you are there."
Yoicks, an erasure!
This is no invitation to depart from procedure. It's an invitation to see
procedure as an action, very precise, capable of being understood and done,
not a rote chant.
I'm sure some students are ex-medicine men who did their spells with
exactly worded chants. It's time they understood the brew in the pot!
That's the procedure -- not do the commands rhyme!
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:an.ei.rd.lfg.nc.kjm Founder
Copyright $c 1969, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
81
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=28/6/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=21/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S
HOW TO CASE SUPERVISE
DIANETICS FOLDERS
Remimeo
Class VIII
Checksheet
New Era
Dianetics
Grad
Checksheet
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 28 JUNE 1969RA
REVISED 26 JULY 1978
Remimeo RE-REVISED 21 SEPTEMBER 1978
Class VIII
Checksheet
New Era
Dianetics (Revisions in this type style)
Grad (Ellipses indicate deletions)
Checksheet
C/S
HOW TO CASE SUPERVISE
DIANETICS FOLDERS
It is very easy to case supervise a New Era Dianetics folder and pcs being
handled by New Era Dianetics.
The full program to follow is covered in New Era Dianetics Series 2R HCOB
22 June 78R, NEW ERA DIANETICS FULL PC PROGRAM OUTLINE. One just follows it!
There is very little to New Era Dianetics C/S work.
The Case Supervisor MUST be a Hubbard New Era Dianetics Graduate. There is
no substitute for that. One who isn't would hopelessly snarl up real New Era
Dianetics auditors or students aspiring to that cert.
The New Era Dianetics C/S should really be a New Era Dianetics Graduate
and a Class VIII. Even so he has to keep these techs completely separate.
One NEVER asks a New Era Dianetics auditor in a Dianetic session to do
anything except New Era Dianetics. There are no other actions.
The C/S, in correcting an auditor should do it positively and refer to the
Dianetic HCOB. Negative criticism I have found, undermines auditors. One can
as easily say the same thing in a positive way. Instead of "You broke the
Auditor's Code" one can as easily say "Pcs must be rested before session. See
Auditor's Code."
One NEVER gets inventive in doing a New Era Dianetics C/S. It is all very
straightforward.
The C/S point of view in New Era Dianetics C/Sing is that one is trying to
get New Era Dianetics done. One isn't, in New Era Dianetics C/Sing,
torturously laboring to solve some difficult case.
Therefore there are only four possible actions for a New Era Dianetics C/S
to take:
A. THE CASE THAT MAKES GAINS IS GIVEN MORE NEW ERA DIANETICS.
B. THE CASE THAT HAS HAD ALL POSSIBLE NEW ERA DIANETICS GAIN (and that is
considerable) IS SENT ON TO SCIENTOLOGY.
C. THE CASE THAT MAKES NO GAIN DUE TO CASE "ODDITY" IS SENT TO A
SCIENTOLOGY AUDITOR.
82
D. THE SESSION THAT IS NON-STANDARD IN AUDITING REQUIRES THE PC BE SENT TO
A SCIENTOLOGY AUDITOR.
It is the fantastic fact that the pc will ONLY get Dianetic wins when
receiving standard New Era Dianetics. Non-standardness only once in a hundred
will give a case gain and that is a fluke. The Case Supervisor must have good
subjective and objective reality on this fact. He must therefore be the
ultimate in dictatorial martinet precision in requiring standard auditing and
assigning standard C/Ses.
There are two types of cases only that come up.
1. The case as in A above who just goes on getting wins.
2. The case (who in life is usually chronically ill even if "up and
about") that requires a C/S to play adept Scientology auditing against
New Era Dianetics auditing. Such a case is "solved" by now being sent
to a Scientology auditor, now being sent to Dianetics, back and forth.
In D above, the pc who gets a non-standard session and is bogged at the
Examiner's is simply given a Scientology Green Form to F/N. He/she is then
returned to New Era Dianetics auditing. This is a very usual, easy action.
In C above, the "oddity" case is easily recognizable in the folder. The
oddity consists mainly of getting New Era Dianetics auditing, getting sick. Or
in getting auditing but not being able to follow good standard commands.
Such a case also has a history of being ill. This case also can't make any
real headway in study and messes up pcs as an auditor and can't seem to do
standard auditing.
This C case, at first glance, seems to be hopelessly difficult and invites
many to squirrel.
The case is more prevalent than one would think. It runs as high as 50% of
voluntary pcs.
It could run much higher in the wog world. One spots the case ONLY BY THE
CASE'S REACTION TO GOOD New Era Dianetics auditing, not by any opinion or
test.
But this case isn't any real challenge to the C/S or Scientology auditor.
Underlying all this illness and inability to concentrate or study or audit
or hold case gains there is a heavily burdened chain that makes things seem
very different than they are.
There is no trick to resolving the C case.
The C/S, having seen that the person roller-coasters after New Era
Dianetics auditing, or can't study or can't audit, orders the person to a
Scientology session for:
"GF to F/N.
"Assess ExGF 40RD and handle."
The Scientology auditor in Review does this. ExGF 40RD is the "7 Resistive
Cases."
Then the C/S sends the pc back to New Era Dianetics auditing for routine
assessments and R3RA.
It is a saddening event to a C/S when the Scientology auditor lets him
down. So an accomplished Class VIII on that spot is worth his weight in
blessings. Lucky is the C/S who has a fine Class VIII. When he doesn't have he
orders only one action done
83
between C/Ses and watches like a hawk. Reviewing reviews is a horrible waste
of time, even though it has to be done when necessary.
This C type pc will now sail along for awhile in New Era Dianetics. But
don't be amazed to have the pc roller-coaster again.
When the C type pc does you simply order again a Scientology session and
GF to F/N and ExGF 40 RD and handle. And it will all come out differently this
time. And then the pc is sent back for more New Era Dianetics.
This is what is meant by interplaying New Era Dianetics with Scientology
reviews for a C type case.
You will just be amazed at the eventual result in the pc. Really a cracked
case, man!
Very sick pcs are sent directly to a medico of course. And New Era
Dianetics auditing is given along with medical treatment to get the pc off
stuck points. This is all covered in HCOBs on medical uses of Dianetics and
includes Touch Assists.
The "insane" pc is given absolute rest, a secure environment and any
needful medical treatment (but never shock or surgery of the brain or nerves,
of course, since that's only depersonalization treatment).
When in better physical health the "insane" pc is given just routine New
Era Dianetics. But the sessions must be flubless and thoroughly within the
Auditor's Code as the "insane" can't stand up to any goofs or overwhelm.
These "insane" pcs are most often simple cases of medically ill people --
gallstones, malnutrition, deficiencies in certain vitamins, broken backs --
the usual.
To undertake to audit an "insane" pc to sanity without complete attention
to the above paragraphs is adventurous in our experience. But with these
things given attention, the "insane" pc often responds amazingly. But do not
be surprised to find that the "insane" pc turns into a C type as he comes up
the scale.
The main trouble with the "insane" is that too many people around them are
completely devoted to making them even more insane and they almost never
respond to any treatment, medical or Dianetic, while kept in their same
environment associating with the same people.
Also we could say that "Hell hath no fury to match that of a cured
psychotic's associates." Usually the real crazy one is an associate, not the
"insane" one.
C/S PROCEDURE
In doing a C/S on a New Era Dianetics folder, I usually inspect the
following in the following order:
1. The Examiner's Report to see if the pc thought it was okay and if the
Examiner's TA, needle and indicator observation is all right.
2. The presession C/S to see what was previously ordered done.
3. The session to see if the C/S was done.
4. The 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 sequence and A-EYE to see if it is
standard. I seldom read text if the session was okay at Examiner's
unless the session did not go well.
84
5. The F/N,... postulate and GIs or VGIs (erasure of the chain) and GIs at
session end.
If all that is okay I give it a "well done."
If it isn't all okay I look for the 1, 2, 3 etc. that was not followed by
an ABC but by a new 1, 2, 3, 4 etc. instead.
I try to find where the session went off standard and point out the
standard actions that should have been done.
If the pc came out of it okay, I order more New Era Dianetics auditing.
If the pc didn't, I send the pc to a Scientology auditor.
If it had lots of DEFs and ground to a high TA session end I check to see
if the auditor asked for an earlier beginning.
If the Dianetics folder is getting fat and the session was unsuccessful I
look for a possible C type pc and handle accordingly.
If the pc is reported ill, I order medical, an assist and treat the pc
thereafter as a C type.
The value of a C/S, whether New Era Dianetics or Scientology, depends on
his unfailing adherence to standard actions.
A C/S that dreams things up to try to "solve a case" by squirrel processes
is worse than no Case Supervisor at all.
The gain of cases depends on the standard, unswerving adherence to New Era
Dianetics, to C/Sing in complete standardness and a Scientology auditor who
really is a flawless standard tech man.
The result is the result of a TEAM. To that team one also adds the admin
team of the rest of the group doing their jobs.
Given all that, one can straighten up whole population areas and
activities and get the job done on the goal lines of well and happy human
beings and a well and happy society both with greatly increased survival
potential.
C/Sing is a happy job itself. And blessed is a C/S who has good standard
New Era Dianetics auditors and good Scientology auditors on his lines and a
good New Era Dianetics Course Supervisor making new good New Era Dianetics
auditors and a good AO somewhere making good new VIIIs, all backed with orgs
whose staffs know their Org Exec Course and policy.
The C/S's job only becomes unhappy and impossible when the auditors are
nonstandard or the admin people never heard of lines or policy and he himself
departs from the straight and narrow of New Era Dianetics and standard tech.
The purpose of New Era Dianetics can be accomplished smoothly and easily
only if the above are taken into account.
These C/S data are as thoroughly researched in practical application of
tech itself and are derived from hard won practical experience.
LRH:ldm.cs.lfg.kjm L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1969, 1978 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
85
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=17/7/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=3
rDate=4/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
NEW ERA DIANETICS COMMAND TRAINING DRILLS
Remimeo
Dn Course
HDG Course
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 17 JULY 1969RB
REVISED 11 JULY 1978
Remimeo RE-REVISED 4 SEPTEMBER 1978
Dn Course
HDG Course (See also HCOB 31 March 1970
Urgent - Dianetic TR Note)
(Revisions in this type style)
NEW ERA DIANETICS COMMAND TRAINING DRILLS
Upon a recent investigation it was found that the Dianetic Training Drills
(101, 102, 103 & 104) as originally developed by me in 1969 had been dropped
from use on the Dianetics Course.
Therefore, these drills are reissued here for full use, and the following
list of HCOBs and BTBs is hereby cancelled.
BTB 10 DECEMBER 1974 ISSUE VI CANCELLATION OF BULLETINS 1969
cancels BTB 17 July 1969 Dianetic Command Training Drills 101 & 102, it
also cancels BTB 21 August 1969 TR 104 Note -- these cancellations are
correct.
Additionally the following BTBs are now cancelled:
BTB 17 July 1969R Revised 19 Feb 1974, Reissued 3 December 1976 cancels &
revises HCO BULLETIN OF 17 JULY 1969 Dianetic Command Training Drills
101 & 102.
BTB 20 May 1970 (Issued 28 March 1974 as BTB) cancels HCO BULLETIN OF
20 MAY 1970(cancels HCOB 21 Aug 1969 and 15 Jan 1970 and 31 March 1970).
NOTE: HCOB 20 May 1970 "103, 104 RUNDOWN" remains cancelled.
HCOB 21 Aug 1969 "TR 104 NOTE" remains cancelled.
HCOB 15 Jan 1970 Issue III "TR 104" remains cancelled.
HCOB 31 March 1970 "URGENT - DIANETIC TR NOTE" is not cancelled.
This HCOB was issued by myself.
TRs 101, 102, 103 & 104
The most common errors being made by student auditors are forgetting the
commands during session and misusing command sequence or procedure or doing odd
things because they get nervous. The following drills are added to the New Era
Dianetics Course to handle this. The drills must be thoroughly done.
TR 100 AND TR 100-A
Preassessment is a vital step of the New Era Dianetics procedure.
The benefits available from New Era Dianetics require that the auditor be
able to do faultless preassessments of original items from New Era Dianetics
assessment sheets and rundowns.
TR 100 and TR 100-A are made part of the New Era Dianetics Course to ensure
that the student can apply the preassessment procedure in... TR 104 and in his
auditing.
86
TR 100:
NAME: Preassessment Procedure On A Doll
COMMANDS: All commands of the procedure per New Era Dianetics Series 4,
"Assessment and How to Get The Item," and New Era Dianetics
Series 4-1, "The Preassessment List."
POSITION: Student seated at a table with E-Meter and the Preassessment
List. In the chair opposite the student is a doll, occupying the
position of the pc.
PURPOSE: To familiarize the student with the delivery and use of the
Preassessment List.
TRAINING This drill is not coached. The student sets up the E-Meter and
STRESS: Preassessment List exactly as in a session. He starts the
assessment and delivers a complete preassessment on the
doll, keeping full admin and using all standard
procedures of NED Series 4 to get items for running.
Student uses nonsense terms or harmless ones for the
original item. He then delivers a preassessment on
that.
Student then selects the preassessment item from the
Preassessment List and asks:
"What ________ (preassessment item) are connected with
________ (the original item)?"
The drill is passed when the student can do the drill
flawlessly with good assessment TRs, correct procedure
and commands, without comm lags or confusion, and can
maintain proper assessment admin.
TR 100-A
NAME: Preassessing A Doll Coached
COMMANDS: Same as TR 100
POSITION: Same as TR 100, with coach holding the E-Meter cans, and seated
beside the student. Coach provides nonsense and harmless items
for the student and squeezes the can to simulate E-Meter reads.
PURPOSE: To train the student to deliver and use the preassessment
procedure.
TRAINING Coach provides a list of original items as from one of the New
STRESS: Era Dianetics rundowns or assessment sheets. The student must
choose the best reading original item and deliver the
Preassessment List to the doll on that item. All reads on the
preassessment must be correctly noted and marked. Student must
then select out the correct preassessment item to list for a
running item and ask the correct question.
As the coach gives running items the student must get these down
accurately with their reads. Then he must select which he would
run on R3RA Quad and in what order.
The student must reassess and extend the list of running items
and use Suppress and Invalidate buttons as needed until the list
is exhausted.
87
The student must then reassess the Preassessment List, find the
next preassessment item and handle.
Flunks are given for any out TRs on the doll, any incorrectly
marked reads, any missed or altered item given and any incorrect
selection of an item.
Stress is on the student's ability to make a distinction between
an item which requires a preassessment and one that does not.
Student must not try to run drugs, medicines, medical terms or
multiple somatics.
Drill is passed when the student can do the full preassessment
procedure with good TRs, proper commands, without comm lags or
confusions, can maintain proper assessment admin.
TR 101
NAME: R3RA To A Wall
COMMANDS: R3RA commands including earlier incident and earlier similar
commands.
Included in this drilling are the handling of bouncers, checking
for erasure, and checking for postulate command actions, as well
as are the handling of narrative incident commands.
POSITION: Student seated facing a wall.
PURPOSE: To get the student able to give all R3RA commands accurately, in
correct order without hesitation or having to think what the next
command should be.
TRAINING This drill is not coached. The student sits facing a wall with a
STRESS: copy of the R3RA bulletin in his lap. The student gives the
commands, in order, to the wall maintaining good TR 0 and TR 1.
When the student falters or is uncertain of the next command he
re-reads the commands from the bulletin then continues to give
the commands to the wall. When the student can confidently give
all the possible R3RA commands accurately without any slightest
comm lag, he has passed this drill.
TR 102
NAME: Auditing A Doll
COMMANDS: All R3RA commands and New Era Dianetics procedures except
preassessment procedure.
POSITION: Student seated at a table with E-Meter and Auditor Report
sheets. In the chair opposite the student is a doll occupying
the position of the pc.
PURPOSE: To familiarize the student with the materials of auditing and
coordinate and apply the commands and procedures of New Era
Dianetics in an auditing session.
TRAINING This drill is not coached. The student sets up the E-Meter and
STRESS: worksheets exactly as in a session. He starts the session and
runs a complete New Era Dianetics session on the doll keeping
full session admin and using all standard procedures of New Era
Dianetics.
88
This drill is passed when the student can do the drill
flawlessly with good TRs 0-4, correct procedure and commands,
without comm lags or confusion and can maintain proper session
admin, including worksheets, Auditor's Report Form and Summary
Report.
All the R3RA commands used in TR 101 are again used here. Admin
must communicate adequately which command is being used.
TR 103
NAME: Auditing On A Doll Coached
COMMANDS: All R3RA commands, situations and procedures of New Era
Dianetics except the preassessment procedure.
POSITION: Same as in TR 102 except that a coach sits beside student
calling out command numbers and situations and the student
following them and keeping admin and his meter.
PURPOSE: To give the student total certainty in the use of R3RA commands
despite any distraction.
TRAINING Coach calls for commands at random by stating the letter or
STRESS: number of the command or the situation by saying "solid,"
"erasing," "solid but nothing earlier." The student addresses
the right command or action to the doll, handles meter and
admin. The coach also uses pc responses such as "That's all,"
"I can't find one," etc. These are called for in quick
succession and in any order. Coach starts in on a gradient
gradually getting the drill faster and becoming sharper on
flunks for any comm lags, uncertainties, groping for commands
or breaks in TR 0-4. If the student becomes too confused the
coach has probably proceeded with too steep a gradient and
given the student too many losses. In such instances have the
student go through the commands in proper sequence a few times
and then continue with random commands building up the drill on
a gradient.
The use of the correct command (including those for handling
bouncers, checking for erasure, and checking for postulates, as
well as correct narrative procedure) is required at the
appropriate point.
TR 104
NAME: R3RA Coached And Bullbaited
COMMANDS: All R3RA commands and procedures.
POSITION: As for auditing on a doll (TR 102) with coach seated beside
student and a bullbaiter as "pc" across from the student
instead of a doll.
PURPOSE: To train the student to deliver a standard session with correct
commands and procedure and without session additives of any kind
despite distractions.
TRAINING The drill is the same as for auditing on a doll except that the
STRESS: "pc" coach bullbaits the student auditor during the session in
an attempt to throw the student off session while the second
coach calls the numbers as on TR 103. Flunks are given for any
improper commands, procedure, comm lags, breaks in TRs or
improper session admin. The second coach does the "Start," the
flunking or "That's it." If the student is not making the grade
he is returned to the
89
earlier TR that is out. This drill is coached tough and only
passed when the student is totally competent, exact and correct
in all commands, procedures, auditing actions and session admin
with excellent TRs and no slightest variation from or additives
to New Era Dianetics.
Coach ensures the student has total certainty on the
application of all R3RA commands and sequences including
handling bouncers, checking for erasure, checking for
postulates, and handling narrative incidents.
Preassessment procedure must also be correctly applied exactly
as in a session.
These drills were developed by me in July 1969 when it was found
that all failed sessions resulted from non-standard auditing,
the main goofs being auditors' failure to give the next
command, forgetting the commands in session or giving a wrong
command.
New drills were added and existing drills were revised to include drilling
for the utilization of the discoveries of New Era Dianetics in 1978.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:rb.dr
Copyright $c 1969, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
90
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=19/7/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=21/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
DIANETICS AND ILLNESS
Remimeo
New Era Dianetics
Grad Checksheet
Class VIII
Case Supers
Registrars
Public Officers
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JULY 1969RA
Remimeo REVISED 13 JULY 1978
New Era Dianetics RE-REVISED 21 SEPTEMBER 1978
Grad Checksheet
Class VIII
Case Supers (Revisions in this type style)
Registrars
Public Officers (Ellipsis indicates deletion)
DIANETICS AND ILLNESS
IMPORTANT NOTE: It is now forbidden to run Clears, OTs or Dianetic Clears
on Dianetic Auditing Assists, secondaries, engrams or narrative incidents. The
only permitted Dianetic actions are Contact Assists and Touch Assists. Clears
and OTs may flow receive New Era Dianetics for OTs at AOs and Flag. (Ref: BTB
17 Sept 78 BREAKTHROUGH and HCOB 12 Sept 78 DIANETICS FORBIDDEN ON
CLEARS AND OTs.)
Although mention of this is made elsewhere in the Dianetics Course, the
facts about ILLNESS do not seem, in practice, to reach the Case Supervisors or
Dianetic auditors.
The idea that one can always get rid of an illness by auditing ONE chain to
basic is false. Man dreams about "one shot" cures to a point where he could be
accused of being impotent!
Here is an example: A preclear "has always wanted to get his bronchitis
handled." In Dianetics a list is made for chest or lung pains or sensations.
One is chosen and erased. The "bronchitis" is now better or even absent for a
few days. Then we have the preclear back again saying "It didn't cure my
bronchitis."
Enough cases are handled successfully by running one chain on a somatic
that people get stuck in the win.
Here is another example: The pc says he has migraine headaches. The auditor
assesses a "head pain" quite correctly and then runs out the chain. The
migraine does not occur for a week after. Then here's the pc again saying
"I've still got a headache."
All this is invalidative of the tech and the auditing. A registrar or
Public Division hearing this tends to lose faith in the powers of the tech.
The FACT is that the illness was not properly handled or C/Sed or audited.
In the first place a pc trying to get cured of bronchitis or migraine --
or any one of a dozen other illnesses -- should be sent for a medical
examination. How do you know the bronchitis isn't tuberculosis? Or the
migraine headache isn't a fractured skull?
A "continual side pain" may be a gallstone.
In short, something which continually hurts or disables may be structural
or physical.
So, when you omit the first action (medical) in handling an illness, you
set up an auditor for a possible failure.
91
Many of these things can be cured medically without too much heroic
action.
If it is medical and can be cured medically without destructive
consequences, then it should be.
Also it should be audited. This lets the medical treatment work. Many
"incurable" illnesses become curable medically when they are also audited.
The second thing that gets overlooked is that AN ILLNESS IS A COMPOSITE
(composed of many) SOMATIC.
The correct auditing action on "bronchitis" or "chest trouble" or
"migraine headache" or any other continual worrisome illness is to be found on:
HCOB 28 Jul 71RA New Era Dianetics Series 8R
C/S Series 54RA DIANETICS, BEGINNING A PC ON
HCOB 18 Jun 78R New Era Dianetics Series 4R
ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM
HCOB 26 Jun 78RA II New Era Dianetics Series 6RA
ROUTINE 3RA, ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
This includes running the item by narrative incident, and then using
preassessment full procedure to find all the somatics, sensations, feelings,
emotions or even attitudes in the area affected, getting exact feelings from
these -- as "running items" and running their chains to full Dianetic EP.
It takes more than one chain of engrams to build up an ill area.
Having found and run the "deflated feeling" of bronchitis, which was the
first best read, the C/S should order and the auditor find and run the NEXT
somatic, sensation, feeling, emotion or attitude in that area.
It is sometimes necessary to add to the list for that area of the body.
Seeing a continual or recurring illness on the Original Assessment Sheet
(or subsequent assessments of it), the C/S and auditor should dig out of that
area every somatic, sensation, feeling, emotion, attitude, etc. that can be
made to read, using the preassessment procedure. And run those chains, each
one to basic and erasure. (See New Era Dianetics Series.)
THAT is the way you handle any illness, whether continual or temporary.
The maxim is that IT TAKES MORE THAN ONE CHAIN OF ENGRAMS TO MAKE A BODY
ILL.
Continual reassessing and adding to general lists will get there
eventually providing it is done long enough. But this general approach
will find a certain number of pcs saying to registrars, Public Officers
and friends, "I've still got my ________ ."
It is in fact a false report. They didn't still have all of it. It
is one chain less and therefore better.
But auditing gives gains by deletion. A pc does not suffer from
what has been erased. He suffers only from that which has not yet been
handled. With New Era Dianetics tech you handle all the chains that are
making the body ill.
Some persons tried years ago to get their trouble handled,
somebody or some practice failed and after that they don't mention it
at all. They don't support the technology anymore either.
92
So, in handling illness, give the handling of the structural disease side
of it to the medical doctor, and thoroughly handle all the mental side of it
with auditing and everyone wins.
Any registrar or Public Division personnel colliding with "My lumbosis was
not handled" should call this HCOB to the attention of the person, the Case
Supervisor and the auditors.
Only then can you have 100% tech.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.ei.rd.lfg.kjm
Copyright $c 1969, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=21/7/69
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
ONE-HAND ELECTRODES
Level VI
Solo Course
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JULY 1969
Level VI Issue II
Solo Course
ONE-HAND ELECTRODES
A one-hand electrode shows as much as one TA div high and hides floating
needles. Some Solo students go mad trying to get their TA down when they
already have an F/N. The Solo auditor uses a one-hand electrode but should
have two cans handy to check and compare TA position and needle phenomena.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.ei
Copyright $c 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
93
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=22/7/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=20/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
IMPORTANT
AUDITING SPEED
Remimeo
NED Checksheet
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 22 JULY 1969R
Remimeo REVISED 20 SEPTEMBER 1978
NED Checksheet (Revisions in this type style)
(Ellipses indicate deletions)
(This bulletin has been revised to delete references
to pre-OTs as they are not flow audited on New Era
Dianetics, but receive instead the New Era Dianetics
Special Rundown for OTs.)
IMPORTANT
AUDITING SPEED
Almost any failure you have ever had with an auditor or in auditing came
from auditor comm lags or errors.
This is a vital datum. It came to light from applying the rule -- ask the
pc what the auditor did after any failed session and get it corrected in the
auditor.
SPEED is the main factor behind the mystery of a failed session.
The better an auditor knows his TRs, his processes, his meter and admin
the faster he can operate.
If you train auditors only up to slow, comm laggy handling of a session
you will get a lot of mysteriously "failed sessions," ending with the TA high
and the pc very low!
A somewhat slow auditor auditing a new pc may be fast enough to get away
with it.
Put him on a person whose Dianetics is finished and some grades in, he
begins to have a few "case failures."
The remedy is to speed the auditor up with TRs 101, 102, 103, 104.
In assigning auditors you only dare assign fast ones to fast pcs.
For 19 years this hidden speed factor has lain behind the vast majority of
our "failed sessions." As it never appeared on the session reports (except as
excessive admin for which the pc must have had to wait) anyone doing D of P
work or C/S work was in mystery and tended to get desperate and even squirrel
(change and invent processes).
The only other source of failure was the physically ill aspect. This has
just been verified in a series of over one hundred cases. Dianetics combined
with Scientology reviews progressed splendidly on all but about seven and
these who were then physically examined thoroughly were found to have serious
and current physical illness.
Speed and accuracy then is the stress of all training and the lack of it
is the source of all auditing failures on pcs who are not severely ill.
Even the latter respond once their purely physical illness is properly
handled.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:cs.ei.aap.nc Founder
Copyright $c 1969, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
94
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=24/7/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=24/7/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
SERIOUSLY ILL PCS
Remimeo
All Auditors
Case Supervisors
...
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 JULY 1969R
Remimeo REVISED 24 JULY 1978
All Auditors
Case Supervisors (Revisions in this type style)
... (Ellipses indicate deletions)
SERIOUSLY ILL PCS
In Green Form No. 40 there is an item:
"Seriously Physically Ill."
This is handled as follows:
1. Medical Examination
2. Medical Care
3. Auditing composed of the following:
Touch Assists, a Contact Assist, two-way comm, ruds on the
incident, ruds before the incident, Dianetic Assist, life ruds,
two-way comm on suppression, 3 S & Ds, assessment for area of
illness, Prepcheck on area, ruds on area, hello and OK with the
affected area, reach and withdraw from area, two-way comm,
recall on persons similarly ill, location of the postulate that
caused it with itsa earlier itsa, Prepcheck on the body or its
part, more ruds, assessment of failed purposes, two-way comm on
the sickness.
That's not a program. It's just a list of a LOT of things to do. It
would not greatly matter what order they were done in but lighter
actions should be the earlier.
As a pc who is ill is easily made an effect, the auditing sessions
should be smoothly done and each session relatively short....
...
The remaining items on the GF 40 are then handled.
If "Seriously Physically Ill" is not THE GF 40 item, it is still
handled but in its turn doing the above ... actions.
...
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ldv
Copyright $c 1969, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
95
...
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=2/8/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=4/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
"LX" LISTS
CI IV Grad
Checksheets
Snr CI VI
Checksheets
C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 2 AUGUST 1969R
CI IV Grad REVISED 4 SEPTEMBER 1978
Checksheets
Snr CI VI (Revisions in this type style)
Checksheets (Ellipses indicate deletions)
C/Ses
(Class VIII tapes contain much data on Out of Valence
handling. This Bulletin, formerly Class VIII distribution,
has been revised to present a procedure whereby Snr
Class IV and VI auditors can do LX Lists and Out of
Valence handling on their pcs. This revision in no way
revises Class VIII data.)
"LX" LISTS
There are now three "LX" Lists:
LX3 -- Attitudes
LX2 -- Emotions
LX1 -- Conditions.
Originally they were called "X" because they were experimental.
They still are to some extent so the X is retained.
These serve to isolate REASONS A BEING IS CHARGED UP TO SUCH an
extent that he is OUT OF VALENCE.
When a person is out of valence he does not easily as-is his bank.
These lists are assessed Method 5.
The best reading item (and then subsequently reading items) are taken up
and run by:
3-Way or Quad Recalls
3-Way or Quad Engrams R3RA...
END PHENOMENA
We now have a new discovery. I have found that a person who is out of
valence experiences, when run on LX1 Lists (and now the others above, LX2 and
LX3) and 220H, a remarkable valence shift if he is run on enough items.
In one fashion or another he comments on this in session.
This is the end phenomena of Out of Valence processes (the LX items and
220H).
It is always attained if enough items are run.
Quite ordinary cases are out of valence. If their folder gets too fat you
can assume they are out of valence.
Perverts, suppressives and critical, snide, ruthless, arrogant or
contemptuous personalities are always out of valence.
96
A person who is in treason on the 1st dynamic is always out of valence.
So whether GF No. 40 (h) OUT OF VALENCE reads or not, if the folder is
fat, you play safe and assess and run LX items until the person has the
Valence cognition.
Without being coached, a person who is out of valence always has the
cognition if he is run on enough items and 220H.
USE OF LISTS
One begins with LX3. He assesses it Method 5 and takes the item that read
best, handles it, then the item that read next best, and so on down the list.
If no EP, LX2 is taken up and handled in the same manner, then LX1. 220H
is the last step of Out of Valence handling if the EP has not yet been reached.
Today you can assume safely that anyone out of valence can be put in
valence quietly and efficiently with LX items and 220H if he is audited and if
the auditing is standard.
This is quite a worthwhile development as it resolves the heavily
overcharged case.
A symptom of a heavily charged case is F/Ning too quickly to be processed
well.
Using these lists on a pc is not a critical action. Even (and especially)
children are too overcharged to be easily audited.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ldm.rd.dr
Copyright $c 1969, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
97
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=3/8/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=22/8/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
LX2
EMOTIONAL ASSESSMENT LIST
...
CI IV Grad
Checksheets
Snr CI VI
Checksheets
C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 3 AUGUST 1969R
... REVISED 22 AUGUST 1978
CI IV Grad
Checksheets (Revisions in this type style)
Snr CI VI (Ellipses indicate deletions)
Checksheets
C/Ses
LX2
EMOTIONAL ASSESSMENT LIST
(To be done before LX1)
... 3 Way or Quad Recall
3 Way or Quad Engrams R3RA
Reference: HCOB 2 Aug 69A "LX" LISTS
HCOB 26 Jun 78RA New Era Dianetics Series 6RA
URGENT IMPORTANT
ROUTINE 3RA ENGRAM
RUNNING BY CHAINS
HCOB 20 Sep 78 II LX LIST HANDLING
Date: ____________________________
Pc Name: _________________________
Apprehension _________
Fear _________
Hate _________
Agitation _________
Shame _________
Blame _________
Regret _________
Grief _________
Remorse _________
Sorrow _________
Sadness _________
Despondency _________
Depressed _________
Despair _________
Anger _________
Rage _________
Greed _________
Haughty _________
Arrogant _________
Cold _________
Contemptuous _________
Hostility _________
Resentment _________
Antagonism _________
Boredom _________
Conservatism _________
Enthusiasm _________
Proud _________
Elation _________
Serenity _________
Unemotional _________
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:rs.rd.jk Founder
Copyright $c 1969, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
98
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=9/8/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=4/11/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
LX1 (CONDITIONS)
...
Class IV Grad
Checksheet
Snr class VI
Checksheet
C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 9 AUGUST 1969R
... REVISED 21 AUGUST 1978
Class IV Grad REISSUED 4 NOVEMBER 1978
Checksheet
Snr class VI (Revisions in this type style)
Checksheet (Ellipsis indicates deletion)
C/Ses
(Reissued 4 Nov 78 to correct
typo -- correction in italics.)
LX1 (CONDITIONS)
(Formerly issued to Class VIII auditors
as a research list on 5 October 1968)
Used after LX3 and LX2.
3 Way or Quad Recall
3 Way or Quad Engrams R3RA
Reference: HCOB 2 Aug 69A "LX" LISTS
HCOB 26 Jun 78RA New Era Dianetics Series 6RA
Issue II URGENT IMPORTANT ROUTINE 3RA
ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
HCOB 20 Sep 78 LX LIST HANDLING
Issue II
Date: ____________________________
Pc Name: ________________________
Assessment for largest read.
Overwhelmed _________
Made Wrong _________
Forced _________
Frightened _________
Suppressed _________
Crushed _________
Oppressed _________
Denied _________
Overpowered _________
Overthrown _________
Defeated _________
Destroyed _________
Vanquished _________
Wiped Out _________
Annihilated _________
Changed _________
Identified _________
Recognized _________
Driven Out _________
Driven Away _________
Grief _________
Loss _________
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:rs.rd.kjm Founder
Copyright $c 1969, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
99
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=9/8/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=21/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
CASE FOLDER ANALYSIS,
NEW ERA DIANETICS
Remimeo
Class VIII
Class VIII Checksheet
Case Supervisors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 9 AUGUST 1969RA
Remimeo REVISED 25 JULY 1978
Class VIII RE-REVISED 21 SEPTEMBER 1978
Class VIII Checksheet
Case Supervisors (Revisions in this type style)
(Ellipses indicate deletions)
CASE FOLDER ANALYSIS,
NEW ERA DIANETICS
There are only nine things that can go wrong in a New Era Dianetics
session.
These are the only reasons chains do not erase and the session does not
complete with very good indicators.
The first eight come under the head of auditing skill or knowledge.
They are listed in order of frequency:
1. Auditor comm lag (lack of speed in giving commands).
2. Flubbed commands in which the commands are used incorrectly.
3. TRs out, either being inaudible or overwhelming or TR 4 not handled.
4. Auditor additives.
5. Failure to call for an earlier beginning of the incident when the pc
can find no earlier incident -- results in grinding and high TA.
6. Failure to call for an earlier incident when there is one.
7. Demanding pc goes earlier when the last incident was basic, making pc
jump into another chain.
8. Misassessment. (Selecting a narrative item and running it by regular
R3RA instead of by Narrative R3RA. Or choosing a multiple item or an
after the fact item to run. Or taking an item that doesn't read or in
which the pc has no interest.)
9. Pc has out rudiments.
Note that the first four are BEYOND THE VIEW OF THE CASE SUPERVISOR.
The largest number of session failures come under these first four.
Therefore it is routine for the Case Supervisor to have the pc asked what the
auditor did. It is usually surprising. It will be one of the first four listed
above. It requires a retrain.
The next four are also auditor flubs but are detectable if the Case
Supervisor reads the worksheets of the session.
Therefore the Case Supervisor must know 5, 6, 7 and 8 above very well
indeed and be able to look for them. In all of these the TA goes high or very
low and the session ends up as a bust.
You can easily see 5. The pc is still on the same chain but begins to
grind DEF DEF DEF DEF DEF, the TA goes way up or down below 2 and the auditor
command
100
"H," "Is there an earlier beginning to this incident?" is spectacularly
absent. So the C/S tells the next auditor to get the earlier beginning of the
same incident and run the incident from its earlier beginning, then go earlier
as necessary to complete the chain. It will eventually go to EP with an F/N
and the postulate coming off and VGIs obtained.
6 is very easy for the C/S to spot. The pc has been given DEF DEF DEF DEF
DEF, etc. and has been asked for an earlier beginning to the same incident but
hasn't been asked for an earlier incident. So the C/S tells the next auditor
to get an earlier incident.
7 is also easy for a C/S to detect from the worksheet of that session.
Before the pc jumped to another chain by being forced to go earlier below
basic, the TA was dropping and the incident was erasing, but the auditor
failed to ask, after each run through the incident, "Has it erased?" The pc
may have even given up a postulate, but the auditor missed the EP and pushed
the pc earlier. Also the pc protested or had trouble when the auditor tried to
go "earlier than basic" and also may mention another somatic.
In 8, misassessment, you can tell just by looking at the item that it is
multiple such as "A burning pain in my hair and a feeling of tension on my
hand"; that it is narrative "getting my feet wet" (where's the feeling in
that???); or after the fact of the engram "dizziness after a car wreck." A
real classic would be "A stomach ache when I was thrown from a horse." The C/S
hardly has to look at the end of the session to know it will be no erasure,
high or low TA and bad indicators at the Examiner.
As auditors who do these last four things have their metering or basic
definitions madly out (such as "I never did understand what a somatic was")
and as in the first four the approach to the pc, TRs and additives need
ironing out, the C/S sends the auditor for retrain.
From the C/S point of view (and fact) the technology applied gets uniform
good results. Thus the C/S never gets reasonable.
The auditor will on retrain settle down. 100% sessions will occur
regularly when he really can audit.
PC REPAIR
The commonest C/S for a pc after a Dianetic session that ends with a high
TA or below 2 TA and/or bad indicators at Examiner is "L3RF Method 5 and
Handle." If the L3RF, properly assessed and handled doesn't resolve it, "To a
Scientology auditor for a GF to F/N. Assess auditors, auditing, Dianetics,
Scientology, sessions, reviews, gains (or whatever you care to add),
Prepcheck."
OUT RUDS
In number 9, we get several manifestations. The pc has a good looking
session yet complains to the Examiner. That is to say VGIs F/N cog at session
end, but sour grapes ten minutes later at the Examiner's.
A pc who gets sad at session end and is or has been sad a long time and
is sad and moping or despondent is, of course, suffering from an ARC Brk and
is being audited over one and probably has had it for long duration. The
proper C/S action is "To a Scientology auditor for a GF to F/N. Check ARC Brk
Long Duration (LD)." This last is done with itsa earlier itsa and ARCU CDEINR
by the auditor.
The pc who is being audited over a PTP won't be making any gains. They
quickly evaporate. The C/S orders "To a Scientology auditor for a GF to F/N.
Check problems and being audited over problems."
101
When a pc is a bit nasty to the auditor or Examiner, he is of course
being audited over withholds. The C/S is "To a Scientology auditor for a GF to
F/N. Then check and pull all withholds and check if the pc has been audited
over withholds."
PHYSICALLY ILL PCs
When a pc is ill or has a history of illness you get him/her medical
attention and apply HCOB 24 July 69R, SERIOUSLY ILL PCs.
When a pc gets ill after auditing but the sessions look alright, you can
be pretty sure that the pc is being audited over out ruds so a C/S orders "To
a Scientology auditor for a GF to F/N. Assess GF 40 and handle any out ruds
found in that assessment first."
SPECIAL CASES
There may be some special versions of out ruds but they are all one
variety or another of out rud.
The pc himself can generate out ruds by lying to his New Era Dianetics
auditor. It still shows up as out ruds, withholds.
One pc (out of a hundred) said uniformly that "it was getting more solid"
to escape each incident, got himself into a jump chain situation continually
and became very ill indeed. This also operated as a withhold in session. It
was not detectable in the worksheets except that the pc became ill. It came
out while flying ruds in a review session.
But generally pcs don't act up in sessions if the auditing is
straightforward and many get better even when audited over all kinds of out
ruds.
When a C/S begins to be mystified concerning some pc, why betterment isn't
occurring -- why the pc's manifestations and remarks never change -- or the pc
becomes ill, then only three things need to be done. And all three should be
ordered by the C/S.
1. Medical exam and any treatment.
2. Review to straighten up all out ruds.
3. New Era Dianetics auditing, using both Narrative R3RA Quad and full
Preassessment procedure on troubled areas.
ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT FORM
There is one other flub a bit maddening to a C/S.
When the C/S says "Assess existing lists or add" and the auditor says no
items, it is quite often an auditor flub, a special kind of 8 above --
misassessment.
One green auditor took 3 pcs in a row and could find no item, concluding
that each of the 3 pcs were done with Dianetics! It turned out that the
auditor's TR 1 was so bad the pcs couldn't hear her!
Another auditor didn't have his meter plugged in and another one was found
never to have done any meter drills.
Aside from getting the pc asked what the auditor did, which also should
be done when it's obvious there should have been an item and wasn't, the C/S
should order "Do a new Original Assessment Form" when the old list F/Ns or
draws a blank even when properly assessed.
102
The pc can also be sent to the Examiner to be asked if there is anything
not handled. The pc may give an area of interest. If there is one, but it
hasn't read, the C/S should send the pc to a Scientology auditor for GF to F/N
and probably a GF 40RD Expanded and handle. Then one can get the area asked
about in Review and Suppress and Protest put in on it and back to Dianetics.
EXTERIOR
Some pcs go exterior and the auditor may have missed it and continued
auditing over it. Auditing past exterior can drive the TA high (or low) and
the pc may become very upset and/or ill.
C/S for an L3RF to be done to determine if the pc has gone exterior. If
so... and the pc has never had an Int RD the C/S would order an Interiorization
Rundown. The Int Rundown stabilizes the exteriorization and makes it possible
to audit the pc further.
Additionally, the pc could have had an Int RD that was messed up. This
would ... be determined by an L3RF and if found the C/S would be for an Int RD
Correction List.... (If Int had been done and previously corrected, the C/S
would order an End of Endless Int Repair RD (HCOB 24 Sep 78) after first
having the pc's folders FESed to ensure there were no unhandled Int errors
present.) The Int RD and its correction must be turned over to a trained
Scientology auditor.
When any Int actions, the Int RD, Int RD Correction or the End of Endless
Int Repair RD, as needed, has been successfully completed, put the pc back on
Dianetics.
I have personally C/Sed a vast number of Dianetic sessions and the above
is all I had to do or know to keep them all going well.
If you look for tricky processes in Dianetics to "solve" some case, you
will make a bad error as a C/S. They all come under the above data.
Good luck.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:rs.ldm.ei.rd.lfg.dr
Copyright $c 1969, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
103
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=17/10/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=20/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
DRUGS,
ASPIRIN AND TRANQUILIZERS
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
Class VIII
Checksheet
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 17 OCTOBER 1969RA
REVISED 19 JULY 1978
RE-REVISED 20 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo (Revisions in this type style)
Dn Checksheet
Class VIII
Checksheet
DRUGS,
ASPIRIN AND TRANQUILIZERS
(Note: This Bulletin has been revised to align with
New Era Dianetics Series Bulletins, in particular
HCOB 15 July 71RA (II, Rev. 27 June 78 Re-rev.
19 Sept 78, C/S Series 48RA, New Era Dianetics
Series 9R, DRUG HANDLING.)
I have just made a real breakthrough on the action of pain-killers (known
as aspirin, tranquilizers, hypnotics, soporifics).
It has never been known in chemistry or medicine exactly how or why these
things worked. Such compositions are derived by accidental discoveries that
"such and so depresses pain."
The effects of existing compounds are not uniform in result and often
have very bad side effects.
As the reason they worked was unknown very little advance has been made in
biochemistry. If the reason they worked were known and accepted possibly
chemists could develop some actual ones which had minimal side effects.
We will leave the fact that this could be the medical biochemical
discovery of the century and let the Nobel Prizes continue to go to the
inventors of nose drops and new ways to kill and simply ourselves use it.
Biochemical tech is not up to the point at this time that it can utilize it.
Pain or discomfort of a psychosomatic nature comes from mental image
pictures. These are created by the thetan or living beings and impinge or
press against the body.
By actual clinical test, the actions of aspirin and other pain
depressants are to:
A. INHIBIT THE ABILITY OF THE THETAN TO CREATE MENTAL IMAGE PICTURES
and also
B. TO IMPEDE THE ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY OF NERVE CHANNELS.
Both of these facts have a vital effect on processing.
If you process someone who has lately been on drugs, including aspirin,
you will not be able to run out the Dianetic engram chains properly because
they are not being fully created.
If you process someone immediately after taking aspirin for instance, you
probably will not be able to find or assess the somatics that need to be run
out to handle the condition. For the next day after taking the aspirin or drug
the mental image pictures may not be fully available.
104
In the case of chronic drug taking, the drugs must be wholly worn off and
out of the system and the engrams of drug taking must be run out in their
entirety, triple or quad flow. If this is not done, auditing will be trying to
handle chains that aren't being fully created by the thetan.
In the case of auditing someone who has taken drugs -- aspirin,
etc. -- within the last few hours or two or three days, the chains of
engrams definitely will be found not fully created and therefore not
available.
This would all be fine except for three things:
1. Auditing under these conditions is very difficult. The TA may be high
and will not come down. One gets "erasures" at TA 4.0 with an "F/N." Auditing
errors become easy to make. The bank (chains) is jammed.
2. The thetan is rendered STUPID, blank, forgetful, delusive,
irresponsible. A thetan gets into a "wooden" sort of state, unfeeling,
insensitive, unable and definitely not trustworthy, a menace to his fellows
actually.
3. When the drugs wear off or start to wear off the ability to create
starts to return and TURNS ON SOMATICS MUCH HARDER. One of the answers a person
has for this is MORE drugs. To say nothing of heroin, there are, you know,
aspirin addicts. The compulsion stems from a desire to get rid of the somatics
and unwanted sensations again. There is also something of dramatization of the
engrams already gotten from earlier drug taking. The being gets more and more
wooden, requiring more and more quantity and more frequent use.
Sexually it is common for someone on drugs to be very stimulated at
first. This is the "procreate before death" impulse as drugs are a poison. But
after the original sexual "kicks" the stimulation of sexual sensation becomes
harder and harder to achieve. The effort to achieve it becomes obsessive while
it itself is less and less satisfying.
The cycle of drug restimulation of pictures (or creation in general) can
be at first to increase creation and then eventually to inhibit it totally.
If one were working on this biochemically the least harmful pain
depressant would be one that inhibited the creation of mental image pictures
with minimal resulting "woodenness" or stupidity and which was body soluble so
that it passed rapidly out of the nerves and system. There are no such
biochemical preparations at this time.
These tests and experiments tend to prove that the majority of pain and
discomfort does come from mental image pictures and that these are immediately
created.
Erasure of a mental image picture by standard Dianetic processing removes
the compulsion to create it.
Drugs chemically inhibit the creation but inhibit as well the erasure.
When the drug has worn off the picture audited while it was in force can
return.
The E-Meter tone arm under drugs or on a drug case can go very high -- TA
4.0 TA 5.0. It can also be dropped to "dead thetan" (a false Clear read).
Auditing a person on drugs can obtain an "erasure" and "F/N" at TA 4.0.
But the erasure is only apparent and must be "rehabbed" (verified or redone)
when the person is off drugs.
Any habitual drug taker, applying for auditing while still on drugs is
handled per New Era Dianetics Series 2R NEW ERA DIANETICS FULL PC PROGRAM
OUTLINE and New Era Dianetics Series 9R DRUG HANDLING.
105
A full drug handling program as the very first action would be done on
the case. (This includes Objective Processes, Sweat Out Program if LSD or
Angel Dust have been taken, Hard TRs Course, Narrative R3RA running of each
reading drug, medicine or alcohol, the preassessment of each reading drug,
medicine or alcohol and the prior assessment followed by additional Objective
Processes.)
TRs and Objective processing will ease the withdrawal symptoms of the
habitual drug user. (This includes alcohol.) Even though drug steps are in
progress, do not consider the drug has worn off until 6 weeks have passed.
A person who has taken aspirin or other drugs within the past 24 hours or
the past week should be given a week to "dry out" before more auditing is
given.
Auditing assists can and should be given whenever needed despite the pcs
having taken drugs. The erasure of any engram chains run would then be
verified after the drug has worn off. (This can be up to 6 weeks for certain
drugs and medications such as anesthetics.)
No alcohol may be consumed within 24 hours before an auditing session and
where alcohol consumption has been excessive, the drying out period would be
extended to several days or a week.
It is not fatal to audit over drugs. It is just difficult, the results
may not be lasting and need to be verified afterwards.
Chronic drug takers who have not had drugs specifically handled may go
back to drugs after auditing as they were too drugged during auditing to get
rid of what was bothering them and which drove them to drugs.
With the enemies of various countries using widespread drug addiction as
a defeatist mechanism, with pain-killers so easily available and so
ineffective, drugs is a serious auditing problem.
It can be handled. But when aspirin, that innocent seeming pain-killer,
can produce havoc in auditing if not detected, the subject needs care and
knowledge.
The above data will keep the auditor clear of the pitfalls of this
hazard.
To paraphrase an old quote, we used to have iron men and wooden ships. We
now have a drug society and wooden citizens.
I've been studying this for over a year and a half and have made the
breakthrough.
Drug companies would be advised to do better research.
And auditors are advised to ask any pc, "Have you been taking any drugs
or aspirin?"
The medical aspect is an understandable wish to handle pain. Doctors
should press for better drugs to do this that do not have such lamentable side
effects. The formula of least harmfulness is above.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ldm.ei.rd.dr.nc
Copyright $c 1969, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
106
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=5/11/69
Volnum=0
Issue=5
Rev=1
rDate=4/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
LX3 (ATTITUDES)
Class IV Grad
Checksheets
Snr Class VI
Checksheets
C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 NOVEMBER 1969R
Class IV Grad Issue V
Checksheets (HCOB 4 Aug 69 Amended and Revised)
Snr Class VI REVISED 4 SEPTEMBER 1978
Checksheets
C/Ses (Revisions in this type style)
LX3 (ATTITUDES)
(Used before LX2)
Reference: HCOB 2 Aug 69R "LX" LISTS
HCOB 26 Jun 78RA New Era Dianetics Series 6RA
Issue II URGENT IMPORTANT ROUTINE 3RA
ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
HCOB 20 Sep 78 LX LIST HANDLING
Issue II
3 Way or Quad Recall
3 Way or Quad Engrams R3RA
Date: ________________________________________
Pc Name: _____________________________________
Treachery _________
Disloyalty _________
Helplessness _________
Hostility _________
Rudeness _________
Cruelty _________
Disobedience _________
Rebelliousness _________
Wastefulness _________
Stinginess _________
Cowardliness _________
Dirtiness _________
Ungodliness _________
Wickedness _________
Cunning _________
Criticism _________
Falsity _________
Pretense _________
Glee _________
Laughter _________
Mockery _________
Embarrassment _________
Feeling Hurt _________
Oppressive _________
Ridicule _________
Good _________
Persecution _________
Betrayal _________
Guilt _________
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ldm.rs.rd.kjm Founder
Copyright $c 1969, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
107
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=15/11/69
Volnum=0
Issue=1
Rev=1
rDate=27/7/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
IMPORTANT AND URGENT
CASE SUPERVISION
AUDITING AND RESULTS
Remimeo
Class VIIIs
Dn Auditors
Dn Checksheet
Class VIII
Checksheet
Interne
Checksheets
All Classes
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 NOVEMBER 1969R
Issue I
REVISED 27 JULY 1978
Remimeo (Revisions in this type style)
Class VIIIs (Ellipses indicate deletions)
Dn Auditors
Dn Checksheet
Class VIII
Checksheet IMPORTANT AND URGENT
Interne
Checksheets
All Classes CASE SUPERVISION
AUDITING AND RESULTS
The whole "secret" of producing high case gain and total results with New
Era Dianetics and Scientology auditing lies in the following:
NEW ERA DIANETICS RESULTS
When an auditor can produce exact auditing on New Era Dianetics you know
he can audit.
New Era Dianetics is a very simple, precise procedure. The major errors
are:
(a) misassessment (inability to use a meter usually but out TRs can do it)
(b) taking narrative items and running them as somatic chains
(c) forcing a pc toward "earlier incident" when it required "earlier
beginning" making the pc jump chains
(d) fumbling commands
(e) out TRs.
An auditor's poor TRs and corny errors such as above will prevent New Era
Dianetics results.
But the New Era Dianetics auditing is so simple THAT IT DEMONSTRATES
CLEANLY WHETHER THE PERSON CAN AUDIT OR NOT.
This is not true of Scientology auditing particularly VI, VII and VIII.
Here the procedure is more complex. The errors of the auditor are obscured in
the possibility of a wrong C/S or a complex pc. Thus whether the auditor can
audit or not, just as an auditor, is obscured.
Thus, with the auditor as a variable factor, the tech can look variable.
Therefore you can lay down this rule as truth and it will be truth until
the end of time:
If a IV, V, VI, VII or VIII cannot produce invariably excellent results
his basic auditing is deficient but obscured by the complexity of material.
Therefore it is vital that an auditor be a proven result -- getting New
Era Dianetics auditor before any result can be expected of him in his/her
Scientology auditing.
108
We have now had several dark mysteries cleared up on this subject with
many examples. For instance in 1969 when Standard Dianetics was introduced one
auditor who had been thought a competent VI and had been "auditing" for years
was found to be getting too many failed pcs; he was trained up as a Standard
Dianetic auditor and on his first sessions it was found that he could not
produce Standard Dianetic results; he was vigorously groomed on his TRs which
were wildly out and always had been and made to do the very exact businesslike
procedure of Standard Dianetics. He then got excellent Standard Dianetic
results session after session on his pc and could be designated as a very good
Dianetic auditor. He was briefly retreaded on his Scientology materials and at
once could get terrific results with upper level Scientology.
From this we can state without any fear of contradiction by your future
experience that:
An VIII who is not a proven ... Dianetic auditor as well is not dependable
as an auditor no matter who trained him.
The practice of loosely certifying HNEDAs without total proof that they
get excellent uniform session results on Dianetic pcs can foul up the whole
field and jeopardize the entire auditing future of the student. To certify a
New Era Dianetics auditor who doesn't get provenly excellent... Dianetic
results is an act of treason against all that person's future pcs and all the
rest of us.
If tech is "out" in an area it will be because some of the auditors,
whatever their class, are not capable of delivering simple Dianetic sessions,
regardless of the level at which they are auditing. And out tech will be
compounded if the Case Supervisor is not also an excellent New Era Dianetics
auditor for he won't know the errors for which to look.
When you can really dig this and know it and get it in practice the bulk
of out tech and "failed pcs" in an area will vanish.
I know it is sometimes hard to achieve a simplicity as simple as New Era
Dianetics but when it is done, tech worries from there on up are over.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:rs.ei.rd.lfg
Copyright $c 1969, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
109
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=23/11/69
Volnum=0
Issue=3
Rev=3
rDate=4/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
Class VIII
Class VIII
Checksheet
Course Supervisors
Registrars
Dianetic Checksheet
Dianetic Auditors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 NOVEMBER 1969RB
Remimeo Issue III
Class VIII REVISED 3 AUGUST 1978
Class VIII RE-REVISED 4 SEPTEMBER 1978
Checksheet
Course Supervisors (Revisions in this type style)
Registrars
Dianetic Checksheet
Dianetic Auditors
(This Bulletin has been revised to align with New
Era Dianetics tech. The Dianetic Student Rescue
Intensive is given in HCOB 2 July 1978 New Era
Dianetics Series 11, DIANETIC STUDENT RESCUE
INTENSIVE. There are, additionally, Scientology
steps to the Student Rescue Intensive, which can
be done by a trained Scientology auditor. These
steps are contained herein, to give you additional
Student Rescue Intensive steps you can do on your
pc if you are a Class III or above Scientology
auditor AND a New Era Dianetics auditor.)
STUDENT RESCUE INTENSIVE
In working with a student, a supervisor found that engrams and secondaries
gather around the subject of study and developed some material on it which I
tested and redeveloped.
He said:
"The subject of study has been abound with 'authorities' and booby-traps
forever and a day, but until Ron researched this field of human endeavor and
published his findings on tapes, HCOBs and Policy Letters, nobody has EVER
made any progress toward the resolution of study itself as a problem.
"In this very day and age we find physical punishments of students the
rule rather than the exception, and even the use of instruments like canes,
sticks, shoes and such like articles in order to 'teach' a student (create
'ARC') is accepted as normal practice.
"The phenomena of secondaries and engrams resulting thereof, which inhibit
study are not known about or completely ignored, and often handled by a
further duress.
"And many a once bright keen young student throws in his study in despair
and goes to the nearest oculist for even stronger lenses in his glasses to
help his ruined eyesight.
"THE SUBJECT, THE VERY IDEA OF STUDY ITSELF HAS BECOME TRAUMATIC, IT IS AN
AREA OF LOSSES AND PHYSICAL PAINS."
The Class VIII C/S can be audited by a Class III who is also a New Era
Dianetics auditor.
1. Fly a rud to F/N.
2. Do Remedy A on Dianetics or Scientology.
(Omit if student has had one.)
110
3. Do Remedy B.
(Omit if student has had one.)
(Ref: Book of Case Remedies
HCOB 9 Nov 67 Review Auditor's Book of Case Remedies
Revision of Remedy A, Remedy B and S and Ds)
4. Assess:
Being Trained Education
Being Educated Schools
Study Teachers
Learning Enforcement
Stress Misunderstoods
5. Prepcheck best reading item.
This completes the Scientology steps of the Student Rescue Intensive.
DIANETIC STUDENT RESCUE INTENSIVE
6. Take the item found in 4 above and do a preassessment on it.
7. Find the running item, using standard preassessment procedure. (Ref:
HCOB 18 Jun 78 New Era Dianetics Series 4 ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET
THE ITEM.)
8. Run out the item you have found in Step 7, R3RA Quad (or Triple if pc
is not yet Quaded).
9. Repeat the preassessment on the original item found in Step 4 and
repeat Steps 7 and 8 on that item.
10. Continue reassessing the Preassessment List on the original item and
running out R3RA Quad the best reading running item until there are no
further reads on the preassessment of that original item.
The intensive should be concluded when the pc is now happy about study.
PROMOTING STUDENT RESCUE INTENSIVES
Any org or course has on it some slow students or students who easily
dope off while attempting to study, or students who become upset by study or
try to blow.
A registrar should periodically obtain a list of these and see that they
are sold a Student Rescue Intensive.
A Student Rescue Intensive is not run until the pc has been completed up
to Action Eleven of the New Era Dianetics Full Pc Program Outline (HCOB 22 Jun
78 New Era Dianetics Series 2) as it would interrupt his program because
drugs, if he has taken any, are a probable contributory cause to being unable
to study. Also the Student Rescue Intensive is not a substitute for proper
Word Clearing of Dianetic, Scientology and earlier courses and training. It
does, however, make the latter much more effective.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:dr
Copyright $c 1969, 1973, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
111
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=21/12/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
SOLO AUDITING AND R6EW
OTL DK to issue
to all SHs
and AOs
Ltr Reg's Hats
Reg's Hats
Tech Sec
OES
To Master Files WW
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 DECEMBER 1969
OTL DK to issue
to all SHs
and AOs
Ltr Reg's Hats
Reg's Hats
Tech Sec
OES
To Master Files WW SOLO AUDITING AND R6EW
(Cancels Base Order No. 9 which removed HDC
as a prerequisite of R6EW Solo)
The problems of a person on Solo not knowing how to audit gives us a
great deal of trouble in AOs as well as SHs.
The R6EW checksheet has been several times revised and at one time
incorrectly has included all kinds of implants to study. Also, the materials
to be audited have in the past erroneously been issued as part of the R6EW
study pack.
In all such Solo courses the person is trot issued what he will
eventually audit on until he has completed the study pack. He then attests or
is examined and having passed, he is given a review session to, mainly, fly
his ruds. He is then issued the auditing materials and gets on with his Solo.
Where this sequence is violated trouble occurs.
We have also had people glance at the materials to be audited, pick out
something that strikes their interest and then go and attest leaving an out
grade.
The troubles on Solo courses are
1. Has no real training as an auditor.
2. Is given unnecessary or unhelpful materials to study.
3. Is issued the auditing materials he will Solo audit before he attests
to the study materials.
4. Wasn't ready for the grade and will use it to cure an ARC break or
ingrown eyelids, these not having been handled in earlier auditing.
5. Doesn't actually audit the Solo materials but attests leaving an out
grade.
The above are, by experience, a general rundown of the problems having to
do with all Solo grades.
They begin with R6EW. When this is out they have trouble from there on.
The essence of this course is that one is trying to make a SOLO auditor,
not a person who can audit others.
In 1969 I ordered the HDC materials to go on the R6EW checksheet. Someone
re-interpreted this as "The Dianetics Course is a requisite for R6EW Solo"
which is wild.
People enrolling on this course are going the SOLO route. There are 2
routes, called the SOLO and the PROFESSIONAL.
112
Solo auditors must have meter lessons and other theory so they know about
mental image pictures. They must also do actual Solo sessions well BEFORE GOING
NEAR THE MATERIALS OF THE GRADE.
Thus the Solo Course R6EW breaks down into these requisites:
1. The person as a case to have had all grades up to the level including
Dianetics Triples, any other Scn auditing like Class VI auditors use,
Scientology Triples, Acceleration and POWER. If the student hasn't got all
these he'll never make it as a CASE on Solo. Thus (1) is GET GRADES DONE BELOW
R6EW.
2. The Solo student must be trained on the meter, about the time track, mental
image pictures and any other theory needful without
(a) trying to teach him a full Academy Course or
(b) denying him vital data needed in Solo.
He must for instance be able to fly his ruds. So (2) is GET THEORY IN AND
ADEQUATELY LEARNED.
3. The student must be able to do Solo auditing drills which would begin with
drills such as the E-Meter book drills done Solo. These include keeping the
admin properly. So (3) is PRACTICAL SOLO DRILLS.
4. The student needs to do actual auditing Solo which help him and his case.
These would include running a light lock, cleaning up an ARC break, handling a
PTP, doing a clean up on overts (rather than W/Hs). Such sessions would have
to go to a Supervisor, each one, for C/Sing. When he can actually handle
himself Solo, he is then and only then finished with his training. IF HE STILL
CAN'T SOLO AUDIT, REQUIRE A FULL HDC COURSE BE TAKEN. So (4) is PROVE HE CAN
SOLO AUDIT.
5. The student is now issued his auditing materials for the grade. These MUST
NOT BE INCLUDED IN THE STUDY PACK AS HE WILL SELF-AUDIT ON THEM AND NOT GET
TRAINED. So (5) is ONLY ISSUE THE GRADE MATERIAL WHEN ALL STUDY IS COMPLETE.
6. When the auditing is done, or session by session as C/S is available, and
the student is seen to have actually done it by folder he is permitted to
attest. So (6) is DON'T PERMIT ATTESTATION WITHOUT CONFIRMATION OF ACTUAL
AUDITING.
The checksheets and actions of R6EW (and any other Solo course or grade)
must be in keeping with these stipulations or there will be no adequate result
from Solo grades.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:rs
Copyright $c 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
113
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=27/2/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
GROUP ENGRAM PROCESS
UK Stn Ship
Only
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 FEBRUARY 1970
UK Stn Ship
Only
GROUP ENGRAM PROCESS
A group is composed of individuals. If they have a group engram it only
has force because of basics on that subject in their banks. Thus, if they are
cleaned up on the general subject, the general group engram should blow off
and disappear.
This, therefore, is done on every member of the group.
LISTING, NULLING and TRS MUST BE FLAWLESS.
(1) Do the Info Sheet provided below.
(2) Fly a rud to F/N. If TA high get it down by listing "What has been
overrun?" to a BD item and rehab it to F/N.
(3) List by laws of listing and nulling but be sure to get a BD item,
which F/Ns, the question "What is the greatest overt you have ever
committed on the whole track?" The list may be rather long.
(4) Now run (despite F/N) "What ARC break occurred just before that?" Use
ARCU and CDEI. Desist on this step at the first F/N cog VGIs.
(5) Now list, "What is the most unwanted change experienced by this or
another org?" By L & N to a BD item and F/N.
(6) "What ARC break was connected with that?"
(7) Now list the question by L & N "What purpose has failed?" This should
be to a BD item. It will F/N and the pc cognite and GIs.
(8) "What ARC break was connected with that?" ARCU CDEI to F/N VGIs.
Note to auditor -- if you can't get it to F/N prepcheck it but if correct
items all above lists really should F/N.
Info Sheet
Org Name _________________________________________________
Name of Member (Print) ___________________________________
Level or Grade of case ___________________________________
TA at Start ________________ Needle behavior _____________________
General attitude to auditor _____________________________________
The session should be rapid and deft. Do not however overwhelm by
chopping comm. Follow "End Phenomena and F/N" data as per recent HCOB
20 February 70. This is particularly important in the "Greatest Overt"
process as pc gets introverted in listing.
In doing this on group members who are being called in, it is important to
inform them "This is not a Sec Check. It is a new process being run to help
the org." This can be posted on the board. Do NOT tell them you are running a
group engram as they will become enturbulated, self-list, etc.
Any pc who is sick a day or two afterward has had a wrong item given him
or her.
On members of the group not previously audited by anyone, Tech Services
for the operation should do the Info Sheet using a meter for TA and needle
state and not put the person through to actual session but info the D of T to
get the person audited on Dianetics.
LRH:jz L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1970 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
114
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=11/3/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
IMPORTANT NOTE ON GROUP
ENGRAM INTENSIVE
UK Stn Ship
Only
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 MARCH 1970
UK Stn Ship
Only IMPORTANT NOTE ON GROUP
ENGRAM INTENSIVE
A pc who is on a specific cycle of auditing should never have it
interrupted to do another cycle. This is an invariable rule. Complete an
auditing cycle once begun.
Example: Pc in the middle of having flows 2 and 3 run on Dianetics, given
a Group Engram Intensive before Dn Triples completed. The Group Engram
Intensive tends to collide with the cycle already in progress and the TA goes
high at Examiner.
There are certain basic rules that make standard tech, standard tech. One
of them is complete an auditing cycle before beginning another.
Doing "whole org" auditing actions can collide with this unless it is
watched.
LRH:nt L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1970 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=15/3/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
DOUBLE FOLDER DANGER
Class VIII
Class VIII
Checksheet
Class VIII C/S
Checksheet
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Class VIII HCO BULLETIN OF 15 MARCH 1970
Class VIII
Checksheet
Class VIII C/S DOUBLE FOLDER DANGER
Checksheet
When a pre-OT has a Solo and an auditing folder, both, there is a great
danger if the Case Supervisor does not look at BOTH before C/Sing.
There has been an instance of a pre-OT running strange C/Ses on himself.
Another ran C/Ses out of other folders on himself. In both cases the
consequences were hard to repair when finally found.
In another case in the Solo folder the pre-OT had gone exterior with full
perception. But the non-Solo auditing folder was being C/Sed. The TA shot up
for 2 months without any C/S except myself calling for all folders.
Pre-OTs unfortunately run on a Solo folder and an audited folder. Unless
both are to hand when C/Sing wild errors can be made by the C/S.
There is also the case of a person having two audited folders, being
C/Sed at the same time. This is an admin error.
The firm rule is C/S ONLY WITH ALL FOLDERS TO HAND.
The embarrassing situation where one can't get a folder from another org
or field auditor or where the old folder is lost has to be made up for
somehow. It mustn't halt auditing totally.
LRH:dr.wa L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1970 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
115
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=25/6/70
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=2
rDate=6/10/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 12RA
GLOSSARY OF C/S TERMS
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 25 JUNE 1970RA
Issue II
Remimeo REVISED 6 OCTOBER 1978
(Revisions in this type style)
C/S Series 12RA
GLOSSARY OF C/S TERMS
Ref: HCOB 5 Apr 77 Expanded Grades
HCOB 24 Sept 78 Dianetic Clear
Issue III
HCOB 22 June 78R NED Series 2R
New Era Dianetics Full
Pc Program Outline
RECOVERY PROGRAM: The pack of
LRH EDs 100 Int 10 May 70 Lower Grades Upgraded
102 Int 20 May 70 The Ideal Org
103 Int 21 May 70 Fast Flow Grades Cancelled
104 Int 2 Jun 70 Auditing Sales and Delivery
Pgm No. 1
106 Int 3 Jun 70 What Was Wrong
107 Int 3 Jun 70 Orders to Divisions for
Immediate Compliance
10 SH 6 Jun 70 SH Pcs
108 Int 11 Jun 70 Auditing Mystery Solved
101 Int 21 Jun 70 Popular Names of Developments
comprising the program to recover full use and results of EXPANDED LOWER
GRADES.
PROGRESS PROGRAM:
What is called a "Repair Program" on the first issue of the C/S Series
HCOB just being issued is renamed a PROGRESS PROGRAM. It has been found that
case gain which has not been earlier achieved can be consolidated by a
PROGRESS PROGRAM. It takes 25 hours, can be done by a Class I or above as long
as it is C/Sed by an VIII who has starrated on the new C/S Series. This is
quite a technical development in itself. It is the answer to a pc who had
"Quickie Grades" and didn't actually reach full abilities in earlier
Scientology auditing. It is followed by an Advance Program which follows
below.
ADVANCE PROGRAM:
This is what was called a "Return Program" in the C/S Series. The name is
being changed from "Return" to "Advance" as more appropriate. It gets the pc
really up to where he should be. It may take 50 hours or more.
EXPANDED LOWER GRADES:
Pcs won't like being told they "have to have their lower grades rerun."
Actually that's not a factual statement anyway. The lower grades harmonic into
the OT Levels.
116
They can be run again with full 1950-1960 to 1970 processes as given on the SH
courses all through the 1960s. These are now regrouped and sorted out and are
called EXPANDED LOWER GRADES. See also HCOB 5 April 77, Expanded Grades and
HCOB 22 June 78R, New Era Dianetics Series 2R, NED Full Pc Program Outline.
There are no Dianetic or Scientology single or "Quickie" lower grades
anymore.
DIANETIC CLEAR:
The state of Clear can be achieved on Dianetics.
It is not however attained by feeding people cognitions, Clears are made
through auditing.
The state of Dianetic Clear means the pc has erased his Dianetic case or
mental image pictures.
The discovery that a Dianetic Clear must not be run on engrams, R3RA or any
version of R3A, results in an expansion of the Non-interference Zone.
After Dianetic Clear, you can run Grades O-IV. You do not run the pc on
the R3RA section of the flew Service Fac handling, however. He can be given
Touch or Contact Assists (as can Clears and OTs), but not a Dianetic Auditing
Assist nor any Dianetic auditing.
A Dianetic Clear is not run on Power, R6EW or the Clearing Course, but goes
directly onto OT 1 (after doing the Solo Auditor Course).
CLASSIFICATION CHART:
This chart "Classification and Gradation Chart" has been reissued many
times. All issues are more or less valid. To save print, the process run
column appears in "Processes Taught" on the auditor side of the chart. All
these processes and more are used in Expanded Lower Grades. The chart is
valid.
QUICKIE GRADES:
Persons were too demanding to be done quickly. On many cases these grades
as given were valid but a large number of cases needed Expanded Lower Grades.
20 minutes from Grade 0 to IV and 5 minutes Power was far more than many could
stand up to. These need a PROGRESS PGM and an ADVANCE PGM. This is true of
persons at VA or R6EW or on CC or OT Levels. All these who haven't fully made
it need a PROGRESS PGM and an ADVANCE PGM "to pick up all the latent gain
they missed."
DIANETIC PCS:
Dianetic pcs should be audited on New Era Dianetics until no somatics,
then go up through Quad or Expanded Lower Grades to Power, R6EW, Clearing
Course and OT Levels.
TRAINING:
Any pc who has trouble needs training and the amount of time required in
Expanded Lower Grades and so on makes it cheaper to be trained.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:sb.rd.nc Founder
Copyright $c 1970, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
117
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=30/6/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=9/4/77
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 13RA
VIII ACTIONS
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 30 JUNE 1970RA
RE-REVISED 9 APRIL 1977
Remimeo
C/S Series 13RA
VIII ACTIONS
(GF 40, IV Rundown, VIII Case Supervision.)
Inevitably, when any new approach or process is released, some will
instantly assume that all "older" (actually more basic) data has been
cancelled. There is no statement to that effect. It is not guessed that this
will be assumed and so we could lose an entire subject.
We did in fact lose Dianetics for a decade and all but lost Scientology in
the following ten years.
A subject can be reorganized and made more workable. That was done in 1969
for Dianetics. BUT IT HAD NEVER BEEN UNWORKABLE!
The 1969 Dianetics reorganization refined the 1962-63 discoveries of R-3-
R. A better communication was made to the user and the preclear.
Amazingly, the reissue of Dianetics as Standard Dianetics caused about a
dozen people (even in high places unfortunately) to at once assume that
Dianetics wiped out any need for Power, Scientology clearing or anything else!
Even an unauthorized Policy Letter, (not signed by me) and an HCOB (also not
signed by me) gave this impression. They were of course cancelled the instant
they were discovered to have been sent out.
This idea that the "old" is always cancelled by anything "new" has its
root in the idea that a later order cancels earlier orders, which is true. But
orders are one thing and tech basics another.
What if, in the science of physics, a book by Professor Glumph came out,
omitting the three laws of motion and gravity. It is assumed then that
Newton's laws are no longer valid. Because they are old. (Newton lived between
1642 and 1727.) So some young student engineer is baffled because bridges have
weight and can't work out gravity or motion! And he and his fellows begin to
build without knowing these laws and there goes the whole of engineering and
the culture itself!
This is no fantasy. As a college student in upper math I was utterly
baffled by "calculus." I couldn't find out what it was for. Then I discovered
it had been developed by Sir Isaac Newton, examined the basics and got the
idea. My college text omitted all the basic explanations and even the
authorship of the subject! Calculus today is really not enough used because it
isn't understood.
Anyway, here's the main surprise: Until 1970 the whole of Scientology was
never in use in processing! Students had ridden along with the research line
up into the OT sections, discarding the ladder behind them. For nearly 3 years
an increasing proportion of preclears were not actually making it. The
gradient to get them onto the Bridge had been neglected as "old" when in fact
they were not "old" but BASIC.
The amazement of auditors (and their delight) when the HCOB on Auditors
Rights (C/S Series No. 1) was released indicated that they had become "process
oriented" with all the WHY gone.
118
VIII AUDITING
The 1968 VIII standardization aimed actually at good TRs, auditing
presence, and basics in auditor performance. VIII auditing was developed to
handle the OT band.
It is entirely valid. Its only omission was detailed actions now developed
as to how to handle a pc or pre-OT who had been pulled up the line and had
fallen on his head.
Out grades was spotted and discussed in detail in VIII auditing.
Giving lower grades fast was the only error. It was not realized in 1968
that end phenomena of lower grades was not being required.
The re-release of the entire band of Academy and Saint Hill materials in
1970 is a re-emphasis on the validity and necessity of using it ALL on pcs!
And in understanding the mind and life! And all this is quite welcome and very
successful. Not noticed is that this whole band was never before presented for
full use on all pcs. As I say 19501969 auditors had been riding with the
"newest and latest" because it was "popular." Only a few wise old-timers
continued to use the most basic actions.
But just as VIII auditing was an unauthorized signal to suppress all that
had been known before, so now, with the full release for use of Expanded Lower
Grades, a few began to say that VIII auditing was now "old"!
One assumes then that some like to be able to say that something is now
"old." Has a superior sort of ring to it, I guess. Anyway we'd better
disregard this tendency to retire basics. It is more amusing than otherwise.
So let's get on with the job.
RESISTIVE CASES
The RESISTIVE CASE Rundown is an VIII development TO HANDLE THOSE
WHO CANNOT MAKE THE GRADES.
It was put into the Green Form as GF 40 so as to preserve it.
To it could now be added "Overwhelmed." This would indicate need of
Repair (Progress) and Return (Advance) Programs. But many other indicators
exist already.
So when do you use a GF 40?
Let us say the pc has been run on Grade Zero. And at the Examiner cannot or
does not attest.
One would first look for simple auditing errors in recent sessions. These
would get reviewed and corrected.
One would then look for lower actions than Grade Zero that had been missed.
If it still seemed hard to figure out, one would use a GF 40, Resistive
Cases.
In essence, if one adds "Overwhelm" to the GF 40 list you have on it all
the reasons a pc won't advance IF he has been run on all processes up to that
point.
Overwhelm would indicate need of a Repair and Return.
Grade I, Problems, is the usual ordinary reason for no case advance.
Problems shows up as an out rud in GF 40 and is simply put in as a rud not
as a grade.
119
But if a Grade II or above has a problem??? That means Grade I is out.
GF 40 remains even more plainly as a "When all else fails."
It is used that way.
When a pc doesn't attest, and all has been done for him otherwise, you use
a GF 40.
This was its proper use in the first place.
All such materials except rapid or Quickie Grades are valid.
And (joke) these remarks on GF 40 Resistive Cases does not wipe out "Repair
and Return Programs."
IV RUNDOWN
The so-called IV Rundown as taught on the VIII Course is of course quite
valid.
Originally developed to catch cases that had somehow gotten up to OT III
and were falling on their heads, it is a collection of actions. It salvaged
many cases.
The missing datum was that in recent times these cases were falsely
reported to have had their lower grades. THEY, the cases themselves, said they
had "had lower grades." This made a mystery. The fact is, with multiple
declare (declaring 0 to IV to the Examiner all at one time mostly without any
mention of end phenomena of the grade) these cases were OUT GRADE in the
extreme.
The IV Rundown was an effort to catch it all up to make a real OT.
"Out Grades" didn't read as it didn't mean anything to the pc and besides
"they'd all been rehabbed a dozen times anyway." But nobody mentioned never
having attained any end phenomena and the Class Chart was never really gotten
IN IN IN in the first place.
You will find many pcs have had various parts of the "IV Rundown" run
earlier.
For awhile it was the fashion to use the IV Rundown or a part of it on any
balky case at any level. At OT IV (which was an audited step and none of it
really confidential) the C/S simply ordered run whatever was left of it not
already run.
Somewhere on the case all of the IV Rundown still should be run. But of
course that would now be on a Return (Advance) Program and well up the line.
If Repair-Return doesn't get a grade made this is the time to do a IV
Rundown. On (3) Valence Shifter - LX1, LX2, LX3 lists can be done in triple,
recall, secondary, engram. Earlier Practices, Former Therapy can also be
triple, recall, secondary, engram.
This is on Page 28 (not 23) of the original VIII Case Supervisor Manual
and part of it is also now GF 40.
If a case really needs this he won't be making a lower grade really so the
GF 40 or its slightly wider OT IV Rundown can be used.
To both, "Overwhelmed by auditing" should be added in any future issue to
indicate a needed repair action.
120
CASE SUPERVISOR ACTIONS
HCOB 10 Dec 1968 "Case Supervisor Actions" Confidential, VIIIs only, is
still valid. It remains confidential as it mentions some OT phenomena that
would spin a Grade VA. However, some VIII C/S is going to be told that
"Expanded Lower Grades changes all that." It doesn't.
Listen: In the next to last paragraph of the cover page of this manual
(HCOB 10 Dec 68) it says:
"Standard grades are not part of this set-up AS IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT
THE AUDITOR KNOWS THESE. Directions to do standard grades are written on a
blank sheet." (I have added the block letters for emphasis here.)
At the time this was written I had not discovered that lower grades were
gone out of use and I let be published Triple Grades which seemed to condense
all lower grades. The major process or major grade process may not be enough
to make a pc make a lower grade. I am sorry I gave any support at all to such
an idea by not examining the whole scene when it began to show up. I did find
it and did correct it however when auditing statistics over the world showed
the fault. (28 hours was the total weekly delivery of orgs!!)
If you add the dozens and dozens of lower grade processes as given in
Expanded Lower Grades to the VIII C/S HCOB of 10 Dec 68 and included this C/S
Series and its new development of Repair (Progress) and Return (Advance)
Programs you would have the whole package of C/Sing.
So the VIII actions are all valid.
Auditor classes below VIII have this C/S Series. The AO C/S Course adds
in the VIII actions as well.
Any C/S who does not know well The Original Thesis, Dianetics: The
Evolution of a Science, Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health,
Scientology 8-80 and Scientology 8-8008 will go badly astray. It is vital to
know these books and others in this area, to know what one is trying to
handle.
Class VI (SHSBC) tapes and bulletins are all valid and vital to lower
grade auditing and C/Sing.
I trust this gives the C/S some idea of what is still "in."
It all is.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Revised by CS-4/5
Approved by
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jE:dz.ot.dr
Copyright $c 1970, 1973, 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
121
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Revised by CS-4/5
Approved by
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=15/7/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=17/7/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
UNRESOLVED PAINS
Remimeo
Dianetic
Auditor
Dianetic
Checksheets
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 JULY 1970R
(Corrected and Reissued 25 Nov 1970)
Remimeo REVISED 17 JULY 1978
Dianetic
Auditor
Dianetic (Revisions in this type style)
Checksheets (Ellipsis indicates deletion)
UNRESOLVED PAINS
It occasionally happens that a pc's certain pain does not resolve on
Dianetics.
There are two reasons for this:
1. NOT ENOUGH AUDITING ON ENOUGH CHAINS.
Sooner or later the exact small piece of an engram "already run" shows up
on another chain later.
Example: Pain in an area of an operation occurs now and then again weeks,
months or years after the operation has been run out as an engram. Sooner or
later just on general auditing the missing bit of the operation shows up,
blows. Voila'! Pain gone forever.
This is peculiar especially to abdominal operations like an appendectomy.
The operation was run out. The scar stays puffy. The pc is occasionally ill
from it. Pc's conclusion is that Dianetics hasn't worked on it. More auditing
on other somatics (just general Dianetics) is given. One day the remaining bit
of the operation, hidden from view, apparently erased, shows up, blows. Pc now
fine.
A reason for this is "overburden" in that the incident was too charged in
one place to be confronted. As the whole case is unburdened, confront comes
up. The piece that was missing (and giving the pain) blows.
There is no way of forcing it. In fact it would be fatal to try.
The other reason for it is that the missing bit causing the pain is a
different somatic like "a chest compression." This bit of the operation had
another basic than the one run.
The answer to a persistent or recurring somatic in an injured area is
always more Dianetic auditing.... Persistent, chronic and recurring somatics
are handled fully with New Era Dianetics Series tech.
Reference: HCOB 28 July 71R New Era Dianetics Series 8
Rev. 25.6.78 DIANETICS, BEGINNING A PC ON
HCOB 78 June 78 New Era Dianetics Series 4
ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM
HCOB 26 June 78 New Era Dianetics Series 6
Issue II ROUTINE 3RA, ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
HCOB 11 Sept 70R CHRONIC SOMATIC, DIANETIC HANDLING OF
C/S Series 18R
HCOB 16 Aug 70R GETTING THE F/N TO EXAMINER
C/S Series 15R
2. SYMPATHETIC NERVOUS SYSTEM PAINS.
There are two sides to the body. As you learn in Touch Assists, if the
right hand is injured you include also the left hand.
Body nerves conduct pain. The two sides of the body interlock. Pain gets
stopped in the nerves.
If the right elbow is hurt the LEFT elbow will have echoed the pain.
122
Example, you find a pc with a pain in the left elbow. You try to audit a
left elbow chain. It doesn't fully resolve.
If you ran injuries to the RIGHT elbow, suddenly there's a somatic going
through the left elbow! It gets well.
This is the sympathetic nervous system. The right ear, injured, also gets
echoes with a somatic in the left ear. You audit the right ear only. Pc comes
up with a sore left ear!
You can actually direct a pc's attention to it (non-standard but a research
technique) and he can find where the uninjured ear echoed the injured ear.
Where you can't fully repair a crippled left leg, don't be surprised to
find it was the right leg that was hurt.
You audit the left leg somatic in vain. If you do, start auditing somatics
in the OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE BODY.
TOOTHACHE
The mystery of toothache is resolved in both 1 and 2 above, especially 2.
The pain is concentrated on the left upper molar. You audit it in vain.
Toothache persists.
Look at the pc's mouth. Has the RIGHT upper molar ever been pulled or
injured? Yes. That's how the left molar began to decay. The right upper molar
was pulled. The pain (especially under the pain-killer on the right side only)
backed up and stopped on the opposite side. Eventually the left upper molar,
under that stress, a year or ten later, caves in and aches.
Mysterious as it wasn't injured. Mysterious as the opposite molar is long
gone, doesn't hurt anymore.
When a toothache does not resolve in auditing, audit the opposite tooth on
the other side. You can actually do it by count of teeth.
It's sort of auditing a no somatic.
Pc in misery with right upper molar. No pain on left side. Audit an injury
he had on the left side (it will read on the meter also). Voila'! The
toothache that wouldn't go away eases up!
The fellow who has the exact opposite teeth pulled (upper right
wisdom, upper left wisdom) is in for it as there is a constant
cross-play. Makes the mouth odd and pressury. Both sides are reacting
to the other side!
Dentists often note the strange pressure, "bursting feelings," a patient
has when a tooth "needs pulling." This is the stress in the nerves from an
injury which occurred on the opposite side!
An auditor can audit a right side tooth in vain unless he knows enough to
audit THE OTHER SIDE.
For a pc with a toothache, on the right side, you can list for feelings on
the left side of the mouth and get "numbness," "no feeling," etc. Audit that
list and suddenly magically the toothache on the opposite side not being
audited eases up.
Full preassessment of the troubled area and R3RA Quad is used when the
tooth trouble persists.
As toothaches sometimes give a Dianetic auditor a failure, he should know
about the sympathetic factor as above. The failure becomes a success.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:sb.kjm.rd.lfg Founder
Copyright $c 1970, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
123
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=16/8/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=7/7/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 15A
GETTING THE F/N TO EXAMINER
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
Class III
Class VI
Class VIII
C/S Checksheet
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 16 AUGUST 1970R
REVISED 7 JULY 1978
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
Class III
Class VI (Revisions in this type style)
Class VIII (Ellipses indicate deletions)
C/S Checksheet
C/S Series 15A
GETTING THE F/N TO EXAMINER
(High, Low TAs and Chronic Somatics)
(Note: This Bulletin has been revised to include
references to the New Era Dianetics Series tech.)
If after an F/N session end the pc's TA goes up, as at the Examiner's in
an org, the pc is afflicted with unflat engram chains.
All high TAs depend on unflat or restimulated engram chains.
TAs go high on overrun because the overrun restimulates engram chains not
yet run.
Engram (or secondary or lock) chains can be keyed-out. This does not mean
they stay out. In a few minutes or hours or days or years they can key back in.
A pc will also de-stimulate in from 3 to 10 days usually. This means he
"settles out." Thus a pc can be overrun into new engram chains (by life or an
auditor), TA goes up, 3 to 10 days later the TA comes down.
When a pc is audited to F/N VGIs and then a few minutes later has a high TA
the usual reasons are:
1. Has had his comm chopped or full Dianetic or Scientology end phenomena
not reached or
2. Has been run on an unreading item or subject or
3. Is overwhelmed or
4. Has a lot of engrams keying in or
5. Has been run in the past without full erasure of engrams or attaining
end phenomena.
6. Lists badly done or other misauditing cause a pc to feel bad and key-in
chains also.
7. A pc can be audited when too tired or too late at night.
The solution to any of these is easy -- on (1) always see that the pc
attains full EP, particularly on engram chains. On (2) make auditors check for
read even in two-way comm subjects, list questions or Dianetic items before
running them. On (3) see also
124
(2) and get the pc a proper Progress (Repair) Program. On (4) repair or
isolate pc so his PT isn't so ferocious looking (meaning Repair (Progress) Pgm
him well or let him change his environment and then audit him) or (5) look
into his folder to see who audited him on so many chains when, with no real
erasure or EP. (6) You use repair lists (like L4BRA, L1C, etc.) and other
usual action. On (7) you make the pc get some rest and if he can't, make him
go for a walk away until he is tired and then walk back and get some sleep.
All these really add up to keyed-in or unflat engram chains. Whether the
pc can handle them depends on repair and the usual.
Of all these the past auditing without attaining EP on engram chains
(whether done in Dianetics or Scientology) is a usual reason for a much
audited pc to have a high TA.
The answers to any high TA that won't come down and to any pc who
continually arrives at Examiner after an F/N VGI session end with his TA UP
are:
A. Faulty auditing not letting pc go to full Dn EP when running engrams.
B. A false Auditing Report (PR type report meaning promoting instead of
auditing).
C. Too many engram chains in past restim by life or auditing.
D. False TA or inoperable meter.
It is usual to do a PICTURE AND MASSES REMEDY to find and handle
restimulated engram chains which are causing the TA to be high. This is done
after the pc has had a Drug Rundown as unhandled drugs can also cause a TA to
be high (see HCOB 24 July 78 DIANETIC REMEDIES).
CHRONIC SOMATIC
A pc who has a chronic somatic would get programmed like this:
1. Repair (Progress) Pgm as necessary until pc feeling better.
2. Original. Assessment Sheet, with its full handling per New Era Dianetics
Series 2, FULL PC PROGRAM OUTLINE and New Era Dianetics Series 8,
DIANETICS, BEGINNING A PC ON.
3. Continue with the New Era Dianetics Full Pc Program, taking each step to
full completion.
IF the Dianetic auditing is standard and to Dianetic EP (erasure, F/N,
cognition, postulate if not included in the cognition, VGIs) you will see this
pattern at the Examiner...:
First few sessions
TA 4.0 or more at Exam. Doubtful GIs.
Next few
TA 3.75 and blowing down to 3.25 at Exam. GIs.
Next few
TA 3.75 BD to F/N at Exam. GIs to VGIs.
125
Next two or three
TA 3.5 BD to F/N at Exams. VGIs.
Finally
TA 2.5 F/N VGIs at the Examiner.
That's what you would expect to see if the auditing was standard, if the
case was straightened out of past flubs in the repair step. Errors such as
running unreading items or firefights caused by out TRs or false auditing
reports or Dn EP not reached at session end or pc needing ruds put in at
session starts would prevent this pattern from happening at the Examiner's. So
if the pattern doesn't happen you know the auditing is goofy or something is
out which had better be found. One pc for instance had a huge W/H of having a
disease and was audited over it for 2 years = auditing over a W/H and PTP = no
case gain. Silly pc. But also a very dull C/S not to alert to some outness
there and find it. Another pc had a high TA and the fault was just that she
never got any auditing at all! So they kept operating on her! Somebody didn't
know Dianetics and auditing was for USE.
HIGH TA AND ILLNESS
Pcs with high TAs feel ill and get ill.
No use to elaborate on that. It's just a fact and is THE fact about pcs
who get ill. So maybe you see why this HCOB is important!
LOW TA AT EXAM
Pcs with low TAs are more or less in apathy.
If it F/N VGIs at session end and is low at Exam (like 1.9) (OR if it
went low in session and didn't F/N), then the pc is:
(a) overwhelmed and needs auditing and Life Repair
(b) can have been run on a flat or unreading item that invalidated his
former win.
Example: Pc listed on an unreading list few sessions later worrying about
it and coming to Exam with low TA. Repair is the answer. Low TA pcs need a
Life Repair also.
The NEW ERA DIANETICS SERIES tech, fully and correctly applied, will
handle all aspects of the chronic somatic. See HCOB 22 June 78, New Era
Dianetics Series 2, FULL PC PROGRAM OUTLINE.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:sb.rd.lfg
Copyright $c 1970, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
126
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=11/9/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
SOLO ASSISTS
SH's
AOs Only
Solo C/S Hat
Adv Cses Super
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 SEPTEMBER 1970
SH's
AOs Only
Solo C/S Hat SOLO ASSISTS
Adv Cses Super
It is absolutely forbidden to assign 2-way comm actions as "Solo."
Example: An out-point list, an assessment list, listing for items, 2WC on
case etc.
PROGRESS AND ADVANCE ACTIONS may not be assigned by a Solo C/S to
be done Solo.
A Solo auditor may not do these actions.
Dianetics R3R may not be attempted in Solo auditing.
The reasons for this are too obvious to be given stress.
I have never seen a Solo auditor do anything but louse himself up on these
actions. Here and there somebody might have gotten away with it. But I have
seen too many cases loused up this way to condone it as anything but squirrel
Solo.
A Solo auditor can fly ruds and engage in a BPC L1 or L7 WHILE AUDITING
PROPER SOLO ACTIONS, and he can of course do the standard Solo actions for the
grade.
But doing L7, L1B etc. as general REPAIR actions is for the dickey birds.
There ARE NO SOLO REPAIR OR PROGRESS OR RETURN OR ADVANCE PROGRAMS.
LRH:rr L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1970 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=11/9/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=7/7/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 18R
CHRONIC SOMATIC,
DIANETIC HANDLING OF
Remimeo
Dn Checksheet
Class III
Class VI
Class VIII
C/S Checksheet
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 SEPTEMBER 1970R
REVISED 7 JULY 1978
Remimeo (Revisions in this type style)
Dn Checksheet
Class III
Class VI
Class VIII C/S Series 18R
C/S Checksheet
CHRONIC SOMATIC,
DIANETIC HANDLING OF
The full Dianetic handling of the pc who has a chronic somatic is given in
the HCOB C/S Series 15 of 16 August 1970R, "Getting the F/N to Examiner."
This HCOB calls the fact to attention. It could get overlooked or be hard
to find again as the title of HCOB 16 August does not indicate it directly.
Also see New Era Dianetics Series 1-1B.
LRH:sb.rd.lfg L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1970, 1978 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
127
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=8/3/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=25/7/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 29R
CASE ACTIONS, OFF LINE
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 8 MARCH 1971R
REVISED 25 JULY 1978
Remimeo (Revised to align with New Era Dianetics tech)
(Revisions in thus type style)
C/S Series 29R
CASE ACTIONS, OFF LINE
A C/S can be plagued by off-line case actions of which he is not informed.
The existence of these can wreck his carefully laid out programs and make
a case appear incomprehensible.
Thus it is up to a C/S to suspect and find these where a case isn't
responding normally in auditing.
1. LIFE KNOCKING RUDS OUT FASTER THAN THEY CAN BE AUDITED IN.
Schedule sessions closer together and give very long sessions so life
hasn't a chance to interfere. Can go as far as requiring person via the D of P
to stay in a hotel away from the area of enturbulation or not associate until
case is audited up high enough.
Shows up most drastically in Interiorization intensives where no ruds can
be run unless the RD is complete. Thus Int has to be done in one session, with
the 2WC Int-Ext the next day.
2. PC PHYSICALLY ILL BEFORE NEXT SESSION AND AUDITING OF A MAJOR ACTION BEING
DONE ON A SICK PC WHO SHOULD HAVE ANOTHER C/S ENTIRELY.
Happens when delayed or late new Exam Reports don't get into folder before
C/Sing it. Ginger up exam routing.
Happens when auditors are not alert to the pc's illness and audit anyway.
Make auditors not audit and report at once sick pcs.
Pcs hiding general illness may show up as no case gain. Answer is to get a
full medical exam.
3. SELF-AUDITING.
Detected by no lasting gain. Hi-Lo TA Assessment will show it up.
Two-way comm on when they began to self-audit (usually auditor scarcity or
some introverting shock).
4. COFFEE SHOP AUDITING.
Meterless fool around, often by students, stirring up cases.
Forbid it in an area.
5. TOUCH AND CONTACT ASSISTS INTERRUPTING A GENERAL COURSE OF AUDITING, OFTEN
TO NO F/N.
128
Make all such assists be done on a worksheet and make it mandatory to take
the pc to an Examiner afterwards.
W/S and Exam Rpt then appear in folder.
The C/S can then get in the other actions (ruds, S & D, HCOB 24 July 69R)
on the injured pc.
6. STUDY RUNDOWNS.
An illegal and offbeat line can occur when auditing out misunderstoods in
study or "Management Word Rundown" or such occurs in the middle of a general
auditing program.
Require that C/S okay is required.
Get such done at the START of courses and BEFORE a major auditing cycle is
begun. Enforce this hard as the other answer that will be taken will be to do
it at the end of the cycle and wreck major auditing program results.
7. ILLEGAL PATCH-UPS.
Sometimes all through an intensive there is another auditor unknown to the
C/S who 2WCs the pc or audits the pc who is complaining to him or her.
Shows up in the Hi-Lo TA Assessment.
Forbid it.
8. PEOPLE TALKING ABOUT THEIR CASES.
Past life reality is often badly hurt by people who talk about being
Napoleon, Caesar and God. This makes "past lives" an unreal subject by bad
comparison.
Restimulative material is sometimes used to "push someone's buttons."
Bullbait that uses actual processes or implants should be stamped out hard.
9. ADVANCED COURSE MATERIAL INSECURITY.
I have seen several cases wrecked by careless storage of Ad Course
materials where lower levels could get at them.
One notable case was a suppressive who got hold of Ad Course materials and
chanted them at his wife to drive her insane. She recovered eventually. He
didn't.
When a C/S gets a whiff of upper level materials on a lower level pc
worksheet he should make an ethics matter of it and get it traced.
10. ILLEGAL DRUG USE.
A pc who suddenly relapses onto drugs or who has a long drug history can
cause a case to look very very odd. The TA flies up. The case, running okay,
suddenly ceases to run.
Addicts can come off it if given full drug handling per New Era Dianetics
Series 9 DRUG HANDLING.
LRH:mes.rd.ldv L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1971, 1978 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
129
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=27/3/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=21/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
DIANETIC ERASURE
Remimeo
...
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 MARCH 1971RA
Remimeo REVISED 25 JULY 1978
... RE-REVISED 21 SEPTEMBER 1978
(Revisions in this type style)
(Ellipses indicate deletions)
DIANETIC ERASURE
There are several corny stunts that can occur in Dianetics, any of which
will add up to no erasure.
1. Trying to run an item that didn't read on being given or when being
called. As the chain is not charged it will be hard if not impossible to
run. Instant F/N and BD items are of course the very best and almost
always erase very easily.
2. Starting a new session with a new item with the TA way way up. To play it
safe in Dianetic auditing (it can be handled in Scientology) the Dianetic
auditor who starts a session and a new action at the same time with the TA
high is very foolish. It may not be high on what the auditor is now newly
trying to run. The correct action is not to start the session. Just end off
with no auditing done.
The pc is ill or is having trouble in life. If you were running a chain in
the last session and continue it in the next, disregard the high TA. A way
to get around this is get some new items from the high TA pc and take one
that blows down well and you can probably bring it off. Safest is don't
audit a high TA pc unless to repair an unflat chain (or to run
Interiorization RD). This rule is variable. But you should know it is risky
to audit a new item taken from an earlier list when the pc comes into
session with a high TA as it may not be high on what you are about to run
and so you may get no F/N and erasure. The only remedy is to get new items
and choose a BD one (or to turn the pc over to a Scientology auditor to
assess a Hi-Lo TA list and handle).
3. Narratives are too often just run through once or twice and abandoned. This
leaves the incident still charged and affecting the pc. (A narrative item
describes only one possible incident, i.e. "dropping an ironing board on my
foot" = no chain.) A narrative needs to be run and run and run on that one
incident. You run the incident narrative to erasure and only go earlier
similar if it starts to grind very badly. You run the incident to EP.
4. Running a pc who has exteriorized in auditing on something other than an
Interiorization RD will produce a high TA and no F/N and erasure in the
session. After Int RD has been run anything can be run.
5. Probably the WORST blunder is failing to ask for DEF again when the pc
says, "It's erased" but the TA is still high. This is really a corny
error. TA 4.9.
Pc says, "It's erased! All blank now," and the auditor fails to ask DEF
once more. There is a moment when the pc's NOT-IS of the picture squeezes
it into invisibility. The mass of it is still there. It takes just one or
two more passes through to get the BD, F/N, postulate and VGIs (which is
the erasure). It's up to the auditor not to let the pc go without that
additional DEF, which will then bring the BD, F/N, postulate off and VGIs.
This error is more common than one would think.
6. Of course, not asking for an earlier incident mentioning the same item will
also cause a grind and no erasure. When the item isn't also mentioned in
the command the pc
130
can jump chains. And if the earlier beginning is not asked for at all on
basic, when there is one, or on narratives, of course there will be no
erasure.
7. Auditing a pc under protest will cause the TA to stay up and no F/N and
erasure.
B. Ending off a chain or engram at the first sight of an F/N and then
wondering why ... no postulate came off.
The skilled Dianetic auditor knows these things cold and does not make
these errors. Thus he gets his end of session erasure and F/N regularly and
gets F/N at the Examiner as well when the case has had a few sessions.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:mes.rd.rb.kjm
Copyright $c 1971, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
131
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=5/4/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 33RA-1
TRIPLE AND QUAD RERUNS
Remimeo
All Auditors
C/Ses
Class VIII
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 APRIL 1971
Remimeo REISSUED 13 JANUARY 1975
All Auditors REISSUED 6 NOVEMBER 1976
C/Ses
Class VIII C/S Series 33RA-1
TRIPLE AND QUAD RERUNS
LAW: WHEN ONE OR MORE OF THE FOUR FLOWS OF AN ITEM OR GRADE ARE LEFT
UNRUN, WHEN USED IN LATER PROCESSES THE EARLIER UNRUN ONES RESTIMULATE AND
MAKE MASS.
This tells you that high TAs, heavy pressures and even illness can come
from bypassed flows.
BYPASSED FLOWS
Example: Dianetic Singles have been run on 7 items. Now the auditor begins
to run new items Triple without running Triple on the already run items. The
result will be 7 unrun Flow 2s and 7 unrun Flow 3s. These will restimulate and
form mass and bypassed charge.
Example: Now let us say all 7 previous items have been run Triple. And the
auditor now runs a new item Quadruple. This leaves 7 unrun Zero chains. These
can restimulate and form mass and bypassed charge.
Example: Now let us say that Dianetics was all run Single and grades were
run Triple. This will restimulate the Dn chains F2 and F3.
Example: Let us say that Dianetics and Scientology grades were all run
Triple. An Interiorization Rundown is now run Quad. This will throw all
Dianetic and Scientology unrun Flow Zeros into restimulation and give bypassed
charge.
ANY LATER GRADE RUN WITH MORE FLOWS THAN USED IN EARLIER ACTIONS CAN THROW
THE EARLIER UNFLAT FLOWS INTO RESTIM, PILE UP MASS GIVING HIGH TA AND BPC
GIVING ARC BREAKS.
REPAIR
The more the condition is repaired by L1C, L4BR etc. etc., the worse the
mass gets.
SOURCE OF HIGH TA
Thus high TAs have three principal sources:
(1) Overruns
(2) Auditing past exterior
(3) Earlier unrun flows restimulated by those flows used in later actions.
There are other minor ones such as drug background, illness etc. as per Hi-
Lo TA Assessment.
REHABS
One must NOT recklessly or continuously rehab a past major action. This
causes overrun. The thetan is placed at the end of the incidents not yet in
restimulation or run and the bank gets more solid.
MASSY THETANS
The whole trick of this universe is contained in thetans copying or
picturing incidents and then getting stuck in the later portion of them.
"Incidents" is the keynote. A thetan is incident hungry.
This is what traps him.
132
For some reason he has to be at the earliest end of incidents to erase
them. The later he is in incidents and the later he is on the track the more
solid he is.
This also applies to the "auditing time track."
By omitting things like flows on the auditing time track, the thetan thus
becomes massy.
The whole theory of the Interiorization Remedy is based on having gone out
(later) after he went in (earlier). So exteriorizing can stick him. (People
buy the Ext RD to exteriorize but the remedy is only done to permit further
auditing. They Ext of course when the bank is handled.)
When flows of items are bypassed and then later restimulated by auditing
them, mass occurs.
GETTING IN ALL FLOWS
When doing additional flows on earlier items or processes one must also
check or rehab those flows marked as run to F/N in worksheets.
This again will leave unflat flows and BPC unless it is done.
And if it is overdone it will raise the TA by overrun.
So if one had a case that had Single Dianetics and was later run on Triple
for new items (but the Singles not done into Triple) one would have to RUN
FIRST the missing unrun flow or flows if they read and then check the first
Single F1 for flatness, then check other previously run flows.
The rule is run the previously unrun one or ones first if they read to get
charge off, then verify or run the ones listed as run already.
Then one would do the same for the next item. Run the previously unrun flow
or flows if they read and then verify or run those listed as already run to be
sure they F/N.
All items, in chronological sequence, and all processes, would have to be
run Quad.
IT WOULD BE A WASTE OF TIME NOW TO RUN IN ONLY TRIPLES.
Whether you have the Quad commands or not they are easy to figure out as
you are only missing the Zero flow, self to self.
So all C/Ses and auditing actions are "Rehab or Run F1, F2, F3, FO if they
read" when getting in all flows on things run to date.
HIGH TA
When you are sure an Int RD has been done correctly and its 2WC went F/N
and the TA later goes high, you check the Int RD. That is the most usual
reason. This simple action is amazingly subject to flubs.
If the TA goes high later you can do a C/S Series 53 or a Hi-Lo TA
Assessment and handle.
If the TA is still high or low, you had better check the state of flows.
Were more flows run on later actions than were run on earlier actions?
If so, your pc has felt massy, sometimes even ill.
The right action is to get in all flows from the beginning. And do it
Quad. Bring all his auditing up to Quad.
(If his folder is not available, he has kind of had it. I know of no way,
at this writing, to recover lost Dn items but will have to work something out.)
NOT IN TROUBLE
If the pc is not in trouble, his best bet is to get on up the grades to
Expanded OT III.
133
IN TROUBLE
If he is massy and is having trouble the best bet is to:
(l) Be totally sure of his Int RD.
(2) Check O/Rs particularly of a major grade twice or bypassed F/Ns, locate
and indicate them.
(3) FES, list the items and grades and do a Full Flow action from the
beginning of his auditing, raising them all to Quadruple.
RUNNING ZERO FLOWS
The Zero flow in Dianetics is a bit strange. It can be done by full R3R
BUT it often depends on the decision the pc made and may F/N very suddenly. It
is easily overrun and can be very fast.
A pc can be gotten into trouble on Zero flows if the auditor is slow and
is not alert to his meter and misses the F/N and gives R3R commands after the
flow has blown.
REHAB OR RUN
The auditor getting in Zero flows can also ARC Brk the pc by failing to
verify if the previously run flows are flat. All the auditor wants is to see
them F/N on the command. If they don't he runs them.
Sometimes when he has "run them" again he finds they are being overrun or
run twice and has to rehab them by finding this out. The pc sometimes doesn't
know until he actually starts to run them. Then he finds they are already run.
The clue to this is a climbing TA. If the TA goes up, get off that flow and
rehab it.
Example: Pc at first thinks "Pain in shoulder" F2 was never run. Starts to
run it. TA goes up. Auditor must pull him off of it by finding out if it is
being run twice and rehab it to F/N.
The moral in all these reruns is don't firefight, keep an L1C List and an
L3RD List handy and use them.
RESULTS
The results of straightening up the Int-Ext RD, rehabbing O/Rs and putting
in ALL FLOWS on a pc are fantastic.
Getting an All Flows Rundown done correctly gives one all the latent gain
the pc has been begging for.
So send to Cramming all C/Ses and auditors who flub.
Program it right.
C/S it right.
Audit it right.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Revised by
W/O Ron Shafran
CS-4
Approved by
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:nt Founder
Copyright $c 1971, 1975, 1976
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This HCOB was reissued to correct the signature which is the only change.]
134
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Revised by
W/O Ron Shafran
CS-4
Approved by
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=11/4/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=4
rDate=21/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
IMPORTANT
L3RF
DIANETICS AND INT RD REPAIR LIST
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 APRIL 1971RC
Remimeo REVISED 14.JULY 1978
RE-REVISED 21 SEPTEMBER 1978
(Revisions in this type style)
(Ellipses indicate deletions)
IMPORTANT
L3RF
DIANETICS AND INT RD REPAIR LIST
This list includes the most frequent Dianetic errors.
A high or low TA and a bogged case can result from failures to erase a
chain of incidents.
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPAIR A CHAIN OR ENGRAM WITHOUT USING THIS LIST as it
can have different or several errors.
REMEMBER TO CLEAR EACH WORD ON THIS LIST. IF A QUESTION READS AND THE PC
SAYS HE DOESN'T UNDERSTAND IT, CLEAR IT AND REASSESS (don't explain it and
take it as it read on a misunderstood not on a fact).
RUNNING PCS ON DIANETICS WITHOUT A FULL AND COMPLETE DN CS-1
INDOCTRINATION IS A FOOLISH ACTION.
TAKE ANY READ FOUND TO F/N BY FULL REPAIR OF IT PER THE INSTRUCTIONS.
1. WAS THERE AN EARLIER SIMILAR INCIDENT? _______
Indicate it. Run the chain to full EP.
2. WAS THERE NO EARLIER SIMILAR INCIDENT? _______
Indicate it. Determine if the chain erased or if the last incident
needs to be run through again. Complete the chain to full EP
by indication or by running it to full EP.
Scn handling would include Date/Locate if needed.
3. WAS THERE AN EARLIER BEGINNING? _______
Indicate it. Handle with R3RA and complete the chain to full EP.
4. WAS THERE NO EARLIER BEGINNING? _______
Indicate it. Complete the chain to full EP R3RA DEF on last
incident if unflat.
5. WAS AN F/N INDICATED TOO SOON? _______
Indicate it. Run the last incident (or chain) to full EP.
6. DID THE AUDITOR STOP JUST BECAUSE THERE WAS
AN F/N? _______
Indicate it. Complete the chain to full EP using commands
DEF on the last incident run.
7. WAS AN F/N INDICATED TOO LATE? _______
Indicate it. Get off the postulate made at the time of the
incident. Indicate the overrun.
(Scn handling would include D/L if needed.)... Then, if the
pc jumped to another chain, get last incident pc ran on the
jumped-to chain and do an L3RF on it.
135
8. WAS THE POSTULATE BYPASSED? _______
Indicate. Get the postulate. indicate that the chain was
overrun. (Scn handling would include a D/L if necessary.)
If pc jumped chains, handle as above.
9. HAS THE INCIDENT ERASED? _______
Indicate. Get the postulate made at the time of the incident.
Indicate the overrun. (If any difficulty, Scn handling would
include a D/L.)
10. WAS AN F/N NOT INDICATED AT ALL? _______
Indicate. Get off the postulate if not already given Indicate
the overrun. (D/L by Scn auditor if necessary.) If jumped
chains, handle as in 7.
11. WAS THERE NO CHARGE ON THE ITEM IN THE FIRST PLACE? _______
Indicate it, and that it shouldn't have been run. Scn handling
would include D/L if necessary.
12. DID YOU JUMP CHAINS? _______
Indicate it. Reorient to the original chain. Find out if it erased
and get the postulate if not previously given. Indicate the
overrun, or run the chain to full EP. Then locate last incident
pc ran on the chain he jumped to. As this has now been
restimulated but not run, do an L3RF on it. Scn handling would
include D/L if necessary.
13. DID YOU JUMP FLOWS? _______
Indicate it. Reorient to the original chain and take it to full
EP using commands DEF. If necessary and the pc is still upset
about the other flow, do an L3RF on it.
14. WERE THERE FLUBBED COMMANDS? _______
Indicate it, E/S to F/N.
15. DID THE AUDITOR GOOF ON A SEQUENCE OF COMMANDS? _______
Indicate it, E/S to F/N.
16. DID YOU NOT HAVE A COMMAND? _______
Indicate it, E/S to F/N.
17. DID YOU HAVE A MISUNDERSTOOD ON THE COMMAND? _______
Find it and clear it.
18. SHOULD THE INCIDENT BE RUN THROUGH ONE MORE TIME? _______
Indicate it. R3RA DEF on the incident, run chain to full EP.
19. TOO LATE ON THE CHAIN? _______
Indicate it. Get the earlier similar incident and complete the
chain with R3RA to full EP.
20. WAS A CHAIN NOT COMPLETED? _______
Indicate it. DEF on the incident, run chain to full EP.
21. INCIDENT GONE MORE SOLID? _______
Indicate it. Check for earlier incident or earlier beginning and
complete the chain to full EP.
22. WAS AN INCIDENT SKIPPED? _______
Indicate it. Find out what it was, run it and complete the
chain to full EP.
136
23. WAS AN INCIDENT LEFT TOO HEAVILY CHARGED? _______
Indicate it. Find out what it was, run it through again.
Complete the chain to full EP.
24. DID YOU SAY SOMETHING WAS ERASED JUST BECAUSE YOU WERE TIRED
OF RUNNING IT? _______
Indicate it. Complete the chain to full EP with R3RA DEF
on the last incident run.
25. STOPPED RUNNING AN INCIDENT THAT WAS ERASING? _______
Indicate it. DEF on the incident and erase it. Get full EP.
26. WENT PAST BASIC ON A CHAIN? _______
Indicate it. Get full EP. Then, if pc jumped to another chain,
get last incident pc ran on the jumped-to chain and do an
L3RF on it. Scn handling would include D/L if necessary.
27. WAS AN EARLIER MISRUN INCIDENT RESTIMULATED? _______
Indicate it. Find out what it was and do an L3RF on it.
28. DID TWO OR MORE INCIDENTS GET CONFUSED? _______
Indicate it, sort it out with an L3RF on it.
29. WAS AN IMPLANT RESTIMULATED? _______
Indicate it. If no joy do an L3RF on the time of the
restimulation.
30. WAS THE INCIDENT REALLY AN IMPLANT? _______
Indicate it. If necessary do an L3RF on it. Scn handling would
include D/L if needed.
31. WRONG ITEM? _______
Indicate it was a wrong item and that all other actions
connected with it were wrong. If it is from an L&N list or if any
question or difficulty, turn the pc over to a Scientology auditor
who is classed to do an L4BRA.
32. NOT YOUR ITEM? _______
Indicate it, E/S to F/N.
33. NOT YOUR INCIDENT? _______
Indicate it, E/S to F/N. L3RF if any trouble.
34. DID THE PREASSESSMENT ITEM GOTTEN HAVE NO CHARGE ON IT? _______
Indicate the item was uncharged and should not have been
taken up and all items connected with it should not have
been run. (Scn handling would include D/L if necessary.)
35. WAS THERE ANOTHER PREASSESSMENT ITEM THAT SHOULD HAVE READ? _______
Get what it was and note its read as the pc gives it. Find
out if the preassessment item taken up is uncharged. If so
handle as above. If not, continue with the action you are on
to EP and handle the new item given in its order.
36. WAS THE ORIGINAL ITEM ALREADY HANDLED? _______
Indicate that the original item was already handled and that
items connected with it should not have been run. (Scn
handling would include a D/L if necessary.)
37. (OMIT WHEN RUNNING DRUGS)
WAS THERE NO INTEREST IN RUNNING AN ITEM? _______
Indicate it, and that it shouldn't have been run. Scn handling
would include D/L if needed.
137
38. WAS THE SAME THING RUN TWICE? _______
Indicate it. Spot the first erasure, indicate the overrun. Scn
handling would include D/L if needed.
39. WAS THERE A WRONG DATE? _______
Indicate it. Get the correct date and run the incident (if unflat)
and chain to full EP.
40. WAS THERE NO DATE FOR THE INCIDENT? _______
Indicate it. Get the date and run the incident (if unflat) and
chain to full EP.
41. WAS IT A FALSE DATE? _______
Indicate it. Get the correct date and run the incident (if unflat)
and any chain to full EP.
42. WAS THERE AN INCORRECT DURATION? _______
Indicate it. Get the correct duration and run the incident (if
unflat) and any chain to full EP.
43. WAS NO DURATION FOUND FOR THE INCIDENT? _______
Indicate it. Get the duration and run the incident (if unflat)
and any chain to full EP.
44. WAS THERE A FALSE DURATION? _______
Indicate it. Get the correct duration and run the incident (if
unflat) and any chain to full EP.
45. DID YOU RESENT DURATIONS? _______
Indicate it. E/S to F/N. Run the incident (if unflat) and any
chain to full EP.
46. WAS AN EARLIER DIANETIC UPSET RESTIMULATED? _______
Locate what it was, indicate it. Sort out with an L3RF if
necessary.
47. WAS AN EARLIER ARC BREAK ON ENGRAMS RESTIMULATED? _______
Indicate it. Sort it out with an L3RF.
48. WAS THERE AN ARC BREAK IN THE INCIDENT? _______
Indicate it. Run the incident, if unflat, to full EP.
49. WERE YOU PROTESTING? _______
Indicate it, clean it up E/S to F/N.
50. DID THE AUDITOR DEMAND MORE THAN YOU COULD SEE? _______
Indicate it, E/S to F/N. If any difficulty, turn the pc over to
a Scientology auditor classed to do an L1C if necessary.
51. DID THE AUDITOR REFUSE TO ACCEPT WHAT YOU WERE SAYING? _______
Indicate it, E/S to F/N. If any difficulty, turn the pc over to
a Scientology auditor classed to do an L1C as necessary.
52. WERE YOU PREVENTED FROM RUNNING AN INCIDENT? _______
Indicate it, E/S to F/N. Run the incident (if unflat) to full
EP. If any difficulty turn the pc over to a Scientology auditor
classed to do an L1C on it.
53. DID THE AUDITOR SIMPLY STOP GIVING COMMANDS? _______
Indicate it. Complete the chain by running the last incident
found DEF to full EP.
138
54. WAS A COGNITION INTERRUPTED? _______
Indicate it.... Get the cognition and any postulate connected with
it. (If any difficulty at this point turn pc over to a Scientology
auditor for an L1C.) Continue chain if unflat, or indicate the
overrun.
55. WAS THERE A POSTULATE THAT WAS NOT EXPRESSED? _______
Indicate it.... Get the postulate and indicate the overrun.
(Scn handling would include L1C or O/L if needed.)
56. WERE YOU DISTRACTED WHILE RUNNING AN INCIDENT? _______
Indicate it, E/S to F/N. Run the incident (if unflat) and any
chain to full EP. If any difficulty, turn pc over to a classed
Scientology auditor for L1C.
57. WERE YOU AUDITED OVER AN ARC BREAK? _______
PROBLEM? _______
WITHHOLD? _______
Indicate it. If you are trained to do so, handle the out rud.
If not, turn the pc over to a Scientology auditor classed to
handle out ruds. Do not pull W/Hs before the engram or chain
is repaired or it will mush engrams.
58. WERE YOU HELD UP BY THE AUDITOR? _______
Indicate it, E/S to F/N.
59. WAS AN ITEM SUPPRESSED? _______
Indicate it. Get the Suppress off E/S to F/N, then run the item
and any chain to full EP.
60. WAS AN ITEM INVALIDATED? _______
Indicate it. Get the Inval off E/S to F/N, then run the item
and any chain to full EP.
61. WAS AN ITEM ABANDONED? _______
Indicate it, get the item back and run the item and any chain
to full EP.
62. WAS A CHAIN ABANDONED? _______
Indicate it, get the chain back and run to full EP.
63. WAS THE ITEM ORIGINALLY MISWORDED? _______
Indicate it. Get the correct wording and give it to him. Handle
to full EP if unflat.
64. WAS THE WORDING OF THE ITEM CHANGED? _______
Indicate it. Get the correct wording and give it to him. Run
it (if unflat) to full EP.
65. WERE YOU RUNNING AN ITEM THAT WAS DIFFERENT THAN THE ONE ASSESSED? _______
Indicate it. Get the item the pc was actually running, handle
to full EP. Then L3RF on the item actually assessed.
66. STUCK PICTURE? _______
Indicate it. Do an L3RF on it. You can also unstick it by having
him recall a time before it and a time after it.
67. ALL BLACK? _______
Spot the black field or picture. Get the correct duration. If
no go, L3RF on it.
68. INVISIBLE? _______
Spot the invisible field or picture. L3RF on it.
139
69. CONSTANTLY CHANGING PICTURES? _______
Indicate there was a misassessment and a wrong item was taken
off the list. Get the correct item and run it, or L3RF on that
session.
70. WHEN YOU SAID IT WAS ERASED DID IT STILL HAVE A MASS? _______
Indicate it. DEF, checking for earlier beginning, run to erasure
and full EP. If necessary do an L3RF on it.
71. WAS THERE A PERSISTENT MASS? _______
L3RF on it.
72. WAS THERE TROUBLE WITH A PRESSURE ITEM OR PRESSURE ON AN ITEM? _______
L3RF on it.
73. DID YOU GO EXTERIOR? _______
Indicate it. Handle if you are a Scientology auditor. Turn the
pc over to a Scientology auditor for a full Int RD or become
a classed Scientology auditor and handle.
74. WAS YOUR INT RD MESSED UP? _______
Indicate it. Handle if you are a Scientology auditor. If not,
turn the pc over to a Scientology auditor to get his Int RD
straightened out, or get trained as a classed Scientology auditor
and handle.
75. WERE YOU AUDITED OVER DRUGS, MEDICINE OR ALCOHOL? _______
Indicate it. L3RF on that time, then verify all chains to ensure
they erased. Note for C/S attention to verify if Objectives and
all other points of full drug handling have been done.
76. WAS A PAST DEATH RESTIMULATED? _______
Indicate it. If it doesn't blow run it out Narrative Secondary R3RA.
77. DID YOU ATTAIN SOME STATE AND IT WAS INVALIDATED? _______
Indicate it. Return folder to C/S for handling.
78. DID YOU GO CLEAR AND NOBODY WOULD LET YOU DECLARE? _______
Indicate it. Return folder to C/S for handling.
79. WAS THERE NOTHING WRONG IN THE FIRST PLACE?
Indicate it. Continue the action you were on.
80. WAS THIS LIST UNNECESSARY? _______
Indicate it. If it doesn't F/N turn the pc over to a Scientology
auditor for a rehab or become a Scientology auditor to handle.
81. HAS THE REAL REASON BEEN MISSED? _______
Indicate it. Locate the real reason and handle.
82. WAS SOMETHING ELSE WRONG? _______
Locate what it is and sort it out.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ldv.dr
Copyright $c 1971, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
140
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=21/4/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=4
rDate=25/7/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 36RC
DIANETICS
Remimeo
All Auditors
C/Ses
Class VIII
Dn Checksheet
Int-Ext Checksheet
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 APRIL 1971RC
Remimeo REVISED 25 JULY 1978
All Auditors
C/Ses (Revisions in this type style)
Class VIII (Ellipsis indicates deletion)
Dn Checksheet
Int-Ext Checksheet C/S Series 36RC
DIANETICS
(Applies also to Int-Ext Rundown)
(Ref HCOB 4 Apr 71RA, C/S Series 32RA.
and HCOB 5 Apr 71RA. C/S Series 33RA)
TRs
TR Zero exists so an auditor is not ducking the session but can sit there
relaxed, doing his job.
TR One must be done so the pc can hear and understand the auditor (without
blowing the pc's head off either).
TR Two must be done so that the pc gets acknowledged. This can be so
corrupted that the auditor doesn't ack at all but gives the pc meter reads!
Instead of acks! Or keeps saying, "I didn't understand you," etc.
TR Three basically existed so that the auditor would continue to give the
pc commands and not squirrel off or pack up with total silence.
TR Four exists so that the pc's origins are accepted and not Qed and Aed
with or invalidated.
And, surprise, surprise, TRs are for use in the session itself, not just
a drill. They are how one runs a session.
An auditor can miss by calling "F/Ns" with high or low TA. And one never
feeds meter data to the pc: "That read," "That didn't read," "That blew down,"
just must not exist in session patter. "Thank you. That F/Ned," is as far as
an auditor goes. And that's the end of the cycle and says so.
Erasure can be overlooked by an auditor. In Dianetics this fault is fatal.
Auditor's Code must be in on all points and particularly invalidation. Pc
says, "That's so and so." An auditor who says, "I'm sorry. You are wrong," or
any other invalidation is going to wreck a pc's case. A full knowledge of the
Auditor's Code and actually applying it saves endless troubles. It is an
auditing TOOL, not just a nice idea.
REHABBING CHAINS
One rehabs a Dianetic chain that, according to a previous worksheet,
erased by saying, "According to session records (flow direction) (item)
erased." That's all. One does not say, "Did the chain giving others a headache
erase?" One does not run it again to find out. One does not run a single
command "to see if it F/Ns again." One can say, "Do you agree that the chain
giving another a headache erased?" But the more you ask the pc to look for an
erased chain the more messed up things will get. It isn't there. But the
auditor by his action can imply it should be there or might be there. A
totally wrong approach would be "Look around your bank and see if what isn't
there any more isn't there."
141
Dianetics is NOT Scientology. A Dianetic chain is not a release. If you
try to use Scientology rehab tech on a Dianetic chain, you have had it. It
isn't a "release" (which is a key-out). A Dianetic chain is an erasure. You
can't rehab erasures with "How many times?", etc.
The test of this is the doing. If you try to use Scn rehab on Dianetic
chains, the PC MIGHT TRY TO FIND SOMETHING. This causes him to key-in other
unrun or similar items.
It is a dangerous action at best to try to handle old erased chains. The
best you can do is to tell the pc what the old W/S said. If no W/S exists
leave the already erased flows alone!
FLUBBED CHAINS
Many times, a Folder Error Summary will give a flubbed chain and then fail
to note it was repaired in the next session!
A C/S and auditor would have been pretty irresponsible to just go on
auditing past flubbed chains.
The only safe way to handle some previous flubbed chain is to:
(a) Verify in the folder if it was repaired.
(b) If still unrepaired assess the L3RE on it and handle according to the
L3RE.
L3RE
Using the new L3RE (HCOB II Apr 71 RB) is a Dianetic action.
A Scientology auditor erroneously can try to use it as a two-way comm type
of list. If a chain needed one more DEF, then two-way comm on it with no DEF
is not going to complete it.
L3RE has its own directions. Questions not marked with directions are used
to indicate the fact. This can amount to two-way comm as the pc chews it over.
But L3RE where marked is handled by Dianetics actions. Look over the list and
its directions for each question and you will see that some are given
directions that are NOT 2WC.
Example: "Earlier beginning" reads. You can't just say,."The incident had
an earlier beginning," and you can't say, "Tell me about the earlier
beginning." The pc will go up the wall. There'll be no erasure. You have to
use R3RA and get him to the earlier beginning and then run it and if it still
doesn't erase, get him to an earlier similar and erase that.
L3RE is a Dianetics list. It is not a Scientology list that is cleared
each question to F/N by 2-way comm.
OVERRUN
Overruns are demonstrated by a rising TA.
If as you seek to get in Full Flow Dianetics (Ref: HCOB 7 Mar 71R Rev 25
July 78 C/S Series 28RA-1R USE OF QUADRUPLE DIANETICS. HCOB 4 Apr 71-1RA Rev
25 July 78 C/S Series 32RA-1RA USE OF QUAD DIANETICS. HCOB 5 Apr 71
Reissued 13 Jan 75 C/S Series 33R-1 TRIPLE AND QUAD RERUNS (page 380 Tech
Vol VIII)) the pc's TA begins to average higher, overrun is occurring.
142
Example: While doing FFD pc's TA has been riding at 2.2 and F/Ns. After a
new FFD action it begins to ride at 2.5 and F/Ns. Something is being overrun.
Find it and indicate it. And cease to stir the bank up so much! The fault is
going over items already run.
In doing a Full Flow Table you often find that the same or similar have
been run in the past. Sometimes you find that a previous attempt to run the
item a second or third time has resulted in an ARC break, the reason for which
was never detected.
The right action is to note the session date it was first run and just
tell the pc, "Feeling surprised was run three times. On (first date it was
erased) it was erased. When later run it was an overrun." This tends to blow
the later charge laid in by trying to run the same item again.
It sounds so strange that erased chains can be overrun. But it is true.
What happens is that pcs try to cooperate and put something there.
FIREFIGHTS
The action of a quarrel between an auditor and a pc is called a firefight.
Restimulating earlier unrun engrams or overrunning chains upsets a pc. The
best action, as soon as a pc is disturbed, is to do an L3RE fast and handle
what reads the way it should be handled according to the L3RE.
The wrong way is to argue or try to go on.
The pc does NOT know what it is. He just feels awful. He tries to guess.
He will ARC Brk or get sad if the auditor continues.
The correct action is an L3RE.
L1C is not of great use in a Dianetic ARC Brk. L3RE is.
If the pc remains ARC broken, try L3RE again, particularly the whole L3RE.
A Scientology session would be handled with some other list (L1C, L4BRA,
etc.). A Dianetic session, including and especially FFD, is handled with L3RE.
You NEVER prepcheck while doing Dianetics. This mushes up the engrams.
INTERIORIZATION
ALL these cautions apply as well to an Interiorization-Exteriorization
Rundown, when restim occurs one uses an L3RE quickly.
Int-Ext RD is essentially a Dianetic, not a Scientology, action.
SAFE ACTIONS
A fully genned-in auditor, well crammed, well drilled, well skilled, can
be trusted with Dianetics, Dianetic Quads and an Int-Ext RD. Auditors not so
handled can get pcs into serious trouble with these things.
A safe course is to use quads on new, never audited before pcs. Those begun
on Quads use then only Quad flows.
143
C/S RESPONSIBILITY
Any trouble a C/S is running into comes from the factors of TRs, metering,
Code and incomplete or false auditors' reports.
If when I am C/Sing I ever find an auditor has omitted key session actions
or has falsified a report, I order that auditor not to Cramming but a full
retrain of the Hubbard New Era Dianetics Course right on up.
A C/S does not see these points. He can get the pc asked what the auditor
is doing or did. He can get sessions monitored. This helps him fill this gap
in his data.
It's what isn't in the auditor's report that is often the trouble.
Auditors omit what they said, omit the firefight, omit session alter-is in
their worksheets.
All this sticks the C/S's neck out for the axe of failure.
So particularly in FFD, Int-Ext and other such actions, a C/S has to act to
obtain confidence in the auditor's TRs, metering, Code use and accurate
worksheets.
RISK
In FFD, Int-Ext RD and Power, experience has proven that if the auditor is
not top grade, if the C/S is not alert, we put a pc at risk.
The USUAL is what keeps the pc safe.
A thorough study of his case, looking for obvious bugs (such as Int-Ext RD
done twice, the case a druggie but drug engrams never run, Int done but its
2WC flubbed, to name a few serious ones), sending auditors to Cramming for the
slightest flub, insisting on standard TRs USED IN SESSION, good metering, use
of the Code, accurate and complete worksheets, use of standard tech, all
guarantee the safety and progress of the pc.
INTRODUCING FFD
FFD (like the Int-Ext RD) requires flawless C/Sing and auditing or the
case goes wrong.
When these actions were introduced they showed up any flaws in case
studying, TRs, metering, Code and worksheets.
There are two ways to handle. (a) Cancel FFD and Int-Ext as actions.
Obviously that is going backwards and is impossible. (b) Begin and continue a
serious, effective campaign in the org to (1) Train auditors better, (2) Cram
expertly on every flub, (3) Raise quality of TRs and metering.
As you can see, my approach is to improve quality of training, cramming and
delivery.
Please help me out in getting this in.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.ts.rd.rb
Copyright $c 1971, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
144
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=26/4/71
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
SOLO COGNITIONS
ALL AD COURSES
Include this and HCOB
26 Apr 71 Issue I in
Solo Course Packs and
on Checksheets.
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 APRIL 1971
ALL AD COURSES Issue II
Include this and HCOB
26 Apr 71 Issue I in
Solo Course Packs and
on Checksheets. SOLO COGNITIONS
In HCOB 26 April 1971 Issue I, the definitions and conditions in an audited
session are described.
The definition of in session also applies to Solo auditing.
If the Solo auditor is so all-thumbs with his papers, meters, platens that
they distract him from his own bank he is not likely to as-is or cognite.
Recently, on Flag, we have taken failed OT IIIs and put them back through a
full heavy retrain on R6EW and then pushed them back up the line with good
success.
When a Solo auditor is also a rabbit (runs from everything including his
bank) he has no chance to overcome it if he is all thumbs with his tools.
Requiring arduous, perfect drills on Solo metering and auditing actions at
R6EW level should occur before the pc sees any materials. He must first and
foremost be a Solo auditor, familiar with his meters and papers to such a
degree that they do not in any way distract him.
Only then can you add a bank to the scene.
A poor Solo auditor does not cognite as his attention is on the tools not
his bank.
Where the Solo auditor fails, he has not learned his tools. The remedy is
to make him learn them.
The bridge between OT II and III is sometimes a hard one. It may be that an
HDC Course is vital before the pre-OT can make this bridge.
The Solo auditor who "attests" rather than confront his bank probably never
learned to use his auditing tools in the first place. Then, adding the bank as
something to confront results in confusion.
Cognitions in Solo auditing depend upon the ability to use the tools of
auditing so well, they serve no distraction in Solo session.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:mcs
Copyright $c 1971
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
145
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=9/6/71
Volnum=0
Issue=1
Rev=2
rDate=28/3/77
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 41RA
C/S TIPS
LISTS
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 9 JUNE 1971RA
Remimeo Issue I
REVISED 25 NOVEMBER 1976
RE-REVISED 28 MARCH 1977
(Re-Revised to correct typographical error on p. 147 in
"High TA & ARC Brks" section. No other changes.)
(Revision in this type style)
C/S Series 41RA
C/S TIPS
LISTS
Always C/S to correct lists first when lists are out or suspected to be
out.
Don't do ARC Brks first in a case of out lists as an out list can make an
ARC break that can't be handled by ARC Brk but only an L4BR.
On a GF when lists show up or overlists you should handle that (first
action in handling the GF) but also you must order an "L4BR Method 5 and
handle." Method 5 is the once through for assessment.
NO READ AUDITORS
When auditors can get no reads on things you get their:
(a) TRs checked to see if they can even be heard.
(b) Their metering checked for meter position on auditing table, can they
see meter, pc and write without shifting eyes?
And can they see pc's hands on the cans?
And was the meter turned on and charged and can an auditor work the
tone arm smoothly with his thumb?
(c) Does the auditor discount reads gotten on clearing commands? (They are
the reads.)
(d) Can the auditor read out a list and see the meter reads as a
coordinated action?
CRAMMING
Send auditors to Cramming on all flubs, insist they GO to Cramming, insist
Cramming calls them in and crams them and insist on a carbon copy of the fact
that cramming has been done.
All the hard work of C/Sing comes in when auditors are flubby.
It takes weeks to make an auditor after he has had a course and it's only
done by cram-cram-cram.
146
R-FACTORS
Never order an R-Factor that takes pc into future or past as he then
won't be in session. Example: C/Ses "R-Factor we are setting you up for
Dianetics." Promptly the pc is up ahead not in this session.
MIXING STARTS
There are many ways to start a session. Don't mix them.
It's "2WC what do you have your attention on?"
"Fly a rud if no F/N."
"Fly all ruds."
"2WC the TA down."
"Fly a rud or GF + 40 Method 5 and handle."
It's not a mixture of frantic efforts to get a TA down.
If the auditor can't on what the C/S says THE AUDITOR ENDS OFF.
Interiorization is undone or out, there may be list errors, there may be
overruns, but for sure it's a case for FOLDER STUDY, not for an auditor C/Sing
in the chair.
HIGH TA & ARC BRKS
Train your auditors NEVER TRY TO GET A TA DOWN FROM ABOVE 3.0
ON ARC BREAKS.
LOW TA QUITS
Some auditors see a TA sink below 2.0 and then won't continue the 2WC or
process to get the TA back up.
"The TA sank so I quit" is a common auditor note.
Compare this: "The TA rose above 3.0 so I quit."
See? Doesn't make sense.
If a TA sinks below 2.0 -- and the auditor's TRs are good -- the same
action will usually bring it up to 2.0 and F/N.
Come down hard on auditors who do this.
Get their TRs checked, make them continue.
EXAM F/Ns AFTER FLUBS
Pcs whose TAs are high in session or low in session get F/N at the exams
put the finger on the auditor. They are protesting or being overwhelmed.
Always C/S "Examiner! Ask pc what auditor did in session."
Then you know it's the auditor or the case. The pc will say the auditor
was okay. So it's case. But usually when cases are puzzles there's weird
things going on with TRs.
147
Also the auditor may be noisy or laugh hard or is boisterous and being
"interesting."
C/S VIA
The C/S is handling cases on the via of an auditor.
If the auditor is perfect the C/S can handle the work out of the case. If
the auditor is not perfect in TRs, metering, Code, reports and doing the C/S
then the C/S is solving a factor unknown to him, not the pc's case.
So, be a perfect C/S. Demand perfect auditing. Cases fly.
HIGHER LEVELS
A C/S who assesses a pc to higher levels to solve lower ones is really
asking for a wreck.
It's always the earlier actions that are out.
Trying to cheat a case up to Grade II when he won't run on Grade I is
like trying to run the whole Grade Chart to cure a cold.
A pc can always be solved in or below where he is.
"Oh, we'll put him up a grade and cure his high TA" is like "He can't pass
kindergarten so we'll enroll him in college."
C/S EXPERTISE
A C/S has to know his auditing materials, HCOBs and texts MUCH better than
an auditor.
If a C/S is not being successful, get a retread on VI and VIII materials.
A C/S also must be confident HE could crack the case as an auditor.
When a C/S is shaky on his materials then the world of auditing looks very
unstable.
The tech is very exact, very effective. If any errors existed in it
they've been corrected.
So the variables are the knowledge of the C/S, his discipline and demands
of auditors and the actions of the auditor.
If THESE are stable then the cases that come along are easy as can be.
The successful C/S knows his materials. If he wants to be even more
successful he keeps his study up.
Then he is steady and calm for he is totally certain.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:sb.nt
Copyright $c 1971, 1976, 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
148
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=29/6/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=27/9/77
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Word Clearing Series 7RA
IMPORTANT
STEPS TO SPEED
STUDENT PRODUCT FLOW
Type = 12
iDate=29/6/71
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
Tech & Qual
Supervisors
Supervisor Courses
Cramming Offs
Word Clearers
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 29 JUNE 1971RA
Remimeo REVISED 14 JULY 1977
Tech & Qual (Reissued 27 September 1977
Supervisors to include revision date.)
Supervisor Courses CANCELS
Cramming Offs BTB 29 JUNE 1971R
Word Clearers SAME TITLE
Word Clearing Series 7RA
IMPORTANT
STEPS TO SPEED
STUDENT PRODUCT FLOW
(For Supervisors and Tech Products
Officers an LRH Despatch to Flag D of T)
If you consider each student who is tearing along successfully as an F/Ning
student, you would check anything that slowed the F/N.
Using dope-off as the detection of misunderstoods is running at a below
F/N level.
So if you consider that each student who is not 5.0 during study has a
misunderstood WORD (not phrase or idea or concept) you could drive up
velocity. Like auditing by slowed F/N instead of TA rise.
An estimation of tone level of the current students shows them at about +
or - 2.5. A very tight meter.
This could be remedied.
If I had this problem and a group of students at 2.5 I might approach it
this way:
Put a meter on the desk. Use "I am not auditing you" so not to in-session
them and start with the faster students. I would check "In your study have you
encountered any word you did not fully understand?" If I got a read I'd send
them to make up a list from the first P/L or tape and LOOK THEM UP and USE
THEM IN SENTENCES and take the next one. Any real BIs, I'd send directly to a
Word Clearing session.
I'd work on them until all their language was ironed out. Then I'd push
this back to a first few days action on the new ones -- when I had the old
ones handled.
Now possibly this is in to some degree.
5,235 (points per week) is of course high. There are however lows that
take it down. By eliminating these as slows, this average would rise.
These are not orders. They are organization steps to speed product flow --
which can be done without shattering stops such as "all students to TRs."
Quality would rise as well as speed.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
AVU I/A
LRH:AH:lf.pat
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
149
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
AVU I/A
Type = 11
iDate=5/7/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=3
rDate=20/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 49RB
ASSISTS
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 JULY 1971RB
Remimeo REVISED 19 JULY 1978
RE-REVISED 20 SEPTEMBER 1978
(Revisions in this type style)
C/S Series 49RB
ASSISTS
There are three types of assists.
They are:
1. Contact Assist
2. Touch Assist
3. Dianetic Assist
They are quite different from each other.
They are VERY effective when properly done.
Clears, OTs and Dianetic Clears may be run on NED for OTs, Contact Assists
and Touch Assists. It is forbidden, however, to run Dianetics on anyone who is
Clear or above. (Ref: HCOB 12 Sept 78 DIANETICS FORBIDDEN ON CLEARS AND
OTs.)
A preclear with a severe injury or illness can be run on all three and
SHOULD BE.
If the handling is very soon after injury, burns do not blister, breaks
heal in days, bruises vanish.
But to obtain such results it is necessary that the C/S and auditor or
auditor alone know and RESPECT the assist tech. It is too often a toss-off,
only one kind being done and then not to EP.
Every assist must end with an F/N (at Examiner or checked on a meter).
CONTACT ASSIST
Done off meter at the physical mest universe location of the injury. EP
pain gone. Cog. F/N.
See BTB 9 Oct 67R, ASSISTS FOR INJURIES.
DIANETIC ASSIST
Done in session on the meter. EP pain gone. Cog. F/N.
See HCOBs
12 Mar 69 II PHYSICALLY ILL PCs AND PRE-OTs
24 Apr 69RA DIANETIC USE
14 May 69 SICKNESS
23 May 69R AUDITING OUT SESSIONS, NARRATIVE VERSUS
SOMATIC CHAINS
24 Jul 69R SERIOUSLY ILL PCs
27 Jul 69 ANTIBIOTICS
150
15 Jan 70 THE USES OF AUDITING
21 Jun 70 C/S Series 9, SUPERFICIAL ACTIONS (SICK PCs)
8 Mar 71R C/S Series 29R, CASE ACTIONS, OFF LINE
23 Jul 73RA ASSISTS
2 Apr 69RA DIANETIC ASSISTS
11 Jul 73RB ASSIST SUMMARY
4 Apr 71-1RB USE OF QUAD DIANETICS
New Era Dianetics Series Bulletins.
TOUCH ASSIST
Done off the meter by an auditor on the pc's body. EP pain gone. Cog. F/N.
See HCOBs:
2 Apr 69RA DIANETIC ASSISTS
23 Jul 73RA ASSISTS
and:
BTB 7 Apr 72R TOUCH ASSISTS, CORRECT ONES
BTB 9 Oct 67R ASSISTS FOR INJURIES
UNCONSCIOUS PC
An unconscious pc can be audited off a meter by taking his hand and having
him touch nearby things like pillow, floor, etc. or body without hurting an
injured part.
A person in a coma for months can be brought around by doing this daily.
One tells them a hand signal like, "Press my hand twice for 'Yes,' once
for 'No,'" and can get through to them, asking questions and getting "Yes" and
"No" hand responses. They usually respond with this, if faintly, even while
unconscious.
When one has the person conscious again one can do the assists.
FIRST AID RULES APPLY TO INJURED PERSONS.
IN MAKING THEM TOUCH SOMETHING THAT WAS MOVING, STOP IT FIRST.
IN MAKING THEM TOUCH THINGS THAT WERE HOT, COOL THEM FIRST.
WHEN POSSIBLE MAKE THEM HOLD THE THINGS THEY WERE HOLDING, IF ANY, WHILE
DOING" A CONTACT ASSIST.
IF AFTER A TOUCH OR CONTACT ASSIST THEY DON'T F/N WHEN TAKEN TO OR GIVEN
AN EXAM, CHECK FOR O/R AND IF NO F/N TAKE THEM AWAY AND COMPLETE THE ASSIST.
DIANETIC ASSISTS CAN BE RUN QUAD.
This is important tech. It saves pain and lives. Know it and use it.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:nt.rd.lfg.kjm Founder
Copyright $c 1971, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
151
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=17/7/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=6/7/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 51R
OUT OF VALENCE
Remimeo
C/Ses
Testing
Personnel
Class IX
Checksheet
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 17 JULY 1971R
Remimeo REVISED 6 JULY 1978
C/Ses
Testing (Revisions in this type style)
Personnel (Ellipsis indicates deletion)
Class IX
Checksheet
C/S Series 51R
OUT OF VALENCE
(OCA Graph)
Note: This Bulletin has been revised to include the reference on
NEW ERA DIANETICS SERIES tech regarding valence handling.
On OCA graphs (the plotted test score of a pc) you find sometimes a case
that read high on the graph will drop and read lower after auditing.
This is caused by the fact that the person was OUT OF VALENCE in the first
place.
Social machinery was what the first registered.
Now after auditing the graph expresses something closer to the actual
being even though it dropped.
We have known about this since '57 or'58 but I do not think it was fully
written up. Further, we now know MORE about it.
If you look into suppressive person tech you will find an SP has to be
out of valence to be SP. He does not know that he is because he is himself in
a non-self valence. He is "somebody else" and is denying that he himself
exists, which is to say denying himself as a self.
Now this doesn't mean all persons whose graphs dropped were active SPs.
But it does mean they weren't being themselves.
After some auditing they became themselves somewhat and this self isn't
the social cheery self the first graph said.
But the dropped graph is nearer truth.
Now, how to get the graph UP again?
The person with the dropped graph is closer to being himself but is not
yet fully restored, not yet fully into his "own valence."
While Class XI would handle this a bit differently, Class VIII Rundown
already has an answer.
The Class VIII out of valence lists LX1, LX2 and LX3 and the recall,
secondary and engram Quad for each assessed item from these lists is a way to
handle.
Additionally we now have a NEW ERA DIANETICS process specifically
designed to getting a pc into valence. Ref: HCOB 20 June 1978, New Era
Dianetics Series 15, IDENTITY RUNDOWN. It is not done out of sequence in the
Dianetic Rundown as a hit and miss patch-up.
Completing any cycle the pc is on is of course fundamental....
The fact is that the pc is emerging more and more and becoming himself
and then he himself begins to gain.
The graph that dives will come back up if general processing is done.
The pc will keep saying he is "more there." And it is true.
LRH:nt.rd.lfg L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1971, 1978 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
152
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=23/7/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=16/7/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
ASSISTS
Type = 11
iDate=15/3/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 JULY 1971R
Remimeo REVISED 16 JULY 1978
(Revises and replaces HCOB
15 Mar 71 of same title.)
(Revisions in this type style)
(Ellipsis indicates deletion)
ASSISTS
For a pc being run on a Touch Assist for handling something around the head
(for example: teeth), go further even to the toes as the area extends through
the nerve channel to the whole body. Right -- left and also whole body. A head
somatic also sticks in the spine.
ASSIST EP
All assists are run to cognition and should F/N VGI at the Examiner.
INJURY RUNDOWN
On an injury, after the Contact Assist, a Touch Assist and then an L1C on
the injured member could be done.... Dianetic actions would follow as
necessary. This would include handling the injury fully as a narrative item
and then fully handling all somatics connected with it, per New Era Dianetics
Series tech. (Ref: HCOB 28
July 71R Revised 25 June 78 New Era Dianetics Series 8, DIANETICS, BEGINNING
A PC ON, HCOB 18 June 78 New Era Dianetics Series 4, ASSESSMENT AND HOW
TO GET THE ITEM and HCOB 11 July 73RA Revised 15 July 78, ASSIST SUMMARY.)
PC RUNNING A TEMPERATURE
COMMANDS CORRECTED FROM EARLIER ISSUE
A persistent temperature can be brought down by running the pc on Objective
"Hold it still."
This can be run on a two command basis.
VERSION A
For a pc running a temperature too ill for regular auditing, he should be
given antibiotics and an assist type boost, not a major action like Dianetics.
This version would be run if the pc is far too ill to get up. The pc is
run on a meter to cog F/N VGIs.
1. 2 command Repetitive Process alternate commands:
a. Look around here and find something.
b. Hold it still (until pc can or feels he can).
Then (a) again.
Then (b) again, etc.
This will drop a fever.
153
2. 2WC How do you feel? Have you felt like this before? Earlier similar to
F/N VGIs.
VERSION A is NOT very lasting. It is for very ill pcs and very high
temperatures.
VERSION B
This is true Objective "Hold it still" and is very lasting.
It is done on a pc who can, even with effort, walk around a room.
It is done OFF the meter to cog, GIs. The pc then should at once be put
on the meter and will be found to have an F/N. If no F/N on the meter the
process is either (a) unflat or (b) overrun. If unflat it is continued,
flattened off the meter and the same meter test follows. If overrun the
release point is rehabbed.
VERSION B commands are:
(a) Look around here and find something.
(b) Walk over to it.
(c) With your hands, hold it still.
The three commands are given in (a) (b) (c) sequence one after the other,
the pc executing each command and being acknowledged until the pc has a
cognition and GIs. He is then checked on the meter.
A thermometer can be used to check temperature after the meter check for
F/N. The temperature will be found to have subsided.
Both A and B versions can be used on the same pc.
Let us say on Monday, A Version is used. Then on Tuesday if temperature
has gone back up but pc is better B Version is then used.
The temperature process is most effective on a low order persistent fever
that goes on and on for days and even weeks. In such cases Version B would be
used and the temperature would come down and stay down very nicely.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:sb.nt.rd.lfg
Copyright $c 1971, 1978
by L Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
154
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=28/7/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=22/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 54RA
New Era Dianetics Series 8R
DIANETICS, BEGINNING A PC ON
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 28 JULY 1971RA
Remimeo REVISED 25 JUNE 197R
RE-REVISED 22 SEPTEMBER 1978
(Revisions in this type style)
C/S Series 54RA
New Era Dianetics Series 8R
DIANETICS, BEGINNING A PC ON
Make Dianetics work fully in our modern culture.
DO NOT BEGIN DIANETICS WITH A HEALTH FORM ANY LONGER.
BEGIN DIANETICS WITH THE ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT SHEET HCOB 24 JUNE 1978A.
THIS IS VITAL.
DRUGS OR ALCOHOL
IF YOU GET ANY TA ACTION OR READS ON DRUGS OR ALCOHOL EVEN IF THE PC SAYS
"NO" IT IS THE FIRST DIANETIC ACTION TO HANDLE THESE AS COVERED ON HCOB 15
JULY 71RA, III, NEW ERA DIANETICS SERIES 9A, DRUG HANDLING.
If the pc is currently on drugs, it may be necessary to put him through
Objective Processes and a Hand TAs Course to get him off drugs. Doing this
will avoid the painful withdrawal symptoms particularly present in3 coming off
heroin or psychiatric drugs. The usual sequence of Drug Rundown steps is given
in HCOB 22 Jun 78R New Era Dianetics Series 2R Full Pc Program Outline and
HCOB 15 Jul 71RA, Issue III, New Era Dianetics Series 9R Drug Handling.
The pc in many cases won't be able to run any engrams at all unless you run
out drugs, alcohol or medicines first. They will run these and these alone
until the engrams are gone.
People who "can't run engrams" are usually drug cases.
MEDICINE
If Medicine Part E of the Original Assessment Sheet reads then handle it
per C/S Series 48RB, as it reacts like any other drug, but pcs sometimes don't
think of medicine as drugs. They are.
LOSSES AND DEATHS
If Losses (of position, possessions, pets, etc.) reads or if Deaths of
relatives, etc. read on Parts F and G check for interest and run them out
Narrative Secondaries R3RA Quad.
UPSETS
If Upsets read and the pc is interested in running it out, handle it with
R3RA Narrative Quad. They can also be handled with regular preassessment,
etc., as in New Era Dianetics Series 4R.
DANGERS
If Part I reads and the pc is interested run the Danger out R3RA Narrative
Quad. They can also be handled with regular preassessment, etc., as in New Era
Dianetics Series 4R.
155
ILLNESSES, ACCIDENTS, OPERATIONS
Parts J, K, L, M, N are handled if reading by checking interest with the
pc and running out the illness, operation, accident or undesired physical
condition R3RA Quad Narrative.
Preassess these items if needed to take to a full and complete handling
with R3RA Quad.
FAMILY INSANITY
If Section P reads, run the loss out R3RA Secondaries Quad. This can be
preassessed if needed.
PERCEPTION DIFFICULTIES
Lack of perception (sight, hearing, etc.) comes from overts and improves
when Flow 2 is done on any R3RA chain.
Having found the complaint regarding perception (which can include lack of
feeling, lack of emotion) you would treat it as an original item and would
preassess the condition and then handle it with R3RA Quad, like any other
original item. See New Era Dianetics Series 4R on handling original items.
COMPULSIONS, REPRESSIONS, FEARS
If any compulsions, repressions or fears read in Part AA treat them as
original items just as given in New Era Dianetics Series 4R.
PREVIOUS DIANETIC OR SCIENTOLOGY PROCESSING
If the pc has charge on his previous processing, the auditing can be run
out R3RA Narrative Quad, first checking interest with the pc. Earlier
beginning and earlier similar are used.
LOOK ON YOURSELF AS SOMEONE ELSE
If Section FF reads, the pc should be given the Identity Rundown when he
reaches the correct step on his New Era Dianetics program.
FORMER PRACTICE
If Section GG reads, Former Practices, treat any former practice as an
original item and handle per New Era Dianetics Series 4R.
PROBLEMS YOU'RE TRYING TO SOLVE WITH PROCESSING
If this section reads and the pc is interested, treat the problem as an
original item per New Era Dianetics Series 4R.
DONE SOMETHING HARMFUL TO DIANETICS, DIANETICISTS, SCIENTOLOGY,
SCIENTOLOGISTS, ORGANIZATIONS
If this reads, check interest and treat it as an original item per New Era
Dianetics Series 4R.
REPAIR
REPAIR BY L3RF ANY FLUBBED DIANETIC SESSION OR CHAIN WITHIN 24 HOURS. Do
not let it go unrepaired.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:lfg.kjm Founder
Copyright $c 1971, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
156
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=16/8/71
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=1
rDate=5/7/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
TRAINING DRILLS REMODERNIZED
Type = 11
iDate=17/4/61
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Type = 11
iDate=5/1/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/00
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Type = 11
iDate=21/6/71
Volnum=0
Issue=3
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Type = 11
iDate=25/5/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
Courses
Checksheets
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 16 AUGUST 1971R
Remimeo Issue II
Courses REVISED 5 JULY 1978
Checksheets
(Revisions in this type style)
TRAINING DRILLS REMODERNIZED
(Revises 17 APRIL 1961.
This HCOB cancels the following:
Original HCOB 17 April 1961 TRAINING DRILLS MODERNIZED
Revised HCOB 5 Jan 71 TRAINING DRILLS MODERNIZED
Revised HCOB 21 June 71 TRAINING DRILLS MODERNIZED Issue III
HCOB 25 May 71 THE TR COURSE
This HCOB is to replace all other issues
of TRs 0-4 in all packs and checksheets.)
Due to the following factors, I have modernized TRs 0 to 4.
1. The auditing skill of any student remains only as good as he can do his
TRs.
2. Flubs in TRs are the basis of all confusion in subsequent efforts to audit.
3. If the TRs are not well learned early in Scientology training courses, THE
BALANCE OF THE COURSE WILL FAIL AND SUPERVISORS AT UPPER LEVELS WILL BE
TEACHING NOT THEIR SUBJECTS BUT TRs.
4. Almost all confusions on meter, Model Sessions and Scientology or Dianetic
processes stem directly from inability to do the TRs.
5. A student who has not mastered his TRs will not master anything further.
6. Scientology or Dianetic processes will not function in the presence of bad
TRs. The preclear is already being overwhelmed by process velocity and
cannot bear up to TR flubs without ARC breaks.
Academies were tough on TRs up to 1958 and have since tended to soften.
Comm Courses are not a tea party.
These TRs given here should be put in use at once in all auditor training,
in Academy and HGC and in the future should never be relaxed.
Public courses on TRs are NOT "softened" because they are for the public.
Absolutely no standards are lowered. THE PUBLIC ARE GIVEN REAL TRs -- ROUGH,
TOUGH AND HARD. To do otherwise is to lose 90% of the results. There is
nothing pale and patty-cake about TRs.
THIS HCOB MEANS WHAT IT SAYS. IT DOES NOT MEAN SOMETHING ELSE. IT DOES NOT
IMPLY ANOTHER MEANING. IT IS NOT OPEN TO INTERPRETATION FROM ANOTHER SOURCE.
THESE TRs ARE DONE EXACTLY PER THIS HCOB WITHOUT ADDED ACTIONS OR CHANGE.
NUMBER: OT TR 0 1971
NAME: Operating Thetan Confronting.
COMMANDS: None.
157
POSITION: Student and coach sit facing each other with eyes closed, a
comfortable distance apart -- about three feet.
PURPOSE: To train student to be there comfortably and confront another person.
The idea is to get the student able to BE there comfortably in a position
three feet in front of another person, to BE there and not do anything else
but BE there.
TRAINING STRESS: Student and coach sit facing each other with eyes closed.
There is no conversation. This is a silent drill. There is NO twitching,
moving, confronting with a body part, "system" or vias used to confront or
anything else added to BE there. One will usually see blackness or an area of
the room when one's eyes are closed. BE THERE, COMFORTABLY AND CONFRONT.
When a student can BE there comfortably and confront and has reached a
major stable win, the drill is passed.
HISTORY: Developed by L. Ron Hubbard in June 71 to give an additional gradient
to confronting and eliminate students confronting with their eyes, blinking,
etc. Revised by L. Ron Hubbard in August 1971 after research discoveries on
TRs.
NUMBER: TR 0 CONFRONTING REVISED 1961
NAME: Confronting Preclear.
COMMANDS: None.
POSITION: Student and coach sit facing each other a comfortable distance
apart -- about three feet.
PURPOSE: To train student to confront a preclear with auditing only or with
nothing. The whole idea is to get the student able to be there comfortably in
a position three feet in front of a preclear, to BE there and not do anything
else but BE there.
TRAINING STRESS: Have student and coach sit facing each other, neither making
any conversation or effort to be interesting. Have them sit and look at each
other and say and do nothing for some hours. Student must not speak, blink,
fidget, giggle or be embarrassed or anaten. It will be found the student tends
to confront WITH a body part, rather than just confront, or to use a system of
confronting rather than just BE there. The drill is misnamed if confronting
means to DO something to the pc. The whole action is to accustom an auditor to
BEING THERE three feet in front of a preclear without apologizing or moving or
being startled or embarrassed or defending self. Confronting with a body part
can cause somatics in that body part being used to confront. The solution is
just to confront and BE there. Student passes when he can just BE there and
confront and he has reached a major stable win.
HISTORY: Developed by L. Ron Hubbard in Washington in March 1957 to train
students to confront preclears in the absence of social tricks or conversation
and to overcome obsessive compulsions to be "interesting." Revised by L. Ron
Hubbard April 1961 on finding that SOP Goals required for its success a much
higher level of technical skill than earlier processes. Revised by L. Ron
Hubbard in August 1971 after research discoveries on TRs.
NUMBER: TR 0 BULLBAIT REVISED 1961
NAME: Confronting Bullbaited.
COMMANDS: Coach: "Start" "That's it" "Flunk."
POSITION: Student and coach sit facing each other a comfortable distance
apart -- about three feet.
PURPOSE: To train student to confront a preclear with auditing or with
nothing. The whole idea is to get the student able to BE there comfortably in
a position three feet in front of the preclear without being thrown off,
distracted or reacting in any way to what the preclear says or does.
158
TRAINING STRESS: After the student has passed TR 0 and he can just BE there
comfortably, "Bullbaiting" can begin. Anything added to BEING THERE is sharply
flunked by the coach. Twitches, blinks, sighs, fidgets, anything except just
being there is promptly flunked, with the reason why.
PATTER: Student coughs. Coach: "Flunk! You coughed. Start." This is the whole
of the coach's patter as a coach.
PATTER AS A CONFRONTED SUBJECT: The coach may say anything or do anything
except leave the chair. The student's "buttons" can be found and tromped on
hard. Any words not coaching words may receive no response from the student.
If the student responds, the coach is instantly a coach (see patter above).
Student passes when he can BE there comfortably without being thrown off or
distracted or react in any way to anything the coach says or does and has
reached a major stable win.
HISTORY: Developed by L. Ron Hubbard in Washington in March 1957 to train
students to confront preclears in the absence of social tricks or conversation
and to overcome obsessive compulsions to be "interesting." Revised by L. Ron
Hubbard April 1961 on finding that SOP Goals required for its success a much
higher level of technical skill than earlier processes. Revised by L. Ron
Hubbard in August 1971 after research discoveries on TRs.
NUMBER: TR 1 REVISED 1961
NAME: Dear Alice.
PURPOSE: To train the student to deliver a command newly and in a new unit of
time to a preclear without flinching or trying to overwhelm or using a via.
COMMANDS: A phrase (with the "he saids" omitted) is picked out of the book
Alice in Wonderland and read to the coach. It is repeated until the coach is
satisfied it arrived where he is.
POSITION: Student and coach are seated facing each other a comfortable
distance apart.
TRAINING STRESS: The command goes from the book to the student and, as his
own, to the coach. It must not go from book to coach. It must sound natural not
artificial. Diction and elocution have no part in it. Loudness may have.
The coach must have received the command (or question) clearly and have
understood it before he says "Good."
PATTER: The coach says "Start," says "Good" without a new start if the command
is received or says "Flunk" if the command is not received. "Start" is not
used again. "That's it" is used to terminate for a discussion or to end the
activity. If session is terminated for a discussion, coach must say "Start"
again before it resumes.
This drill is passed only when the student can put across a command
naturally, without strain or artificiality or elocutionary bobs and gestures,
and when the student can do it easily and relaxedly.
HISTORY: Developed by L. Ron Hubbard in London, April 1956, to teach the
communication formula to new students. Revised by L. Ron Hubbard 1961 to
increase auditing ability.
NUMBER; TR 2 REVISED 1978
NAME: Acknowledgements.
PURPOSE: To teach the student that an acknowledgement is a method of
controlling preclear communication and that an acknowledgement is a full stop.
The student must UNDERSTAND and APPROPRIATELY acknowledge the comm and
in such a way that it does not continue the comm.
159
COMMANDS: The coach reads lines from Alice in Wonderland omitting the "he
saids" and the student thoroughly acknowledges them. The student says "Good,"
"Fine," "Okay," "I heard that," ANYTHING only so long as it is appropriate to
the pc's comm -- in such a way as actually to convince the person who is
sitting there as the preclear that he has heard it. The coach repeats any line
he feels was not truly acknowledged.
POSITION: Student and coach are seated facing each other at a comfortable
distance apart.
TRAINING STRESS: Teach student to acknowledge exactly what was said so
preclear knows it was heard. Ask student from time to time what was said. Curb
over and under acknowledgement. Let student do anything at first to get
acknowledgement across, then even him out. Teach him that an acknowledgement
is a stop, not beginning of a new cycle of communication or an encouragement
to the preclear to go on and that an acknowledgement must be appropriate for
the pc's comm. The student must be broken of the habit of robotically using
"Good," "Thank you" as the only acks.
To teach further that one can fail to get an acknowledgement across or
can fail to stop a pc with an acknowledgement or can take a pc's head off with
an acknowledgement.
PATTER: The coach says "Start," reads a line and says "Flunk" every time the
coach feels there has been an improper acknowledgement. The coach repeats the
same line each time the coach says "Flunk." "That's it" may be used to
terminate for discussion or terminate the session. "Start" must be used to
begin a new coaching after a "That's it."
HISTORY: Developed by L. Ron Hubbard in London in April 1956 to teach new
students that an acknowledgement ends a communication cycle and a period of
time, that a new command begins a new period of time. Revised 1961 and again in
1978 by L. Ron Hubbard.
NUMBER: TR 2 1/2 1978
NAME: Half Acks.
PURPOSE: To teach the student that a half acknowledgement is a method of
encouraging a pc to communicate.
COMMANDS: The coach reads lines from "Alice in Wonderland" omitting "he
saids" and the student half acks the coach. The coach repeats any line he feels
was not half acked.
POSITION: The student and coach are seated facing each other at a comfortable
distance apart.
TRAINING STRESS: Teach student that a half acknowledgement is an
encouragement to the pc to CONTINUE talking. Curb over-acknowledgement that
stops a pc from talking. Teach him further that a hall ack is a way of keeping
a pc talking by giving the pc the feeling that he is being heard.
PATTER: The coach says "Start," reads a line and says "Flunk" every time the
coach feels there has been an improper half ack. The coach repeats the same
line each time the coach says "Flunk." "That's it" may be used to terminate for
discussion or terminate the session. If the session is terminated for
discussion, the coach must say "Start" again before it resumes.
HISTORY: Developed by L. Ron Hubbard in July 1978 to train auditors in how to
get a pc to continue talking as in R3RA.
NUMBER: TR 3 REVISED 1961
NAME: Duplicative Question.
160
PURPOSE; To teach a student to duplicate without variation an auditing
question, each time newly, in its own unit of time, not as a blur with other
questions, and to acknowledge it. To teach that one never asks a second
question until he has received an answer to the one asked.
COMMANDS: "Do fish swim?" or "Do birds fly?"
POSITION: Student and coach seated a comfortable distance apart.
TRAINING STRESS: One question and student acknowledgement of its answer in
one unit of time which is then finished. To keep student from straying into
variations of command. Even though the same question is asked, it is asked as
though it had never occurred to anyone before.
The student must learn to give a command and receive an answer and to
acknowledge it in one unit of time.
The student is flunked if he or she fails to get an answer to the
question asked, if he or she fails to repeat the exact questions, if he or she
Q and As with excursions taken by the coach.
PATTER: The coach uses "Start" and "That's it," as in earlier TRs. The coach
is not bound after starting to answer the student's question but may comm lag
or give a commenting type answer to throw the student off. Often the coach
should answer. Somewhat less often the coach attempts to pull the student
into a Q and A or upset the student. Example:
Student: "Do fish swim?"
Coach: "Yes"
Student: "Good"
Student: "Do fish swim?"
Coach: "Aren't you hungry?"
Student: "Yes"
Coach: "Flunk."
When the question is not answered, the student must say, gently, "I'll
repeat the auditing question," and do so until he gets an answer. Anything
except commands, acknowledgement and as needed, the repeat statement is
flunked. Unnecessary use of the repeat statement is flunked. A poor command
is flunked. A poor acknowledgement is flunked. A Q and A is flunked (as in
example). Student misemotion or confusion is flunked. Student failure to utter
the next command without a long comm lag is flunked. A choppy or premature
acknowledgement is flunked. Lack of an acknowledgement (or with a distinct
comm lag) is flunked. Any words from the coach except an answer to the
question, "Start," "Flunk," "Good" or "That's it" should have no influence on
the student except to get him to give a repeat statement and the command
again. By repeat statement is meant, "I'll repeat the auditing command."
"Start," "Flunk," "Good" and "That's it" may not be used to fluster or
trap the student. Any other statement under the sun may be. The coach may try
to leave his chair in this TR. If he succeeds it is a flunk. The coach should
not use introverted statements such as "I just had a cognition." 'Coach
divertive' statements should all concern the student, and should designed to
throw the student off and cause the student to lose session control or track
of what the student is doing. The student's job is to keep a session going in
spite of anything, using only command, the repeat statement or the
acknowledgement. The student may use his or her hands to prevent a 'blow'
(leaving) of the coach. If the student does anything else than the above, it
is a flunk and the coach must say so.
HISTORY: Developed by L. Ron Hubbard in London in April 1956, to overcome
variations and sudden changes in sessions. Revised 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard.
The old TR has a comm bridge as part of its training but this is now part of
and is taught in Model Session and is no longer needed at this level. Auditors
have been frail in getting their questions answered. This TR was redesigned to
improve that frailty.
161
NUMBER: TR 4 REVISED 1961
NAME: Preclear Originations.
PURPOSE: To teach the student not to be tongue-tied or startled or thrown off
session by originations of preclear and to maintain ARC with preclear
throughout an origination.
COMMANDS: The student runs "Do fish swim?" or "Do birds fly?" on coach.
Coach answers but now and then makes startling comments from a prepared list
given by supervisor. Student must handle originations to satisfaction of coach.
POSITION: Student and coach sit facing each other at a comfortable distance
apart.
TRAINING STRESS: The student is taught to hear origination and do three
things. 1. Understand it; 2. Acknowledge it; and 3. Return preclear to
session. If the coach feels abruptness or too much time consumed or lack of
comprehension, he corrects the student into better handling.
PATTER: All originations concern the coach, his ideas, reactions or
difficulties, none concern the auditor. Otherwise the patter is the same as in
earlier TRs. The student's patter is governed by: 1. Clarifying and
understanding the origin. 2. Acknowledging the origin. 3. Giving the repeat
statement "I'll repeat the auditing command," and then giving it. Anything
else is a flunk.
The auditor must be taught to prevent ARC breaks and differentiate
between a vital problem that concerns the pc and a mere effort to blow
session. (TR 3 Revised.) Flunks are given if the student does more than 1.
Understand; 2. Acknowledge; 3. Return pc to session.
Coach may throw in remarks personal to student as on TR 3. Student's
failure to differentiate between these (by trying to handle them) and coach's
remarks about self as "pc" is a flunk.
Student's failure to persist is always a flunk in any TR but here more
so. Coach should not always read from list to originate, and not always look
at student when about to comment. By originate is meant a statement or remark
referring to the state of the coach or fancied case. By comment is meant a
statement or remark aimed only at student or room. Originations are handled,
comments are disregarded by the student.
HISTORY: Developed by L. Ron Hubbard in London in April 1956, to teach
auditors to stay in session when preclear dives out. Revised by L. Ron Hubbard
in 1961 to teach an auditor more about handling origins and preventing ARC
breaks.
As TR 5 is also part of the CCHs it can be disregarded in the Comm Course
TRs despite its appearance on earlier lists for students and staff auditors.
TRAINING NOTE
It is better to go through these TRs several times getting tougher each
time than to hang on one TR forever or to be so tough at start student goes
into a decline.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jw:JR:JS:nt.pe.rd.lfg
Copyright $c 1961, 1971, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
162
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=8/9/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=20/5/75
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
CASE SUPERVISOR ACTIONS
Class VIII Only
Class VIII C/Ses
Class VIII Auditors
Class VIII Checksheets
HSST Course
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 8 SEPTEMBER 1971R
REVISED 20 MAY 1975
(Note: This is a revised issue for Class VIII
Class VIII Only & HSST Courses. The Power and Upper Level
Class VIII C/Ses C/Ses will be issued as additions for Class
Class VIII Auditors VII & Solo C/S Courses.)
Class VIII Checksheets
HSST Course
CASE SUPERVISOR ACTIONS
This is the revised issue of the Class VIII HCOB Case Supervisor Actions.
Several C/Ses have been brought up to date from the original C/S Booklet of 10
Dec 68.
The following are basic Case Supervisor actions.
It is to be noted Symptoms are double lettered (AA, BB) and the
Directions to Auditors are numbered (1, 2, 3). When more than one Direction
applies to a Symptom, a letter is added (1A, 1B).
In the future if a related Symptom is added, it will go to a triple
letter for the same Class (BBB, JJJ).
In the future, for a triple letter, a Direction will be numbered as
hundreds, (BBB 200, BBB 200A).
Thus we have a system which can expand and be refined which can be charted
and boxed.
A chart can be drawn up of Symptoms. This chart gives the numbers for
Directions.
To save himself from writing, the Case Supervisor can get the slips run
off separately in quantity.
These slips can be packaged in envelopes. Or go into a covered wooden box
with 80/100 pigeon holes. The door closes over the holes, the chart is on the
inside of the door, the whole thing can be padlocked. The pattern is that of a
flag locker in which signal flags are kept. Each pigeon hole is numbered.
The C/S then simply looks on his chart, deals out of the C/S locker a
number of slips, staples them, puts on auditor and pc, uses a time/date stamp
and he is very much in business.
The C/S does not issue the Symptoms in folders. Only the directions.
His comments to the auditor can be made on a blank sheet stapled in front
of the separate slips.
He then has his locker, he has his independent copy of this HCOB for
separate reference. He will have his chart.
His only real problem is how to keep himself supplied with slips of
Directions. It is probably best to cut these all of a piece on mimeo stencils
and get them run off in batches.
Standard grades are not part of this set-up as it is understood that the
auditor knows these. Directions to do standard grades are written on the blank
sheet.
Good Luck.
163
INDEX
CLASS VIII
SYMPTOM DIRECTION PIGEON
NAME NO. NO. HOLE
Rudiments, Light use AA 1 1
Rudiments, Fly all BB 2 2
Ruds, or GF CC 3 3
Green Form CCC 300 4
GF all Black CCC 300A 5
GF, Misunderstood Case CCC 300B 6
Ruds, High TA on DD 4 7
High TA Chronic DDD 400 8
Out Rudiments DDD 400A 9
Complaints About F/Ns EE 5 10
Previous Bad Auditing FF 6 11
Nattery or Critical Pc GG 7 12
Crossed Rudiments HH 8 13
Rudiments, Protesting HHH 800 14
Out Rudiments HHH 800A 15
Repeating PTP HHH 800B 16
Bad Session last time II 9 17
Incomplete Actions III 900 18
Rock Slam III 900A 19
Rock Slam at Examiner III 900B 20
Assist III 900C 20
List, Errors In:
Recent Possible Incorrect List JJ 10A 22
Lots of Earlier List Available JJ 10B 23
Old Earlier List Not Available JJ 10C 24
List (Recent) Not Available JJ 10D 25
List Item Didn't F/N JJJ 100E 26
List Error 3 SPs JJJ 100H 27
Persisting Item JJJ 100J 28
Alcohol KK 11 29
Drugs LL 12 30
Tiredness MM 13 31
Exteriorization, Bypassed NN 14 32
F/Ns Bypassed in Session OO 15 33
F/N Packed up PP 16 34
Exteriorization, Case Cannot QQ 17 35
Exteriorization QQQ 170 36
Money, Has Trouble With RR 18 37
Solid, Bank Gone Solid SS 19 38
Process Split by Break TT 20 39
Gains Invalidated UU 21 40
Resistive Case, Assess 7 Cases VV 22 41
Resistive Case, Doesn't Want Auditing VV 22A 42
164
SYMPTOM DIRECTION PIGEON
NAME NO. NO. HOLE
Resistive Cases, Recall Pretending VV 22B 43
Resistive Cases, Prevent Auditing VV 22C 44
Resistive Cases, Drugs VVV 220D+E 45
Resistive Cases, Drugs, Poor Ethics VVV 220D+E 46
Resistive Cases, Drugs, Overts VVV 220E(I) 47
Resistive Cases, Former Therapy VVV 220F 48
Resistive Cases, Earlier Practice VVV 220G 49
Resistive Cases, Out of Valence VVV 220H 50
LX3 VVV 220H(1) 51
LX2 VVV 220H(2) 52
LX1 VVV 220H(3) 53
LX1 Assessed to Grief or Loss VVV 220H(4) 54
Resistive Cases, Overts VV 221 55
Resistive Cases, Grades VV 22J 56
Resistive Cases, Rudiments VV 22K 57
Resistive Cases, Rudiments VVV 220K(1) 58
Resistive Cases, Engram Matching
PT Dangers VVV 22L 59
Resistive Cases, Physically Ill VV 22M 60
Had Been Physically Ill VVV 220M(1) 61
Resistive Cases, ARC Breaks VVV 220K(2) 62
S&D, Singular Item YYY 250A 63
Physically Ill YYY 250B 64
PTS, Environmental Menace YYY 250C 65
Assists ZZZ 260 66
Unwarranted Sec Checks ZZZ 260D 67
CASE SUPERVISOR AA
CLASS VIII
Rudiments, light use of
Symptoms
Pc in session easily.
Gets case gains.
CASE SUPERVISOR 1
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________ Time: ________________________
1. Fly the ruds to F/N.
Run the rudiments, ARC break, PTP and/or M/W/H to the first F/N.
Use Suppress and False if pc edgy about ruds.
Do not fly any ruds if pc has F/N at sess start.
165
CASE SUPERVISOR BB
CLASS VIII
Rudiments, fly all
Symptoms
Pc or pre-OT not in session.
Tends to take over session.
Hard to handle in session.
Ends sessions with bad indicators.
CASE SUPERVISOR 2
CLASS VIII
To the Auditor
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor _______________________________ Time: ________________________
1. Fly each rudiment to floating needle.
ARC Brk
Present time problem
Missed withholds.
Use Suppress on a "clean" read.
Use False read (Has anyone said you had a ________ when you didn't.)
CASE SUPERVISOR CC
CLASS VIII
Rudiments or Green Form
Symptom
Case not audited for some time.
CASE SUPERVISOR 3
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. Fly a rud or do GF, Method No.3.
(If there is no F/N on rudiments, then do a Green Form omitting the standard
ARC Brk, PTP and M/W/H which have just been done anyway.)
Use itsa earlier itsa. No lists.
CASE SUPERVISOR CCC
CLASS VIII
Green Form
Symptom
Pc requesting review.
Pc has not been audited for some time.
166
CASE SUPERVISOR 300
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. Assess GF+40 once through, marking lengths of reads.
2. Return folder to C/S (who should also have the FES info on the case
available to do a proper C/S.)
CASE SUPERVISOR CCC
CLASS VIII
Green Form
Symptom
All Black reads.
CASE SUPERVISOR 300A
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. List what it was to an item or date it.
Running it is too heavy a Green Form action.
CASE SUPERVISOR CCC
CLASS VIII
Green Form
Symptom
Misunderstood Case Condition reads.
CASE SUPERVISOR 300B
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. Handle Misunderstood Case Condition if it reads.
Get in Suppress and Invalidated.
Do a Remedy B on "Who or what haven't you understood about (your case),"
test if it's "Case or Cases," do a Remedy B on the question that reads.
2. Verify and rehab all grades and sections (if Clear omit Power).
3. Return folder to C/S for further action if (2) hangs up and doesn't go.
CASE SUPERVISOR DD
CLASS VIII
Rudiments, high TA on
Symptom
TA goes up high when rudiments used.
167
CASE SUPERVISOR 4
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. Per C/S Series 1, Auditors Rights, check Protest or Overrun. If TA remains
high, the trained auditor is to do a C/S 53 and handle.
CASE SUPERVISOR DDD
CLASS VIII
High TA, chronic
Symptom
TA is at 3.5 or above.
CASE SUPERVISOR 400
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. Assess Short Hi-Lo TA List (C/S Ser 53) and handle to F/Ning list.
(NOTE: Also handle any errors found in FES which the pc may not be aware
of, like processes run twice etc.)
CASE SUPERVISOR DDD
CLASS VIII
Out rudiments
Symptoms
Audited over ARC breaks of long duration and M/W/H.
Too many GF, Remedy Bs and S&Ds.
Pc was OK now reported in grief after too much over-correction and
errors. He's had too many repairs that were badly done.
CASE SUPERVISOR 400A
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. Fly each rud to F/N. Be alert for ARC breaks of
long duration. Chase back to basic.
2. Assess: Auditing
Treatment
Healing
Scientology
Sessions
Auditors
Reviews
Correction
3. Prepcheck each item that reads, in order of size of read.
4. Back to C/S (for a C/S based on what was found in FES.)
168
CASE SUPERVISOR EE
CLASS VIII
Complaints about F/Ns
Symptom
Pc or pre-OT claims he F/Ns too easily or too quickly when he has not
had any gains.
CASE SUPERVISOR 5
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. Check for cut communications (itsa E/S itsa to F/N).
2. Prepcheck floating needles "On floating needles ________" to F/N.
Be sure to clear the command well with a green pc.
CASE SUPERVISOR FF
CLASS VIII
Previous bad auditing
Symptoms
Pc reluctant, has aches or pains.
CASE SUPERVISOR 6
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. Assess: Auditors
Auditing
Scientology
Dianetics
Engrams
Secondaries
Locks
Reviews
Sessions
Cases
Case gain
Results
2. Prepcheck result.
Beware on the assessment pc doesn't "get an item" just because he doesn't
understand it. If so, clear item and reassess.
CASE SUPERVISOR GG
CLASS VIII
Nattery or critical pc
Symptoms
Pc is highly critical.
Natters.
169
CASE SUPERVISOR 7
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. Prepcheck "Withholds?" "On withholds has ________."
Clear command well.
2. Pull withholds, E/S.
CASE SUPERVISOR HH
CLASS VIII
Crossed rudiments
Symptoms
Pc or pre-OT answers PTPs with ARC breaks, ARC breaks with PTPs,
missed W/Hs with PTPs, etc.
CASE SUPERVISOR 8
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. Clear each rudiment thoroughly with preclear before running it and fly each
rud to F/N.
CASE SUPERVISOR HHH
CLASS VIII
Rudiments
Symptoms
Pc or pre-OT shows signs of protesting in session. Lots of False
assertions by auditors.
CASE SUPERVISOR 800
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. Get in ruds with Suppress and False with prefix "In auditing has there been
an/a ________" ARC break, problem, withhold (not missed W/H). If the pc or
pre-OT can't think of it, after he looks for it, you test False read with
various questions. "Who said you had an/a _______ reading when you didn't
have one." or "Has anyone asked for answers you didn't have." or "Has
somebody pulled ________ that had been pulled before." etc.
CASE SUPERVISOR HHH
CLASS VIII
PTP
Symptom
Preclear has repeating PTP.
170
CASE SUPERVISOR 800B
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. Pick up ARC breaks. ARCU CDEINR, itsa earlier similar itsa to F/N.
2. Handle PTPs. If it reads well, itsa earlier similar itsa to F/N. Make a
Remedy B out of the PTP if it requires handling in any way but mild itsa.
Use the PTP she says it is in the question. "In your past who or what was
similar to _______." Make it make sense. Handle per the laws of L&N.
CASE SUPERVISOR II
CLASS VIII
Bad session last time
Symptoms
From folder pc was mishandled.
Wound up at the Examiner caved in.
CASE SUPERVISOR 9
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
NOTE: Study the folder to find and correct the error.
If out ruds:
1. Run ruds with the questions:
In your last session did you have an ARC break?
In your last session did you have a problem?
In your last session did you have a withhold?
2. If no F/N yet, do L1C "In your last session ________."
CASE SUPERVISOR III
CLASS VIII
Incomplete actions
Symptoms
Pc either overrun or underrun as session did not end on F/N.
CASE SUPERVISOR 900
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. C/S is to handle as per C/S Ser 34 "Non-F/N Cases."
171
CASE SUPERVISOR III
CLASS VIII
Rock slam
Symptoms
R/S on M/W/H.
Hard to clean.
CASE SUPERVISOR 900A
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. Prepcheck missed withholds.
"On missed withholds has anything been ________.
2. Pull overts. (Be sure to get the crime back of the R/S. Use method of
magnifying or exaggerating the overts if needed.)
CASE SUPERVISOR III
CLASS VIII
Rock slam
Symptoms
Pc or pre-OT, R/S at Examiner.
A R/S, the pc came out of session which means the F/N was an ARC break
needle or false report. A rock slam can be caused by either a crime or
an invalidation. It can cool on invalidation but would come back as a
crime.
CASE SUPERVISOR 900B
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. Clean up invalidation of last session.
2. Handle any continuous PT overts on Scientology and see if it continues to
read as invalidation or as a real read. If it is even vaguely hard to clean,
the correct action is to list.
3. "What are you trying to prevent." List & null to one reading item.
CASE SUPERVISOR III
CLASS VIII
Assist
Symptoms
Ruds overrun.
By Examiner statement still had a PTP after the last session.
Delicate pc.
172
CASE SUPERVISOR 900C
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. Indicate to the pc overrun and bypassed F/Ns.
2. Assesses GF Method 5.
3. Return folder back to C/S.
CASE SUPERVISOR JJ
CLASS VIII
Lists, errors in
Symptoms
Listing trouble.
Pc nattery.
Ethics trouble after being listed on an S&D.
Rem B or Prevent.
Ill after being listed on something.
Heavy session ARC breaks without explanation.
Actions
(1) Recent list.
(2) Old lists.
(3) The earlier list (recent) not available.
(4) Old earlier lists not available.
CASE SUPERVISOR 10A
INSTRUCTION TO THE AUDITOR
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
Lists
(1)
Recent possible incorrect list.
(1) Find the list, do L4B, Method 5, on it.
CASE SUPERVISOR 10B
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
Lists
(2)
Lots of earlier lists available.
1. Find the earliest S&D. Do L4B to correct item by the Laws of Listing and
Nulling HCOB 1 August 68. Give it to the pc as his first S&D item. Correct
no further.
2. Find the earliest Remedy B. Do L4B to correct item as in (1).
3. Find the earliest list ever done on the case, do L4B as in (1).
173
CASE SUPERVISOR 10C
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
Lists
(3)
Old earlier lists not available.
1. Assess review, auditors, auditing, lists, old lists, list items.
2. Do L4B with "On (item found in (1) ________" Method 5). Handle each item
as it reads with itsa and indicate the BPC.
Or as an alternate C/S do the following:
1. L4B on every list pc can recall (Method 5).
CASE SUPERVISOR 10D
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE AUDITOR
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
Lists
(4)
The earlier list (recent) not available.
1. Do L4B "On that list (specify) ________" (Method 5).
CASE SUPERVISOR 100E
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
Lists
(5)
List item didn't F/N in the matter of listing and nulling.
1. Do L4B on that list (specify), Method 5.
CASE SUPERVISOR 100H
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE AUDITOR
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
Lists
(6)
List error, 3 SPs found on one list.
Difficulty on the job.
1. Find and correct this incomplete list. Renull to one reading item.
2. Do L4B, Method 5.
174
CASE SUPERVISOR 100J
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE AUDITOR
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
Lists
(7)
A persistent item that doesn't blow. Wrong item.
1. Find which list it came from.
2. Correct the list by L4B, Method 5.
CASE SUPERVISOR KK
Alcohol
Symptoms
Delusions.
Can't leave alcohol alone.
Dishonesty.
Physical deterioration.
Deception.
Religious fixations.
Sexual perversions or promiscuity.
Alcohol produces its effect by rapidly burning up the B1 vitamin and foods
in the body. This pulls a thetan in to the resulting low area.
CASE SUPERVISOR 11
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE AUDITOR
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
Give pc B1 before session.
1. Fly ruds or GF to F/N.
2. Rehab any and all releases through drinking. Get number of times by
counting.
3. 3 Way or Quad Recall:
F1. Recall another giving you alcohol.
F2. Recall giving alcohol to another.
F3. Recall another giving alcohol to another or others.
F0. Recall giving yourself alcohol.
4. 3 Way or Quad Engrams:
F1. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of another
giving you alcohol.
F2. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of you giving
alcohol to another or others.
F3. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of another
giving alcohol to another or others.
F0. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of giving
yourself alcohol.
CASE SUPERVISOR LL
Drugs
Symptoms
Registers on the meter as having taken drugs.
High TA.
175
Seems unauditable on ARC Straightwire or above or hangs up in doing
grades.
Talks randomly.
Compares Scientology sessions to former drug trips.
Looking for the same euphoria from a Scn session as received during
drug trips.
Dub-in engram.
Drugs, and also bio-chemical substances used in "treatment" or in
tranquilizing the person produce delusion. This is done by making a reduced
creation in the body so that the thetan is dragged into heavily creating.
Makes a + and -.
If a person is heavily the effect of something, then he has done it as an
overt.
A preclear who has recently been on drugs should not be audited until off
them for 6 weeks.
B1 vitamin in heavy dosage has been known to alleviate the no-create body
drag and so stop the obsessive create thetan drag.
Auditing someone during a drug delusion state heavily hangs up a case and
must not be done. Vitamins are not drugs.
Drugs include a long category of substances and even some poisons.
Anything that produced a release of a thetan from the body can be rehabbed.
CASE SUPERVISOR 12
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE AUDITOR
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________ Time: ________________________
The Class VIII Drug Rundown:
1. Fly rud or GF to F/N by itsa earlier itsa, no lists.
2. Rehab former releases for each type of drug taken, get number of times
released on each. (Each should F/N.)
3. 3 Way or Quad Recall:
F1. Recall another giving you drugs.
F2. Recall giving drugs to another.
F3. Recall another giving drugs to another or others.
F0. Recall giving yourself drugs.
4. 3 Way or Quad Secondaries:
F1. Locate an incident containing loss or emotion of another giving you
drugs.
F2. Locate an incident containing loss or emotion of you giving
drugs to another or others.
F3. Locate an incident containing loss or emotion of another giving drugs
to another or others.
F0. Locate an incident containing loss or emotion of giving yourself drugs.
5. 3 Way or Quad Engrams:
F1. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of another
giving you drugs.
F2. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of you giving
drugs to another or others.
F3. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of another
giving drugs to another or others.
F0. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of giving
yourself drugs.
RUN THE ENGRAMS PRECISELY BY THE BOOK.
176
CASE SUPERVISOR MM
CLASS VIII
Tiredness
Symptoms
Tired continually.
Sleeps too much.
Tiredness is technically BLUNTED PURPOSE.
The most effective way to handle this is by the overt-motivator engram.
CASE SUPERVISOR 13
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
Tiredness:
F1. Find and run an engram or chain of the pc's purpose being blunted to F/N.
F2. Find and run an engram or chain of blunting the purpose of another or
others to F/N.
F3. Find and run an engram or chain of another blunting the purpose of another
or others.
F0. Find and run an engram of the pc blunting his own purpose. (If a Quad pc.)
CASE SUPERVISOR NN
CLASS VIII
Exteriorization, bypassed
Symptoms
Pc or pre-OT went exterior and the auditor kept on auditing when he
should have stopped right there, pc went back in or got upset about it.
CASE SUPERVISOR 14
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
Int RD if the pc hasn't had any yet. If he has,
then:
1. Date/Locate the point of exteriorization.
2. Acknowledge pc's release in last session.
NOTE: If pc is still upset, the Int RD needs to be repaired.
CASE SUPERVISOR OO
CLASS VIII
F/Ns bypassed in session
Symptoms
Auditor went by F/Ns on the same subject.
TA was low, pc cognited. TA then went up on same subject.
177
CASE SUPERVISOR 15
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. Rehab the F/N by asking "On the process (described) how many times were you
released?"
2. Indicate the overrun.
CASE SUPERVISOR PP
CLASS VIII
F/N packed up
Symptoms
Case has ceased to F/N.
CASE SUPERVISOR 16
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________ Time: ________________________
1. Handle as per C/S Ser 34 "NON F/N CASES."
CASE SUPERVISOR QQ
CLASS VIII
Exteriorization, case cannot
Symptoms
Case doesn't exteriorize at a level it should.
CASE SUPERVISOR 17
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________ Time: ________________________
1. Assess: Exteriorization
Death
Release
Fear
Havingness
Nothing
Going off
Responsibility
Dizziness.
2. Prepcheck what assessed out.
178
CASE SUPERVISOR QQQ
CLASS VIII
Exteriorization
Symptoms
Bypassed in this or former session.
CASE SUPERVISOR 170
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________ Time: ________________________
1. C/S inspects the folder and orders an Interiorization Rundown.
CASE SUPERVISOR RR
CLASS VIII
Money, has troubles with
Symptoms
Cannot buy training or processing.
Has money troubles.
Wastes money.
CASE SUPERVISOR 18
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________ Time: ________________________
LM1
1. Assess: Beggarized
Pauperized
Poor
Rich
Broke
Money
Power
Buying
Poverty
Capital
Accounts
Embezzlement
Waste
2. Prepcheck the items that read in order of size of read.
CASE SUPERVISOR SS
CLASS VIII
Solid, bank gone solid
Symptoms
Engrams, masses feel too solid to pc.
179
CASE SUPERVISOR 19
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________ Time: ________________________
1. L3B, Method 3, and handle. (Also can be done by Dn auditor.)
2. Then on to Dianetic C/S to handle any pictures and masses.
CASE SUPERVISOR TT
CLASS VIII
Process split by a break
Symptoms
A break was taken or a session ended without a major action completed.
OR
TA went up the moment the session was resumed or the process in next
session was started again.
CASE SUPERVISOR 20
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________ Time: ________________________
1. Check to see if the process went release out of session.
If so, rehab the F/N.
If no F/N to be had then run ruds "Between sessions ________." to F/N and
finish the process.
If TA high, do not do ruds. Instead assess Short Hi-Lo TA List (C/S Ser
53) and handle.
CASE SUPERVISOR UU
CLASS VIII
Gains invalidated
Symptoms
Pc roller-coasters after an apparently good session.
CASE SUPERVISOR 21
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________ Time: ________________________
1. Check for invalidation "Since last session has anything been invalidated."
If no F/N run "Since last session has anything been suppressed."
If no F/N do Green Form. No lists. Itsa earlier itsa only.
CASE SUPERVISOR VV
CLASS VIII
Resistive case
(Can be used more than once so long as same item does not get used
again after being handled.)
180
Symptoms
Thick review folder
Roller-coasters
Complains
Blows courses or orgs
Long sessions
Hard to get F/Ns
Doesn't want auditing
Makes trouble for auditors
Does not respond to auditing.
CASE SUPERVISOR 22
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________ Time: ________________________
Assess 7 cases
Separate RUDS & GRADES
Do not state "Resistive Cases" but "Special Cases," HCOB 23/9/68 Issue II.
(a) Does not want auditing ________
(b) Pretending training or grades not attained _________
(c) Has not had auditing ________
(d) Seeking the same thrill attained from drugs ________
(e) Has taken drugs ________
(f) Former therapy before Scientology ________
(g) Has been part of earlier practices ________
(h) Out of valence ________
(i) Continuously committing overts in Scientology ________
(j) Audited with prior grades out ________
(k) Audited with rudiments out
ARC Brk ________ PTPs ________ Withholds ________ Ovt ________
(l) Has an engram exactly matching PT dangers ________
(m) Seriously physically ill ________
OR assess list of HCOB 30 June 71R "Expanded GF 40RB" Method 5 and fully
handle per the list instructions.
The following C/Ses are included here to be referred to in using HCOB 30
June 71R "Expanded GF 40RB."
RESISTIVE CASES 22A
(a) Discuss, in session start why he or she doesn't want auditing and identify
the cause, as it arises, ARC Brk, PTP or missed W/H and handle.
Don't fail to pull the M/W/H if pc natters. Don't call it an ARC break.
RESISTIVE CASES 22B
(b) 3 Way or Quad Recall
F1. Recall another pretending to you.
F2. Recall you pretending to another.
F3. Recall another pretending to another or others.
F0. Recall pretending to yourself.
F1. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of another
pretending to you.
F2. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of you
pretending to another.
F3. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of another
pretending to another or others.
F0. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of you
pretending to yourself.
181
RESISTIVE CASE 22C
(c) List and null who or what would prevent auditing? To one item.
RESISTIVE CASE 220D OR E
(d) or (e)
1. Rehab drugs. Get how many times released for each type of drug to F/N.
2. 3 Way or Quad Recall
F1. Recall another giving you drugs.
F2. Recall giving drugs to another.
F3. Recall another giving drugs to another or others.
F0. Recall giving yourself drugs.
3. 3 Way or Quad Secondaries
per C/S 12 Commands.
4. 3 Way or Quad Engrams, R3R
F1. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of another
giving you drugs.
F2. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of you giving
drugs to another.
F3. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of another
giving drugs to another or others.
F0. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of giving
yourself drugs.
Run engrams by the book. Then to Dn auditor for Dn Drug Rundown.
RESISTIVE CASES 220E (1)
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
Drugs
Symptoms
Registers on the meter as having taken drugs.
No F/N on having taken drugs.
Has overts on drugs if won't rehab.
1. Get in ruds with attention to missed withholds and overts. Look for R/S,
clean to basic.
2. Rehab any and all drugs.
RESISTIVE CASES 220F
(f) 3 Way or Quad Recall
F1. Recall another giving a former therapy to you.
F2. Recall giving a former therapy to another.
F3. Recall another giving a former therapy to another or others.
F0. Recall giving a former therapy to yourself.
3 Way or Quad Engrams, R3R, by the book.
F1. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of another
giving a former therapy to you.
F2. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of you giving
therapy to another.
F3. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of another
giving therapy to another or others.
182
F0. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of you giving
a former therapy to yourself.
RESISTIVE CASES 220G
(g) 3 Way or Quad Recall
F1. Recall another forcing an earlier practice on you.
F2. Recall you forcing an earlier practice on another.
F3. Recall another forcing an earlier practice on another or others.
F0. Recall forcing an earlier practice on yourself.
3 Way Engrams, R3R, by the book.
F1. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of another
forcing an earlier practice on you.
F2. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of you forcing
an earlier practice on another.
F3. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of another
forcing an earlier practice on another or others.
F0. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of you forcing
an earlier practice on yourself.
RESISTIVE CASE 220H
OUT OF VALENCE (For Section K of Expanded GF 40RB.)
1. Assess LX3.
2. Handle all significantly reading items in order of read by 3 Way or Quad
Recall, 3 Way or Quad Engrams on each item.
3. Continue as above with LX2 then LX1. End off when pc has a marked change
in valence.
If no valence change on LX lists then continue with 3 Way or Quad Recall,
3 Way or Quad Engrams on being someone else per 4 and 5 below.
4. 3 Way or Quad Recall each leg to F/N.
F1. Recall another causing you to be someone else.
F2. Recall you causing another to be someone else.
F3. Recall another causing another or others to be someone else.
F0. Recall causing yourself to be someone else.
5. 3 Way or Quad Engrams
F1. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of another
causing you to be someone else. R3R to erasure and F/N.
F2. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of you
causing another to be someone else. R3R to erasure and F/N.
F3. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of another
causing another or others to be someone else. R3R to erasure and F/N.
F0. Locate an incident containing pain and unconsciousness of you
causing yourself to be someone else.
C/S 220H (1)
3 Way or Quad Recall
F1. "Recall another causing you to take the attitude of (LX3 item)."
F2. "Recall you causing another to take the attitude of (LX3 item)."
F3. "Recall another causing another or others to take the attitude of (LX3
item)."
F0. "Recall causing yourself to take the attitude of (LX3 item)."
3 Way or Quad Engrams (Standard R3R)
F1. "Locate an incident of another causing you to take the attitude of (LX3
item)."
183
F2. "Locate an incident of your causing another to take the attitude of
(LX3 item)."
F3. "Locate an incident of another causing another or others to take the
attitude of (LX3 item)."
F0. "Locate an incident of you causing yourself to take the attitude of
(LX3 item)."
C/S 220H (2)
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. Fly a rudiment to F/N.
2. Assess LX2 (or use existing list if previously assessed. Handle in order
of read.)
3 Way or Quad Recall
F1. "Recall another causing you to feel (LX2 item)."
F2. "Recall you causing another (to feel) (LX2 item)."
F3. "Recall another causing another or others (to feel) (LX2 item)."
F0. "Recall causing yourself to feel (LX2 item)."
3 Way or Quad Secondaries
F1. "Locate an incident of another causing you to feel (LX2 item)."
F2. "Locate an incident of you causing another (to feel) (LX2 item)."
F3. "Locate an incident of another causing another or others (to feel) (LX2
item)."
F0. "Locate an incident of you causing yourself to feel (LX2 item)."
CASE SUPERVISOR 220H (3)
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. Fly rudiments to F/N.
2. Assess LX1 (omit any item handled earlier) -- run 3 Way or Quad Recall and
Engrams.
F1. Run "Recall another causing you to be (LX1 item)."
F2. Run "Recall you causing another to be (LX1 item)."
F3. Run "Recall another causing another to be (LX1 item)."
F0. "Recall causing yourself to be (LX1 item)."
F1. Find and run an engram of "another causing you to be (LX1 item)."
F2. Find and run an engram of "you (LX1 item)ing somebody -- or something."
F3. Find and run an engram of "another (LX1 item)ing another."
F0. Find and run an engram of "you causing yourself (LX1 item)."
RESISTIVE CASES 220H (4)
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
LX1 assessed to grief or loss.
1. Fly ruds to F/N, check for any protest.
2. Run "Recall grief" to F/N.
3. Find and run a secondary or chain of grief and loss to pc or pre-OT.
4. Find and run overt secondary or chain of causing grief and loss.
184
5. Find and run a secondary or chain of another causing grief and loss to
another.
6. Find and run a secondary or chain of you causing yourself grief
and loss.
RESISTIVE CASES 22I
CONTINUOUS OVERTS.
List and null "What are you trying to prevent" by the laws of listing and
nulling to one item.
If 2 or more read on 1st nulling, extend the list until only 1 reads when
all are called.
RESISTIVE CASES 22J
AUDITED WITH PRIOR GRADES OUT.
Check sub-zeros, grades up to IV and run those not previously run.
RESISTIVE CASES 22K
AUDITED WITH RUDIMENTS OUT.
Run each to F/N:
In auditing have you had an ARC break.
(Itsa, earlier itsa, ARCU CDEI.)
In auditing have you had a problem?
(Itsa earlier itsa.)
In auditing have you had a withhold?
(Itsa earlier itsa and WHO nearly found out?)
RESISTIVE CASES 220K (1)
AUDITED WITH RUDIMENTS OUT.
Run each to F/N:
1. In auditing have you been audited with an/a ________
ARC Brk, PTP, withhold.
On ARC Brk use ARCU CDEINR itsa earlier similar itsa to F/N.
On PTP handle with itsa earlier similar itsa to F/N.
On withholds, who nearly found out, itsa earlier similar itsa to F/N.
2. Then "Have you audited someone over an ________"
ARC Brk, PTP, withhold, each to F/N.
RESISTIVE CASES 220K (2)
AUDITED WITH RUDIMENTS OUT.
Assessed to ARC breaks
1. Prepcheck ARC breaks.
2. If no good indicators at end trace back breaks by ARCU CDEINR.
Itsa earlier similar itsa.
RESISTIVE CASES 22L
Engram matching PT dangers
(Please use LRH C/S YYY, C/S 250C, "Environmental Menace")
185
RESISTIVE CASES 22M
SERIOUSLY PHYSICALLY ILL
Get a competent medical analysis.
When well or if no improvement, find and audit any engrams or chain to F/N,
R3R Triple or Quad.
(Ruds do not have to be flown.) (Be careful in auditing a person running a
fever, audit lightly. Do not force them into anything.)
RESISTIVE CASES 220M (1)
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
Had been physically ill.
Protesting the item.
1. Fly ruds to F/N, check protest on illness item. If so, handle protest
fully, (itsa earlier similar itsa). If item still reads, find and run an
illness engram chain to F/N.
You can't run a recall process on illness or engrams. It is too much. If
it doesn't read on illness reassess and send back to C/S.
CASE SUPERVISOR YYY
CLASS VIII
S & D WSU
Symptoms
Reads on Green Form as PTS.
Been ill.
CASE SUPERVISOR 250
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE AUDITOR
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. PTS interview per C/S Series 79 or HCOB 10 Aug 73.
2. 3 S & Ds, if necessary.
CASE SUPERVISOR YYY
CLASS VIII
Flubbed S & D.
Symptoms
Singular item has been represented.
CASE SUPERVISOR 250A
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. Renull the list, not the represent list. Indicate the item to the pc.
Indicate error of represent. Handle any PTPs and missed withholds.
2. Then get on with the grade or section.
186
CASE SUPERVISOR YYY
CLASS VIII
Illness
Symptoms
Pc PTS.
Unskilled L&N auditor.
Pc has had S & D. WSU in the past which were correct. (S & Ds being a
limited process.)
CASE SUPERVISOR 250B
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. Fly a rud.
2. Assess: Difficulties
Being suppressed
Attacks
Enemies
Suppressing
Incomplete cycles
Unmocking
Defense
Protest
Make nothing of
Withdrawing from
3. Prepcheck each reading item in order of size of read to F/N. Being
careful to handle any ARC breaks.
CASE SUPERVISOR YYY
CLASS VIII
Environmental menace
Symptoms
Pc or pre-OT PTS
CASE SUPERVISOR 250C
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. Fly each rud to F/N.
2. Find the environmental menace to the pc just by discussion. It's the
obvious one. It is a situation that is wanted, not an item.
3. Find an engram containing a situation that exactly matches the PT
situation found in 2.
4. Run subject of engram three ways or quad.
F1. "Locate an engram that matches PT dangers."
(Use as command 1, then 2, 3, 4, etc.) R3R.
F2. "A time when you gave another such an engram." R3R.
F3. "A time when another gave another or others such an engram." R3R.
F0. "A time when you gave yourself such an engram." R3R.
187
CASE SUPERVISOR ZZZ
CLASS VIII
Assists
Symptoms
Had a severe injury.
CASE SUPERVISOR 260
CLASS VIII
Handle as per HCOB 23 July 71 -- "Assists," Section "Injury Rundown."
1. Touch Assist.
2. Contact Assist.
3. L1C on the injured member.
4. Then R3R on the injury incident.
Usual Dianetic actions would follow as necessary.
CASE SUPERVISOR ZZZ
CLASS VIII
Unwarranted Sec Checks
Symptoms
No Green Form done to indicate pc should have a Joburg.
Run past many free needles.
CASE SUPERVISOR 260D
CLASS VIII
Pc or pre-OT: _________________________ Date: ________________________
Auditor: ______________________________
1. Do a Prepcheck on Joburg or Sec Checks, whichever reads.
2. Clean up this evaluation and needless action and indicate to the pc or pre-
OT it was needless.
3. L1R.
4. Pc or pre-OT to next grade or action.
CLASS VIII
CASE SUPERVISOR CHART
SYMPTOM DIRECTION PIGEON
SYMPTOM NO. NO. HOLE
Alcohol KK 11 29
All Black CCC 300A 5
ARC Break, Resistive Case VVV 220K(2) 62
Assist III 900C 21
Assist, Has a Severe Injury ZZZ 260 66
Bad Session II 9 17
Bad Indicators BB 2 2
188
SYMPTOM DIRECTION PIGEON
SYMPTOM NO. NO. HOLE
Bad Auditing Previous FF 6 11
Blows, Course or Org VV 22 41
Breaks in Session TT 20 39
Critical Pc GG 7 12
Crossed Rudiments HH 8 13
Drugs LL 12 30
Drugs, Poor Ethics History VVV 220E(1) 47
Drugs, No F/N on Rehabs VVV 220E(1) 47
Engram LX1 VVV 220H(3) 53
Engram Matching PT Dangers VVV 22L 59
Ethics, Poor History VVV 220E(1) 47
Exteriorization, Case Cannot QQ 17 35
Exteriorization Bypassed NN 14 32
Exteriorization, Overrun QQQ 170 36
F/N, Bypassed in Session OO 15 33
F/N, Complaints About EE 5 10
F/N, Packed Up PP 16 34
Gains Invalidated UU 21 40
Green Form CCC 300 4
Green Form or Ruds CC 3 3
High TA, Chronic DDD 400 8
High TA, Ruds DD 4 7
Ill, Physically Ill YYY 250B 64
Incomplete Actions III 900 18
Invalidation of Gains UU 21 40
List Errors
List Errors in
1. Lists Recent JJ 10A 22
2. Earlier List Available JJ 10B 23
3. Old Earlier List Not Available JJ 10C 24
4. Recent Lists Not Available JJ 10D 25
5. Item but no F/N JJJ 100E 26
6. S&D, List Error JJJ 100H 27
7. Persistent Item JJJ 100J 28
LX3, Assessment Engram VVV 200H(1) 51
LX2, Assessment Secondary VVV 220H(2) 52
LX1, Assessment Engram VVV 220H(3) 53
Long Session VV 22 41
189
SYMPTOM DIRECTION PIGEON
SYMPTOM NO. NO. HOLE
Money, Has Problem With RR 18 37
Out Ruds DDD 400A 9
Out Ruds, ARC Break Needle HHH 800B 16
Process Split by a Break TT 20 39
PTP, Repeating HHH 800B 16
PTS, Environmental Menace YYY 250C 65
Resistive Cases
Assessment 7 Cases VV 22 41
Doesn't Want Auditing VV 22A 42
Recall Pretending to F/N VV 22B 43
Prevent Auditing Auditing VV 22C 44
Drugs VVV 220D+E 45
Drugs Poor Ethics VVV 220E(1) 46
Drugs Overts VVV 220E(1) 47
Former Therapy VVV 220F 48
Earlier Practices VVV 220G 49
Out Valence VVV 220H 50
LX1 List VVV 220H(3) 53
LX1, Assessment to Grief or Loss VVV 220H(4) 54
Overts VV 22I 55
Grades VV 22J 56
Rudiments VV 22K 57
Rudiments VVV 220K(1) 58
Physically Ill VV 22M 60
Had been Physically Ill VVV 220M(1) 61
ARC Breaks VVV 220K(2) 62
Rock slam, Hard to Clean III 900A 19
Rock slam, At the Examiner III 900B 20
Roller-Coaster VV 22 41
Rudiments, Resistive Case VV 22I 55
To F/N AA 1 1
OR Green Form CC 3 3
Fly All BB 2 2
Protesting in Session HHH 800 14
S & D
List Errors JJJ 100H 27
WSU YYY 250 61
Flubbed YYY 250A 61
Unskilled Auditor YYY 250B 62
Sec Checks ZZZ 260D 65
Secondary LX1, Grief and Loss VVV 220H(4) 54
Solid, Bank gone Solid SS 19 38
190
SYMPTOM DIRECTION PIGEON
SYMPTOM NO. NO. HOLE
Thick Folder, Resistive Case VV 22 41
Tiredness MM 13 31
Unwarranted Sec Checks ZZZ 260D 65
Valence Recall another Person,
Engram or Chain VVV 220H 50
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt
Copyright $c 1971, 1975
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
191
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=14/9/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=19/7/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 59R
DIANETIC LIST ERRORS
Remimeo
Also Dn Text
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 14 SEPTEMBER 1971R
Remimeo REVISED 19 JULY 1978
Also Dn Text
(Revisions in this type style)
C/S Series 59R
DIANETIC LIST ERRORS
It can happen that a Dianetic list of somatics, pains, emotions and
attitudes can act as a list under the meaning of the Laws of Listing and
Nulling as per HCOB 1 August 68.
The most violent session ARC Brks occur because of list errors under the
meaning of listing and nulling. Other session ARC Brks even under withholds
are not as violent as those occurring because of listing errors.
Therefore when a violent or even a "total-apathy-won't-answer" session
upset has occurred in Dianetics, one must suspect that the preclear is
reacting under the laws of listing and nulling and that he conceives such an
error to have been made.
The repair action is to assess the prepared list which corrects listing
errors. This is L4BRA -- HCOB 15 Dec 68 amended to 18 March 71.
It is used "On Dianetics lists _______" as the start of each of its
questions when employed for this purpose.
When a pc has not done well on Dianetics and when no other reason can be
found the C/S should suspect some listing error and order an L4BRA to be done
"On Dianetic lists _______" at the start of each question.
Each read obtained on the list is carried earlier similar to F/N as per
HCOB 14 Mar 71 "F/N Everything" or, preferably the list is found in the folder
and properly handled in accordance with what read on L4BRA.
Dianetic lists can be carried to an item that blows down and F/Ns.
This does not mean the item found is flow wholly clean. Even though it
F/Ned it will in most cases need to be run on secondaries and/or engrams (R3RA
Quad) to erasure and full Dianetic end phenomena. (Ref: New Era Dianetics
Series 1 through 18.)
A C/S must be alert to the fact that:
(a) Extreme upsets and deep apathies are almost always list errors.
(b) That a Dianetic list can be conceived to be a formal list and can
behave that way.
(c) L4BRA is the correction list used in such cases.
(d) Laws of Listing and Nulling HCOB 1 August 1968 can sometimes apply
to Dianetic lists.
Very few Dianetic lists behave this way but when they do they must be
handled as above.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd.lfg
Copyright $c 1971, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
192
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=25/9/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=3
rDate=1/4/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
TONE SCALE IN FULL
TONE SCALE EXPANDED KNOW TO MYSTERY SCALE
Remimeo
PR Hats
D of P Hats
Auditors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 25 SEPTEMBER 1971RB
Remimeo REVISED 1 APRIL 1978
PR Hats (Revision in this type style)
D of P Hats
Auditors TONE SCALE IN FULL
TONE SCALE EXPANDED KNOW TO MYSTERY SCALE
SERENITY OF BEINGNESS 40.0 KNOW
POSTULATES 30.0 NOT KNOW
GAMES 22.0 KNOW ABOUT
ACTION 20.0 LOOK
EXHILARATION 8.0 PLUS EMOTION
AESTHETIC 6.0
ENTHUSIASM 4.0
CHEERFULNESS 3.5
STRONG INTEREST 3.3
CONSERVATISM 3.0
MILD INTEREST 2.9
CONTENTED 2.8
DISINTERESTED 2.6
BOREDOM 2.5
MONOTONY 2.4
ANTAGONISM 2.0 MINUS EMOTION
HOSTILITY 1.9
PAIN 1.8
ANGER 1.5
HATE 1.4
RESENTMENT 1.3
NO SYMPATHY 1.2
UNEXPRESSED RESENTMENT 1.15
COVERT HOSTILITY 1.1
ANXIETY 1.02
FEAR 1.0
DESPAIR .98
TERROR .96
NUMB .94
SYMPATHY .9
PROPITIATION -- (Higher Toned -- Selectively Gives) .8
GRIEF .5
MAKING AMENDS -- (Propitiation -- Can't W/H Anything) .375
UNDESERVING .3
SELF-ABASEMENT .2
VICTIM .1
HOPELESS .07
APATHY .05
USELESS .03
DYING .01
BODY DEATH 0.0
FAILURE -0.01
PITY -0.1
SHAME -- (BEING OTHER BODIES) -0.2
ACCOUNTABLE -0.7
BLAME -- (PUNISHING OTHER BODIES) -1.0
REGRET -- (RESPONSIBILITY AS BLAME) -1.3
CONTROLLING BODIES -1.5 EFFORT
PROTECTING BODIES -2.2
OWNING BODIES -3.0 THINK
APPROVAL FROM BODIES -3.5
NEEDING BODIES -4.0 SYMBOLS
WORSHIPPING BODIES -5.0 EAT
SACRIFICE -6.0 SEX
HIDING -8.0 MYSTERY
BEING OBJECTS -10.0 WAIT
BEING NOTHING -20.0 UNCONSCIOUS
CAN'T HIDE -30.0
TOTAL FAILURE -40.0 UNKNOWABLE
LRH:ams.dr
Copyright $c 1971, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
193
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=24/10/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=26/1/77
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
FALSE TA
Remimeo
Add to
E-Meter Books
Studies.
Chkshts
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 OCTOBER 1971R
Remimeo REVISED 26 JANUARY 1977
Add to
E-Meter Books (Revisions in this type style)
Studies.
Chkshts
(References to footplates have been deleted.)
FALSE TA
Some pcs have a very difficult time in auditing due solely to can
(electrode) outnesses.
Some auditors have heavy losses because they do not realize the troubles
that can come from electrodes and thus remedy them.
TA USE
The TA must be between 2 and 3 for a correct F/N.
When the TA is reading falsely a pc can be butchered.
Example: Auditor talking the TA down. It gets to "3.1" by his meter. So
he gets the pc to talk a bit more to get the TA between 2 and 3 and F/N. The
TA suddenly rises to 3.8.
Pc and auditor go desperate. What has happened is that the TA was a false
read. It was really reading 2.9 and F/Ning but for reasons given below it read
"3.1." Thus the auditor overran the F/N and by keeping on invalidated the
release, pulled the pc's attention out of session and demanded more than the
pc had to give.
Example: Auditor two-way communicating with pc to get the TA up from
"1.8." The TA suddenly sinks to 1.6, pc goes into apathy.
What happened was a missed F/N. For reasons covered below the TA at 1.8
was false and was really at 2.1 and F/Ning.
Example: Pc being asked for an earlier similar incident because TA is at
"4.0." Pc can't get one, gets desperate, TA goes to 5.0.
For reasons given below the TA was at 3.0 but was reading falsely at
"4.0."
Some cases get upset at the very idea of F/N when these mistakes are made.
More than one case has missed all his wins for a year because of a false
TA.
So it is very important to know how a false TA comes about and how to
avoid it. A properly set up meter with cans (electrodes) fitted to a pc who is
holding them properly IS ALWAYS CORRECT.
However, totally false tone arm readings can exist and an auditor must
know how these come about.
TRIM
A meter can be improperly trimmed (not set at 2.0 with the trim knob) and
can give a false TA position.
Further, when a meter is not left on a minute or two before trimming, it
can drift in the session and give a slightly false TA.
The trim can be quietly checked in mid-session by snapping out the jack
where the cord goes into the box and putting the TA on 2, seeing if the needle
is now on SET. If not, the trim knob can be moved to adjust it. The jack is
quietly slipped back in. All without distracting the pc.
194
DISCHARGED
A cadmium cell meter discharges very suddenly when it does go flat.
In mid-session the meter can run out of battery. The TA will cease to act
well and may go very false.
The remedy is to keep a meter charged at least one hour for every 10 of
auditing for 240 AC volt charging current, or 2 hours for every 10 of auditing
on a 110 AC volt charging current.
A meter lasts much longer than this in practice but the above is very
safe.
Before each session snap the knob over to TEST. The needle should hit hard
on the right side of the face. It can even bounce. This guarantees lots of
charge in the battery and no chance of a meter going flat in session.
If the needle doesn't snap to the right hard or if it doesn't quite get
there on TEST, then that meter will go flat in mid-session and give false TA
and no reads or TA on hot subjects.
ONE-HAND ELECTRODE
A single hand electrode with two terminals separated by a rubber works.
BUT it always gives a falsely high TA.
A Solo auditor who does not know this can get a release point and go half
mad wondering why he is F/Ning at 4.0!
The answer is to make a "single hand" electrode out of two small cans
(about 3 3/4 inches by 2 1/8 inches or 9 1/2 cm by 5 1/2 cm) (or even smaller
for a very small handed pc). Glue a thin circle of foam rubber solidly to the
bottom of one can so it reaches out slightly around the bottom. (Don't glue it
up the sides.)
Put the alligator jaw clips one to each can. Now put the can bottoms
together and hold them in one hand. Mark the TA (1) -- meaning one hand (such
as 3.75 (1)). Now take the cans one in each hand and mark the TA (2) --
meaning two hands (such as 3.0 (2)).
Audit with them in one hand. Keep your worksheets with (1) marks (such as
3.5 (1)). Check at start and middle and end by taking a can in each hand and
putting down the 2 can read (such as 2.5 (2)).
It is too much trouble to totally change cans and the distraction can
change the TA read.
This two small can arrangement is not quite accurate. It gives a lower TA
than big cans. But the difference is slight. It can scare you with a 1.9 when
trim is 2.0 and real TA is 2.0. If this happens check with big cans.
(As an added tip a Solo auditor usually keeps the back of his hand on his
leg while Solo auditing. The small 7 1/2 volt current gives a tingle to the
leg that is distracting when one's hand is moist. Put a piece of foam rubber
in a plastic sack. Lay the sack on the leg, put your hand on this pad. It
insulates the area and is very comfortable.)
MOIST HANDS
When a pc's hands sweat a lot you will get a low TA.
Contrary to 19th century superstition the meter does not work on sweat.
Very sweaty hands as found on nervous persons gives a false TA. It goes
low.
Many "low TA cases" are just sweaty hand cases.
Paper handkerchiefs (Kleenex) are a standard item for an auditing room --
for grief charges and burning eyes, etc. These should be available.
If the TA is low, check if the pc's hands are wet. If so have him wipe
them and get a new read. It is usually found that the 1.6 was really 2.0.
Or the 1.6 was really 1.8 and the trim was 1.8 = 2.0.
195
Have the pc wipe hands, check and correct trim before you bypass all a "low
TAs" F/Ns!
TAs can go low. Invalidation of the pc, lousy TRs can drive one low. If so
the TA comes back up on repair.
But don't brand a case a low TA case until you make sure his hands are
dried and the meter trimmed.
Also, very small cans or cans too small for the pc can give a slightly low
reading.
DRY HANDS
Some pcs have extremely dry hands, usually from industrial chemicals such
as chlorine in dishwater or skin scale.
This can give a wildly high TA.
The pc can be worried to death with high TA repairs when in fact he just
doesn't have contact with the electrode.
A quick test is have the pc put the cans under his armpits and you'll see
if it's his calloused or chemically dried out hands.
ARTHRITIC HANDS
A rare pc is so crippled with arthritis that he doesn't make contact fully
with the cans.
This gives a high TA.
Use wide wrist straps and you'll get a right read.
SLACK GRIP
Sometimes a rare pc lets his hands go slack on the cans, particularly if
they are the wrong size cans, too big.
This gives a mysterious "high TA." It is false. The TA will come down only
to 3.2 and F/N and of course an overrun then really gives a high TA. And the
pc goes a bit frantic and begins to believe things don't erase or release.
Keep the pc's hands in sight. Check the pc's grip. Get smaller cans.
CAN SIZE
The most common fault is wrong can size.
For a normal or large handed pc the can size is about 4 7/8ths inches by 2
5/8ths inches or 12 1/2 cm by 7 cm. This can be altered as big as 4 1/2 inches
by 3 inches diameter or 11 cm by 8 cm. This is standard.
This can is too large for people with small hands. These should use a can
3 3/4 inches by 2 1/8th inches or 9 cm by 5 cm diameter or thereabouts.
A small child would be lost even with that can. So a small 35 mm film can
could be used. This is 2 inches long by 1 3/16ths diameter or 5 cm by 3 cm.
This works but watch it as these cans are aluminum. They do work but test for
true read with a slightly larger can and then trim to adjust for the aluminum
if any different.
Cans of course should be STEEL with a thin tin plating. Regular soup cans.
Can size to match the pc avoids slack can grip or tiring the hands into
going slack, giving the auditor 3.2 F/Ns and trouble.
COLD PC
A pc who is too cold sometimes has a falsely high TA.
Wrap him in a blanket or get a warmer auditing room.
The auditing environment is the responsibility of the auditor.
196
LATE AT NIGHT
Between 2 and 3 AM or late at night a pc's TA may be very high. The time
depends on when he sleeps usually.
This TA will be found normal in regular hours.
RINGS
Rings on the pc's hands must always be removed. They don't influence TA
but they give a false rock slam.
FLOATING TA
Many an auditor before now has gone a bit mad trying to handle a floating
TA. They are not very common and are startling.
What happens is the pc is so released the needle can't be gotten onto the
dial. The needle is swinging wider than the meter dial both ways from center
and appears to lay first on one side then the other. The TA can't be moved
fast enough to keep the extreme floating needle on the dial.
This gives a false TA of sorts as it can't be read.
Some auditors seeing it for the first time have even sent the pc out of
the room so they could "adjust" the meter or get another one!
Thus the very highest state of release can be invalidated as where is the
TA?
RUSTY CORRODED CANS
You'd think soup was very expensive the way some auditors hold onto old
cans.
Corroded cans can falsify TA. Get new ones now and then.
TIGHT SHOES
And then there was the vain lady who wore shoes too small for her feet.
She removed them every session. The session went well each time.
Then she put on her agonizing shoes and went to the Examiner and the C/Ses
and auditors all went mad trying to find out why every exam had a high TA.
Tight shoes.
The E-Meter is accurate. It is a lovely instrument.
You have to fit the pc to it.
Good luck.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Revised by
Paulette Ausley
LRH:PA:nt.lf
Copyright $c 1971, 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
197
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Revised by
Paulette Ausley
Type = 11
iDate=12/11/71
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=26/1/77
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
FALSE TA ADDITION
Remimeo
Add to
E-Meter Books
Studies
Checksheets
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 12 NOVEMBER 1971RA
REVISED 26 JANUARY 1977
Remimeo
Add to (Revisions in this type style)
E-Meter Books
Studies
Checksheets FALSE TA ADDITION
(Refers and adds to HCOB 24 Oct 1971R
"False TA.")
COLD CANS
Regardless of can size, cold E-Meter electrodes tend to give a much higher
tone arm reading particularly on some pcs.
Until the cans warm up, the reading is generally false and is false in the
direction of high.
A chilled pc almost always has a high TA until he or she gets warm. Just
throwing a coat over the pc's shoulders can bring down a TA in a cool room.
But some pcs are "cool blooded" and the shock of ice cold cans can drive the
TA up and it takes a while to drift down.
This has a great effect on examinations where the cans are used very
briefly.
A practice which gets around this is for the auditor or Examiner to hold
the cans briefly until they are warm and then give them to the pc. A variation
is for the auditor or Examiner to put the cans under his armpits while setting
up. This warms them.
There are probably many other ways to warm up cans to body temperature.
FOOTPLATES
Tests show that footplates do not read on the meter. The use of footplates
is thereby cancelled.
PCs WHO FALSIFY
Some pcs (rare) take mistaken pride in being able to push the TA up by
straining or tensing.
By just moving into the body the TA can be sent up by an otherwise
exterior pc.
Some pcs also take a road out by "getting an F/N at will." They have
various tricks that do this, the main one being to "think of something else"
and get an F/N.
Any of these (rare) pcs are manifesting out-of-sessionness. They aren't in
session.
The definition of in session is "interested in own case and willing to
talk to the auditor." Remedy that and they cease such tricks.
Usually they aren't being run on what they are interested in or have comm
blocks or withholds or no confidence.
They are easy to detect and easy to handle.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:PA:nt Founder
Copyright $c 1971, 1973, 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard Revised by
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Paulette Ausley
198
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Revised by
Paulette Ausley
Type = 11
iDate=15/2/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=26/1/77
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
FALSE TA ADDITION 2
Remimeo
All Tech/Qual
Terminals
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 FEBRUARY 1972R
Remimeo REVISED 26 JANUARY 1977
All Tech/Qual
Terminals (Revisions in this type style)
FALSE TA ADDITION 2
Ref: HCOB 24 Oct 71R FALSE TA
HCOB 12 Nov 71RA FALSE TA
C/S Series 53 HI-LO TA ASSESSMENT
INT-EXT CORRECTION LIST
There is an infinity of wrong ways to get a pc to read between 2.0 and 3.0
on an E-Meter.
One method would be to shoot him. Dead bodies read between 2.0 and 3.0.
Another way is to throw the trim knob off.
Yet another wrong way is to use HAND CREAM to make the TA go lower and
call "F/Ns" at 4.0 on an actual read.
An auditor who is not very expert is apt to find strange ways to do things
because the usual is beyond his skill.
A GOOD auditor handles low and high TAs with HCOB 24 Oct 71R and
Addition 12 Nov 71RA and this HCOB "False TA," C/S Series 53 and the Hi-Lo TA
Assessment.
The commonest sources of high TA are PROTEST, OVERTS and out
INTERIORIZATION RD and too big or too small cans.
The commonest sources of low TA are overwhelming auditor TRs or wet sweaty
hands.
The subject is not open to experimentation. If a pc's TA is low or high
and you don't correct it with the usual remedies mentioned above, the pc goes
into the soup.
GOOD AUDITORS KNOW THEIR TECH AND USE IT TO REMEDY HIGH AND LOW TAs.
GOOD AUDITORS DO HONEST WORKSHEETS AND HONEST AUDITING.
BE A GOOD AUDITOR.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ne.nt
Copyright $c 1972, 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
199
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=18/2/72
Volnum=0
Issue=1
Rev=1
rDate=26/1/77
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
FALSE TA ADDITION 3
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 18 FEBRUARY 1972R
Issue I
REVISED 26 JANUARY 1977
Remimeo
(Revisions in this type style)
(References for footplates have been deleted.)
FALSE TA ADDITION 3
(There are now four False TA HCOBs including this one.
These were issued as more data was uncovered:
HCOB 24 Oct 71R FALSE TA
HCOB 12 Nov 71RA FALSE TA ADDITION
HCOB 15 Feb 72R FALSE TA ADDITION 2
and this one
HCOB 18 Feb 72R FALSE TA ADDITION 3.)
A meter is a meter.
Meters are used to measure water, natural gas, and many other things.
An E meter is used to measure a pc.
If you rig a meter up so as to falsify its reads you get a wrong result.
You could rig up a water meter so it read that twice as much water had
flowed and then sit around and wonder all week why the swimming pool never
filled up.
The ACCURACY of a meter depends upon its being honestly set up and
honestly used.
The HONESTY of the auditor determines his results.
The whole field of psychotherapy was dishonest from the days of witch
doctors to psychiatry. Falsified data came from lack of knowledge of the mind.
This made its practitioners DISHONEST.
We do not and must not follow that fatal road.
The technology we have WORKS to definite positive predictable results.
Results are obtained if the auditor has honestly studied and understood
his materials and honestly applies them.
Falsifying study leads to falsifying meters and this gives bad results on
pcs.
HONEST use of the materials and the meter gives an honest result.
One who does not know his materials and who cannot do his drills then
thinks he has to make a meter cheat.
HONEST use of the meter by an HONEST auditor is the route to GOOD
RESULTS.
LOW TAs
A bad practice has arisen to "beat" the low TA.
200
This is to have the pc wipe his hands every few minutes to get the TA up
above 2.0.
Not only does this distract the pc and yank him out of session, but it is
by inference putting his attention on the meter, a thing a good auditor does
NOT do in a formal session. The pc's attention must be on his own case in a
session, not on the meter or his hands.
But the best answer is to get the pc up scale so he doesn't have
perspiring hands.
Overwhelming TRs is the commonest reason for low TAs. Not all the hand
wiping in the world will cure poor TRs.
Some auditors "spook" (leap off the road like a horse frightened by
something blowing along) at the very thought of high or low TAs. This is
because they haven't got the TRs to handle a low TA nor the tech to handle a
high one.
Making a meter read falsely low with cream or falsely high with talcum
powder or wiping hands continually will not handle the pc's CASE.
That is what the auditor is there to do, not make his session look good!
The funniest one I have ever heard was a Solo auditor who had high TA
trouble. So he used to fill up a bathtub with scalding water, fill the
bathroom full of clouds of steam and then sit in the bath, holding onto his
electrodes "Solo auditing."
It gave him a lower TA but it sure didn't give him any case result.
We maybe ought to have a contest as to who can come up with the most
comical actual instances of falsifying meter reads.
One "auditor" "solved it" by just calling F/Ns whenever she got tired of
the pc regardless of TA position. After a year or more of this she saw the
light and put herself in Ethics.
The funny part is that her co-auditor had been doing the same thing on
her!
HONEST TA IS THE BEST POLICY.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Revised by
Paulette Ausley
LRH:PA:nt
Copyright $c 1972, 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
201
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Revised by
Paulette Ausley
Type = 21
iDate=19/3/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/SING OR AUDITING WITHOUT
FOLDER STUDY
Remimeo
Ethics
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 MARCH 1972
Remimeo
Ethics
C/SING OR AUDITING WITHOUT
FOLDER STUDY
A two weeks loss of pay and a suspension of certs is a penalty for any
C/S or auditor who acts on a case
(1) Without an up-to-date FS
(2) Without an FES done on auditing, and:
(3) Without a preliminary study of the folder before C/Sing or auditing
(4) Who C/Ses for or delivers Quickie auditing of any level for "completion"
(5) Who does not work for the product of a fully and utterly completed pc on
that grade
(6) Who falsifies a statistic or a worksheet.
FES Units must exist to FES folders for C/Ses.
WE MUST END ALL QUICKIE TENDENCIES IN C/Scs AND AUDITORS.
Failure to complete the pc totally and utterly on any level can cost us
our friends.
Bonuses may only be paid to C/Ses and auditors on 25 CHAIR HOURS OR MORE
A WEEK PLUS A LESSER BONUS FOR ADMIN TIME, NOT VALID WITHOUT THE CHAIR HOURS.
NO bonuses of any kind may be paid henceforth to C/Ses or auditors for
"completions" as these lead to Quickie actions which then reduce the power
inherent in auditing.
Auditing can perform miracles. But only in HONEST HANDS.
A Comm Ev may be requested and must be given in the event of false
accusation.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:mes
Copyright $c 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
202
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 21
iDate=4/4/72
Volnum=0
Issue=3
Rev=1
rDate=21/6/75
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
IMPORTANT
ETHICS AND STUDY TECH
Remimeo
Student Hat
Staff Hats
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 APRIL 1972R
Issue III
Remimeo REVISED 21 JUNE 1975
Student Hat
Staff Hats (Revision in this type style)
IMPORTANT
ETHICS AND STUDY TECH
(Cancels the issue revised 7 April 72.)
The basic WHY of the majority of cases of post nonperformance of a staff
member and OUT TECH in an org stems from misunderstood words.
The primary point that has to be gotten in is study tech.
This is also our bridge to society.
Yet study tech is the tech that includes misunderstood word tech.
Thus if study tech is not in, people on staffs see nothing wrong
with hearing or reading orders containing words they do not understand
and have no urge to look them up. Further they often feel they do know
words that they in fact do not know.
When this situation exists it is next to impossible to get study
tech and Word Clearing tech in. For, the orders seeking to get in study
tech may contain words the person does not understand. Thus he doesn't
really comply with the orders and study tech does not get in. Thus the
ability to hear or read and understand continues to be missing.
Therefore these ethics actions become part of standard ethics.
1. A PERSON MAY BE SUMMONED TO A COURT OF ETHICS OR EXECUTIVE COURT OF
ETHICS IF IT BE FOUND THAT HE HAS GONE PAST A WORD HE DOES NOT
UNDERSTAND WHEN RECEIVING, HEARING OR READING AN ORDER, HCOB, POLICY
LETTER OR TAPE, ANY AND ALL LRH WRITTEN OR PRINTED MATERIALS INCLUDING
BOOKS, PABS, DESPATCHES, TELEXES AND MIMEO ISSUES WHICH RESULTED IN A
FAILURE TO DO DUTIES OF HIS POST WITHOUT HIS AT ONCE MAKING AN
EFFECTIVE EFFORT TO CLEAR THE WORDS ON HIMSELF, WHETHER HE KNEW HE WAS
MISSING THEM OR NOT AS THE SOURCE OF HIS INACTION OR DAMAGING ACTIONS.
The charge is NEGLECTING TO CLARIFY WORDS NOT UNDERSTOOD.
2. A STAFF MEMBER WHO DOES NOT USE STUDY TECH OR GET IT KNOWN WHILE
STUDYING OR INSTRUCTING MAY BE SUMMONED TO A COURT OF ETHICS OR AN
EXECUTIVE COURT OF ETHICS.
The charge is FAILURE TO EMPLOY STUDY TECH.
3. A STUDENT ALTER-ISING OR MISADVISING OTHERS ON THE USE OF STUDY TECH
MAY BE SUMMONED BEFORE A COURT OF ETHICS.
The charge is ADVOCATING A MISUSE OR NEGLECT OF PROPER STUDY TECH.
203
4. AN AUDITOR FAILING TO CLEAR EACH AND EVERY WORD OF EVERY COMMAND OR
LIST USED MAY BE SUMMONED BEFORE A COURT OF ETHICS.
The charge is OUT TECH.
5. ANY PUBLIC DIVISION PERSON, STAFF MEMBER OR SCIENTOLOGIST FOUND
USING TERMS, CIRCUMSTANCES OR DATA ON RAW PUBLIC IN PUBLIC LECTURES OR
PROMOTION OR IN PR BEYOND THE PUBLIC ABILITY TO GRASP WITHOUT STRESSING
STUDY TECH OR AT ONCE TAKING EFFECTIVE MEASURES TO CLARIFY OR RELEASING
MATERIALS BROADLY TO A WRONG PUBLIC MAY BE SUMMONED TO A COURT OF
ETHICS IF ANY FLAP OR UPSET RESULTS.
The charge is FAILURE TO APPLY STUDY TECH IN DISSEMINATION.
SUPPRESSIVE
Furthermore, as study tech is our primary bridge to society and the
basic prevention of out tech and out admin, if any offense as above
found guilty in a Court of Ethics is REPEATED and the person has had
two such Courts t)n this offense the person may be summoned before a
Committee of Evidence on a charge of COMMITTING AN ACT OR OMISSION
UNDERTAKEN TO KNOWINGLY SUPPRESS, REDUCE OR IMPEDE SCIENTOLOGY OR
SCIENTOLOGISTS and if found guilty beyond reasonable doubt may be
declared a SUPPRESSIVE PERSON and expelled with full penalties.
AXIOM 28
Failures to teach, or use study tech or alterations of study tech
are actually offenses against AXIOM 28 as it is applied internally in
an org on admin and tech and from the org to society.
Study tech including its technology of Word Clearing is in fact the
technology of Axiom 28.
The Axiom (amended) follows:
AXIOM 28. COMMUNICATION IS THE CONSIDERATION AND ACTION OF
IMPELLING AN IMPULSE OR PARTICLE FROM SOURCE-POINT ACROSS A
DISTANCE TO RECEIPT-POINT, WITH THE INTENTION OF BRINGING INTO
BEING AT THE RECEIPT-POINT A DUPLICATION AND UNDERSTANDING OF THAT
WHICH EMANATED FROM THE SOURCE-POINT.
The formula of communication is: Cause, Distance, Effect with
Intention, Attention and Duplication WITH UNDERSTANDING.
The component parts of Communications are Consideration, Intention,
Attention, Cause, Source-point, Distance, Effect, Receipt-point,
Duplication, Understanding, the Velocity of the impulse or
particle, Nothingness or Somethingness. A non-communication
consists of Barriers. Barriers consist of Space, Interpositions
(such as walls and screens of fast-moving particles), and Time. A
communication by definition, does not need to be two-way. When a
communication is returned, the formula is repeated, with the
receipt-point now becoming a source-point and the former
source-point now becoming a receipt-point.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ldv
Copyright $c 1972, 1975
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
204
L. Ron Hubbard
EXECUTIVE DIRECTIVE
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 111
iDate=24/4/72
Volnum=0
Issue=176
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
AUDITOR RECOVERY
C/O
ED
Tech Sec
LRH ED 176 INT 24 April 1972
Reissued
To: C/O, ED 24 April 1977
Tech Sec Cancels all other
versions of LRH ED 176
Subject: AUDITOR RECOVERY
(Reissued as statistically by far the most
successful version ot LRH ED 176 ever issued.
This is the original LRH version of the ED.)
Reference: LRH ED 174 INT STUDY AND TECH BREAKTHROUGH
HCO PL 9 April 72 CORRECT DANGER CONDITION
HCOB 30 Mar 72 PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN
HCOB 20 Apr 72 C/S Series 78 PRODUCT PURPOSE AND
WHY AND WC ERROR CORRECTION
SITUATION: It quite often happens that an org has an auditor that stops
producing or doesn't produce or blows or ceases to audit.
Investigation has revealed that the auditor situation is similar to that
of students who blow for lack of study tech.
Each auditor who lets down has a WHY and has misunderstood words or has
not really checked out on his current tech. Thus they foul up, let down or
blow. As orgs sometimes find it hard to get auditors, the situation can be
very hard on the C/O or ED and Tech Sec unless it is handled.
STATS: Well Done Auditing Hour stats very low in some orgs and backlogs in
many.
WHY: Auditors can ease off or cease auditing for individual WHYs for each
auditor. IDEAL SCENE: All auditors auditing more than their minimum and
happily on post. HANDLING:
1. Compile three lists of auditors (a) who have left but are still in area or
(b) who want to leave the org or (c) who are not getting out their hours.
HAS.
2. M4 and study the Data Series so as to know what a WHY is, and the above
references. Dir of Pers Enhancement (or Qual Sec or as designated or done
by the C/O or ED).
3. Call in auditors on lists (b) and (c) whether on tech posts or admin.
Assess both Trouble Area Lists in the P/L 9 April 72 Issue III. Fly each
read with 2-way comm and earlier similar and keep a worksheet of the
auditor's answers. Find the WHY of the letdown in auditing. If not
directly apparent from answers given, and is not obvious (such as PTS or
missed words or no study tech or has not read materials or other very
apparent reasons) then you can list to a BD F/N
205
item the question "What reason do you have for not auditing?" The BD F/N
item will be their Why. Write it below the Trouble Area Assessment in the
space provided.
DIR OF PERS E OR
THE C/O OR ED
DESIGNATED PERSON.
4. See that action is done to remedy the WHY, whatever it was. It will be the
1st Dynamic Danger Formula of that P/L completed.
HAS.
5. Do the same with list (a) in 1 above.
SAME PERSON WHO
DID 3 ABOVE.
6. See that they apply 1st Dynamic formula.
HAS.
7. Try to get some of list (a) to join the org staff.
HAS.
8. Get all org auditors and supervisors through the Primary Correction Rundown
HCOB 30 Mar 72, allowing for those steps already done previously on LRH ED
174 INT or lists (b) and (c).
QUAL SEC.
9. Correct any wrong Whys found using C/S Series 78 HCOB 20 April 72 by
correct C/Sing and handling.
ORG C/S.
Completely aside from remedying any out tech you may have, and the personal
benefit the auditors will receive, this should solve any auditor scarcity
problem.
It is a very effective program.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Reissue proposed by
CS-4/5
Approved by
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:JE:mes.lf
206
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Reissue proposed by
CS-4/5
Approved by
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 21
iDate=3/5/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=18/12/77
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
IMPORTANT
Executive Series 12
ETHICS AND EXECUTIVES
Remimeo
Executive Hats
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 MAY 1972R
Remimeo REVISED 18 December 1977
Executive Hats
(Revision in this type style)
IMPORTANT
Executive Series 12
ETHICS AND EXECUTIVES
Any person holding an executive post (head of department or above) is
deemed an EXECUTIVE.
Evaluation has revealed that the breakdown in many orgs is a failure on the
part of executives to wear their ethics and justice hats.
It has been found that below administrative Whys there is usually an ethics
situation as well which unhandled, causes the administrative Why not to
function or raise stats.
In an area which is downstat, it is the duty of an executive to
investigate and find any out-ethics situation and get it corrected.
Ethics is a personal thing in relation to a group. Unethical people are
those who do not have ethics in on themselves personally.
It is the responsibility of the executive to see to it that persons under
his control and in his area get their personal ethics in and keep them in.
Dishonesty, false reports, an out-ethics personal life, should be looked
for and by persuasion, should be corrected.
When an executive sees such things he or she must do all he can to get the
person to get his own ethics in.
When an area is downstat the executive must at once suspect an out-ethics
scene with one or more of the personnel and must investigate and persuade the
person to be more honest and ethical and correct the out-ethics condition
found.
If this does not correct and if the person or area remains downstat, the
executive must declare the person or area in Danger and apply HCO PL 9 Apr 72
"CORRECT DANGER CONDITION HANDLING."
The situation, if it does not correct, thereafter becomes a matter of full
group justice with Courts and Comm Evs. Persons whose ethics have remained out
must be replaced.
The seniors of an executive are bound to enforce this policy and to use it
on any executives whose personal ethics are out and who fail to apply it. It
will be found that those who do not apply this policy letter have themselves
certain dishonesties or out-ethics situations.
IT IS VITAL TO ANY ORGANIZATION, TO BE STRONG AND EFFECTIVE, TO BE ETHICAL.
THE MOST IMPORTANT ZONE OF ETHICAL CONDUCT IN AN ORGANIZATION IS AT OR
NEAR THE TOP.
207
Ethical failure at the top or just below it can destroy an organization
and make it downstat.
Historical examples are many.
THEREFORE IT IS POLICY THAT AN EXECUTIVE MUST KEEP ETHICS IN ON HIMSELF
AND THOSE BELOW HIM OR BE DISCIPLINED OR COMM EVED AND REMOVED FROM ANY POST
OF AUTHORITY AND SOMEONE FOUND WHO IS HIMSELF ETHICAL AND CAN KEEP ETHICS IN
ON THOSE UNDER HIS AUTHORITY.
The charge in any such case for a staff member or executive is FAILURE TO
UPHOLD OR SET AN EXAMPLE OF HIGH ETHICAL STANDARDS.
Such offenses are composed of
1. DISHONESTY.
2. Use of false statements to cover up a situation.
3. Representing a scene to be different than it actually is to cover up
crimes and escape discipline.
4. Irregular 2D connections and practices.
5. Drug or alcoholic addiction.
6. Encouraging out-ethics.
7. Condoning or failing to effectively handle an out-ethics situation in self
or others as an in-charge, officer or executive.
TECHNICAL
People with out-ethics withholds cannot see. This is proven by the
brilliant return of perception of the environment in people audited
effectively and at length on such processes.
Such people also seek to place a false environment there and actually see
a false environment.
People whose ethics are low will enturbulate and upset a group as they are
seeking to justify their harmful acts against the group. And this leads to more
harmful acts.
Out-ethics people go rapidly into Treason against the group.
A person whose ethics have been out over a long period goes "out of
valence." They are "not themselves."
Happiness is only attained by those who are HONEST with themselves and
others.
A group prospers only when each member in it has his own personal ethics
in.
Even in a PTS (Potential Trouble Source) person there must have been
outethics conduct toward the suppressive personality he or she is connected
with for the person to have become PTS in the first place.
People who are physically ill are PTS and are out-ethics toward the person
or thing they are PTS to!
208
Thus a group to be happy and well, and for the group ot prosper and endure,
its individual members must have their own ethics in.
It is up to the executive or officer to see that this is the case and to
DO the actions necessary to make it come about and the group an ethical group.
EXEC OR OFFICERS STEPS
FOR GETTING IN ETHICS
ON A STAFF MEMBER
STEP ONE
Inform the person personally he is in Danger Condition by reason of acts or
omissions, downstats, false reports or absence or 2D or whatever the
circumstances are.
He is in fact IN danger because somebody is going to act sooner or later
to hit him.
He may be involved already in some other assignment of condition.
But this is between you and him.
HE IS IN DANGER BECAUSE YOU ARE HAVING TO BYPASS HIM TO GET HIS ETHICS IN,
A THING HE SHOULD DO HIMSELF.
If be cooperates and completes this rundown and it comes out all right you
will help him.
If he doesn't cooperate you will have to use group justice procedures.
This is his chance to get ethics in on himself with your help before he
really crashes.
When he accepts this fact, Step 1 is done. Go to Step 2.
STEP 2
Ethics is gotten in by definition on the person.
GET IN THE DEFINITIONS FULLY UNDERSTOOD.
The following words must be Method 4 Word Cleared on all the words and the
words in their definitions on the person being handled.
"ETHICS: The study of the general nature of morals (morals (plural) (noun):
The principles of right and wrong conduct) and specific moral choices to be
made by the individual in his relationship with others."
"The rules or standards governing the conduct of the members of a
profession."
"JUSTICE: 1. Moral rightness; equity. 2. Honor, Fairness. 3. Good
reason. 4. Fair handling: due reward or treatment. 5. The administration and
procedure of the law."
"FALSE: Contrary to fact or truth; without grounds; incorrect. Without
meaning or sincerity; deceiving. Not keeping faith. Treacherous. Resembling
and being identified as a similar or related entity."
209
"DISHONEST: Disposed to lie, cheat, defraud or deceive.
"PRETENSE: A false reason or excuse. A mere show without reality."
"BETRAY: To be disloyal or faithless to."
"OUT-ETHICS: An action or situation in which an individual is involved
contrary to the ideals and best interests of his group. An act or situation or
relationship contrary to the ethics standards, codes or ideals of the group or
other members of the group. An act of omission or commission by an individual
that could or has reduced the general effectiveness of a group or its other
members. An individual act of omission or commission which impedes the general
well-being of a group or impedes it in achieving its goals."
Do not go to Step 3 of this until all the above words are cleared by
Method 4 Word Clearing.
STEP 3
Ask the person what out-ethics situation he or she is involved in.
It may take the person some time to think of it or he may suppress it and
be afraid to say it for fear of consequences. Reassure him that you are only
trying to help him.
He may have brought it up in a session but did not apply it as out-ethics.
Coax him through this.
If his conduct and actions are poor or downstat, he for sure will be able
to come up with an out-ethics personal scene.
Sometimes the person is secretly PTS and is connected to a suppressive or
antagonistic person or group or thing. In such an instance he will roller-
coaster as a case or on post or have accidents or be ill frequently. (See PTS
tech for material on this and for future handling. Checksheet BPL 31 May
1971RF Issue IV PTS AND SP DETECTION, ROUTING AND HANDLING CHECKSHEET, but go
on handling with these steps.)
Sometimes the person just uses PR (brags it up and won't come clean). In
this case, an auditing session is required.
If the person gets involved in self-listing get him audited on HCOB 20 Apr
72, C/S Series 78, which gives the auditing session procedure. A person can
become very upset over a wrong item. It is easily repaired but it must be
repaired if this happens.
By your own 2WC or whatever means or repair get this Step 3 to a clear-cut
out-ethics situation, clearly stated. Do not forget to go on with this
eventually if there is a delay in completing it. GIs will be in if correct.
STEP 4
Have the person work out how the out-ethics situation in which he or she is
involved would be a betrayal of the group or make them false to the group or
its ideals.
Do not make the person guilty. Just get them to sec it themselves.
When they have seen this clearly and have cognited on it completely go to
next step.
210
STEP 5
The person is now ready to apply the FIRST DYNAMIC DANGER FORMULA
to himself.
Give him this formula and explain it to him.
FIRST DYNAMIC FORMULA
The formula is converted for the 1st dynamic to
1st 1. Bypass habits or normal routines.
1st 2. Handle the situation and any danger in it.
1st 3. Assign self a Danger Condition.
1st 4. Get in your own personal ethics by finding what you are doing that is
out-ethics and use self-discipline to correct it and get honest and
straight.
1st 5. Reorganize your life so that the dangerous situation is not continually
happening to you.
1st 6. Formulate and adopt firm policy that will hereafter detect and prevent
the same situation from continuing to occur.
Now usually the person is already involved in another group situation of
downstats or overt products or bad appearance or low conditions, Courts, Comm
Evs for something.
It does not matter what other condition he was in. From you he is in
Danger.
So 1st 1. and 1st 2. above apply to the group situation he finds himself
in.
He has to assign himself a Danger Condition as he recognizes now he has
been in danger from himself.
1st 4. has been begun by this rundown.
It is up to him or her to finish off 1st 4. by applying the material in
steps 2 and 3. He or she has to use self-discipline to correct his own out-
ethics scene and get it honest and straight, with himself and the group.
1st 5. is obvious. If he doesn't, he will just crash again.
1st 6. In formulating and adopting firm policy he must be sure it aligns
with the group endeavor.
When he has worked all this out AND DEMONSTRATED IT IN LIFE, he has
completed the personal danger rundown.
He can then assign himself Emergency and follow the Emergency Formula (HCO
PL 23 Sep 67, Pg 189-190 Vol 0 OEC "Emergency").
STEP 6
Review the person and his stats and appearance and personal life.
Satisfy yourself that the steps above and the out-ethics found were all of
it. That no wrong item has been found. That the person is not PTS.
211
Handle what you find. But if you find that the person did not improve and
gave it all a brush-off, you must now take the group's point of view and
administer group justice.
Your protection of the person is at end because he had his chance and is
apparently one of those people who depend on others to keep his ethics in for
him and can't keep them in himself. So use group justice procedures thereafter.
If the person made it and didn't fall on his head and is moving on up now
AS SHOWN BY HONEST STATS AND CONDITION OF HIS POST, you have had a nice win
and things will go much much better.
And that's a win for everybody.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Revision assisted by
Pat Brice LRH Comps
Unit I/C
LRH:PB:dr
Copyright $c 1972, 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
212
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Revision assisted by
Pat Brice LRH Comps
Unit I/C
Type = 11
iDate=16/6/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=7/12/76
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 81RA
AUDITOR'S RIGHTS MODIFIED
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 16 JUNE 1972RA
Remimeo REVISED 27 FEBRUARY 1975
RE-REVISED 7 DECEMBER 1976
(Revision in this type style)
C/S Series 81RA
AUDITOR'S RIGHTS MODIFIED
It occasionally (rarely) happens that an HGC's line stops and programs do
not get finished and pcs go unaudited or sent to Ethics or Cramming instead of
getting their programs completed.
It also happens that a D of P becomes incapable of getting auditors to
audit per the schedule he writes.
12 1/2 hour intensives drop out. Auditing falls back to the bit and piece
game.
The C/S finds all his work in programming wasted as the programs staledate
or just get abandoned.
Hours fall. Lines tangle. Tech Services cannot get assignments done.
THE MAJOR WHY OF THIS AND MANY SUCH CONFUSIONS CAN BE TRACED TO AN ABUSE
OF "AUDITOR'S RIGHTS" IN PICKING AND CHOOSING PCS ON THE GROUNDS OF "FEELING
THEY CANNOT HELP THE PC."
This "right" is also abused by auditors seeking pcs who F/N easily at the
Examiner.
See HCOB 15 June 72 C/S Series 80, "Dog Pcs."
The refusal to audit is in fact an admission, in most cases, of a feared
inability to audit.
Therefore, an auditor may only refuse to audit a pc if a direct personal
relationship exists such as husband and wife or some friend's wife or familial
relationship.
An auditor advising others about this or that "dog case" or seeking to
exclude pcs from auditing by abusing his "right to choose pcs" is SUBJECT TO
COMM EV AND SUSPENSION OF CERTIFICATES UNTIL RETREADED.
For the real Why of it is his inability to handle TRs, meter, use the
Code or apply tech.
Nearly every "Dog Pc" has out lists or incomplete chains or is not being
run on what needs to be handled. In other words they are simply problems in
repair which modern tech handles easily. The drug case who is audited on
grades but has had no
Drug Rundown is an example of misprogramming.
The C/S can get many loses and the whole HGC go into a bedlam where you
have auditors refusing to audit. Their reasons given are false. The real
reasons involve fast F/Ns and bonuses or out TRs, metering, Code breaks and
tech.
The D of P has a right, and so does Tech Services, to assign pcs to such
and such auditors in the sequence listed without a lot of pick and choose by
the auditors.
A C/S has a right to get his programs completed.
213
12 1/2 hour intensive plans blow up where auditors choose their own pcs.
STATS
The stats of auditors may only be HOURS AUDITED with FES and admin hours
separately noted.
The D of P has a dual stat. The stats are: (a) Pcs Completed or out of
hours routed to Dept. 6. Penalty: If one pc not routed to the Reg, the D of P
loses stats for the day. If found that D of P is encouraging small or
inadequate Tech Estimates so that the pc frequently runs out of hours, the D
of P forfeits his stats for the day. (b) WDAHs is the second D of P stat.
When the stats are this way the C/S can get his programs done without
worry.
The D of P can get cases completed.
The D of Tech Services has the stat of Completed Intensives and Completed
Courses. Definition: The Completed Intensives stat is a 12 1/2 hour intensive
completed within a period of one week. If an Ex Dn, Introspection RD, L-
Rundown, Power (or any other processing which is delivered at other than
regular rate) is fully completed and attested in the middle of a 12 1/2 hour
intensive, that last intensive may be counted as one on the stat for that week.
HONESTY
Sanity is truth.
Truth is sanity.
The road to truth is begun with honesty.
There was the story of the "man who sold his soul for a mess of pottage"
(soup). We could parallel this with the auditor who sold his case gain for a
mess of false stats. An honest clean job and an honest clean line are the
milestones of the road to truth.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Revised by
W/O Ron Shafran
in 1975
Revised by
Julie Gillespie
Training & Services Aide
in 1976
Approved by
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:JG:RS:nt
Copyright $c 1972, 1975, 1976
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
214
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Revised by
W/O Ron Shafran
in 1975
Revised by
Julie Gillespie
Training & Services Aide
in 1976
Approved by
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=11/7/73
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=3
rDate=21/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
ASSIST SUMMARY
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 JULY 1973RB
mimeo RE-REVISED 21 SEPTEMBER 1978
(Revisions in this type style)
(Ellipsis indicates deletion)
ASSIST SUMMARY
(Note: This Bulletin has been revised to incorporate
HCO Bulletin of 6 Jan 1974, ASSIST SUMMARY ADDITION
and to align with vital data on the New Era Dianetics Series.)
Reference: ...
HCOB 5 Jul 71RB C/S Series 49RB
ASSISTS
HCOB 23 Jul 71R ASSISTS
HCOB 12 Mar 69 II PHYSICALLY ILL PCs AND PRE-OTs
HCOB 24 Apr 69RA DIANETIC USE
HCOB 14 May 69 SICKNESS
HCOB 23 May 69R AUDITING OUT SESSIONS,
NARRATIVE VERSUS SOMATIC CHAINS
HCOB 24 Jul 69R SERIOUSLY ILL PCs
HCOB 27 Jul 69 ANTIBIOTICS
HCOB 15 Jan 70 THE USES OF AUDITING
BTB 9 Oct 67R ASSISTS FOR INJURIES
HCOB 2 Jan 71 ILLEGAL AUDITING
HCOB 15 Jul 70R UNRESOLVED PAINS
Reiss. 25 Nov 70,
Rev. 17 Jul 78
BTB 7 Apr 72R TOUCH ASSISTS, CORRECT ONES
HCOB 2 Apr 69R DIANETIC ASSISTS
HCOB 19 Jul 69RA DIANETICS AND ILLNESS
BTB 28 May 74RA FULL ASSIST CHECKLIST FOR
INJURIES AND ILLNESSES
HCOB 24 Apr 69R DIANETIC RESULTS
Any tape or materials on "Prior Confusion"
Any tape or materials on "Postulates and Injuries"
(1952 Autumn, London Lectures. etc.)
HCOBs on mistakes being made in presence of suppression, 1968.
New Era Dianetics Series 1 through 18, especially:
HCOB 28 Jul 71RB New Era Dianetics Series 8R
Rev. 25 Jun 78, DIANETICS, BEGINNING A PC ON
Re-Rev. 22.9.78
HCOB 26 Jun 78RA II New Era Dianetics Series 6RA
ROUTINE 3RA, ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
HCOB 18 Jun 78R New Era Dianetics Series 4R
ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM
Injuries, operations, delivery of babies, severe illnesses and periods of
intense emotional shock all deserve to be handled with thorough and complete
assists.
Clears, OTs and Dianetic Clears are no longer run on Dianetic auditing
assists, secondaries, engrams or narrative incidents. They may however receive
Touch Assists and Contact Assists, etc. If further handling is required a New
Era Dianetics Special Rundown for OTs has been developed which is available at
AOs and Flag. (Ref: BTB 17 Sep 78 BREAKTHROUGH and HCOB 12 Sep 78 DIANETICS
FORBIDDEN ON CLEARS AND OTs.)
215
New Era Dianetics assists may be done, as usual, whenever needed by
preclears.
Medical examination and diagnosis should be sought where needed, and where
treatment is routinely successful, medical treatment should be obtained. As an
assist can at times cover up an actual injury or broken bone, no chances
should be taken, especially if the condition does not easily respond. In other
words where something is merely thought to be a slight sprain, to be on the
safe side an X-ray should be obtained, particularly if it does not at once
respond. An assist is not a substitute for medical treatment but is
complementary to it. It is even doubtful if full healing can be accomplished
by medical treatment alone and it is certain that an assist greatly speeds
recovery. In short, one should realize that physical healing does not take
into account the being and the repercussion on the spiritual beingness of the
person.
Injury and illness are PREDISPOSED by the spiritual state of the person.
They are PRECIPITATED by the being himself as a manifestation of his current
spiritual condition. And they are PROLONGED by any failure to fully handle the
spiritual factors associated with them.
The causes of PREDISPOSITION, PRECIPITATION and PROLONGATION are
basically the following:
1. Postulates.
2. Engrams.
3. Secondaries.
4. ARC breaks with the environment, situations, others or the body
part.
5. Problems.
6. Overt acts.
7. Withholds.
8. Out of communicationness.
The purely physical facts of injuries, illnesses and stresses are
themselves incapacitating and do themselves often require physical analysis
and treatment by a doctor or nutritionist. These could be briefly catalogued
as:
A. Physical damage to structure.
B. Disease of a pathological nature.
C. Inadequacies of structure.
D. Excessive structure.
E. Nutritional errors.
F. Nutritional inadequacies.
G. Vitamin and bio-compound excesses.
H. Vitamin and bio-compound deficiencies.
I. Mineral excesses.
J. Mineral deficiencies.
K. Structural malfunction.
L. Erroneous examination.
M. Erroneous diagnosis.
N. Erroneous structural treatment.
O. Erroneous medication.
There is another group which belongs to both the spiritual and physical
divisions.
These are:
i. Allergies
ii. Addictions
iii. Habits
iv. Neglect
v. Decay.
Any of these things in any of the three groups can be a cause of non-
optimum personal existence.
We are not discussing here the full handling of any of these groups or
what optimum state can be attained or maintained. But it should be obvious
that there is a level below which life is not very tolerable. How well a
person can be or how efficient or how active is another subject entirely.
216
Certainly life is not very tolerable to a person who has been injured or
ill, to a woman who has just delivered a baby, to a person who has just
suffered a heavy emotional shock. And there is no reason a person should
remain in such a low state, particularly for weeks, months or years when he or
she could be remarkably ASSISTED to recover in hours, days or weeks.
It is in fact a sort of practiced cruelty to insist by neglect that a
person continue on in such a state when one can learn and practice and obtain
relief for such a person.
We are mainly concerned with the first group, 1-8. The group is not listed
in the order that it is done but in the order that it has influence upon the
being.
The idea has grown that one handles injuries with Touch Assists only. This
is true for someone who as an auditor has only a smattering of Scientology. It
is true for someone in such pain or state of case (which would have to be
pretty bad) that he cannot respond to actual auditing.
But a Scientologist really has no business "having only a smattering" of
auditing skills that could save his or the lives of others. And the case is
very rare who cannot experience proper auditing.
The actual cause of not handling such conditions is, then, to be found as
iv. NEGLECT. And where there is neglect, v. DECAY is very likely to follow.
One does not have to be a medical doctor to take someone to a medical
doctor. And one does not have to be a medical doctor to observe that medical
treatment may not be helping the patient. And one does not have to be a
medical doctor to handle things caused spiritually by the being himself.
Just as there are two sides to healing -- the spiritual and the structural
or physical, there are also two states that can be spiritually attained. The
first of these states might be classified as "humanly tolerable." Assists come
under this heading. The second is spiritually improved. Grade auditing comes
under this second heading.
Any minister (and this has been true as long as there has been a subject
called religion) is bound to relieve his fellow being of anguish. There are
many ways a minister can do this.
An assist is not engaging in healing. It is certainly not engaging in
treatment. What it is doing is ASSISTING THE INDIVIDUAL TO HEAL HIMSELF OR BE
HEALED BY ANOTHER AGENCY BY REMOVING HIS REASONS FOR PRECIPITATING, AND
PROLONGING HIS CONDITION AND LESSENING HIS PREDISPOSITION TO FURTHER INJURE
HIMSELF OR REMAIN IN AN INTOLERABLE CONDITION.
This is entirely outside the field of "healing" as envisioned by the
medical doctor and by actual records of results is very, very far beyond the
capability of psychology, psychiatry and "mental treatment" as practiced by
them. In short, the assist is strictly and entirely in the field of the spirit
and is the traditional province of religion.
A minister should realize the power which lies in his hands and his potential
skills when trained. He has this to give in the presence of suffering: he can
make life tolerable. He can also shorten a term of recovery and may even make
recovery possible when it might not be otherwise.
When a minister confronts someone who has been injured or ill, operated
upon or who has suffered a grave emotional shock, he should be equipped to do
and should do the following:
A CONTACT ASSIST where possible and where indicated until the person has
reestablished his communication with the physical universe site. To F/N.
217
A TOUCH ASSIST until the person has reestablished communication with the
physical part or parts affected. To F/N.
HANDLE ANY ARC BREAK that might have existed at the time a) with the
environment, b) with another, c) with others, d) with himself, e) with the
body part or the body, and f) with any failure to recover at once. Each to F/N.
HANDLE ANY PROBLEM the person may have had a) at the time of illness or
injury, b) subsequently due to his or her condition. Each to F/N. HANDLE ANY
OVERT ACT the person may feel he or she committed a) to self, b) to the body,
c) to another, and d) to others. Each to F/N.
HANDLE ANY WITHHOLD a) the person might have had at the time, b) any
subsequent withhold, and c) any having to withhold the body from work or
others or the environment due to being physically unable to approach it.
RUN THE INCIDENT ITSELF Narrative R3RA Quad to erasure and full EP.
Interest is checked. It is understood here that Flow 1 was the physical
incident itself, not necessarily something done to the person but as something
that happened to him or her.
(Ref: HCOB 26 June 78RA, New Era Dianetics Series 6RA, R3RA REVISED
ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS; HCOB 28 June 78RA, New Era Dianetics Series
7RA, R3RA COMMANDS; HCOB 25 June 78R, New Era Dianetics Series 8R,
DIANETICS, BEGINNING A PC ON.)
HANDLE ANY SECONDARY, which is to say emotional reactions, stresses or
shocks before, during or after the situation. Narrative secondaries are run
R3RA Narrative Quad. Interest is checked. It is important to get the earliest
beginning of the incident and to continue to check for earlier beginning each
run through. (Ref: HCOB 26 June 78RA, New Era Dianetics Series 6RA, R3RA
REVISED ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS; HCOB 28 June 78RA, New Era Dianetics Series
7RA, R3RA COMMANDS; HCOB 25 June 78R, New Era Dianetics Series 8R, DIANETICS,
BEGINNING A PC ON.)
PREASSESS THE INCIDENT and take to full Dianetic EP all somatics connected
with the incident in which the pc is interested. The full preassessment
procedure is given in HCOB 18 June 78R, New Era Dianetics Series 4R,
ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM and the above issues.
POSTULATE TWO-WAY COMM. This is two-way comm on the subject of "any
decision to be hurt" or some such wording. This is done only if the person has
not already discovered that he had decisions connected to the incident. It is
carried to F/N.
One must be careful not to invalidate the person.
Where a person is injured, given a Contact or Touch Assist and then medical
examination and treatment, he is given the remainder as soon as he is able to
be audited. The drug "five days" does not need to apply. But where the person
has been given an assist over drugs, one must later come back to the case when
he is off drugs and run the drug part out or at least make sure that nothing
was submerged by the drugs. It is not uncommon for a person to be oblivious of
certain parts of a treatment or operation at the time of initial auditing,
only to have a missing piece of the incident pop up days, months or even years
later. THIS is the reason injuries or operations occasionally seem to persist
despite a full assist: a piece of it was left unhandled due to a drugged
condition during the operation; such bits may come off unexpectedly in routine
auditing on some other apparently disrelated chain.
(Ref: HCOB 27 June 78RA, New Era Dianetics Series 9R, DRUG HANDLING and
HCOB 19 May 69RA, DRUG AND ALCOHOL CASES, PRIOR ASSESSING.)
It can happen that a person is in the midst of some grade auditing at the
time of an injury or illness or receiving an emotional shock. The question
arises as to whether or not to disrupt the grade auditing to handle the
situation. It is a difficult question. But certainly the person cannot go on
with grade auditing while upset or ill. The usual
218
answer is to give a full assist and repair the case to bridge it back into the
grade auditing. The question however may be complicated in that some error in
the grade auditing is also sitting there, not to cause the illness or accident
but to complicate the assist. This question is handled fully only by study of
the case by a competent Case Supervisor. The point is not to let the person go
on suffering while time is consumed making a decision.
PRIOR CONFUSION: Fixed ideas follow a period of confusion. This is also
true of engrams that hang up as physical injury. Slow recovery after an engram
has been run can be caused by the prior confusion mechanism. The engram of
accident or injury can be a stable item in a confusion. By 2-way comm see if a
confusion existed prior to the accident, injury or illness. If so, it may be
2WCed earlier similar to F/N.
MYSTERY POINT: Often there is some part of an incident which is mysterious
to a preclear. The engram itself may hang up on a mystery. A thetan could be
called a "mystery sandwich" in that he tends to stick in on mysteries. 2WC any
mysterious aspect of the incident. 2WC it earlier similar to F/N cog VGIs.
SUPPRESSIVE PRESENCE: Mistakes or accidents or injuries occur in the
presence of suppression. One wants to know if any such suppressive influence
or factor existed just prior to the incident being handled. This could be the
area it occurred in or persons the preclear had just spoken to. 2WC any
suppressive or invalidative presence that may have caused a mistake to be made
or the accident to occur. 2WC E/S to F/N cog VGIs.
AGREEMENT: Get any agreement the person may have had in or with the
incident. There is usually a point where the person agrees with some part of
the scene. If this point is found it will tend to unpin the pc from going on
agreeing to be sick or injured.
PROTEST: 2WC any protest in the incident.
PREDICTION: The person is usually concerned about his recovery. Undue worry
about it can extend the effects into the future. 2WC (a) how long he/she
expects to take to recover. (b) Get the person to tell you any predictions
others have made about it. 2WC it to an F/N cog VGIs. Note -- avoid getting
the person to predict it as a very long time by getting him to talk about that
further.
LOSSES: A person who has just experienced a loss may become ill. This is
particularly true of colds. 2WC anything the pc may have lost to F/N.
PRESENT TIME: An injured or sick person is out of present time. Thus
running HAVINGNESS in every assist session is vital. This not only remedies
havingness but also brings the preclear to present time.
HIGH OR LO TA: A C/S 53 RL should be used to get the TA under control
during assists if it cannot be gotten down. It must be done by an auditor who
knows how to meter and can get reads.
ILLNESS FOLLOWING AUDITING: It can occur that a pc gets ill after being
audited where the "auditing" is out tech. When this occurs or is suspected, a
Green Form should be assessed only by an auditor who can meter and whose TR 1
gets reads. The GF reads are then handled. Out interiorization, bad lists,
missed W/Hs, ARC breaks and incomplete or flubbed engrams are the commonest
errors.
BEFORE-AFTER: Where an injured or ill pc is so stuck that he has a fixed
picture that does not move, one can jar it loose by asking him to recall a
time before the incident and then asking him to recall a time after it. This
will "jar the engram loose" and change the stuck point.
UNCONSCIOUSNESS: A pc can be audited even if in a coma. The processes are
objective, not significance processes. One process is to use his hand to reach
and withdraw from an object such as a pillow or blanket. One makes the hand do
it while giving the commands. One can even arrange a "signal system" where the
pc is in a coma
219
and cannot talk by holding his hand and telling him to squeeze one's hand once
for yes, twice for no. It is astonishing that the pc will often respond and he
can be questioned this way.
TEMPERATURE ASSISTS: There is an HCOB, HCOB 23 Jul 71R, ASSISTS, on
how to do assists that bring down the temperature. Holding objects still
repetitively is the basic process.
Quite often an injury or illness will miraculously clear up before one has
run all the steps possible. If this is the case one should end off any further
assist.
All auditing of injured or ill people must be kept fairly light. Errors in
TRs (such as a bad TR 4), errors in tech rebound on them very heavily. An ill
or injured person can easily be audited into a mess if the processes are too
heavy for him to handle and if the auditor is goofing. Very exact in tech,
good TRs, good metering sessions are all that should be tolerated in assists.
SUMMARY
Religion exists in no small part to handle the upsets and anguish of life.
These include spiritual duress by reason of physical conditions.
Ministers long before the Apostles had as a part of their duties the
ministering to the spiritual anguish of their people. They have concentrated
upon spiritual uplift and betterment. But where physical suffering impeded
this course, they have acted. To devote themselves only to the alleviation of
physical duress is of course to attest that the physical body is more
important than the spiritual beingness of the person which, of course, it is
not. But physical anguish can so distract a being that he deserts any
aspirations of betterment and begins to seek some cessation of his suffering.
The specialty of the medical doctor is the curing of physical disease or non-
optimum physical conditions. In some instances he can do so. It is no invasion
of his province to assist the patient to greater healing potential. And ills
that are solely spiritual in nature are not medical.
The "psych-iatrist" and "psych-ologist" on the other hand took their very
names from religion since "psyche" means soul. They, by actual statistics, are
not as successful as priests in relieving mental anguish. But they modernly
seek to do so by using drugs or hypnotism or physical means. They damage more
than they help.
The minister has a responsibility to his people and those about him to
relieve suffering. He has many ways to do this. He is quite successful in
doing so and he does not need or use drugs or hypnotism or shock or surgery or
violence. Until his people are at a level where they have no need of physical
things, he has as a duty preventing their spiritual or physical decay by
relieving where he can their suffering.
His primary method of doing so is the ASSIST.
As the knowledge of how to do them exists and as the skill is easily
acquired, he actually has no right to neglect those for whose well-being he is
responsible, as only then can he lead them to higher levels of spiritual
attainment.
An auditor has it in his power to make pcs recover spectacularly. That
power is in direct proportion to his flawlessness as an auditor. Only the most
exact and proper tech will produce the desired result.
If you truly want to help your fellows, that exact skill and those results
are very well worth having.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:nt.rd.lfg.dr Founder
Copyright $c 1973, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
220
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 21
iDate=16/11/73
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
STUDY TECH & POST
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 NOVEMBER 1973
Remimeo
STUDY TECH & POST
References: HCO PL 4 April 72 Revised
7 Apr 72 ETHICS AND STUDY TECH and HCO PL
4 April Issue III Revised 7 Apr 72 Addition.)
It has just been found that certain staff could not perform their duties
because they knowingly went by misunderstood words in despatches and telexes.
By this willful failure they had dumped their hats on seniors for two
years.
They were wiped out on post, could not evaluate or find out what was going
on. And spent a bulk of their time sleeping.
THEREFORE:
5. Any person who goes by misunderstood words or abbreviations in telexes or
despatches or materials he handles on post without clarifying them SHALL BE
SUMMONSED TO A COURT OF ETHICS.
The charge is NEGLECT OF DUTY and the minimum sentence is TREASON.
6. Any auditor failing to write clearly on worksheets or put down enough text
to make the worksheet understandable shall be summonsed to a Court of Ethics.
The charge is NO REPORT.
7. Any Case Supervisor who permits an auditor to write incomprehensibly or
omit data shall be summonsed to a Court of Ethics.
The charge is CONDONING NEGLECT OF DUTY.
ADDITIONAL PENALTY
Whenever this policy letter or its references are found to be out in an
area and not enforced there can be no plea of ignorance and the seniors of the
area are themselves liable to Comm Ev.
Violations of study tech and failures to use this technology are
responsible for great losses and out tech, out admin and overwork of seniors.
The matter has been regarded too lightly and has caused great losses,
blows and has impeded progress on this planet.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt
Copyright $c 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
221
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=23/11/73
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=26/1/77
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
DRY AND WET HANDS
MAKE FALSE TA
Remimeo
Tech & Qual
All Levels
All Auditors
All Tech
Checksheets
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 NOVEMBER 1973RA
Remimeo REVISED 23 APRIL 1975
Tech & Qual REVISED 26 JANUARY 1977
All Levels
All Auditors (Revisions in this type style)
All Tech
Checksheets (References to footplates have been deleted.)
DRY AND WET HANDS
MAKE FALSE TA
A couple of years ago some auditors were solving high TA problems by
putting hand cream on the pcs, hands when they were calloused and talcum
powder un a pc's hands when they were too wet. Since no research had been done
they were censured.
Research has now been done on this matter of dry and wet hands.
Apparently when a person has taken certain medicines or chemicals, or uses
detergent soaps or is in contact with certain chemicals (such as those in some
furniture polishes) the ordinary skin oils vanish. These oils are needed to
make an electrical contact with the cans.
When these oils are absent, there is no adequate electrical contact and
the "TA is high."
When a person is deficient in certain minerals or vitamins such as
magnesium or B Complex, his hands can be excessively wet.
Either of these two conditions in hands can produce an incorrect TA
position.
The dry condition produces a false high TA.
The overly wet condition produces a false low TA.
The TA depends on normally moist hands. This does not mean the meter works
on "sweat." It does mean the meter works only when there is a correct
electrical contact.
Too much and too greasy hand cream could produce too low a TA.
Vanishing creams don't work as they are found to actually dry out the skin
after repeated application and so produce a falsely high TA.
Too much powder or drier could produce too high a TA.
Therefore one must not go to extremes.
DRY HANDS
The excessively "dry" hand is seen as shiny or polished looking. It feels
very dry.
The correct treatment is to use a hand cream such as Vaseline Intensive
Care Lotion (obtainable from any cosmetics store) not a greasy hand cream or
vanishing cream.
A good hand cream rubs all the way into the skin and leaves no excess
grease.
This restores normal electrical contact.
Such a hand cream would only have to be applied once per session -- at
session start -- as it lasts for a long while. Hand cream is never applied
during session.
222
If a cream leaves smears on a can, it is too heavily applied or too little
absorbed.
Hand cream is usually smeared on, rubbed in and can then be thoroughly
wiped off. The hands will usually produce, then, a normal TA and meter
response.
WET HANDS
Anti-perspirants can be applied to too wet hands. There are many brands of
these, often a powder or spray.
It can be wiped off after application and should work for two or three
hours.
If the TA then goes too high, use hand cream on top of it.
SUMMARY
While much work could be done still, the above is enough for a practical
result.
WARNING
Hi TAs and Lo TAs do not widely F/N. If you are getting wide persistent F/N
with the TA too high (above 3) or too low (below 2) you have a pc whose hands
are too dry or too wet. Using this HCOB should correct it and in future
sessions you should continue the remedy on that pc.
NOTHING in this HCOB excuses the misreading or falsifying of a TA. Get the
TA in normal range with this HCOB before you start calling processes ended.
CS-53RJ and the False TA Checklist HCOB 21 Jan 1977 are your tools for
handling too high and too low TAs.
The only other conditions I know of that make an auditor mess up a pc's TA
are:
(a) A discharged meter (registers high).
(b) An incorrectly set meter by trim button.
(c) A "fleeting F/N" where the pc F/Ns so briefly the auditor misses it and
overruns.
(d) Bad TRs.
(e) Unflat processes.
(f) Overrun processes.
(g) Heavy drugs or medicines.
False TA often comes to light when the auditor runs out of reasons it is
hi or low and it dawns on him that he is dealing with false TA. In the latter
case he should know all MATERIALS ON THIS SUBJECT OF FALSE TA (given on HCOB
21 Jan 1977 FALSE TA CHECKLIST as references) AND REMEDY THE FALSE TA
SITUATION AND THEN RESUME NORMAL AUDITING. He must not go on calling hi
or low TA F/Ns just by assuming the TA is false.
Given a contact the meter always tells the truth.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Revised by
Paulette Ausley
LRH:PA:nt
Copyright $c 1973, 1975, 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
223
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Revised by
Paulette Ausley
Type = 11
iDate=28/3/74
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=11/5/77
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Expanded Dianetics Series 21R
EXPANDED DIANETICS DEVELOPMENTS
SINCE THE ORIGINAL LECTURES
CANCELLATION
Remimeo
Ex Dn C/Ses
Ex Dn Auditors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 28 MARCH 1974R
REVISED 27 OCTOBER 1976
Remimeo CANCELLED 9 MAY 1977
Ex Dn C/Ses CORRECTED 11 MAY 1977
Ex Dn Auditors
Expanded Dianetics Series 21R
EXPANDED DIANETICS DEVELOPMENTS
SINCE THE ORIGINAL LECTURES
CANCELLATION
This issue is cancelled as it was originally written by former CS-4 and
some of the data contained in it is incorrect.
All applicable data is now included in BTB 9 May 1977 Issue I, Expanded
Dianetics Series 21RA, EXPANDED DIANETICS ACTIONS.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
FMO 1709 I/C
LRH:RS:lf
Copyright $c 1974, 1976, 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
224
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
FMO 1709 I/C
Type = 11
iDate=23/4/74
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=1/10/76
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Expanded Dianetics Series 22RA
EXPANDED DIANETICS
REQUISITES
Remimeo
Ex Dn C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 APRIL 1974RA
Remimeo REVISED 1 OCTOBER 1976
Ex Dn C/Ses
(Revisions in this type style)
Expanded Dianetics Series 22RA
EXPANDED DIANETICS
REQUISITES
The recent review of Expanded Dianetics has shown that Ex Dn can be made to
fail if the pc is improperly set up for it.
The following checklist is for use by C/Ses to ensure full set-ups for Ex
Dn have been done.
Attach to the inside left cover of the folder.
1. Pc has done a full set of TRs 0-4 and 6-9. _______
2. Pc has had a full battery of Objective Processes run to full EP. _______
3. Pc has been given a thorough CS-1 and is grooved in. _______
4. Pc has completed (very) Drug RD which is FLAT. No no-interest
but reading items remain unrun. No medicine, drug or stimulant
left unrun. _______
5. Pc successful at Dianetic engram running. Can run Dn easily. _______
6. Pc has had Word Clearing Method 1 run very flat to F/N list. _______
7. Pc has been Word Cleared Method 5 on the L-3ExDRB and R3R
words. _______
8. Pc has had any high or low TA handled with a C/S 53RJ. _______
9. Pc is not in the Non-Interference area. _______
10. Pc has had any messed up L & N and Why lists corrected. _______
11. Pc has not been left in the middle of a major action or RD to start
Ex Dn. _______
12. Pc is getting Ex Dn after Dn (like Drug RDs, etc) but before grades,
after grades but before Power, after Power but before Solo and
after OT III or after any single grade above OT III. These are the
only points Ex Dn is run on a case. _______
Only if you make sure each of these points is fully in will the pc fly on
Ex Dn.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
As assisted by CS-5
for the
BDCS:LRH:JE:nt
Copyright $c 1974, 1976 BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
by L. Ron Hubbard of the
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
225
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
As assisted by CS-5
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
Type = 11
iDate=31/8/74
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=9/4/77
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
HCOB 30 OCT 71
TRIPLE GRADES VS EXPANDED
URGENT
C/S Series 93RA
NEW GRADE CHART
Remimeo
Tech Secs
C/Ses
Auditors
Registrars
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 31 AUGUST 1974RA
Remimeo RE-REVISED 9 APRIL 1977
Tech Secs (Revisions in this type style)
C/Ses
Auditors
Registrars HCOB 30 OCT 71
TRIPLE GRADES VS EXPANDED
URGENT
C/S Series 93RA
NEW GRADE CHART
The "NEW" thing to do is the Grade Chart. Everything you are doing should
contribute to getting the pc up the Bridge. THIS is the Bridge.
There is a new Grade Chart being prepared which has some changes in it,
based on recent discoveries. It is urgent that you know of these in advance.
DRUG RUNDOWN
The effects of an omitted or incomplete Drug RD are severe enough to deny
a person any lasting case gain.
This is covered in HCOB 31 May 74 "Unhandled Drugs and Ethics." Some orgs
have taken this HCOB so literally however, that they have taken pcs off Adv
Cses Grades, refused to do assists on ill pcs and some showed pcs the HCOB and
invaled their Rains.
This was not the intention of the HCOB. The C/S Series remain valid.
The Drug RD belongs on the Grade Chart after Life Repair. A Drug RD
cannot be done over out ruds and a Life Repair may be necessary to get in a
pc's ruds.
Life Repair is not a prerequisite for the Drug RD, however, and if done
is not to be dragged out intensive after intensive. In some cases a pc could
not complete Life Repair without a Drug RD.
Following the Drug RD is ARC S/W, then the rest of Dianetics to
completion.
QUAD VS EXPANDED GRADES
Expanded Grades are NOT a prerequisite for Power.
They may come anywhere on a pc's program as give in HCOB 5 April 77
"Expanded Grades" including after OT III. Quad Grades are a prerequisite for
Power.
EXPANDED DIANETICS
Ex Dn by the way belongs ideally after Grade IV Expanded, but can be done
after Dn, after Power but before Solo, and after OT III or any single OT Level
above OT III.
Some pcs R/S and have evil purposes to do others in. But no Grade 0 or
Grade I or Grade II. What others? Martians?
"Got to secretly do everybody in" probably applies to Apeville some long
date ago and he's never come up to PT.
The best answer is to bring the pc up the Grade Chart to Grade IV then do
his Ex Dn unless the pc would need XDN to make it at all. (See HCOB 15 Apr 72
"Expanded Dianetics Series 1R" and HCOB 29 Nov 70 "C/S Series 22.")
The prerequisites for Ex Dn are covered on HCOB 23 April 74R "Ex Dn Series
22R, Expanded Dianetics Requisites."
226
GRADE II
Some orgs specialize in Grade II, especially on org staff. The pc is
always getting Confessionals or his O/Ws pulled on so and so.
If you look on the Grade Chart you will find withholds and overts are
Grade TWO.
Below Grade Two lies Grade I (Problems) and Grade Zero (Communications).
And below that is Dianetics and at the bottom end of Dianetics is the drug
handling.
Now how do you expect a fellow who has unhandled drugs (or omitted drug
items because of "no interest") to even know (no Grade 0) that other people
are around or that (Grade I) he is caved in with problems he's never cognited
on?
And he's supposed to have enough responsibility to answer up on Grade II?
With real overts and withholds?
This does not mean you must never Sec Check. It does mean that Sec Checks
are no substitute for auditing or guarantee of innocence.
Grades are grades and the Grade Chart sequence is correct.
SOLO SET-UPS
Set-ups for Solo are fully covered on HCOB 8 Jan 72RC, Solo C/S Series
11RC.
This will be included as part of Solo on the Grade Chart as it is a
vital step.
Pcs won't make it on Solo if they aren't set up.
FULL LIST
Here's the full list of grades showing where the various RDs now offered
fit.
GROUP PROCESSING -- not mandatory or a prerequisite.
LIFE REPAIR -- as needed but not prerequisite for Drug RD. To get ruds in on
life.
DRUG RD, means:
TRs 0-4, 6-9 -- mandatory for a druggie currently on drugs, FLAT.
Full C/S-1 -- where not done. To fully educate pc.
Objectives -- Full battery to full EPs per basic books and early HCOBs on
them. Class VIII Drug Handling -- list and rehab all drugs, 3 way
recalls, secondaries and engrams of taking and giving drugs.
AESPs on each reading drug -- listed separately and handled with R3R,
each drug to full F/N assessment of drug list.
"No Interest" drug items -- all reading ones run where they exist.
Prior Assessment -- AESPs listed separately and run R3R, prior to first
drug or alcohol taken.
ARC S/W QUAD.
DIANETICS, means:
C/S 54 -- complete handling of Pc Assessment Form begun with Drug RD.
Health Form -- fully handled to full F/N assessment.
QUAD GRADE 0 -- as issued.
QUAD GRADE I -- as issued.
QUAD GRADE II -- as issued.
QUAD GRADE III -- as issued.
QUAD GRADE IV -- as issued.
227
EX DN -- not mandatory except where pc is a low OCA, an R/Ser (2%),
chronically ill or psycho. Means:
Set-ups -- per HCOB 23 April 74R, "Ex Dn Series 22R."
OCA Left Side Handling -- as issued.
OCA Right Side Handling -- as issued.
All Ev Purps and R/Ses FULLY handled with no shortcuts.
EXPANDED GRADES -- Ideally can go after Ex Dn and before Power, but is not a
prerequisite for Power (Quad Grades are a prerequisite). Can come after
Drug RD, Full Dn RD, Quad Grades, Ex Dn, Power (but before Solo), after
OT III or any single OT level on up.
POWER PROCESSING -- Grade IV Quad and Drug RD required and as per the Power
Checklist.
SOLO GRADE VI, means:
Solo Set-ups -- done at SH or AO per Solo C/S Series 11RC.
Solo Auditor's Course.
Solo Audit Grade VI materials.
CLEARING COURSE
OT I
OT II
OT III
OT VII PROCESSES
OT III EXPANDED
OT IV
OT V
OT VI
FULL OT VII VERIFICATION
OT VIII -- when issued.
OT IX on up.
PROGRAMMING
The C/S Series, especially the early HCOBs, numbers 1-13RA, fully cover
the use of the Grade Chart in programming.
THE GRADE CHART IS THE BASIC PROGRAMME OF A PC.
This datum has been neglected in some orgs, who have specialized in the
new RDs developed since '71.
With refinement of repair and corrective actions and the release of new
RDs, some may have forgotten that repair is only done to get off the overwhelm
so that you can put the pc back on the Grade Chart.
SUMMARY
I thought I'd better fill you in on these changes and how the new Grade
Chart lines up.
Make full use of this Chart with C/S Series programming tech in and your
pcs will fly.
Here's to lots of case gain and rave success stories.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
As assisted by
CS-5
for the
BDCS:LRH:JE:nt.lf
Copyright $c 1974, 1976, 1977 BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
by L. Ron Hubbard of the
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
228
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
As assisted by
CS-5
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
Type = 11
iDate=1/11/74
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=5/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
ROCK SLAMS AND ROCK SLAMMERS
Remimeo
XDn Spclsts
C1 IVs & Above
C/Ses
Qual
HCO
PTS/SP Detection Crs
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 1 NOVEMBER 1974RA
REVISED 5 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo
XDn Spclsts (Revised to correct the definition of a rock slam.
C1 IVs & Above Revisions in this type style.
C/Ses Ellipsis indicates deletion.)
Qual
HCO Dept 3 Hats
PTS/SP Detection Crs
ROCK SLAMS AND ROCK SLAMMERS
Reference: HCOB 3 September 1978
DEFINITION OF A ROCK SLAM
A lot of controversy has shown up this year on the subject of R/Ses and
R/Sers. Therefore, the following bulletin was compiled from my materials to
clarify the matter. My research on this was actually done years ago and
remains very valid indeed.
R/Ses
An R/S or rock slam is defined as the crazy, irregular left-right
slashing motion of the needle on the E-Meter dial. R/Ses repeat left and right
slashes unevenly and savagely, faster than the eye easily follows. The needle
is frantic. The width of an R/S depends largely on sensitivity setting. It
goes from one-fourth inch to whole dial. But it slams back and forth. It is
actually quite startling to see one. IT IS VERY DIFFERENT FROM OTHER METER
PHENOMENA.
Recently auditors arriving on Flag were found not to know what an R/S was
but were calling dirty needles, dirty reads, rocket reads, body motion and
even ticks as R/Ses. That comes from never having been trained on what an R/S
is and never having seen one. R/SES ARE UNIQUE IN APPEARANCE. On the other
hand, far more serious is the fact that auditors have many times seen R/Ses,
didn't mark them down and didn't report them! This is a High Crime as it
injures society, the org and the person himself (see HCOB 10 Aug 76R "R/Ses,
What They Mean").
Actually this is quite a serious matter because pcs get labelled as
R/Sers and get run on evil purposes connected with this "R/S" that isn't one.
You can really foul up a pc that way.
A meter also sometimes "goes crazy" on an R/Ser. You see it work, then it
doesn't read, etc. While this is rare it does happen. Auditors have changed
their meters just to find the new one was also crazy. But the R/S will show up
through all this. An inoperational meter does not mean you have R/Ser -- you
might have just forgotten to charge it or have faulty leads.
ROCK SLAMMERS
In a normal group of 400, the actual percentage of R/Sers is low. It's
about 8 in 400, or 2 - 2 1/2%. Those figures should seem familiar. They are
the same percentage for SPs. And that gives you a clue to the identification
of an R/Ser.
Where requirements for Scn or SO orgs have been established for R/Ses they
apply to the 2 - 2 1/2% of real R/Sers as these are high risks for staff
purposes.
These people can of course be salvaged as pcs using Expanded Dianetics.
Letting them on staff could be disastrous, however.
229
A handled R/Ser can be expected to eventually wind up in the same category
as a cleared cannibal. His experiential track is too educated in evil and too
uneducated in anything else. So even when cleaned up will need a lot of living.
R/Sers are also very expensive people to keep around. They waste the
available resources and produce overt products. They cost a fortune in waste,
repairs, lost business. They also cost a heartbreaking number of damaged
people.
CHECKLIST
To assist you in the identification of R/Sers a checklist of
characteristics and their reference has been done.
This checklist is to be used whenever a C/S is called upon to inspect a
folder to determine whether a person is an R/Ser. That he R/Ses is the main
thing. The other points simply help investigate whether he R/Ses. He doesn't
have to have all these characteristics to be an R/Ser.
1. The R/Ses reported are actual R/Ses and not some other read
or broken meter leads, a dusty or worn TA or trim "pot," or
cans in contact with metal such as rings, bracelets, etc. _________
Ref: E-Meter Essentials: Book of E-Meter Drills: The Book
Introducing the E-Meter; HCOB 8 Nov 62 "Somatics, How to
Tell Terminals and Opposition Terminals" pg 2 and 4; HCOB
6 Dec 62 "R2-10, R2-12, 3GAXX"; BTB 14 Jan 63 "Rings
Causing Rock Slams"; HCOB "False TA Series" 24 Oct 71R,
12 Nov 71RA, 15 Feb 72R, 18 Feb 72R, 21 Jan 77R, 23 Nov
73RA.
2. R/Ses have to do with evil thoughts, overts or intentions. _________
3. Pc is slow or no case gain. _________
3A. Pc is in a chronically nattery or critical state. _________
Ref: HCOB 23 Nov 62 "Routine Two-Twelve";... HCOB 6 Dec
62 "R2-10, R2-12, 3GAXX"; HCOB 28 Nov 70 C/S Series 22
"Psychosis"; BPL 31 May 71RG "PTS/SP Detection, Routing &
Handling Checksheet" and materials.
4. Pc chronically ill or who acts most "PTS." This can be
suppressed and hidden from view, however. _________
Ref: HCO PL 15 Nov 70R "HCO and Confessionals"; HCOB 28
Nov 70 C/S Series 22 "Psychosis"; PTS/SP Pack.
4A. He covers up his crimes with lots of PR. _________
5. Pc's product is consistently an overt act and his activities
destructive to others whether they have spotted this or not. _________
Ref: HCO PL 14 Nov 70 Org Series 14 "The Product as an Overt
Act"; PTS/SP Pack; HCO Manual of Justice.
6. Pc's behavior or condition or OCA classifies as psychotic. _________
Ref: HCOB Ex Dn Series and tapes; HCOB 2R Nov 70.
7. The people near him get in trouble. _________
230
Where some of the answers to this checklist are yes you can be certain an
R/S will be found in auditing. HCO handles and Qual programs them for
rehabilitation.
LIST ONE R/Ser
There are, for our purposes, two kinds of R/Sers. (a) Those who R/S on
subjects not connected with Scn and (b) Those who R/S on subjects connected to
Scientology.
The latter is a "List One R/Ser" and it is of great importance to us that
they be located and moved off lines when they are part of staffs as their
intent is solely to destroy us whatever else they say: their long run actions
will prove it.
The definition of a List One R/Ser is anyone who has R/Sed on List One.
If that is confirmed fully, that's it. Not all points on the checklist have to
be present. The full list of Scientology List One items can be found in HCOB
24 Nov AD 12 "Routine 2-12 List One -- Issue One, the Scientology List."
Where there is any doubt as to the validity of a List One R/S, a
verification should be done. The procedure is to vigorously Sec Check the pc
on the subject of the reported List One R/S. This Sec Check must be done by an
auditor who knows R/Ses and can make lists read and pull W/Hs connected with
R/S.
PCs WHO R/S
Pcs who R/S are given Ex Dn. This does not change even though the pc is
not an R/Ser. See HCOB C/S Series 93 and HCOB 10 Aug 76R "R/Ses, What They
Mean."
Where a pc R/Ses he will have evil purposes and be on a succumb as a
result. R/Ses indicate an area of psychosis which will ruin the pc's life if
allowed to go unhandled.
SUMMARY
This HCOB in no way changes Ex Dn as a requirement for R/Ses or makes it
OK not to handle them.
Staff concerned must be able to identify an R/Ser which is different from
someone with an R/S.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by CS-4/5
Revision by
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:dr
Copyright $c 1974, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
231
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by CS-4/5
Revision by
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=16/1/75
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=6/7/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
PAST LIFE REMEDIES
Remimeo
Dn & Ex Dn
C/Ses
IV and VI
C/Ses
Class VIII
C/S
Dn C/S Course
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 16 JANUARY 1975R
Remimeo REVISED 6 JULY 1978
Dn & Ex Dn
C/Ses (Revisions in this type style)
IV and VI (Ellipsis indicates deletion)
C/Ses
Class VIII
C/S PAST LIFE REMEDIES
Dn C/S Course
(Note: This Bulletin has been revised to align with the
New Era Dianetics Series Bulletins Series 1-18.)
There are many remedies and considerable tech developed over the years on
the subject of pcs unable to go earlier than this life. There was no full
coverage bulletin which gave the full story on this.
The earliest was getting the pc to locate and run imaginary incidents. This
is fully covered in Science of Survival, especially Book Two, Chapter Nine,
"Imaginary Incidents." The auditor clears the idea of imaginary incidents and
running them, then persuades the pc to run them without forcing him.
Delusion tends to run off but the real incidents move into view as well.
These imaginary incidents can be run R3RA Narrative Quad.... Full preassessment
procedure (per New Era Dianetics Series tech) of the somatics, emotions, etc.,
of the imaginary incident, can be incorporated in the Past Life Remedy as part
of the action of grooving in the pc. (See: HCOB 18 June 78, New Era Dianetics
Series 4, ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM, and HCOB 28 June 78, New Era
Dianetics Series 7, R3RA COMMANDS, for Narrative and R3RA Quad commands.)
Another Past Life Remedy would be for the auditor to assess the following
list on the pc:
earlier existences abandoned pictures
previous existences past life experiences
past lives memory
earlier lives amnesia
unreal pictures forgetting
other times leaving bodies
past deaths past bodies
going backtrack new bodies
imaginary incidents lost possessions
invalidated pictures forgotten pictures
other identities death
imaginary beingnesses losing a body
pretended injuries forgotten memories
pretended illnesses invalidated memories
disgusting pictures painful pictures
painful memories ignored pictures
enforced pictures fading pictures
fearful incidents fearful pictures
sad pictures forgotten times
invalidated track pretended incidents
only one lifetime unbelievable pictures
unknown incidents forgotten families
lost friends between body experiences
degraded experiences unreal experiences
deja vu forgotten beingness
forgotten lives abandoned deaths
232
not-ised existence not-ised existences
invalidated pictures invalidated memories
invalidated imagination not-ised imagination
invalidated perception abandoned perceptions
things you don't want to find out about
Any item can be added to the above by the pc.
You then take the largest reading item found in the above and ask the pc to
describe it briefly. Ask him "In your own words briefly describe (item that
read)."
Use the exact wording the pc gave you. Treat that wording as an original
item exactly as though it had been obtained on the Original Assessment List,
New Era Dianetics Series 5.
Handle the items the pc gives you exactly as you would handle any original
item or items in New Era Dianetics Series 4 (preassessment, etc.)
Exhaust all reading items in the above prepared list.
Reassess the prepared list and do each of the above steps.
When the pc is able to go earlier than this life with good reality then the
remedy is complete.
Often the pc won't go backtrack because he's a druggie.
What has happened here is that he restimulated past lives with drugs, got
into frightening pictures that he didn't understand and now backs off from ANY
bank content except drugs. That is handled with a full Drug RD, including a
full battery of Objectives and all reading items run including "no interest"
items. The standard approach on any pc is to get full drug handling done
first. See: HCOB 27 June 78, New Era Dianetics Series 9, DRUG HANDLING.
Another reason could be the pc is in recent shock of having died. Such a
case is overburdened and is destimulated with general auditing and then gets a
Past Life Remedy if he hasn't gone backtrack. You could even do a Prior
Assessment to this life.
The subject of invalidation of past lives and people talking about them
out of session or claiming to be famous people invalidates past lives for a pc
and is actually related to suppression and PTS phenomena. If you suspect this
you could ask "Has anyone been talking to you about past lives or famous
people?" From this question possible suppression in the environment can be
located and used in a PTS RD, HCOB 9 Dec 71R, Revised 21 Oct 74.
CHILDREN
Children are usually very burdened cases and can be hard to C/S on
Dianetics if it hits this life only which will leave the pc wide open to key-
in and at the age of 20 be found all keyed-in "with all grades run."
I find they are jammed into fiction stories, education, books and movies
and run these like engrams. These children speak of "remembering" all the
time. They say they can't go backtrack "because they don't remember." They
don't seem to take it from pictures. Contrary to psychology theories and
popular belief I find children in very rough case shape, nervous, frightened,
griefy, etc. They get stuck in the books and movies they see.
233
I have handled this in various ways. The easiest way to unburden cases is
by Objectives (contact processes) and Recall (ARC S/W, Self Analysis). That is
the general approach. You can list for mental image pictures pc has seen in
life, in movies or books, take the best reading one and do full preassessment
procedure on it, handling the running item obtained with R3RA Quad. Then
repeat the preassessment steps until you get no reads on the Preassessment
List you have assessed for that original item. Return to the mental image
pictures list, take the next largest reading item and do full preassessment,
etc. Follow HCOB 18 June 1978, ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM (New Era
Dianetics Series 4) exactly.
Preassessment can also be done on unwanted attitudes, emotions, pains, etc.
(the Preassessment List) one had as a child. These would then be fully handled
as above to unburden the case.
A direct approach is to ask "What book or movie were you particularly
interested in?" You'll usually find that the person had a stuck picture on it.
Then ask "Did you ever have anything to do with that sort of thing?" Then they
go into it because you're asking for an E/S. You could then run out the
earlier incident Narrative R3RA Quad and you'd be away.
Where the pc is stuck in upsetting incidents from movies or books you can
list for "Bad incidents you've seen or read about," take the best reading one
with pc interest and run it out R3RA Narrative Quad. Then handle with
preassessment procedure, per above. Be sure to accept stories, TV, movies or
books as these are fully valid to run.
REVIEW
A Scientology review action that can be done is to assess auditors,
auditing, past lives, Dianetics, Scientology, time, preclears and erasure.
Then prepcheck in order of reads, reassess and prepcheck. This is a valuable
action to do before ARC S/W Triple and often by itself will handle those
unable to go past track.
A further Scientology approach would be to assess the past, memory
pictures, past lives and prepcheck in order of reads. Then L&N "Who or what
would have no future?" then L&N "Who or what would it have been awful to have
been?" These items can be checked and used in a PTS RD or can have their
intentions listed and run as part of Ex Dn handling.
SUMMARY
The technology on past lives is important for a C/S to know, especially the
Dianetics C/S.
The subject usually resolves with a Drug RD and general auditing but when
it doesn't you have these remedies to use.
Use them well.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:rs.rd.lfg
Copyright $c 1975, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
234
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=23/4/75
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=26/1/77
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
VANISHING CREAM AND FALSE TA
Remimeo
Tech & Qual
All Levels
All Auditors
All Tech
Checksheets
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 APRIL 1975R
REVISED 26 JANUARY 1977
Remimeo (Revisions in this type style)
Tech & Qual
All Levels
All Auditors
All Tech
Checksheets
VANISHING CREAM AND FALSE TA
Ref: HCOB 24 Oct 71A FALSE TA
HCOB 12 Nov 71RA FALSE TA ADDITION
HCOB 15 Feb 72R FALSE TA ADDITION 2
HCOB 18 Feb 72R FALSE TA ADDITION 3
HCOB 21 Jan 77 FALSE TA CHECKLIST
HCOB 23 Nov 73RA DRY AND WET HANDS
MAKE FALSE TA
After further and more extensive tests vanishing creams have proven
unsuitable as a solution to dry hands.
In some cases vanishing creams have actually dried out pcs' hands and
caused a false high TA.
Vaseline Intensive Care Lotion has proven very workable when applied to a
pc's hands, rubbed in and any excess wiped off.
Another cream called Locorten was also found workable but it contains
cortisone which burns the eyes if you rub them with your hands. Further tests
are underway on Locorten without cortisone but these are not yet complete.
Another hand cream formula was found 90% effective upon test and is
somewhat similar to the Locorten formula without cortisone. Its formula is:
75 grams Emulsified Cetomacrofolis Wax
(80% cetostearyl alcohol and 20% cetomacrofol 1000)
100 grams Cetyl Alcohol
20 grams Sorbitol Solutions - 70%
1 gram Sorbic Acid
up to
500 grams water.
You could have this cream made up by any pharmacist.
A NOTE ON FOOTPLATES
Footplates obscure F/Ns and reads.
Their use is hereby cancelled.
FALSE TA HANDLING
It has never been OK to call a pc's attention to his hands or TA or meter
during a session. Therefore when handling a false TA get the TA in range with
hand cream or can size or grip before session.
235
Don't check for hand cream or can grip or change cans during the session
except as directed on correction lists such as a C/S Series 53RJ under false
TA.
Otherwise it throws the pc out of session and puts his attention on his
TA.
Use the session for auditing.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Revised by
Paulette Ausley
Type = 11
iDate=10/8/76
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=5/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
R/Ses, WHAT THEY MEAN
Remimeo
All Sec
Checkers
All HCO
Personnel
All Meter
Operators
236
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 AUGUST 1976R
REVISED 5 SEPTEMBER 1978
(Only revision is the correction of the definition of a
Remimeo rock slam. Revisions in this type style.)
All Sec
Checkers
All HCO
Personnel Ref: HCOB 3 Sep 78,
All Meter DEFINITION OF A ROCK SLAM
Operators
R/Ses, WHAT THEY MEAN
(HANDLING OF CONFESSIONALS CHECKSHEETS)
(PTS PROCESSING CHECKSHEETS)
(EXPANDED DIANETICS CHECKSHEETS)
(METER OPERATION CHECKSHEETS)
(VARIOUS RUNDOWN CHECKSHEETS)
The crazy, irregular, left-right slashing motion of the needle in the E-
Meter dial is called "A rock slam" or "R/S." It repeats left and right slashes
unevenly and savagely, faster than the eye easily follows. The needle is
frantic. The width of an R/S depends largely on sensitivity setting. It goes
from one-fourth inch to whole dial. But it slams back and forth.
The term was taken from a process in the 50s which sought to locate "A
rock" on the pc's early time track; the "slam" is a description of the needle
violence, meaning it "slams" back and forth. For a time all left-right motions
of the needle were considered
and called "rock slams" until it was found that a smooth left-right flow was a
symptom of release or key-out and this became the "floating needle." There is
yet another left-right motion of the needle called the "theta bop." This
occurs when the person has or is trying to exteriorize. "Theta" is the symbol
for the person as a spirit or goodness; "bop" is an electronic term for a
slight hitch in the sweep of a needle. A "theta bop" hitches evenly at each
end of the sweep left and right and is very even in the middle of the sweep.
Neither the "floating needle" nor the "theta bop" can be confused with a
"rock slam." The difference of the rock slam is uneven, frantic slashing left
and right; even the distances traveled left and right are likely to be
different in each swing from the last.
A "rock slam" can be caused sometimes by leaving rings on the pc's fingers
or by a short circuit in the meter or by the cans (electrodes) touching
something like a dress. These are the mechanical considerations and must be
ruled out before the pc can be considered to have "rock slammed." If the pc is
not wearing rings and if the meter needle is calm with the lead unplugged, if
the lead is okay, and if the pc is not jiggling the ends of the cans against
his clothes, then the pc's rock slam is caused by the pc's bank.
One has to be very careful about the correctness of the pc actually having
rock slammed while on the meter, that it was actually observed, that it was not
mechanically caused as above. One puts the R/S down on the worksheet and also
gives exactly what was asked. And also that the mechanical points were checked
without distracting the pc.
238
ONE MUST ALWAYS REPORT A ROCK SLAM IN THE AUDITING REPORT, NOTE IT WITH
SESSION DATE AND PAGE INSIDE THE LEFT COVER OF THE PC'S FOLDER AND REPORT IT
TO ETHICS INCLUDING THE QUESTION OR SUBJECT WHICH ROCK SLAMMED, PHRASED
EXACTLY.
Why? Because the rock slam is the most important needle manifestation! It
gives the clue to the pc's case.
In 1970 I began a full-scale research project into the subject of insanity
and its relationship to cases and case gains and suppression. It was only then
that the full significance of the rock slam was unearthed. This research
developed into what is now called EXPANDED DIANETICS, a series of special
processes and actions with their drills and training which permits the auditor
to handle a specific case type. This was, by the way, Man's first system of
positive detection and handling of psychosis and the first full understanding
of what psychosis is.
While this bulletin is not in any way a two-minute course in or a
substitute for full training in Expanded Dianetics, any auditor who audits,
Sec Checks, or handles people on a meter has to know what a rock slam is and
how it behaves and what he should do about it.
The first thing is to be able to recognize one and to quickly with the
scan of the eye and unplug of the meter cord (without any distraction of or
notice by the pc) make the checks for a mechanical rock slam as given above.
You can make a meter "rock slam" with no pc or cord connected to it by (a)
turning it on; (b) put the sensitivity at perhaps 2; (c) put the needle at
"set"; (d) rapidly, very rapidly, move the TA back and forth maybe a quarter
of an inch and do it unevenly. That, if you did it very fast and unevenly,
would be something that resembled a rock slam. But no matter how fast you made
your fingers move, a real R/S is a trifle faster. If you do that you will see
what an R/S looks like. The needle in this experiment is not made to hit the
sides of the meter.
Now if you take the same set-up and smoothly slowly move the tone arm
back and forth about 2 times a second without any roughness and the same
distance right and left, you will have a floating needle. Note it very well as
this comes at a time of release and is the thing a good auditor hopes to see
and gives him the end-off signal for a process. It has to be well known as you
NEVER bypass one in a session and to do so makes an uncomfortable pc. (The pc
will often cognite -- get a realization about himself or life at this point
and one does not stop him from doing this.) This is the thing you indicate to
the pc. You don't ever indicate rock slams or theta bops. When you see it, and
without stopping or interrupting the pc's cognition, you always say, "Your
needle is floating."
Now the theta bop can also be shown to yourself by you. Set up the meter
as above. Only this time, you smoothly swing it to the right and give it a
tiny twitch in the same direction. Then you smoothly, at once, swing it to the
left and give it a tiny twitch in the same direction. Then do it to the right.
And so on. This is a theta bop. It is different than a floating needle only in
that it hitches at each end of the swing. So learn to recognize it.
There is a vicious smooth right direction slash that occurs when a pc hits
a certain area of the bank that is called a "rocket read" and there is of
course the small fall, long fall (which both go to the right and indicate a
charged question or reaction) and there is the gradual rise to the left. But
these do not repeat back and forth which is the characteristic of the rock
slam, floating needle and theta bop.
All right, so we know exactly what it looks like when we talk about a ROCK
SLAM as a read of the meter. We know how it can be mechanically caused. And we
know what we have to record and report when it is seen.
239
But exactly what does a rock slam mean with regards to the pc?
If you don't know this you can miss on the pc, on the case, on the org and
humanity.
A ROCK SLAM MEANS A HIDDEN EVIL INTENTION ON THE SUBJECT OR QUESTION UNDER
DISCUSSION OR AUDITING.
Two things underlie insanity, or to be more specific, there are two causes
and conditions both of which have been lumped together by man and called
insanity. He could not of course define it as he didn't know what caused it.
The first of these two things does not concern us overly much here and is
the subject of a separate checksheet and training and is called PTS or
Potential Trouble Source handling. A "PTS" is a person who has been or is
connected with somebody who has evil intentions. A PTS can feel uncomfortable
in life or be neurotic or go insane because of the actions upon him of a
person with evil intentions. Most of the people in institutions are probable
PTSes.
The second of these two things is insanity caused to the individual
himself (let alone others) by hidden evil intentions.
The extent of these intentions and what the person will do (and hide) in
order to carry them out is quite shocking. These people are covert or overt
criminals and many of them are insane -- meaning beyond all rationality in
their acts. Because their evil intentions are hidden and because they are
often very plausible such individuals are what make "behavior so mysterious"
and "Man look so evil when you see what Mankind does" and all sorts of
fallacies.
It is this last type, the chronic, heavy rock slammer, which Expanded
Dianetics handles.
One rock slam doesn't make a psychotic. Or a total menace to everyone. But
it does mean there could be more and it might in rare cases mean you have,
seeing enough of these R/Ses, a very dangerous person on your hands and in
your vicinity. And that person must be handled by Expanded Dianetics.
You won't see a great many rock slams in auditing people so you could be
totally thrown off by surprise when you see one. And mess it all up because
you are surprised. So know what it is and don't get all quivery and make
mistakes and blow your confront. Just carry on.
If you don't note the EXACT question that was asked and the EXACTLY worded
statement the pc made when the R/S was seen, you can muck it up for the
Expanded Dianetics guys. They won't be able to get it turned back on again
easily and will lose a lot of time. So you have to be sure your auditing
report is accurate, that the R/S is written BIG on the column and circled and,
no matter what else you do in the session, you have to get it recorded in the
left from cover of the folder giving the date and page of the session and you
have to report it to Ethics. And also you don't third party the pc and give
him a bad time in the session because of it.
Now R/Ses most easily turn on during Sec Checks or Integrity Processing or
when pulling withholds or trying to investigate something. So the people who
see these most often are those engaged in that activity and not routine
auditing (when they can also but more rarely turn on). Further the most likely
person to collide with "needing to be Sec Checked" is an R/Ser, which again
increases the numbers of R/Ses seen in these activities compared to routine
auditing. But a very heavy R/Ser will also turn them on in routine auditing.
It is the exact point of the R/S in the session, the exact question that
was asked and the exact subject or phrase where the R/S turned on that are
important. And
240
these are very important as then the person can be fully handled with a full
Expanded Dianetics Rundown by a qualified Expanded Dianetics Specialist. When,
of course, the person gets to that point on his Grade Chart. The Grade Chart
points are after Dianetics (like Drug RDs, etc.) but before grades, after
grades but before Power, after Power but before Solo, and after OT III or
after any single grade above OT III. These are the only points where Expanded
Dianetics can be delivered and the R/S fully and completely handled.
Now here is how you can turn off an R/S and mistakenly think it is handled:
1. The overt-motivator sequence has two sides. One is what the person has
done (overt) and what is done to the person (motivator). You can ask, when
the person R/Ses on something, if anyone has ever INVALIDATED him on that
subject or action. He will find some and the R/S will turn off. AND WON'T
EVEN BE FAINTLY HANDLED BUT ONLY SUBMERGED. One can believe he has
"handled" the R/S. Not true. He has just turned it off and maybe made it
harder to find next time. One can ask what the person has done TO the
subject mentioned and while this may unburden the case and make the person
a bit better, the R/S is NOT handled, only turned off or submerged. It's
almost as if there are so many overts and motivators on this subject or in
this area that the push-pull of it makes the needle go wild (R/S). And
indeed, this may be the energy cause, in the bank, of the needle
reaction. But neither overt nor motivator handles an R/S finally because
the CAUSE of the R/S is an INTENTION to harm and it isn't all that likely
the basic intention will be reached.
2. Another apparent way the R/S can get "handled" and isn't is to take the
R/Ser earlier similar on the subject of the R/S. The R/S will probably
cease, go "clean." But in actual fact it is still there, hidden.
3. The third way an R/S can be falsely "handled" is to direct the person's
attention to something else. If, when this is done, the exact subject of
the R/S is not noted by the auditor, it will be difficult to find it again
when the person goes into Expanded Dianetic auditing.
4. Yet another, and probably the last way to falsely "handle" an R/S is to
abuse the person about his conduct or behavior or the R/S, or to "educate"
him to do better, or to "modify" his behavior with shocks or surgery or
other tortures like the psychiatrists do. In other words one can seek to
suppress the R/S in numerous ways. Maybe the R/S won't occur (being too
overburdened now) but it is still there, buried very deep and possibly
beyond reach now. So if you understand the above four points you will see
that although you can ease off the R/S, you have not handled it. lt has
merely gone out of sight.
All right, what then DOES HANDLE an R/S?
I warned you that this isn't a two-minute course on Expanded Dianetics and
it isn't. An R/S is HANDLED by a fully qualified Expanded Dianetics auditor
delivering full Expanded Dianetics to the person at that point on the Grade
Chart where Expanded Dianetics is supposed to be delivered. If anyone thinks
it can be done effectively any other way or if he C/Ses it to be done and the
auditor is stupid enough to try to do that C/S, then it's Committees of
Evidence and suspended certificates all around.
With that warning, and only with that warning, I can briefly state what
has to be done with the case. This is not what YOU do if you are not
delivering full Expanded Dianetics at the right point on the Grade Chart. It
is a brief statement so that you can understand what lies under that R/S.
The pc with an R/S on any given subject and who R/Ses while discussing that or
related subjects HAS AN EVIL INTENTION TOWARD THE SUBJECT
241
DISCUSSED OR SOME CLOSELY RELATED SUBJECT. The pc intends that subject or area
of life nothing but calculating, covert, underhanded HARM which will be at all
times carefully hidden from that subject.
Thus, the Expanded Dianetics Specialist, in handling that case (at the
proper point on the Grade Chart) has to be able to locate each and every
subject and question and R/S in that person's folder as noted by Sec Checkers
and previous auditors or Cramming Officers or Why Finders. He has to have the
complete list of R/S subjects. If they are noted as to session date and page
and if all Sec Checking papers and cramming papers are in that person's
folder, then the Expanded Dianetics Specialist can do a full and complete job.
Otherwise he has to do a lot of other time wasting actions to get the R/Ses
found and turned on again.
What the Expanded Dianetics Specialist actually does is locate EXACTLY the
actual evil intention for every R/S on the case and handle each one to total
conclusion. When he is finished, if he has done his job well, the person's
behavior will be magically improved and as to his social presence, menace and
conduct, well that will be toward survival.
When you see an R/S, if you are not an Expanded Dianetic Specialist doing
Expanded Dianetics at the correct point on the Grade Chart, you don't say "Hey,
you've got an evil intention!" and you don't ask "Say, what's that evil
intention?" or do corny things like that because you'll get the pc self-
listing, you may get a wrong item, you won't know what to do with it and
you're just likely to get the auditing room wrapped around your neck right
there.
No, you quietly note it, make sure it isn't a mechanical fault, write it
big on the worksheet, write down everything the pc is saying swiftly, note
what question you were asking and let the pc talk and ack him and go on with
what you are doing with the pc at the time. And after session you note it in
the left-hand cover of the folder and send a report to Ethics.
And some day, when he's done his Drug Rundown or gotten to one of the
points on the Grade Chart where a full XDn can be done, why then it will
handled. And a good C/S will program or tip the case for that to be done.
So that's the know-how you have to know about R/Ses to really help the guy
and the society and your group.
We're not in the business of curing psychos. The governments at this
writing pay the psychiatrists billions a year to torture and kill because of
R/Ses they don't know anything about. The crime in the society out there is
caused by people who R/S. Stalin, Hitler, Napoleon and Caesar were probably
the most loaded R/Sers of all time unless it was Jack the Ripper or your local
friendly psychiatrist.
So know what you are seeing when you see it and know what to do about it.
And don't kid yourself. Or vilify or mow down people who R/S; we're not
in that business.
And the Expanded Dianetic Specialist and the pc someday will love you
dearly for knowing your job and doing it right.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.dr
Copyright $c 1976, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
242
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=20/10/76
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
PTS DATA
Remimeo
SSO
DPE
Ethics Officers
PTS/SP Checksheet
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 OCTOBER 1976
Remimeo (Also issued as HCO PL 20.10.76 same title.)
SSO
DPE
Ethics Officers
PTS/SP Checksheet PTS DATA
Based on a recent pilot it has become quite obvious that a full and
complete PTS handling would consist of:
A. PTSness handled terminatedly by interview or auditing by a person
trained on BPL31 May 71RC.
B. Complete study and pass on the PTS/SP Checksheet, BPL 31 May 71RC
Revised 12 August 1976.
The correctly located suppressive, who is then handled based on a thorough
understanding of the mechanics of PTS/SP phenomena form the simplicity that is
PTS tech. The tech of locating the suppressive source is also fully covered in
the PTS/SP Checksheet and is a vital prerequisite for PTS handlers.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
As assisted by CS-5
LRH:JE:nr
Copyright $c 1976
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
244
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
As assisted by CS-5
Type = 21
iDate=20/10/76
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=29/6/77
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
PTS DATA
Remimeo
SSO
DPE
Ethics Officers
PTS/SP Checksheet
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 OCTOBER 1976R
Remimeo
SSO REVISED 29 JUNE 1977
DPE (Revisions in this type style)
Ethics Officers
PTS/SP Checksheet
PTS DATA
Based on a recent pilot it has become quite obvious that a full and
complete PTS handling would consist of:
A. PTSness handled terminatedly by interview or auditing by a person
trained on BPL31 May 71RF.
B. Complete study and pass on the PTS/SP Checksheet, BPL 31 May 71RF
Re-Revised 4 Mar 77.
The correctly located suppressive, who is then handled based on a thorough
understanding of the mechanics of PTS/SP phenomena form the simplicity that is
PTS tech. The tech of locating the suppressive source is also fully covered in
the PTS/SP Checksheet and is a vital prerequisite for PTS handlers.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
As assisted by CS-5
Revision assisted by
Anna Nordlof
Int Cross Check Br Dir
Int HQ
LRH:JE:AN:nt.lf
Copyright $c 1976, 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
245
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
As assisted by CS-5
Revision assisted by
Anna Nordlof
Int Cross Check Br Dir
Int HQ
Type = 11
iDate=20/10/76
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
PTS HANDLING
Remimeo
SSO
DPE
Ethics Officer
PTS/SP Checksheet
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 OCTOBER 1976
Remimeo
SSO Issue II
DPE
Ethics Officer
PTS/SP Checksheet PTS HANDLING
Once in a while I hear of PTS handlings that "didn't work" or "still PTS"
or some such. Or I'll come across such extremes as a PTS is virtually an
incurable leper to be shunned and kept isolated or almost everyone is PTS to
some degree so what can you really do about it. The basic thing to realize is
that PTSness, like any other case condition afflicting Man, responds to plain
old standard tech. But one has to have studied and understood that tech to
apply it, naturally.
I recall years ago in handling PTSes, that none of them at first knew
what PTS really meant or what it was all about even when they used the
term freely! So I recently called for a pilot to see what would be the effect
of a study method of curing PTSes.
FIRST PILOT
Before the final pilot was done, an earlier pilot was attempted by
an Aide which was not conducted as laid down. CS-5 reviewed the failed
pilot to find why so many failed on it. 4 out of 6 were never completed and
the 2 that did failed.
CS-5 reported "What I found on these was that they uniformly were not PTS
in the first place or were PTS but that was not the major trouble with the
person. Three of the cases (2 on auditing and 1 on study) were out-ethics,
R/Sing, Exp Dn cases who were trying to use PTS as the reason for their
behavior. Thus handling their PTSness would not resolve anything. The most
interesting case here was the study one who realized that he was not PTS and
that that had been a wrong indication and that what was really wrong with him
was that he had bad intentions and was committing overts. One of the audited
cases had a similar realization but has not done as well on post and did get
very sick 2 months or so later. Of the other 3 pilot cases in this first batch
one could only come up with in-the-org terminals so is another Exp Dn case and
the other 2 assigned to study were severely bugged students so never got off
the ground (one has now finished the course 4 months later). So that's what
happened to the original pilot."
The second pilot was then ordered to determine the original possibility,
that people could study their way out of being PTS.
SECOND PILOT
Three were put onto the PTS/SP Checksheet to study and three were handled
by internes who had done the PTS/SP Checksheet themselves. The cases handled by
auditing/interview steps completed their handlings within 10 hours. The study
cases averaged 4-6 weeks of part-time study. Two studiers from the original
pilot also completed the course. All were then watched for bad originations to
the Examiner, medical reports, ethics trouble or trouble on post. In all
cases, including those not yet complete on study, none of these indicators
showed up. One case originated case troubles but this turned out to be one of
the "Exp Dn" cases not PTSness.
On the study pilot the daily reports and success stories on completion
uniformly mention more certainty, more stability and being more at cause with
the data. Of particular interest is that three of the participants "cogged"
they were not actually PTS (yet evidence of real PTS sits had gotten them on
the project) but while they were studying they would align past PTS handlings
they didn't fully understand at the time, spot why past PTS terminals were
correct or incorrect, spot terminals who gave them a hard time in the past and
see why certain people behaved the way they did. In short it appears the
studiers were blowing charge on their past PTS handlings and on terminals in
their life almost like an auditing session and while they were
246
saying not PTS, no longer PTS (now that they had the data) is probably closer
to the truth. All are reported to be doing well on post with no illness,
roller-coaster or ethics trouble.
The PTS handlers (who had done the PTS/SP pack) were of particular use
where the person had a study bug that needed handling before study could be
done and assisting in working out the handlings for PTS sits that were
uncovered. Also S&Ds and 10 Aug HCOB handlings and PTS interviews are not Solo
actions. And it takes hours, not intensives to handle.
FALSE PTS
As noted from the first pilot false PTSness must be watched for as
unhattedness, ignorance of Scientology basics for handling life, past bad
auditing uncorrected as well as unhandled bad intentions and personal out-
ethics can be mistaken for PTSness and won't resolve as PTSness. This should
be suspected when your "PTSes" start going above 20% of staff and public.
SUMMARY
We have had the tech of PTSness for years, but it wasn't being fully used
and then got mixed in with Exp Dn. PTSness can be handled routinely when the
tech is fully known and applied. A PTS person can be brought to cause over his
situation through study of the PTS tech. This is vitally important for staff.
We can handle and the person himself can handle.
There is no substitute for understanding.
LRH:JE:nt L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1976 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED As assisted by CS-5
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
As assisted by CS-5
Type = 21
iDate=23/10/76
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
INTERNESHIP AND HGC
Remimeo
All Orgs
All HGCs
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 OCTOBER 1976
Remimeo
All Orgs
All HGCs INTERNESHIP AND HGC
(CANCELLED -- see HCO PL 9 Dec 78 Volume XII)
(Effective 1 December 1976)
No new auditor may audit for the HGC, from the Tech Training Corps or
field or wherever, who has not done the interneships for his Class.
Any auditor now C/Sing or auditing may continue to do so until 1 Feb 77
providing he does his full interneship part-time and off production hours. The
completion of such interneship must occur before 1 Feb 1977.
Interne supervisors or Qual Secs may not hold back internes in completion
by extended and unreasonable auditing requirements.
Until 1 Feb 1977, auditors auditing in the HGC or C/Ses C/Sing for it may
count their HGC successes and hours as interneship auditing.
LRH:nt L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1976 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
247
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=24/10/76
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=10/2/77
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 96R
DELIVERY REPAIR LISTS
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 OCTOBER 1976R
Remimeo REVISED 10 FEBRUARY 1977
(LRH ED 257 INT of 1 December 1974
revised and reissued as an HCOB)
(Revisions in this type style)
C/S Series 96R
DELIVERY REPAIR LISTS
THERE'S NOTHING WRONG WITH YOUR CF, YOUR PC, YOUR STUDENT, STAFF MEMBER
OR YOUR OWN DELIVERY THAT A PREPARED LIST WON'T HANDLE.
"ARC broken CFs," blown students, demanded refunds, low success stories,
withdrawn auditors, ineffective staffs are pretty silly problems to have these
days.
Many years ago I developed a system called "Prepared Lists."
These isolated the trouble the pc was having in auditing without taxing
anyone's imagination and sending the auditor into a figure-figure on the pc.
These prepared lists were assessed on an E-Meter. One took up the biggest
read first and then cleaned up all other reads.
Time has gone on. The system of prepared lists has been expanded to
include not only pcs but students and staff.
It may have gone overlooked that such lists now include anything that
could happen to a pc or student. In other words, prepared lists have become
very thorough.
WHO CAN USE
The only reason ever found for prepared lists not working was an
auditor's weak TR 1 and inability to read a meter.
Even this difficulty has been handled by "Qual Okay to Audit" checksheets.
Before an auditor should be let near a prepared list he should be put
through at least six "Okay to Audit" short checksheets in Qual.
Qual is not fast flow. Things done in Qual are Method 4 Word Cleared and
starrated, with all demos and drills. Only if this is done can you have some
certainty that a prepared list will read on the pc and that the pc or student
will get handled.
These Qual "Okay to Audit" checksheets are done AFTER a student has been
trained and classed as an auditor. The "Okay to Audit" is for auditing in an
org whether staff or interne.
The checksheets are:
(1) Board Policy Letter 14 Nov 74RA Issue I
QUAL OKAY TO OPERATE AN E-METER
(2) Board Policy Letter 14 Nov 74A Issue II
QUAL OK NO. 2R, QUAL OK TO ASSESS PREPARED LISTS
248
(3) Board Policy Letter 14 Nov 74 Issue III
QUAL OK NO. 3, QUAL OK TO AUDIT LISTING AND NULLING
(4) Board Policy Letter 14 Nov 74 Issue IV
QUAL OK NO. 4, QUAL OK TO CORRECT LISTING AND NULLING
(5) Board Policy Letter 8 Nov 71RC
QUAL OK NO. 5RA, INTERNESHIPS ELECTRONIC ATTESTATION FORM
(6) Board Policy Letter 20 July 70R Issue III Revised 25 Nov 74
TWO-WAY COMM CHECKSHEET
Only when these have been thoroughly and honestly studied, drilled and done
should an auditor be permitted to assess prepared lists on pcs and students.
It takes standard auditor training to handle the points found reading on a
list.
CASE SUPERVISING
A C/S who is trained as a C/S must know what lists to use. And he must see
to it that his auditors are trained via the above checklists. Otherwise the
lists just won't read and the C/S, the pc and the org are left up the creek!
LOTS of "lists that didn't read" are found in folders. I used to make a
practice of just having them nulled again by an auditor whose metering and TRs
were good and THEY READ AND THE CASE RESOLVED.
PC LISTS
1. HCO BULLETIN 24 NOVEMBER 1973RD, C/S SERIES 53RK, "SHORT HI-LO TA
ASSESSMENT C/S." This is a famous list. It solved the long long problem of
high and low TAs and really solved it. Unfortunately it has a name of being
done for high and low TAs. In truth it practically handles the whole repair of
any difficult case today! One assesses it Method 5. One handles the reads from
the top down. It can also be reassessed several times until it F/Ns on a whole
M5 assessment. It is quite remarkable what it will do for a case that has been
running badly or is bogged, quite in addition to handling high and low TAs!
2. HCO BULLETIN 1 JANUARY 1972RB, "L1X HI-LO T-A REVISED." This is
the same list as C/S 53RK above. It has been brought up-to-date. It gives the
whole question for each subject as in C/S 53RK and the same handling. It is
easier to use on a pc whose attention wanders or who is not very familiar with
terms.
3. HCO BULLETIN 29 OCTOBER 1971R,"INT RUNDOWN CORRECTION LIST REVISED." As
Interiorization-Exteriorization problems (when they exist) have to be handled
before any other thing is handled, an auditor sometimes assesses another list
and then finds himself doing this list. "Int" appears on many other lists and
when it reads one does this list. One has to go back and complete the original
list of course. "Int" problems cause high TA, headaches and general upset.
I've begun to think after seeing a lot of headache cases that maybe only
Int-Ext problems cause headaches! Instead of repairing Int, sometimes auditors
will run it again and again. Also Int can go flat to cog VVGIs on an early
flow, even a recall flow. Then if one insists on finishing the Int RD, one has
trouble and I mean trouble. So this is a valuable list.
4. HCO BULLETIN 15 DECEMBER 1968R, "L4BR" "FOR ASSESSMENT OF ALL LISTING
ERRORS." An out list meaning one done by listing and nulling, not a prepared
list) can raise more concentrated hell with a pc than any other single
auditing error. The amount of misemotion or illness which a wrong list
generates has to be seen to be believed. When a pc is ill after a session or
up to 3 days after, always suspect that a listing action done on the pc had an
error in it. It MUST be corrected. This prepared list L4BR corrects lists of
the listing and nulling variety. It can be run
249
on old lists, current lists, general listing. There has been no reason to
revise this since 2 June 1972. It really works!
5. HCO BULLETIN 15 MARCH 197l, "LIST 1-C." This is the updated version of
the earliest list ever compiled. It is used during sessions at the auditor's
discretion and in other ways. It also prevents some pc from insisting "It's an
ARC Brk" (which never clears) when it's really a withhold, a common error. lt
can also be addressed to life. Usually when a session blows up, an L1C is used
fast rather than just sit and ack!
6. HCO BULLETIN 11 APRIL 1971RA, L3RD "DIANETICS AND INT RD REPAIR LIST."
This is the key list of Dianetic auditing and is the Dianetic standby in case
of trouble. As the Int RD is also Dianetics, while doing it, one uses L3RD for
trouble.
7. HCO BULLETIN 2 APRIL 1972RB ISSUE II, EXPANDED DIANETICS SERIES 3RB, "L3
EXD RB." This is the prepared list for Expanded Dianetics.
8. HCO BULLETIN 21 JANUARY 1977, "FALSE TA CHECKLIST." This was a very
important discovery about TAs. One uses this when another list indicates a
false TA or one is suspected. Auditors have been known to get so desperate
about a pc's TA that they falsified worksheets. This (and C/S 53RX) make that
totally needless. I've seen this change a case from despair to VVVVGIs!
9. HCO BULLETIN 16 APRIL 1972, "PTS RD CORRECTION LIST." It also gives the
expected actions of a PTS Rundown. Doing PTS Rundowns without this prepared
list handy can be risky.
10. HCO POLICY LETTER 7 APRIL 1970RA, "GREEN FORM." This was the earliest
Qual Saint Hill weapon (26 June 65) for case cracking. It is modernized up to
29 Sept 74 in the above issue. Used for general case clean-up particularly on
an out rud type pc or when ruds won't fly. It is not used to handle high or
low TA.
11. HCO BULLETIN 30 JUNE 1971R, "EXPANDED GF 40RB." Called "GF 40X." This is
the "7 resistive type cases" at the end of the Green Form expanded out. This
is how you get those "earlier practices" and other case stoppers. This done
well gives a lot of extensive work in Dianetics. It's lengthy but really pays
off.
If you were to do a C/S 53RX Method 5, all handled, and to an F/Ning list
and then do a GF 40XRB, all handled, reassessed to an F/Ning list you would
"crack" most cases to a point where they ran well.
12. BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN 28 MAY 1974R, "FULL ASSIST CHECKLIST FOR INJURY
AND ILLNESS." While you don't put the pc on the cans for this one, you mark it
as to the state the pc is in and it says what you do for illness and injury.
This one, done correctly, is how the minister runs the medico out of
business.
STUDENT LISTS
13. HCO BULLETIN 15 NOVEMBER 1973R, "FEAR OF PEOPLE LIST-R." This is for the
handling of timid tech staff who back off from handling rough pcs.
14. HCO BULLETIN 15 NOVEMBER 1974, "STUDENT REHABILITATION LIST." This is the
one that gets a bogged student sailing, gets a blown student back, gets an
auditor back auditing. It even cures the revolutionary student! This is the
master list for students -- even students in grammar schools and colleges! A
real winner.
15. BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN 27 MARCH 1972R ISSUE I, "STUDENT CORRECTION LIST,
STUDY CORR LIST-1." A list for correcting students on course.
250
STAFF LISTS
16. HCO BULLETIN 27 MARCH 1972R ISSUE II, "COURSE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION LIST,
STUDY CORR LIST 2R." This is to get the Course Supervisor going well.
17. HCO BULLETIN 27 MARCH 1972RA ISSUE III, "AUDITOR CORRECTION LIST, STUDY
CORR LIST 3." This one corrects auditors who are having a rough time.
18. BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN 27 MARCH 1972RA ISSUE IV, "CASE SUPERVISOR
CORRECTION LIST, STUDY CORR LIST 4." This one corrects Case Supervisors, gets
them back on the rails.
19. BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN 27 MARCH 1972RC ISSUE V, "EXECUTIVE CORRECTION
LIST, STUDY CORR LIST 5." This prepared list locates an executive's troubles
and indicates handling.
20. BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN 4 FEBRUARY 1972RD, "STUDY SERIES 7." A real long
workout for a person who won't study or who is having real trouble on a
course. Goes after it in depth. Can be used as a second list to Student Rehab
List above or by itself.
21. HCO BULLETIN 21 JULY 1971RD, WORD CLEARING SERIES 35RD, "WORD CLEARING
CORRECTION LIST REVISED." Usually written "WCCL." This is the famous list that
goes with Method 1 Word Clearing or with any Word Clearing bog. Also corrects
high and low TA WHEN it occurs in a Word Clearing session. This is the Word
Clearer's friendly friend.
22. HCO POLICY LETTER 9 APRIL 1972, "ETHICS, CORRECT DANGER CONDITION
HANDLING." Locates the trouble area that got him into a Danger condition. Goes
with the famous "3 May P/L" HCO PL 3 May 1972.
23. HCO POLICY LETTER 13 MARCH 1972, "ESTABLISHMENT OFFICER SERIES NO. 5." An
invaluable text and list for PRODUCT CLEARING. It's a list of what you do to
clear products. From it a prepared list can be made.
24. HCO POLICY LETTER 23 MARCH 1972, ESTABLISHMENT OFFICER SERIES 11, "FULL
PRODUCT CLEARING LONG FORM."
25. HCO POLICY LETTER 12 JUNE 1972, DATA SERIES 26, ESTO SERIES 18. A list
you assess to locate trouble an evaluator might be having. Also for slow
evaluators or slow students on a Data Series Course.
26. HCO BULLETIN 28 AUGUST 1971RA, "HC OUT-POINT -- PLUS-POINT LISTS RA."
This is a prepared list that locates the out-points in a person's own
thinking. When people can't seem to evaluate (or think brightly) this list
will do wonders. Some Data Series Course students make no progress at all
until they are assessed on this list and handled.
27. HCO BULLETIN 2 DECEMBER 1974, "DYNAMIC SORT OUT ASSESSMENT." (Revised from
BTB 4 Dec 71 Issue II, replacing HCOB 4 Dec 71 Issue II R-1C Assessment by
Dynamics.) This gets those dynamics that are charged and handles them.
Increases social personality and even can shift valences.
CONFIDENTIAL AND AO LISTS
28. HCO BULLETIN 21 SEPTEMBER 1970, "LP1." This is a Power Process correction
list for Power Processes. It is not used for Power Plus.
29. HCO BULLETIN 13 MAY 1965, "LIST 6 EW." This list is used in locating
bypassed charge when auditing R6EW.
251
30. HCO BULLETIN 2 AUGUST 1966, "LIST 7 CORRECTED." This list is used for
students Solo auditing on Grade VII.
31. HCO BULLETIN 12 OCTOBER 1969RA, "LDN OT III RA." This is the list used to
handle bypassed charge on OT III.
32. HCO POLICY LETTER 14 JANUARY 1972, "THE GREEN GREEN FORM REVISED." This
form is called a "Green Green Form" because it can be done over and over. It
is an auditing form used on OT III.
REPAIR LIST FOR PREPARED LISTS
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 DECEMBER 1975R, "REPAIR LIST FOR PREPARED LISTS" is a
basic prepared list which when used will clean up bypassed charge on
improperly done past prepared lists and handle a pc who begins by protesting a
repair list being done.
This list is only done if the pc sees a list and goes BIs or protests a
"C/S 53" being done. The auditor must have very good obnosis and be well
trained to do this switch of actions smoothly.
The Repair List for Prepared Lists should be reassessed and all reads
handled until it F/Ns on assessment or pc feeling happy about receiving
prepared lists and shows no further protest on the subject.
WORD LISTS FOR PREPARED LISTS
Nearly every prepared list has all its words on a separate sheet, ready
for Word Clearing on the pc. All the words on a list are cleared on a pc
without repeating the same word or asking the list question. Such lists are
issued for auditor convenience.
A list of these word lists is being issued as HCOB 1 Dec 74 so that you
can match them to the prepared lists in this bulletin.
OTHER LISTS
From time to time when a need for prepared list is found new ones will be
issued on different subjects.
One can REPAIR a pc or student or staff member. One can also FORWARD
a case into new areas with other prepared lists.
MIMEO
Some orgs backlog their mimeos.
The AVAILABILITY of lists to auditors is something which should NOT be
neglected. It is highly uneconomical as one loses re-signs and students and
staff when prepared lists are in non-existence in an org or even short supply.
Tech is the atomic fuel an org runs on.
KEEP PREPARED LISTS IN SUPPLY FOR USE.
TRANSLATED ISSUES
In non-English speaking orgs lists must be very carefully translated and
mimeoed for use. In such orgs, more than any others, great care must be taken
to have and use lists as they keep tech straight where it tends to go hearsay
and verbal.
252
So, that's quite an array of prepared lists, isn't it?
If they are not in full use in your org don't wonder about your Delivery
Stats Why. Or your org and CF problems. It's a lack of full use of this tech.
Hidden in these prepared lists is a wealth of tech that explodes into wins
for your org, your CF, your pcs and students.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
Materials Chief FB
Revised by
Paulette Ausley
Approved by
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LKH:RS:PA:nt.lf.nt
Copyright $c 1976, 1977
bv L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
253
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
Materials Chief FB
Revised by
Paulette Ausley
Approved by
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=26/10/76
Volnum=0
Issue=1
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 97
AUDITING REPORTS, FALSIFYING OF
Remimeo
All HCOs
All Tech Divs
All Qual Divs
All Courses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATION OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 OCTOBER 1976
Issue I
Remimeo
All HCOs (Also issued as HCO PL 26 Oct 76
All Tech Divs Issue I, same title.)
All Qual Divs
All Courses
C/S Series 97
AUDITING REPORTS, FALSIFYING OF
Probably the most covert and vicious crime in auditing is falsifying an
auditing report.
At first glance, to someone who is trying to PR himself as an auditor or
to escape consequences of session goofs, this might not seem to be the huge
crime that it is.
When an auditing report is falsified, means of repairing the pc are
denied, out tech and a need for restudy or redrilling of materials is covered
up, out tech is spread about and the repute of the org and Scientology are at
risk.
There are many ways of falsifying an auditing report. Chief among them is
omission of vital data in the report. Another is faking the things run or the
pc's actions or reactions.
To the person doing this it may seem that he has covered up his
incompetence but in actual fact it is eventually detected.
A twice declared person recently messed up the cases of several VIPs by
simply omitting some of their disagreements with what was being done.
Three SPs, now declared, some years ago had a mutual understanding that
they would not put down each other's withholds. These three also falsified
auditing reports to the effect that they had run certain things on pcs "and
there was nothing on them," when in fact they either had not run them or there
was reaction which they did not put into the report. They messed up about a
dozen people before they were caught and it took many, many hours of careful
C/Sing and auditing to salvage these cases (and it also took about two years).
They made several hundred serious enemies for themselves and today I doubt any
Scientologist would even speak to them and their names are remembered with
scathing contempt.
It is not only easy to detect a falsified auditing report, it is also
inevitable that it will be detected.
The person whose auditing reports have been falsified is easy to spot in
folders and records. The auditor marks "VGIs, F/N" and the Examiner notes
bypassed charge and bad indicators. An auditor seeking to prevent this being
detected has been known to take the Examiner Report from the folder but that
there is no Examiner Report would be the first thing a C/S would notice.
Examiner Reports have been forged and exchanged with the actual one but this
too is very visible.
Lack of a proper success story points directly to out tech and if it is
not visible in the folder then that folder contains falsified auditing reports.
The pc in the midst of his auditing, refuses to re-sign for more. An
inspection of folder either finds the out tech in the auditing reports or it
doesn't. If the Folder
254
Error Summary finds no out tech, the next thing that is looked for is
falsified auditing reports and this is extended to looking at the other cases
this auditor has handled to see if there is any similarity of reaction.
A D of P interview with the pc will reveal falsified auditing reports. It
will contain data that does not appear in the auditing reports. The first
thing suspect is the auditing reports.
Basically, correct tech applied by a competent auditor who has been
trained and interned, works and works every time. When it "doesn't work," a
C/S begins to look for the real scene. There are many ways he can ascertain
the actual scene. Amongst these are outside-the-door session taping, monitors,
interviews, lack of success stories, failures to declare, failures to re-sign,
Examiner Reports at variances with the session reports, personal check-up into
the case and many others.
The only thing which temporarily misleads a C/S is a falsified auditing
report. But in all our experience with these, the detection of such reports
is inevitable even if it occurs a long time afterwards.
The person who would falsify an auditing report is usually found to be a
suppressive with abundant R/Ses and evil intentions who never should have been
trained in the first place.
Therefore, the penalty for knowingly falsifying an auditing report in
order to make oneself seem more competent than one is or to hide departures
from the C/S or to omit vital data necessary to C/Sing, resulting in upsets to
a case and time spent in investigation by seniors, is actionable by a
Committee of Evidence and if the matter is proven beyond reasonable doubt, a
cancellation of all certificates and awards, a declare and an expulsion order
are mandatory.
Should the person perpetrating the falsification of auditing reports run
away (blow) before action can be taken, the result is the same and is
enforceable even if the person is not present.
A green auditor may look upon the offense as slight. If he is too
untrained to realize that proper application of tech works every time and that
improper application is a gross overt act, he may not realize the seriousness
of his action. This however cannot be pleaded as a defense. It is not a light
thing to end the hopes and close the door on a pc just because one is trying
to cover up his blunders. The blundering auditor can be repaired by cramming
and retraining. But only if it is known how he has blundered. That in itself
is nowhere near as serious as hiding the fact.
Honesty is the road to truth.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:lf
Copyright $c 1976
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
255
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=28/10/76
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 98
AUDITING FOLDERS,
OMISSIONS IN COMPLETENESS
Remimeo
All HCOs
All Tech Divs
All Qual Divs
All Courses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 28 OCTOBER 1976
Remimeo
All HCOs (Also issued as HCO PL 28 Oct 76, same title.)
All Tech Divs
All Qual Divs
All Courses C/S Series 98
AUDITING FOLDERS,
OMISSIONS IN COMPLETENESS
(Ref: HCO PL 26 OCT 76 Issue I
HCO B 26 OCT 76)
Omissions from folders and complete loss of folders is a very serious
matter.
A Case Supervisor, as well as a Folder Error Summary auditor and the
auditor himself can be impeded greatly by folder omissions. Loss of folders
entirely is a much greater catastrophe.
While cases and even folders can be reconstructed and eventually handled
(at enormous trouble and time to the pc and technical people) this does not
minimize the offense.
Usually Folder Pages are regarded too lightly as a post and are subject
to much transfer even when posted. The Director of Tech Services is often far
too lax in posting a Folder Archives I/C even as a double hat. Space
restrictions often impede the careful preservation of folders in orgs. But all
these posts and spaces are vital to a smooth delivery of auditing and should
not be lightly looked upon.
The commonest (and most senseless) omissions from folders are:
1. WORD CLEARING WORKSHEETS. These are done in Academies or training or
interne areas as well as the HGC and it is often an omitted action to forward
them to the person's pc folder. Often the lines to do so are unknown or
completely missing. Yet even metered Word Clearing action should not only be
the subject of a worksheet but also must be included in the person's pc folder
in date order. Word Clearers can fail to F/N a chain or even fail to clear a
word as a chain when it doesn't F/N. Such goofs can mess up cases and leave a
C/S perplexed as to how the pc was running well one day and badly the next --
yet there is no Word Clearing worksheet there, so the fact of ANOTHER AUDITOR
on the case is hidden.
2. QUAL WHY FINDING ACTIONS. As Why Finding also includes listing,
possibly the most vicious omission is the failure to include Why Finding
worksheets in the person's folder or even do a worksheet on it. Yet at least
one org has been temporarily wrecked by indiscriminate "Why Finding" in Qual
that resulted in wrong items and wrong lists and messed up the cases of whole
staffs. This poor Why Finding has led at times to Why Finding becoming a
restricted or forbidden practice. Qual worksheets of Why Finding MUST be
included in the person's folder along with any list made which itself must
include the question asked.
3. HCO WHY FINDING. These actions must also be the subject of worksheets
and must also be included in the person's folder.
4. ALL SEC CHECKS AND INTEGRITY PROCESS LISTS AND ACTIONS. It doesn't
matter who or what is doing the Sec Check, the resulting action is NOT the
property of the department or branch or person doing the Sec Checking. A full
256
worksheet must be made and ALL such actions done MUST be included in the
routine pc folder of the person.
As it is very vital that a pc's folder be COMPLETE as well as exist,
hereinafter the loss of a pc's folders and the failure to make worksheets and
include them in the person's pc folder shall be actionable by a Committee of
Evidence, to be convened by the Senior C/S of an org, and applies to any
person or auditor whether staff, mission or field.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt
Copyright $c 1976
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=6/12/76
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
ILLEGAL PCS, ACCEPTANCE OF
HIGH CRIME BULLETIN
Remimeo
All Registrars
All Case Supervisors
All Ds of P
All Auditors
GO
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 6 DECEMBER 1976
Remimeo (Also HCO PL 6 Dec 76)
All Registrars
All Case Supervisors
All Ds of P ILLEGAL PCS, ACCEPTANCE OF
All Auditors HIGH CRIME BULLETIN
GO
It shall be a Committee of Evidence offense for a Case Supervisor or
auditor to C/S or accept for processing and process any pc:
1. Who is terminally (fatally) ill, regardless of what the org or
registrars may have promised or asserted. Such diseases as advanced
cancer are included.
2. Who has an extensive institutional history which includes heavy drugs,
shocks of various kinds and/or so-called psychiatric brain operations.
3. Who has been denied processing by the Guardian Office for reason of
past history or connections or current state as it may affect the
safety and security of the org.
It shall also be a Committee of Evidence offense for any ED/CO, Org Exec
Sec, Technical Secretary, Director of Processing or other executive or staff
member to bring pressure or persuasion upon any Case Supervisor or auditor to
process such persons.
It is not that such cases cannot in many instances be handled. It is that
neither Scientology nor the org, but doctors and psychiatrists, have brought
about the condition and such conditions are outside the zone of responsibility
of the org.
Registering such pcs is already illegal, but where it has occurred
intentionally or accidentally, no one has the right to force such persons upon
Case Supervisors or auditors for any reason.
Any promise made by an org to such a person or his relatives is not binding
upon an organization or its staff and such promises are also a Comm Ev offense.
Special petition may be made by the person concerned to the Guardian
Office, the representatives of which may act to correct injustices or
erroneous use of this Policy Letter. But the Guardian Office itself does not
have the right to persuade or insist that Case Supervisors or auditors accept
the person for processing unless it is very clearly demonstrated that the
person does not fall under any of the above three categories.
Doctors are too often careless and incompetent, psychiatrists are simply
outright murderers. The solution is not to pick up their pieces for them but
to demand medical doctors become competent and to abolish psychiatry and
psychiatrists as well as psychologists and other infamous Nazi criminal
outgrowths. Society and police agencies should deal with such offenses. It is
not up to Scientologists to salvage the wreckage created by these professions,
but to prevent it from happening in the first place by reforming a degraded
society.
Until such time as doctors have become fully competent and psychiatry and
psychology have been recognized for what they are and abolished, Case
Supervisors and auditors are actionable for surrendering their rights and
handling such. It is not that they cannot. They must not.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
for the
BDCS:LRH:nt BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
Copyright $c 1976
by L. Ron Hubbard of the
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
259
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
Type = 11
iDate=10/12/76
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=18/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
URGENT -- IMPORTANT
C/S Series 99RA
SCIENTOLOGY F/N AND TA POSITION
Remimeo
All Auditors
All Interne
Supervisors
All C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 DECEMBER 1976RA
Remimeo REVISED 7 JULY 1978
All Auditors RE-REVISED 18 SEPTEMBER 1978
All Interne
Supervisors
All C/Ses (Revisions in this type style)
(Ellipses indicate deletions)
URGENT -- IMPORTANT
C/S Series 99RA
SCIENTOLOGY F/N AND TA POSITION
Through verbal tech just located, it has been found that some auditors
have been ordered to disregard all F/Ns that were above 3.0 or below 2.0 on
the meter.
Auditors have also called F/Ns which were ARC break needles, thus falsely
indicating to the pc.
These two actions -- disregarding actual F/Ns because the TA was not
between 2.0 and 3.0 and calling "F/Ns" that were actually ARC break needles --
have upset many preclears.
The outnesses here are: A. not considering pc indicators as senior and B.
not noting pc indicators when calling an F/N and C. ignoring and giving junior
importance to the technology covered in false TAs. (See list of references at
end of this HCOB or the Subject Index of the HCOB Volumes.)
Auditors have even been led to falsify worksheets (giving TA as in range
when it actually was not when calling an F/N) because they might "get in
trouble" for calling an F/N in the wrong range, such as 1.8 or 3.2.
The CORRECT procedure for out of range F/Ns is:
1. Look at the pc's indicators.
2. Call the F/N regardless of its range.
3. Mark down the ACTUAL TA position.
4. Handle the false TA at the earliest opportunity when it will not
intrude into the current cycle on which the pc is being audited. (You don't
interrupt a Quad R3RA, for instance, to handle false TA; you complete it and
then, when directed by the C/S, you handle the false TA.)
5. On any pc you suspect has had his F/Ns disregarded because of false TA,
you C/S for and get run a repair and rehab of this error.
E-Meter cans can monitor or change TA position when the palms are too dry
or too wet or when the cans are too big or too small or when the wrong hand
cream is used. The E-Meter does not read on hand moisture alone as was long
believed by people in electronics. But TA depends upon resistance to
electrical current in the palms, leads, and meter as well as its main
resistance which happens to be mental masses or lack of them.
260
To simply tell some interne "Always disregard an F/N not in correct
range" is to set him up for loses and set the pc up for crashes. The correct
information is that an F/N which isn't in range is accompanied by pc
indicators that indicate whether it is an F/N or not. AND indicates you better
get the false TA handled fast as soon as it won't interrupt the current cycle.
AND you always note where it F/Ned so the C/S can C/S for false TA handling.
Where an ARC break needle (which looks like an F/N) is observed, whether
it is in range or out of range (2.0 to 3.0 or below 2.0 or above 3.0) you LOOK
at the pc and establish the pc's indicators before falsely calling an F/N. A
pc who is about to cry is NOT an F/Ning pc and if you indicate an F/N to that
pc you will further the ARC break and suppress the emotional charge that is
about to come off.
REPAIR
Where the above matters have not been fully understood and errors have
occurred on pcs, it must be assumed that:
1. Auditors have falsified their worksheets as to TA position and thus
built up withholds and made themselves blowy.
2. That every pc who has ever had high or low TA trouble has had F/Ns
disregarded and ARC break F/Ns falsely indicated.
3. That a briefing and drilling of all internes and auditors must occur
on this HCOB.
4. That a brief program of clean-up of disregarded F/Ns and falsely
called ARC break F/Ns be done on every pc.
5. That every such pc be considered as having false TA troubles and
these must be C/Sed for and corrected.
6. That all auditors and internes be drilled on all HCOBs relating to pc
indicators.
SAMPLE CLEAN-UP C/S
Disregard TA position, use only F/Ns and pc indicators in doing this C/S.
1. It has been found that some of your F/Ns (release points) may have
been disregarded by past or present auditors.
2. Have you ever felt an F/N (release point or end of an action) had been
bypassed on your case?...
3. Find and rehab the... overrun of the release point to F/N. Check for
any other bypassed F/Ns and rehab them.
4. Have you ever felt an F/N should not have been indicated by the
auditor when it was?...
5. Find the... point and get in Suppress on it and complete the action.
Check "Are there any other F/Ns which should not have been indicated by the
auditor when they were?" and handle as above.
6. Find and run the ARC breaks bypassed, with ARC break handling.
7. Find and handle the false TA in totality.
261
DIANETIC F/Ns
An F/N seen by the auditor in running R3RA is not called until the full
Dianetic EP is reached.
An auditor running R3RA is NOT looking for F/Ns. He is looking for the
postulate which is sitting at the bottom of the chain he's running.
The EP of a Dianetic chain is always always always the postulate coming
off. The postulate is what holds the chain in its place. Release the postulate
and the chain blows. That's it.
The auditor must recognize the postulate when the pc gives it, note the
VGIs, call the F/N and end off auditing that chain.
An F/N seen as the incident is erasing is not called.
The pc does not have to state that the incident has erased. Once he has
given up the postulate, the erasure has occurred. The auditor will see an F/N
and VGIs. NOW the F/N is called. F/Ns are not indicated until the EP of
postulate off, F/N and VGIs is reached.
It's the postulate -- not the F/N that we are going for in New Era
Dianetics.
POWER F/Ns
F/Ns are disregarded in Power.
Each Power Process has its own end phenomena and is ended only when that
is obtained.
REFERENCE HCOBs FOR FALSE TA
1. HCOB 24 Oct 71R FALSE TA
2. HCOB 15 Feb 72R FALSE TA ADDITION 2
3. HCOB 12 Nov 71RA FALSE TA ADDITION
4. HCOB 18 Feb 72R I FALSE TA ADDITION 3
5. HCOB 21 Jan 77RA FALSE TA CHECKLIST
6. HCOB 23 Nov 73RA DRY AND WET HANDS MAKE FALSE TA
7. HCOB 23 Apr 75R VANISHING CREAM AND FALSE TA
PC INDICATORS HCOBs
1. HCOB 29 Jul 64 GOOD INDICATORS AT LOWER LEVELS
2. HCOB 28 Dec 63 INDICATORS PART ONE, GOOD INDICATORS
3. HCOB 23 May 71R RECOGNITION OF RIGHTNESS OF THE BEING
Issue VIII Rev. 4.12.74
4. HCOB 22 Sep 71 THE THREE GOLDEN RULES OF THE C/S
HANDLING AUDITORS
5. HCOB 21 Oct 68R FLOATING NEEDLE
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rb.dr
Copyright $c 1976, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
262
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=10/1/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Word Clearing Series 55
HOW TO WIN WITH WORD CLEARING
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 JANUARY 1977
Remimeo
Word Clearing Series 55
HOW TO WIN WITH WORD CLEARING
By actual application of the tech Word Clearers can obtain much higher
results and wins. Several recent examples have come up where some top tech and
admin personnel were not duplicating issues and instructions yet they had been
word cleared on these materials with no MUs found. When word cleared again by
someone who really knew his business the MUs came off for hours with a
resurgence of activity at the end. In a number of the cases success stories
were written about never having found a misunderstood word before! All of the
examples cited had the following common denominators:
1. The Word Clearer could really handle a meter and make a question read.
2. The Word Clearers had personal certainty on the workability of Word
Clearing and could apply it exactly and find MUs to rave results.
TRs AND METERING
The fact that most Word Clearing starts off with the phrase "I am not
auditing you" does not mean that TRs and metering do not apply. Quite the
contrary they are vital skills that need to be kept sharp by daily TRs just
like any auditor and a weekly or monthly Qual check on TR 1 and the ability to
make a question read. The reason is quite simple. A Word Clearer must grasp
that all forms of Word Clearing that he can apply, either metered or
unmetered, were developed to help the individual find the MUs he was unable to
find himself. One must assume that the person has already looked up all the
MUs he could find (it is after all an ethics offense to fail to clarify words
not understood) and is now putting himself in the hands of the Word Clearer to
find any MUs that may be just beyond his awareness. Any lack of impingement on
metered Word Clearing or reasonableness about slips and slurs or missed
definitions on non-metered Word Clearing will leave a person "knowing" he has
no MUs but wondering why he still has difficulty with the subject or post.
It may just be that people who find themselves resistive to Word Clearing
have not grasped these points either, and wonder why they need Word Clearing
when they don't "think" they have MUs.
PERSONAL CERTAINTY
Word Clearing works. There is no shortage of people who can attest to that.
The only times Word Clearing would seem to fail would be if there were errors
such as:
a) No reads or missed reads.
b) Ignored slips and flubs in non-metered Word Clearing.
c) Getting off into considerations or confusions without getting to the
MUs that always exist at the bottom and then getting the MUs fully
defined.
The remedy is simple. If one has been word cleared on an area without a
resolution of the original difficulty then MUs have been missed and one need
only report right back to a Word Clearer and say "I want my MUs found!" In
some cases a WCCL may be required, but more often than not it's just find the
missed MUs.
For anyone who has not yet experienced what it's like to find a real MU
then just report to a Word Clearer and pick any subject or area of difficulty
and start
263
getting the MUs found until the subject or area now makes sense. Continue this
on as many subjects as needed to leave no doubt as to the workability of Word
Clearing. (The case gain from a real MU found can sometimes rival the biggest
wins in auditing.) Any Word Clearer must have this certainty and pass it on to
those he word clears.
The wins and gains are there for the taking. A better functioning org with
highly productive staff and public is the reward. You deserve it. Just follow
the tech as laid out in the Word Clearing Series and you will have it.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by CS-4/5
for the
BDCS:LKH:JE.lf BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
Copyright $c 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard of the
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by CS-4/5
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
Type = 21
iDate=10/1/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
ETHICS AND WORD CLEARING
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 JANUARY 1977
Remimeo
ETHICS AND WORD CLEARING
(References: HCO PL 4 April 72R
ETHICS AND STUDY TECH and HCO PL
16 November 73 STUDY TECH & POST)
While it has been made a Court of Ethics offense to fail to clarify words
not understood no provision has been made for this failure stemming from
faulty Word Clearing which does not locate the MUs.
THEREFORE:
8. Any Word Clearer who word cleared materials on which misunderstoods have
been found at a later date SHALL BE SUMMONSED TO A COURT OF ETHICS.
The charge is OUT TECH.
The references for this Policy Letter are still very much in force.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by CS-4/5
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
BDCS:LRH:JE:lf
Copyright $c 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[The two HCO PLs mentioned as references above are included on pages 203 and
221 of this volume.]
264
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by CS-4/5
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
Type = 11
iDate=13/1/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=5/3/77
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
HANDLING A FALSE TA
Remimeo
Tech & Qual
All Levels
All Tech
Checksheets
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 13 JANUARY 1977RA
Remimeo REVISED 13 FEBRUARY 1977
Tech & Qual REVISED 5 MARCH 1977
All Levels (Revision in this type style)
All Tech
Checksheets HANDLING A FALSE TA
Ref: HCOB 24 Oct 71R False TA
HCOB 12 Nov 71R False TA Addition
HCOB 15 Feb 72R False TA Addition 2
HCOB 18 Feb 72R False TA Addition 3
HCOB 23 Nov 73RA Dry & Wet Hands Make False TA
Book: E-Meter Essentials
Book: Introduction to the E-Meter
HCOB 10 Dec 76 F/N & TA Position
HCOB 21 Jan 77R False TA Checklist
HCOB 13 Jan 77 Handling a False TA is revised to show LRH quotes (which are
indicated by quotation marks).
"It has recently been discovered that auditors have been mishandling false
TA by assessing with the meter to find what the cause of the false TA is
instead of directly checking the pc themselves.
"A recent example of this is the False TA Checklist (HCOB 29 Feb 72RA
Revised 23 April 75) was being used by assessment on the meter to try to find
the pc's false TA cause. The false TA was not remedied as the auditor never
even felt the pc's hands! Never even checked the pc's grip! Never felt what
the pc's hands felt like with cream on them! The auditor just checked the
lines on the meter and when a read was obtained the pc was asked and nothing
came of it. The false TA, now being unhandled, due to the auditor's confusion
caused the pc to be audited over further false TA and drove the pc into
desperation. I had to jump in and handle this one. All I did was check the
grip and I found that the can size was way too big and part of the pc's hand
(the palm cup) was not touching the can thus causing the TA to read higher =
false TA. The cans had to be reduced to 1 1/4 inch diameter aluminum tubing!
This particular pc was also misapplying hand cream. The quantity was incorrect
and the way the pc was putting it on was not handling the false TA. This pc
needed to put Vaseline Intensive Care on extensively then wipe off the hands
with Kleenex and then put a bit more on and rub it all over the hands and
ensure that the thumbs were being covered. One more factor that messed up the
case was the sensitivity was set too high and consequently F/Ns were missed
and the TA shot up."
Another example of this was we had a pc who constantly had low TA F/Ns.
Upon checking his grip we discovered that he held the cans so tight that it
caused his hands to sweat and part of the hand was actually off the cans.
Adjusting the grip handled the false TA. This pc then started to cognite that
he was really a fast pc after all and there was nothing wrong with him.
We had another interesting one. This particular pc crossed her legs and
had cans that were too big. By having her uncross her legs and recognizing
that the can size was off and needed changing to 1 3/4" diameter aluminum
tubing remedied her false TA.
So you have to watch it. Make sure that the sensitivity is set correctly
for that pc so you don't miss the F/Ns.
"NONE OF THIS WAS DONE BY AUDITOR ASSESSING A LIST. IT WAS
265
DONE BY OBSERVING THE PC'S HANDLING OF CANS AND POSITIONS AND SEEING WHAT IT
DID TO TA POSITION.
"The main point here was the auditor thought that a false TA was think and
would register on the meter. That is as silly as asking the meter if you
should buy ice cream today or not. The meter can't answer when the answer is
required of the preclear. How the hell would the meter know if the pc's hands
were dry or cold. The auditor has to feel them, touch them, check for dryness
by feeling them. Do they FEEL dry? Do they FEEL cold? Are the pc's feet so
cold that no circulation gets through? Do you know without feeling them? Does
the hand cream you are using dry up? How do you know without feeling the pc's
hands? I have known a pc to say no it hasn't dried up because the pc hated
wearing cream and didn't want to put more on. So feel the hands. Don't just
ask the pc and then assume that that is it. You will mess up cases and won't
handle the false TA.
"False TA is in the physical universe. It is something that really exists.
When you start checking for meter reads you are violating this law. It is in
the physical universe not the pc's think or bank. It can badly mess up a case
to not find the cause of false TAs and then carry on with auditing."
Understanding the meter and what the meter reads on and understanding false
TA and what causes it are the basics behind finding a false TA and remedying
it so that the pc can happily continue on with auditing and advance.
"If you think that you have solved a false TA yet the pc still has high or
low TA F/Ns then you haven't solved it at all and you had better roll up your
sleeves and get bright and go in there and find it. And the way you do this is
to check the pc. What do the hands feel like? What type of clothing is the pc
wearing? Feel for tight clothes. Don't just take the pc's word. Maybe they
like wearing tight shoes but look at that 4.5 F/N. Let them wear tight shoes
out of session but get rid of those tight shoes in session so you can get an
accurate reading meter."
Don't use this to hassle pcs and interject it into sessions whenever you
please. When you see a false TA phenomena note it down and the C/S will
include it in the program to be handled. This is covered in HCOB 10 Dec 76 F/N
AND TA POSITION.
There is no pc on this planet or any planet that wants to experience over-
repair and misery due to false TAs. You will be doing them a great service to
handle it for them so they can happily be audited after that. Don't Q&A with
the pc's considerations just find what 'in the physical universe' is causing
the false TA and remedy that in the physical universe.
Note: The False TA Checklist has been rewritten and issued as HCOB 21
Jan 77R.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
As assisted by
Paulette Ausley
Revised to show
quotation marks by
Paulette Ausley
2nd Revision assisted
by Paulette Ausley
LRH Tech Expeditor
for the
BDCS:LRH:PA:nt.lf.nt
Copyright $c 1977 BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
by L. Ron Hubbard of the
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
266
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
As assisted by
Paulette Ausley
Revised to show
quotation marks by
Paulette Ausley
2nd Revision assisted
by Paulette Ausley
LRH Tech Expeditor
for the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
Type = 11
iDate=21/1/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=7/6/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
FALSE TA CHECKLIST
Remimeo
Tech & Qual
All Levels
All Auditor
All Tech
Checksheets
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JANUARY 1977RA
Remimeo REVISED AND REISSUED 7 JUNE 1978
Tech & Qual (Revisions in this type style)
All Levels
All Auditor
All Tech
Checksheets FALSE TA CHECKLIST
Ref: HCOB 24 Oct 71R FALSE TA
HCOB 12 Nov 71RA FALSE TA ADDITION
HCOB 15 Feb 72R FALSE TA ADDITION 2
HCOB 18 Feb 72R FALSE TA ADDITION 3
BTB 24 Jan 73R II EXAMINER & FALSE TA
HCOB 24 Nov 73RC C/S 53RK
HCOB 23 Nov 73RA DRY AND WET HANDS MAKE FALSE TA
HCOB 13 Jan 77RA HANDLING A FALSE TA
"This Bulletin cancels HCOB 29 February 1972RA Revised 23 April 1975 as it
is misleading and has caused some auditors to assess the pc on the meter to
find the cause of false TA instead of checking directly with the pc."
This Bulletin reinstates the False TA Checklist with specific handlings
that are directly from the issues that I wrote on false TA.
"The following are the items to be checked by an auditor on any pc. It
need only be done once unless the check itself is suspected false, or if
conditions of the pc's hands, etc. change.
"The checklist is kept in the pc folder and is entered on the Folder
Summary as an action done.
"The value of operating with correct can size should not be
underestimated, the reference HCOBs state why."
The auditor signs and answers the following points on the checklist. The
auditor must obtain information by checking the pc's hands himself or herself
to see if the hands are dry or wet. The cause of false TA is in the physical
universe and that is where the check is done. It is not done by asking the pc
or checking the questions on the pc for meter reads. So the auditor would feel
the hands of the pc to establish if they are dry or wet, would feel the pc's
hands with cream on them to see if the cream has dried up, would see if the
pc's hands cup so as to form an area that does not touch the cans and so
forth. False TA is not think or mental illness. It is in the physical
universe and that is where it has to be handled for it to be remedied. The
handling sheet follows the items mentioned below.
"R-Factor to pc: 'I am going to check the cans, your hands and various
other things to adjust everything for best accuracy.'"
(See numbered list at back for handlings. Each number in the checklist is
exactly represented in the handling by the same number to make it easy to
switch to the handling section when doing this checklist.)
1. Is the meter charged fully? ______
2. Is the meter trimmed correctly? ______
3. Are the leads connected to the meter and cans? ______
4. Are the cans rusty? ______
5. Are pc's hands excessively dry requiring hand cream? ______
6. Are the pc's hands excessively wet requiring powder? ______
267
7. The pc is NOT being told continually to wipe his hands? ______
8. The pc's grip on the cans is NOT being continually checked by
the auditor in a way that interrupts the pc? ______
9. TA position on large cans? ______
Size approx 4 1/2 inches by 3 inches
or
11 cm by 8 cm
10. TA position on medium cans? ______
Size approx 4 7/8 inches by 2 5/8 inches
or
12 1/2 cm by 7 cm
11. TA position on small cans? ______
Size approx 3 3/4 inches by 2 1/8 inches
or
9 cm by 5 cm
11A. Can size for a child is incorrect?
Size can go down to photographic aluminum 35 mm film cans
for a child. Size approx 2 inches by 1 3/16 inches
or
5 cm by 3 cm
Note down TA position. ______
11B. If the above mentioned can sizes aren't correct for the pc's hands
other sizes can be tried.
1 1/4" tubing
1 3/4" tubing
as well as other can size checked to see which fits the pc's hand.
Note down TA position. ______
12. Are the cans too large for the pc? ______
13. Are the cans too small for the pc? ______
14. Are the cans just right in size? ______
15. Are the cans cold? ______
16. Are the pc's hands dry or calloused? ______
17. Does the pc have arthritic hands ______
?
18. Does the pc loosen his grip on the cans? ______
19. Check the pc's grip, does he hold the cans correctly? ______
(See E-Meter Drill 5.)
20. Is the pc hot? ______
21. Has the pc slept well? ______
22. Is the pc cold? ______
23. Is the pc hungry? ______
24. Is it too late at night? ______
25. Is the auditing being done not in the pc's normal regular awake
hours? ______
26. Are there rings on the pc's hands?
(Remove any rings.)
27. Is the pc wearing tight shoes? ______
28. Is the pc wearing tight clothes? ______
29. Is the pc using the wrong hand cream? ______
30. Is the application of the hand cream correct and does it cover
the entire hand? ______
31. Is the chair the pc is sitting in comfortable? ______
268
32. Is it actually chronic high or low TA case condition? ______
33. Has the pc gone into despair over his TA? ______
The handling of these points is stated in the reference HCOBs.
The handling of high or low TA after checking these points is by C/S 53RK,
Short Hi-Lo TA Assessment C/S.
The way to be sure of a C/S 53RK or Hi-Lo TA list is by continued assessment
and handling of these lists until an F/N on assessment is gotten.
So standard tech handles the high and low TA. The C/S Series gives more data
on the subject.
FALSE TA CHECKLIST HANDLING SHEET
1. IS THE METER FULLY CHARGED?
Handling: "Keep a meter charged at least one hour for every 10 of auditing
for 240 AC volt charging current, or 2 hrs for every 10 of auditing
on a 110 AC volt charging current.
"Before each session snap the knob over to TEST. The needle should
hit hard on the right side of the face. It can even bounce. If the
needle doesn't snap to the right hard or if it doesn't quite get
there on TEST, then that meter will go flat in mid-session and give
false TA and no reads or TA on hot subjects." LRH (HCOB 24 Oct
1971R False TA.)
2. IS THE METER TRIMMED CORRECTLY?
Handling: "A meter can be improperly trimmed (not set at 2.0 with the trim
knob) and can give a false TA position. When a meter is not left on
a minute or two before trimming, it can drift in the session and
give a slightly false TA.
"The trim can quietly be checked in mid-session by snapping out the
jack where the cord goes into the box and putting the TA on 2,
seeing if the needle is now on SET. If not, the trim knob can be
moved to adjust it. The jack is quietly slipped back in. All
without distracting the pc." LRH (HCOB 24 Oct 1971R False TA.)
3. ARE THE LEADS CONNECTED TO THE METER AND CANS?
Handling: "A properly set up meter with cans (electrodes) fitted to a pc who
is holding them properly IS ALWAYS CORRECT." LRH (HCOB 24 Oct
1971R.) Reference for setting up a meter is covered in E-Meter
Drills book EM 4.
4. ARE THE CANS RUSTY?
Handling: "Corroded cans can falsify TA. Get new ones now and then." LRH
(HCOB 24 Oct 71R.)
5. ARE PC'S HANDS EXCESSIVELY DRY REQUIRING HAND CREAM?
Handling: "A quick test is have the pc put the cans under his armpits and
you'll see if it's his calloused or chemically dried out hands. The
excessively dry hand is seen as shiny or polished looking. It feels
very dry. The correct treatment is to use a hand cream such as
Vaseline Intensive Care Lotion (obtainable from any cosmetics
store) not a greasy hand cream or vanishing cream. A good hand
cream rubs all the way into the hand and leaves no excess grease.
Hand cream is usually smeared on, rubbed in and can then be
thoroughly wiped off. The hands will usually produce, then, a
normal TA and meter response." LRH (HCOB 23 Nov 73RA Revised 23
April 75 Revised 26 Jan 77 Dry and Wet Hands Make False TA.)
269
6. ARE THE PC'S HANDS EXCESSIVELY WET REQUIRING POWDER?
Handling: "If the TA is low, check if the pc's hands are wet. If so have him
wipe them and get a new read. It is usually found that the 1.6 was
really 2.0 ... Have the pc wipe hands. LRH (HCOB 24 Oct 71R.)
"Anti-perspirants can be applied to too wet hands. There are many
brands of these, often a powder or spray. It can be wiped off after
application & should work for two to three hours." LRH (HCOB 23 Apr
73RA.)
7. THE PC IS NOT BEING TOLD CONTINUALLY TO WIPE HIS HANDS?
Handling: Above per wet hands.
8. THE PC'S GRIP ON THE CANS IS NOT BEING CONTINUALLY CHECKED
BY THE AUDITOR IN A WAY THAT INTERRUPTS THE PC?
Handling: "Keep the pc's hands in sight. Check the pc's grip. Get smaller
cans." LRH (HCOB 24 Oct 71R.)
9. TA POSITION FOR LARGE CANS?
Handling: "For a normal or large handed pc the can size is about 4 7/8ths
inches by 25/8ths inches or 12 1/2 cm by 7 cm. This can be altered
as big as 4 1/2 inches by 3 inches diameter or 11 cm by 8 cm. This
is standard." LRH (HCOB 24 Oct 71R.)
10. TA POSITION ON MEDIUM CANS?
Handling: Covered above.
11. TA POSITION ON SMALL CANS?
Handling: "This can should be 3 3/4 inches by 2 1/8th inches or 9 cm by 5 cm
diameter or thereabouts. A small child would be lost even with
that can. So a small 35 mm film can could be used. This is 2
inches long by 1 3/16ths diameter or 5 cm by 3 cm. This works but
watch it as these cans are aluminum. They do work but test for
true read with a slightly larger can and then trim to adjust for
the aluminum if any different.
"Cans of course should be steel with a thin tin plating. Regular
soup cans. Can size to match the pc avoids slack can grip or
tiring the hands into going slack, giving the auditor 3.2 F/Ns and
trouble." LRH (HCOB 24 Oct 71R.)
11A. CAN SIZE FOR A CHILD IS INCORRECT?
Handling: Size can go down to photographic aluminum 35 mm film cans for a
child. Note down TA position.
11B. IF THE ABOVE MENTIONED CAN SIZES AREN'T CORRECT FOR THE PC'S HANDS OTHER
SIZES CAN BE TRIED.
Handling: 1 1/4" tubing or 1 3/4" tubing as well as other can size checked
to see which fits the pc's hand. Note TA position.
12. ARE THE CANS TOO LARGE FOR THE PC?
Handling: "Can size to match the pc avoids slack can grip or tiring the
hands into going slack." LRH (HCOB 24 Oct 71R.)
Check the pc's grip and see if the hand is touching all of the can
and if the size is comfortable. (Ref: HCOB 13 Jan 77RA Handling a
False TA.)
13. ARE THE CANS TOO SMALL FOR THE PC?
Handling: Per above. Check how the pc is holding the cans and if the entire
hand is on the cans and if they are comfortable and adjust
accordingly per above.
270
14. ARE THE CANS JUST RIGHT FOR THE PC?
Handling: Check the grip and see if the can size is correct for the pc. Do
the cans comfortably fit the pc's hands with the hand touching the
cans so it gets an accurate reading on the meter? If the can size
is correct then you must ensure that the grip is also correct on
the cans.
15. ARE THE CANS COLD?
Handling: "Regardless of can size, cold E-Meter electrodes tend to give a much
higher tone arm reading particularly on some pcs.
"Until the cans warm up, the reading is generally false and is
false in the direction of high. Some pcs are 'cool blooded' and the
shock of ice cold cans can drive the TA up and it takes awhile to
drift down.
"A practice which gets around this is for the auditor or Examiner to
hold the cans briefly until they are warm and then give them to the
pc. A variation is for the auditor or Examiner to put the cans
under his armpits while setting up. This warms them. There are
probably many other ways to warm up cans to body temperature." LRH
(HCOB 12 Nov 71RA Revised 26 Jan 77.)
16. ARE THE PC'S HANDS DRY OR CALLOUSED?
Handling: Covered above under pc's hands excessively dry requiring
hand cream. There are ways to apply the hand cream so that
it is correct for that individual pc and does handle the
false TA. You can spread it on extensively then wipe it off
and then rub a bit more in ensuring the thumbs are included
is one way. (Ref: HCOB 13 Jan 77RA.)
The point is to feel the hands with the cream on them to see
if it has handled the excessively dry hand that is seen as
shiny or polished looking.
And it now should no longer feel dry. (HCOB 23 Nov 73RA
Revised 23 Apr 75, Revised 26 Jan 77.) The correct treatment
is to use a hand cream such as Vaseline Intensive Care
Lotion (obtainable from any cosmetics store) not greasy hand
cream or vanishing cream.
A good hand cream rubs all the way into the skin and leaves
no excess grease. This restores normal electrical contact.
Such a hand cream would only have to be applied once per
session -- at session start -- as it lasts for a long
while.
If a cream leaves smears on a can, it is too heavily applied
or too little absorbed. (HCOB 23 Apr 75R, Revised 26 Jan
77.)
17. DOES THE PC HAVE ARTHRITIC HANDS?
Handling: "A rare pc is so crippled with arthritis that he doesn't make
contact fully with the cans. This gives high TA. Use wide wrist
straps and you'll get a right read." LRH (HCOB 24 Oct 71R.)
18. DOES THE PC LOOSEN HIS GRIP ON THE CANS?
Handling: Check the grip. Does the angle of the cans go across the palms of
the pc? Is the natural curl of the fingers sufficient to hold the
cans in place, and is the placement of the cans at an angle
ensuring that the maximum skin area is touching the cans? (Ref:
Book of E-Meter Drills.) See if the palm is touching the can and
not elevated off. (Ref: HCOB 13 Jan 77RA.)
19. CHECK THE PC'S GRIP, DOES HE HOLD THE CANS CORRECTLY?
Handling: Covered in above section. Also check to see if the pc is holding
the cans so tight that it is causing the hands to sweat and read
falsely low. (Ref: HCOB 13 Jan 77RA.)
271
20. IS THE PC HOT?
Handling: Get a fan in the room or handle the room so that it is cooler and
the pc comfortable.
21. HAS THE PC SLEPT WELL?
Handling: Don't audit a pc who has not had sufficient rest or is physically
tired. (Ref: HCO PL 14 Oct 68R The Auditor's Code.)
22. IS THE PC COLD?
Handling: "A pc who is too cold sometimes has a falsely high TA. Wrap him in a
blanket or get a warmer auditing room. The auditing environment is
the responsibility of the auditor." LRH (HCOB 24 Oct 71R.)
23. IS THE PC HUNGRY?
Handling: Get the pc something to eat and don't audit a pc who has not had
enough to eat or is hungry. (Ref: HCO PL 14 Oct 68R The Auditor's
Code.)
24. IS IT TOO LATE AT NIGHT?
Handling: "Between 2 and 3 AM or late at night a pc's TA may be very high. The
time depends on when he sleeps usually. This TA will be found normal
in regular hours." LRH (HCOB 24 Oct 71R.)
25. IS THE AUDITING BEING DONE NOT IN THE PC'S NORMAL REGULAR AWAKE HOURS?
Handling: Covered above.
26. ARE THERE RINGS ON THE PC'S HANDS?
Handling: "Rings on the pc's hands must always be removed. They don't
influence TA but they give a false rock slam." LRH (HCOB 24 Oct
71R.)
If the ring can't come off use a small strip of paper around them
to shield the ring touching the can.
27. IS THE PC WEARING TIGHT SHOES?
Handling: Remove them. (Ref: HCOB 24 Oct 71R, HCOB 13 Jan 77RA.)
28. IS THE PC WEARING TIGHT CLOTHES?
Handling: If it turns out that tight clothing is affecting the TA ensure that
the pc doesn't wear tight clothes in future sessions. If possible
have the pc remove the tight clothing and see what the effect was
that it had on the TA and make sure no more tight clothes are wo)rn
in future sessions.
29. IS THE PC USING THE WRONG HAND CREAM?
Handling: Using the reference materials find the right hand cream and test it
on the pc. Note TA position.
30. IS THE APPLICATION OF THE HAND CREAM CORRECT AND DOES IT COVER THE ENTIRE
HAND?
Handling: Watch how the pc puts on hand cream and see if it covers the entire
hand, thumb included. If not then have the pc put on hand cream
covering the entire hand and pick up the cans and note TA position.
Some pcs may have to put cream on and wipe it off and then re-apply
it. (Ref: HCOB 13 Jan 77RA.)
31. IS THE CHAIR THE PC IS SITTING IN COMFORTABLE?
Handling: Get a new chair that is comfortable for the pc.
272
32. IS IT ACTUALLY A CHRONIC HIGH OR LOW TA CASE CONDITION?
Handling: C/S Series 53RK or Hi-Lo TA Assessment. Done to F/Ning assessment.
33. HAS THE PC GONE INTO DESPAIR OVER HIS TA?
Handling: Handle the false TA with using this list as a guideline so that the
cause of false TA is found and fully handled with the pc by the various
handlings covered above. When false TA is handled check TA worries, TA
hassles and L1C best read.
This handling sheet is used in conjunction with the items that are
checked. This gives you the way to handle them.
Refer to reference material in reference section above for further data on
handling a false TA.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
Paulette Ausley
LRH:pA.RS.dr Revisions assisted by
Copyright $c 1977, 1978 Paulette Ausley
by L. Ron Hubbard and
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Rick Sheehy
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
Paulette Ausley
Revisions assisted by
Paulette Ausley
and
Rick Sheehy
Type = 11
iDate=22/1/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
IN-TECH, THE ONLY WAY
TO ACHIEVE IT
Remimeo
All Course
Supervisors
All D of Ps
All C/Ses
All Qual Cramming
Terminals
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 22 JANUARY 1977
Remimeo
All Course
Supervisors
All D of Ps
All C/Ses
All Qual Cramming
Terminals
IN-TECH, THE ONLY WAY
TO ACHIEVE IT
The dominating factor of tech being in, is whether the auditor really
wants to do a good job and help the pc. It is a matter of professional
competence and pride.
If the auditor does not have this there is no amount of rules, reading or
supervision that will bring about technical successes.
Fortunately the vast majority of auditors have a high professional
conscience and are willing to study, drill and do everything possible to
perfect their tech. The Course Supervisor, the D of P, the C/S and Qual
Cramming terminals must realize this and must do all possible to fortify it
and must abstain from invalidations and accusations and injustices which tend
to nullify it. From this springboard of belief in the auditor and a
willingness on the part of professionally competent, in-tech will only then
blossom in an org.
LRH:nt L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1977 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
273
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=24/1/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
URGENT AND IMPORTANT
TECH CORRECTION ROUND-UP
Remimeo
All Auditors
All Supervisors
All Interneships
All HCOB Volume Buyers
BPI
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 JANUARY 1977
Remimeo
All Auditors
All Supervisors
All Interneships
All HCOB Volume Buyers URGENT AND IMPORTANT
BPI
TECH CORRECTION ROUND-UP
Auditors and Scientologists for 27 years have tended to be suspicious of
HCOBs and Policy Letters not written by myself.
Until a few months ago my opinion was that this, while flattering, was not
entirely justified.
However, these last few months have sharply changed my belief into total
agreement with all those who have expressed some fear of reinterpretations of
bulletins by others.
I have been engaged for some months now in a round-up of out tech issues.
And I have found, I am sorry to say, that mice have been gnawing at the
pillars of the Bridge, putting up traffic barriers and false detour signs.
I have been finding serious out tech issues and correcting them.
Whether because of misunderstood words (the commonest cause of out tech
alterations) or other reasons, there have been a staggering number of tech
sectors that have been corrupted by issues by others that alter-ised.
The corrections I have been doing have been, are being or will be issued
shortly. However, not all auditors and Scientologists keep pace with current
issues and so I am here giving you a rapid summary of the gross departures
from standard tech which have occurred in the past 3 or 4 years and their
corrections.
So you were right!
A very few people (3 or 4) have wittingly or unwittingly brought about
outnesses which could easily make the difference between successful case
handling and failed cases.
Action has been taken to handle them and there are a great many good people
at work now in compiling and reissuing the workable tech which I developed in
the first place.
It is now forbidden to write an HCOB or an HCO PL and sign my name to it.
If anyone helped compile it or wrote it, my name is followed by "Assisted by
_____," the person who helped get it back together at my directions.
Also no Board Technical Bulletin may cancel an HCOB.
So from here on you are relatively safe.
I am always the first to tell you and this is no exception.
TECH CORRECTIONS
There follows here a long list of incorrect procedures or data found to
have been issued.
274
Also a brief rundown of the correct procedure will be found, which is the
correct and standard tech.
What makes tech correct? When it doesn't get results it is incorrect. When
it gets the expected result it is correct.
My own writings and researches are based wholly upon things that got and
get results.
When another, through misunderstood words or other reasons, "interprets" or
changes the original tech, it has been the general experience that results are
not obtained.
By studying this list you may very well find some alter-ised points which
caused you to have trouble or which caused confusion.
Therefore, the subjects themselves are described in summary form.
Not all issues are out yet which accomplish full correction. Their HCOB
numbers therefore cannot be given. Some of the issues are not yet released but
will be soon. However, there is no reason to deny you the essence of the
material and so I am giving you the full list to date.
I trust this list and HCOB restore some stability.
I hope that any failures you may have had due to alter-ised materials will
be spotted by you. And that you will be able to apply some of these right now
and get the full materials later.
I like results, you like results. And the following may include some of
the reasons you may have had a hard time with some sessions.
I am sorry for that. I have come back on tech lines especially to correct
it, and have spent seven months spotting areas where there has been trouble or
failures, evaluating them and discovering the alter-is of original materials
and issues. In many cases the alter-is sure was hidden. This completes 7
months of search for tech outnesses.
Here is the list.
A: PTS HANDLING
The first shock (which actually began this current search for out tech
issues) was the discovery that PTS conditions were going unhandled across the
world and had been for some time.
"PTS" means Potential Trouble Source and means the person is affected
adversely by a suppressive in his life. A PTS person can be a lot of trouble
to himself and to others. The condition is not too difficult to handle and to
find that all the tech of handling it was in disuse explained why there had
been a lot of trouble and upset on various lines.
After a great deal of search, it was found that PTS handling and another
rundown (The Vital Information Rundown) had been restricted only to Expanded
Dianetics. Thus one would find on pcs' programs that they were supposed to go
all the way through Dianetics and their grades before their PTS condition was
handled. In actual fact a person who is PTS cannot be audited on anything else
until the PTSness has been straightened out. This was operating as an
effective barrier to cases.
Fortunately, the Technical Bulletin Volumes were not quite off the press
and this one was caught with HCOB 27 July 1976 which will be found on page 427-
A of Volume VIII.
275
The first thing you do for a pc in any grade or without grades is handle
his PTSness.
As long as the subject was hot I decided to look further into it to make
sure that the actual tech was still available and to get a pilot done to
verify its use in actual practice since few had had any PTS handling for a
couple of years.
I initiated a pilot project and it was well executed by CS-5.
The results of this project are found in HCOB 20 Oct 1976.
The outcome of this further research as contained in that HCOB was that the
person, for full handling, should be gotten through his PTSness and then
should study the complete pack of PTS/SP Checksheet, BPL 31 May 71RC, so that
he knows the full mechanics that had been wrecking his life. This is contained
in HCO PL of 20 Oct 1976.
While the above named checksheet is quite adequate, a project is now in
progress to collect up all original LRH Case Supervisor notes (C/Ses) and
handwritten materials on PTSness so that additional issues may be brought out
and the checksheet extended. The reason for this is that there is a sector of
non-audited handling of PTSness which has never been fully released. This
comes under -- the heading of additional material and the existing PTS
material is not only workable but is vital.
So this scene was rounded up and PTSness is again being handled
successfully over the world.
As an additional note, a cassette is now being made for general
distribution and sale which will soon be released so that PTS people can get
one and send it or play it to persons antagonistic to their leading a better
life.
B: ORG DELIVERY
No auditing is a technical situation. The ability to procure auditing has a
considerable bearing on people's case progress -- naturally.
It was found that some organizations were slow in delivery and were
backlogging which tends to create a no auditing situation amongst pcs.
To remedy this backlog, the Technical Secretary of every org was given a
new statistic, "VALUE OF SERVICES DELIVERED." This gives an index of the
delivery of the org and brings backlogs into view and will serve as a means of
alleviating a no auditing situation in the field where it exists as it calls
the fact spectacularly to the attention of all management, local and
international. This is HCO PL 12 Nov. 76.
Along with this another situation came to view which again was a matter of
other people writing HCOBs.
The Director of Processing had been given in HCOB 16 June 1972R a statistic
which encouraged him to simply route pcs out of the org once they had
completed a small part of their processing.
Accordingly the statistic of the Director of Processing in an org was
revised in HCOB 16 June 1972RA to "the number of pcs routed back into the
lines."
The Director of Tech Services was given a stat of getting actions
completed on pcs.
With these two stats operating, one after the other, a no auditing
situation in an area is further alleviated.
276
People do not sufficiently consider no auditing as the most basic failure
of cases. It seems so "of course" that it gets entirely overlooked yet it can
cause a great deal of trouble.
C: HSDC RE-DO
The first inkling that the Hubbard Standard Dianetics Course curriculum
had gone adrift was noticing that two key drills had been omitted and even
cancelled by others even though they were vital to an auditor's skill in
handling a Dianetic session.
These drills were Dianetic Training Drills 101, 102, 103 and 104. These
have to do with student auditors remembering their commands in session, making
him practiced in using commands while handling his meter and admin, training
him to use the right command in the right place according to what the pc does
and finally training him to use commands and handle the session in spite of
any and all distractions or reactions from a pc. Obviously if a Dianetic
auditor cannot do these things he cannot run a Dianetic session.
These drills now have been emphatically reinstated in HCOB 19 July 1969R
reissued 9 Dec 1976; they are for use in all Dianetic training.
Looking into this further, I found that there was a new unauthorized
Dianetics Course which supposedly was based on Dianetics Today being issued
which would be a sort of a competitive course to an HSDC. In following this
further it was found that even the most fundamental formats of the HSDC which
I personally developed and piloted had been grossly alter-ised, that a number
of persons had been writing HCOBs on the subject, and that the format had been
lost.
The original HSDC is being gathered together at this time with all
instructions, C/Ses and drills in the pattern and format which was originally
developed and which DID make GREAT auditors. So you can expect a considerable
resurgence in the quality of Dianetic auditing some time in the future.
At the same time, a new course, which makes a senior Dianetic auditor, is
being put together which is a post-graduate step after a person has become an
HSDC. This will take in all the materials found in Dianetics Today and should
cover areas of special Dianetic application.
D: ROCK SLAMS
A rock slam (R/S) is defined as "a crazy irregular slashing motion of the
needle."
This particular meter reaction was found to be relatively unknown to
auditors on an examination I made of some worksheets. They were calling dirty
needles, dirty reads, rocket reads, body motion and even ticks as "R/Ses."
They were also missing real R/Ses.
As the R/S is probably the single most important and dangerous read on the
meter, clarifications of this were in order.
Accordingly I wrote HCOB 10 Aug 1976, "R/Ses, WHAT THEY MEAN" and
caused to be written from my notes HCOB 1 Nov 1974R, "ROCK SLAMS AND
ROCK SLAMMERS."
For a pc to be branded as an R/Ser is a very serious thing. Also for a
real R/Ser to be overlooked by an auditor is a catastrophe both to the pc and
to those around that particular person.
Therefore, this is very dangerous ground to have wrong.
These issues will help to clarify that.
277
At the same time I'm currently at work on a video tape which will be
available in Academies some time in the future, which gives all meter reads.
Meanwhile, don't make any mistakes on R/Ses. Read those bulletins.
Another confusion in this sector was how to define and identify a "List 1
R/Ser."
All characteristics given in a list issued as HCOB 1 Nov 74 and signed by
another with my name were stated to have to be present before a person was a
"List 1 R/Ser." The incorrect HCOB is on page 344 Vol VIII of the HCOB Volumes
and will be corrected in later editions.
"List 1" refers to Scientology related terminals as found on page 57 of
The Book Of E-Meter Drills.
The additional characteristics on this list only help to look for a List
1 R/S. I issued HCOB 1 Nov 1974R revised 30 Dec 1976 which now corrects this
error.
A List 1 R/Ser is simply one who R/Ses on List 1.
E: SEC CHECKING AND INTEGRITY PROCESSING
Following down the trail of auditors missing R/Ses, it was found that Sec
Checking had become a nearly lost art.
Sec Checking means, unfortunately, "Security Checking." That it was so
misnamed in its origins obscures the fact that Confessionals have been part
and parcel of religion nearly as long as religion has existed.
In actual fact the meter simply gets a pastor or minister over the very
dangerous situation of missing a withhold on his parishioner. A person with a
missed withhold can become very upset with the person who misses it; the
meter, properly operated, makes sure that none are missed.
In an effort to get around what was thought to be a public relations
scene, the name "Security Checking" was changed to "Integrity Processing."
This was also a PR error because the actual truth of the matter is it
originated as "Confessional" and should have simply been changed back to
"handling of confessions."
This administrative demand of name alteration threw the original issues
on "Sec Checking" into disuse.
Additionally "Integrity Processing" did not include all the tech of Sec
Checking. And some even thought they were different subjects!
The loss of Sec Checking, more properly called Confessionals, and the
failure to use a meter to verify withholds resulted in many student blows
(dropouts) and has permitted the continuance of a great deal of natter and
upset which are simply the result of missing withholds on people.
When you realize that a lot of the trouble of the Roman Catholic Church
probably arose through not having a meter to verify the completeness of
Confessionals, you can see what the loss of Sec Checking would do to our own
churches and organizations. In other words, we were about to repeat history!
All this original "Sec Checking," properly Confessional, tech is being
rounded up again and will be issued in checksheet form and there will be
courses in "The Handling of Confessionals." But even before you receive these,
you should resume the use of this metered tech as it will save you having
people "mad at you" simply because you have missed withholds on them.
278
It is highly self-protective both from the viewpoint of the auditor and
the organization to have the proper metered handling of Confessionals fully in.
BTB 31 Aug 1972RA "HCO CONFESSIONAL PROCEDURE" clarified the
matter but this bulletin was on a very limited distribution and is not known.
It contains the tech I developed on Sec Checking in the autumn of '72.
There should be no further confusion in this matter. "Sec Checking,"
"Integrity Processing" and "Confessionals" are all the exact same procedure
and any materials on these subjects is interchangeable under these titles.
The materials when all recollected and consolidated and reissued will be
under the title of "Confessionals." But even before that reaches you, you had
better determine to become an expert in it, since an auditor's inability to
handle this is a fast route to "how to win enemies and wrongly influence
people."
F: EXPANDED DIANETICS OVERHAUL
Expanded Dianetics began in development in 1970. It is a very fully
developed subject. However, for some reason or another, the total materials of
Expanded Dianetics were never packaged and exported even when it was reported
that they had been. Thus auditors who have been trained as Expanded Dianetics
auditors had been denied considerable key materials and have even lost the
reason for Expanded Dianetics.
Contributing to this was the removal of "Sec Checking" (Confessionals)
materials from the Expanded Dianetics Course to make up the "Integrity
Processing Rundown." Thus the course was stripped even further, for an
Expanded Dianetics auditor has to be very expert in the handling of
Confessionals.
The actual extent of Expanded Dianetics can be described as follows: "Ex
Dn consists of all the work I did on psychos and very difficult cases from
1970 forward, my C/Ses, case histories, any tape lectures or notes, which
includes as well all data known to date on Confessionals, and all data on
PTSes. The product of the course is an auditor who can handle psychos, R/Sers
and any person's evil intentions as well as any PTSes."
That would be the full extent and skill of an Expanded Dianetics auditor.
There is considerable data connected with the subject and it is the only
data, proven, workable data, Man has on the subject of neurosis and psychosis,
and is the first breakthrough made in this field as to its actual cause. This
also embraces criminality.
While we are very far from being in the business of handling psychos, not
all psychos are in institutions or classified as psychos in this society.
Furthermore PTS persons become PTS to people who are usually psycho.
Thus this whole scope and breadth of Expanded Dianetics has to be and is
being recompiled and issued.
Furthermore the position of Expanded Dianetics on the Grade and Class
Chart was muddied up. Actually Expanded Dianetics can be given after a Drug
Rundown, after Standard Dianetics, after Scientology grades, after Power,
after OT III and at any point upwards after completion of Grade OT III.
A PTS Rundown can be given without regard to whether the person had had
Expanded Dianetics or not. A PTS Rundown can be given anywhere and better had
be.
An auditor is trained on Expanded Dianetics after he has become an HSDC, a
Class IV auditor.
279
An auditor does not have to be an Expanded Dianetics auditor in order to
deliver a PTS Rundown. All he has to do is complete the PTS Checksheet and
should be a Class IV in order to audit it. There are even some portions of the
PTS Checksheet, particularly as it would be revised, which can be delivered by
a person who is not trained as an auditor at all, but this would be non-
audited handling which consists mainly of coaching the person as to how to
handle his scene.
The complete Expanded Dianetics tech is, as I have said, being recompiled,
issued and gotten back in.
G: WORD CLEARING
Having discovered an executive who had "been word cleared" by a "Word
Clearer" but who then required more than 4 1/2 hours to clear the first two
pages of the same material when handled by a higher classed auditor, I
investigated the extent of Word Clearing training and use being out.
A study of the Word Clearing Series was ordered and it was found that
there was little concentration on metering and TRs.
These seem to have been slighted because Word Clearing starts with the
phrase "I am not auditing you" and this apparently has been taken to mean that
one didn't have to know his meter and TRs in order to word clear. HCOB 10
January 1977, Word Clearing Series 55, "HOW TO WIN WITH WORD CLEARING" is a
result of this investigation and should be given particular importance.
Another factor was spotted and is handled in Board Technical Bulletin 12
January 1977 Revised 16 January 1977, which was issued as a result of my
having found that Word Clearers had a wrong stat. The stat of Well Done
Auditing Hours would not apply to a Word Clearer. Their stat is now "Number of
Misunderstood Words honestly found and fully handled in applicable materials."
Another action is found in HCO Policy Letter 10 January 1977, "ETHICS AND
WORD CLEARING," wherein "Any Word Clearer who word cleared materials on
which misunderstoods have been found at a later date shall be summoned to a
Court of Ethics."
The phrase "I am not auditing you" does not excuse ignorance on the Word
Clearer's part of a meter or a poor command of TRs. Of course this must also
include his knowledge of Word Clearing tech. His TRs and metering must be
excellent.
The marvelous wins that can be gotten with Word Clearing had been lost and
with this should now be recovered.
H: F/N TA POSITION
The subject of missing F/Ns (floating needles) on pcs is very important
as a pc who has had an F/N missed becomes overrun and can be very upset and
his case can even be stalled.
The first instance I ran into of this (some years ago) had to do with the
sensitivity setting on the meter. Most auditors apparently simply would set a
sensitivity knob on 5 and leave it there, regardless of how the pc advanced
and regardless of who they were auditing. This would give them extremely wide
F/Ns which would hit the pin, on one or both sides, and hang up as they were
unable to keep the needle on "set." The correct way to go about this is to
always set the sensitivity knob by pc can squeeze. When the pc squeezes the
cans, the sensitivity knob should give about a third of a dial drop, no more,
no less. Only in that way can you keep a needle on the "set" mark on the dial.
Otherwise, F/Ns get missed. Some pcs have to go up to 128 (32) which is a
front face meter setting to get such a fall on a can squeeze and I have just
noted a pc who had such a wide F/N swing that the sensitivity had to be set at
1 (32), which is about as low as the meter can go without turning off, and
even then this pc got a half a dial can squeeze fall and so had to be watched
very carefully so that F/Ns were not missed. I mention this in case it has
dropped out again.
280
The current discovery which just dropped with a clang was that in one
interneship, an interne supervisor was using verbal tech which had then spread
all over the world to the effect that you MUST NOT call an F/N an F/N unless
it were between 2 and 3 on the tone arm dial, and that any F/N type motion
which occurred with the TA above 3 or below 2 could not possibly be called an
F/N. This was his own craziness and he wished it off with a bunch of verbal
tech on an awful lot of auditors and caused an enormous amount of pcs
subsequently to be very unhappy.
The result and remedy of this is contained in HCOB 10 December 1976, which
is marked Urgent and Important. It is marked that way because apparently there
are very few pcs around right now who haven't had F/Ns missed on them.
This HCOB should be very carefully studied. However, in brief, the correct
procedure for out of range (above 3 or below 2) F/Ns is:
1. Look at the pc's indicators,
2. Call the F/N regardless of its range, if the indicators are alright,
3. Mark down the actual TA position when the F/N is indicated,
4. Handle the false TA at the earliest opportunity when it will not
intrude into the current cycle of auditing,
5. On any pc you suspect has had his F/Ns disregarded because of false
TA, you C/S for and get run a repair and rehab of points in his
auditing when F/Ns were missed on him.
In other words, have your sensitivity correct and when an F/N occurs
outside of the range between 2 and 3, know that it is an F/N by the needle
motion and by the pc's indicators and call it, indicate it and put it down on
the worksheet. Note the actual TA position. Then, before the next session or
after you have finished a crucial cycle of auditing on the pc, in the next
several sessions, go into the whole subject of his false TA and handle it.
Missing an F/N is very cruel on a pc because it invalidates his having
released the charge on the subject on which he is being audited and tends to
tell him that he is not better even though he feels better. There is one
historic case of an auditor having gotten an F/N in the first ten minutes of
auditing and then, because it occurred slightly above 3, auditing the pc for
an additional three hours with the TA climbing, the pc unhappy and no results
being obtained from the processing. This sort of thing is pretty gruesome.
Verbal tech is no substitute for HCOBs.
I: FALSE TA
Having written the HCOB just above telling auditors that they call the F/N
regardless of where it was, providing the pc's indicators were OK and then
handle the TA on the pc, I found that issues on correcting false TA had been
messed up.
In both HCOB 29 Feb 1972R Revised 23 Nov 1973 and its successor HCOB 29
Feb 1972RA Revised 23 Apr 1975, careless reading could imply that the False TA
Checklist was audited on the pc like any other prepared list. In other words
this idiocy set in that the meter reads were going to be used to divine
whether or not the meter knew whether or not the pc was responding properly.
The list actually, is a list of things the auditor manually, mechanically
checks on the pc. He does not consult reads and he does not assess anything on
the pc; he simply personally does a checklist and this was the checklist. It
was not assessed to find a reading item. Therefore an auditor trying to
correct false TA and get the TA to read between 2 and 3 by using a meter to
assess the list would never find out what was going on and would be unable to
get the meter into that position.
Accordingly, HCOB 13 Jan 1977 was directed to be written, and the full and
entire checklist to be done by the auditor on the pc recompiled and updated.
It is being issued as HCOB 21 Jan 1977.
281
Therefore it will now be very easy for an auditor to correct the false TA
on a pc and he will be able to get the meter tone arm properly between 2 and 3.
You know, don't you, that a TA goes up more than a division when you start
using a one-hand electrode? This is not a "false TA" that you can correct. Solo
auditors using just one hand have their TAs riding around 3.7 and 4.5 on the
arm. This is not a case of false TA, it is always checked by using both hands
cans at the start and end of session. But here again false TA can occur if the
hands are too dry or too wet or the can size is wrong.
You shouldn't have very much trouble with this. Actually it's a very
simple matter, but the outnesses in this sector have caused an awful lot of
trouble and I was very happy to be able to find the erroneous issues and get
it straight for you.
A video which will eventually become available in Academies will also
cover false TA handling.
J: INCOMPLETE AUDITING FOLDERS
For some time Word Clearers, Sec Checkers, Ethics Officers and Cramming
Officers have neglected to include their worksheets in the pc's actual folder.
This causes considerable difficulty for a Case Supervisor since the
person may have wrong lists in "Why Finding," may have R/Sed on a Sec Check,
may have had incomplete or incorrect Word Clearing and other tech outnesses in
between regular sessions. Where these folder omissions occur an FESer (Folder
Error Summary maker) is often prevented from finding where the case went wrong.
Then there is the matter of no folders at all. Somebody has lost them or
mislaid them, yet some auditor needs them desperately to find out lists or to
actually verify grades attained. The preservation and availability of auditing
folders to the next auditor or a Case Supervisor years up the track is of very
great importance.
Accordingly HCO PL 28 Oct 1976 and HCOB 28 Oct 1976, C/S Series 98 (which
are both the same equal texts) were written by me to remedy these very
dangerous tech outnesses.
K: FALSIFYING AUDITOR REPORTS
Along with missing reports it was found that there had been some difficult
situations created by the falsification of auditing reports.
From the small matter of saying that the TA was at 3.0 when actually is a
4.5 when the F/N occurred (thus obscuring the fact that false TA had to be
handled), up to the very large crime of faking the fact that certain processes
had been run when they had not just to get a completion or a bonus and up to
falsifying the data or text which the pc gave, this matter of false Auditor
Reports can cause enormous amounts of trouble.
The consequences and detection of the falsification of auditing reports
is now contained in HCO Policy Letter 26 Oct 1976 Issue I, the same text
issued as HCOB 26 Oct 1976 Issue I, C/S Series 97. This makes even the minor
falsification of an auditing report a matter of Comm Ev and, if the crime is
proven beyond reasonable doubt, there can result a cancellation of all
certificates and awards, a declare and an expulsion order.
If you think this is unnecessarily harsh, think of the poor pc.
L: CHECKLIST FOR FESers
It can happen that a pc is taken up into new grades without having
completed earlier, more basic grades and without being set up for the later
grade. This can result
282
in somebody going through several grades just to cure a mild somatic or a PTP.
It can also throw a pc in over his head.
For a long time there have been checklists showing the requirements for
most major grades.
A recent instance of a pc going all the way through to OT III who had not
completed anything caused me to investigate the reasons behind this.
It was discovered that very few Case Supervisors ever check a folder to
find out if the pc has actually made the grades lower than the one that he is
about to be put on.
A further check showed that few C/Ses ever looked up the earlier history
of the case and this resulted in pcs being put up through levels for which
they have not been set up and past levels they have not made.
A further investigation showed that these checklists were not in
existence for every grade and action.
It became obvious that the people who should be using these checklists
would be the Folder Error Summary auditors. These FESers are the only ones who
thoroughly go through the folders and Case Supervisors depend on them. Thus if
the FESer is not required to verify whether the pc has properly attained the
level he is about to go onto and if he has been set up for the level, then
nobody is going to check this over and a great many pcs are going to be
audited on skipped gradients without set-ups and will get into difficulty.
I have ordered that checklists be made up for FESers to use for each
major grade so that they can check off the requisites for each grade and thus
handle this out gradient situation. These checklists are being worked on at
this time and will be issued in the near future.
In the meantime it is the duty of the FESer to indicate whether or not
the pc has actually reached each grade to which he has attested and whether or
not he is properly set up for the grade he is about to be embarked upon.
M: AUDITOR RECOVERY
It can happen here and there that an auditor who has been auditing eases
off and ceases to audit.
There are various reasons for this. One of the common ones is a skipped
gradient in his training. Another one is misunderstood words and the commonest
one is overts of omission or commission on the subject of auditing or pcs
which have not been handled.
An LRH ED I76RB INT originally issued on 24 April 1972 was unfortunately
revised 2 or 3 times by other people and lost its punch.
I reworked this and restored it to its earlier form on 7 Nov 1976 and
this is available as LRH ED 176RB INT. The investigation and reissue being
assisted by CS-7.
It is available in this form and in the near future will be issued as an
HCOB.
N: STUDY TECH
During an investigation of pricing I discovered that "The Student Hat" had
disappeared from use and in its place had been put an optional Basic Study
Manual. The fact is that the Basic Study Manual has its own uses and is very
valuable but it does not begin to replace The Student Hat.
283
This meant actually that study tech had more or less disappeared in
Academies and was not in general use.
The actions taken were to make The Student Hat mandatory on a one-time
basis before the next major course a person took and to include it free as a
bonus to the person taking that course.
The Student Hat has been restored in totality as a requisite for study
tech. This will make study much more positive and much faster.
The Basic Study Manual was put forward sometime ago as a means of getting
staffs hatted on their hat materials and as a fast method of getting people
reading the materials of their posts. I suppose that is how it drifted over
onto major courses, where it has no business.
Thus The Student Hat is back full force and if there are any blown
students around you should realize that the reason for their blow is either
lack of study tech or undisclosed overts. The thing to do is to get them back
and push them through The Student Hat so they can win at their studies and get
their overts off so they can look their fellow man in the eye.
There has been another training outness found which I will mention in
passing. In some interneships the entire Qual staff of the org has been
employed in checking out students. Actually such checkouts are done by the
students themselves, on each other where starrates are required in
interneships.
It has also been found that twinning on theory occasionally creeps back
in. People have not noticed that twinning on theory, meaning two students
always study together, went out many years ago and has been cancelled. It
makes a noisy classroom and prevents students from getting through their
courses rapidly. Twinning on theory sets up too many difficulties such as the
loss of one's twin by reason of graduation or transfer, being sent to
Cramming, an odd number of people on the course so that one is without a twin
and so on.
Practical is another matter. In practical drilling is done on the twin
basis.
The theory and practical are never in the same room; they must be in
different rooms. The theory room must be very, very quiet where a student can
concentrate and the practical room must be so situated as to allow students to
make noise. If any Academy has a noisy theory classroom or if the Academy is
difficult to study in, this is probably what is in violation: probably the
twinning is going on in theory or the theory rooms are noisy. Only a practical
room can be made noisy.
The two issues (putting twinning in on theory) have now been revised and
cancelled. They are HCOB 26 Nov 71, Tape Course Series 10, W/Cing Series 26
"HANDLING MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS ON TAPE RECORDED MATERIALS," which
has been revised and cancelled by BTB 26 Nov 71RA (Tape Course Series 8, W/C
Series 26RA) of same title (Tech Volume IX, page 440). HCOB 7 Feb 72 Issue II,
W/Cing Series 31, "METHOD 3 WORD CLEARING BY THE STUDENT'S TWIN"
has been revised and cancelled by BTB 7 Feb 1972RA Issue II, W/Cing Series 31RA
"METHOD 3 WORD CLEARING" (Tech Volume IX, page 448).
The main point is you want a quiet and orderly theory training room and
put the noisy demo and practical actions elsewhere. And also don't hang up
people on theory because they lose their twins. Practical twins are highly
interchangeable.
O: PROFESSIONAL RATES
It was found in some cases that pcs would enroll on courses and then
never take them just so they could have professional rates in their auditing.
284
This not only denied them the training they paid for but it was also making
organizations short of auditors.
Accordingly HCO PL 13 Nov 1976 was issued which clarified "professional
rates" which makes it necessary for an auditor to be fully classed in the
class of that org from which he is seeking service in order to qualify for a
50% professional discount in auditing. This does not apply to his family.
What's the matter with becoming an auditor? There are 2 or 3 billion pcs
out there and only a few of us auditors. Have a heart and also lend a hand.
Furthermore how do you know what good auditing is unless you're trained?
P: SENIOR CASE SUPERVISOR LINE
It was recently found that the Senior Case Supervisor, in at least one
large org, spent most of his time giving advice to executives on personnel
case requirements for the crew! This is so far from the duties of a Snr C/S
that the HCO PL outlining their duties has been rewritten and has become HCO
PL of 26 Sept 1974R, revised and reissued 21 Jan 1977, which tells a Snr C/S
in effect to look after the tech quality in his org.
There is another modification on Snr Case Supervisors. Previously it was
necessary for someone to go to a distant org and become a Class VIII before he
could be qualified as the Snr Case Supervisor of an org. This is no longer
necessary. HCO PL 24 Oct 76 Issue III modifies these requirements so that a
Snr Case Supervisor can be trained by his local org.
In this same Policy Letter the award of Dean of Technology is outlined.
These would be gold certificate Case Supervisors. They are Saint Hill Special
Briefing Course Class VIII Course auditors who have attained the case level to
the class of his org and has a uniform record of case supervision.
This general overhaul of the Snr Case Supervisor and his lines and duties
is in effort to correct out tech and establish excellent tech in any org and
its area.
Q: INTERNESHIPS
It was found that very few interneships were now being taught and an
investigation undertaken by the Action Aide Flag Bureau at my orders, finally
uncovered that interneship checksheets had been added to and added to and
stirred about until they had become checksheets within checksheets, thus
making interneships interminable.
As a result of this, a special mission was put on the job of reforming
interneship checksheets.
These checksheets have now been issued and exist for every level as Board
Policy Letters issued from 10 Nov 76 up through BPL 25 Nov 76 Issue I. They
have been greatly simplified and have made interneships into very worthwhile
actions.
These new simplified interneship checksheets are in full use at this time.
Along with this interneship program, HCO Policy Letter of 25 Oct 1976 has
been issued which requires that all past provisional certificates which have
not been validated by an interneship and which are one year or more old from
the date of course completion are cancelled. It states such students should be
notified and should be enrolled on the interneship for the class. If a
properly conducted interneship is satisfactorily completed, their permanent
certificate may be reissued.
All of this is in an effort to get auditors straightened out, getting wins
and making them really proficient and professional in all areas of the world.
285
R: ILLEGAL PCs
It has occasionally happened that an auditor has had pushed off on him, by
persuasion or pressure, cases who should not have been accepted by the org.
HCOB 6 Dec 1976 also HCO PL 6 Dec 76 (identical texts), make this High Crime.
Certain types of cases may not therefore be forced off on auditors by
anyone, and anyone seeking to force such a pc upon an auditor against policy,
is actionable by a Committee of Evidence.
S: EXPANDED GRADES BEING REDONE
It has been found that some processes were left out of Expanded Grades 0
to IV and that in some cases these grades had been quickied. Therefore, all
Expanded Grades checklists are being reissued and will contain more extensive
processes.
Until you have the new Expanded Grades checklists, the ones you are using
are still OK.
T: REPAIR LIST REVISED
Through an oversight, an incomplete Board Technical Bulletin 11 Aug 1972RA
revised 18 Dec 1974, C/S Series 83RA, was included on page 230 of Volume X of
the HCOB Volumes.
A far more extensive write-up, LRH ED 257 INT of 1 Dec 1974, existed which
gave much more data and many more prepared lists as repair tools for the
auditor.
The LRH ED has now been issued as HCOB of 24 Oct 1976 C/S Series 96
"DELIVERY REPAIR LISTS."
Although this issue has been updated to some degree, there are still one
or two repair lists omitted. Therefore, this is about to be issued again as
C/S Series 96R, which will include the additional and valuable lists.
U: ROUTING FORMS AND STAFF STATUSES
It has been found that Staff Status 0, I & II, Sea Org Products 0, I & II
and Org Routing Forms were not in full agreement with one another.
This is taking a lot of straightening out and is very much in need of it,
as in one major org it was found to be impossible for a new staff member to
route onto post!
This is under full coordination rewrite and will be issued in the near
future.
V: STAFF SECTION OFFICER
I have for some time been concerned about the lack of care some orgs had
been giving their own staff members.
As a result HCO PL 22 May 1976 was issued which established the post of
Staff Section Officer, who was responsible for the training and the processing
of staff members.
To further enforce this, the Qual Divisions of orgs were given a new Gross
Divisional Statistic in HCO PL of 4 Nov 1976. This gave the dominant Qual
Divisional Statistic as "Fully qualified and trained staff members in the org,
cumulative."
Additionally, in HCO PL of 10 Nov 1976 certain staff courses were made
mandatory in orgs.
286
So as not to neglect staff cases, even when auditors were absent, a whole
new project has been released concerning "co-audits."
This is actually a recovery of lost tech. There used to be co-audits, very
successful ones, and they had their own special technology.
A tech mission to the UK, reassembled the tech and got staff co-audits
going with rave wins.
All of this technology and how it is done, has been issued as Board
Technical Bulletins dated around early December 1976 under the title of
"Co-audit Series."
Both the co-audit tech and Group Processing fell under the category of
lost tech, but have been restored, polished up and are being issued for full
use.
W: UNISSUED RUNDOWNS
It came to my attention in July of '76 that about 5 years worth of my
developments on Flag had never been fully packaged up or issued for use. The
reason for this is, that the Tech Compilations Units which had previously
worked on this were disbanded in 1972 by the then CS-4 and was not
reestablished.
Several years worth of intensive research and development are therefore
backlogged in being issued.
Only one of these areas of development is restricted to Flag, as it is the
famous "L" series of rundowns which require such technical accuracy that they
can only be audited by a Class XII.
The rest of the rundowns, however, are fully capable of being fully
compiled from the notes, lectures, issues and my case supervision notes and
released.
Including the repackaging necessary for the HSDC, Expanded Dianetics and
reissue of Expanded Grades, all mentioned above, there were 9 rundowns in all
which were never compiled or exported.
For that matter, the much earlier Class VIII Course was added to and varied
and it also is being repackaged in its original form and exported and is now
being taught again in Advanced Orgs.
The remaining rundowns are being worked on for issue as never having seen
the light of day in Class IV, Saint Hill and Advanced Orgs.
All this is now being done. So soon this important new tech will appear
and be available in orgs.
X: ADVANCED GRADES
For a number of years people have wondered when OT VIII would be released.
Well, to tell you the honest truth, OT VIII has been in existence all
those several years, and to it has been added a very large number of OT
grades. None of them have been issued. Notes for all these grades are in
existence.
What I have been waiting for is 2 or 3 months of free time to go over these
materials and write them up and make them available through Advanced
Organizations.
Now I will make a bargain with you. If you get all the tech straightened
out and the orgs and flaps and emergencies off my lines and get your training
in and your Word Clearing in and everything flying and this civilization even
more thoroughly
287
pointed in a civilized direction, you will buy me those 3 months' worth of
time so I will be able to afford the time to write up all these Advanced
Levels I have researched. Do your job well and buy me these three months.
Is it a bargain?
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:act.lf.nt
Copyright $c 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=26/1/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
FOOTPLATES USE FORBIDDEN
Remimeo
Tech & Qual
All Levels
All Auditors
All Tech Checksheets
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 JANUARY 1977
Corrected & Reissued
Remimeo 20 MARCH 1977
Tech & Qual (Correction in this type style)
All Levels
All Auditors
All Tech Checksheets
FOOTPLATES USE FORBIDDEN
Ref: HCOB 24 Oct 71R FALSE TA
HCOB 12 Nov 71RA FALSE TA ADDITION
HCOB 15 Feb 72R FALSE TA ADDITION 2
HCOB 18 Feb 72R FALSE TA ADDITION 3
HCOB 24 Jan 73 Issue II
HCOB 23 Nov 73RA DRY AND WET HANDS MAKE FALSE TA
HCOB 23 Apr 75R VANISHING CREAM AND FALSE TA
HCOB 13 Jan 77R HANDLING A FALSE TA
HCOB 21 Jan 77R FALSE TA CHECKLIST
The use of footplates is forbidden. A recent dispatch to myself from LRH
quotes him, "I tested footplates and they don't read! Not on the bank."
The above issues cover how to handle a false TA. Use them to resolve TA
problems not footplates.
Paulette Ausley
As ordered by
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
BDCS:LRH:PA:nt.dr
Copyright $c 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
288
Paulette Ausley
As ordered by
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
Type = 11
iDate=5/12/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
CANCELLED 5 DECEMBER 1977
AUDITOR RECOVERY
Type = 11
iDate=27/1/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Gen non-remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 JANUARY 1977
CANCELLED 5 DECEMBER 1977
Gen non-remimeo
AUDITOR RECOVERY
HCO B 27 Jan 77 AUDITOR RECOVERY is CANCELLED.
It was based upon LRH ED 176RB INT AUDITOR RECOVERY which was written by a
terminal other than LRH and has since been cancelled, with the original LRH ED
176 INT AUDITOR RECOVERY by Ron restored.
LRH ED 176 INT AUDITOR RECOVERY is the issue to be used in doing an Auditor
Recovery Program.
Lt. (jg) S. Hubbard
AVU BPL Appeal Line
Authorized by AVU
Approved by
LRH Pers Comm
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
BDCS:KU:AH:SH:kjm
Copyright $c 1972, 1975, 1976, 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Since HCOB 27 Jan 77, Auditor Recovery, is cancelled and was not written by
LRH, it does not appear in this volume. See LRH ED 176 INT, Auditor Recovery,
on page 205 of this volume.]
289
Lt. (jg) S. Hubbard
AVU BPL Appeal Line
Authorized by AVU
Approved by
LRH Pers Comm
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
Type = 11
iDate=30/1/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
FALSE TA DATA
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 30 JANUARY 1977
Remimeo CORRECTED 19 MARCH 1977
(Correction in this type style)
FALSE TA DATA
There have been several recent revisions of False TA issues. This issue
will just clearly list out all the issues and their dates so there is an easy
reference for data on false TA handling.
HCOB 24 Oct 1971R FALSE TA
HCOB 12 Nov 1971RA FALSE TA ADDITION
HCOB 15 4eb 1972R FALSE TA ADDITION 2
HCOB 18 Feb 1972R FALSE TA ADDITION 3
HCOB 24 Jan 1973 Issue II
HCOB 23 Nov 1973RA DRY AND WET HANDS MAKE A FALSE TA
HCOB 23 Apr 1975R VANISHING CREAM AND FALSE TA
HCOB 10 Dec 1976 F/N AND TA POSITION
HCOB 13 Jan 1977 FALSE TA HANDLING
HCOB 21 Jan 1977 FALSE TA CHECKLIST
The above are the issues that deal with false TA.
Paulette Ausley
By order of
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
BDCS:LRH:PA:nt
Copyright $c 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
290
Paulette Ausley
By order of
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
Type = 11
iDate=5/2/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 100
JOKERS AND DEGRADERS
Remimeo
EDs, COs
HESes, S/Cs
HCOs
HASes
HEJSCs
Sec Checkers
Case Supervisors
Staff Section Officers
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 FEBRUARY 1977
Remimeo (Also published as HCO PL, same date.)
EDs, COs
HESes, S/Cs
HCOs
HASes
HEJSCs
Sec Checkers C/S Series 100
Case Supervisors
Staff Section Officers
JOKERS AND DEGRADERS
It is an old principle that people who do not understand something
occasionally make fun of it.
A recent investigation however into the backgrounds and case condition of
a small handful of people who were joking about their posts and those around
them showed a somewhat more sinister scene.
Each of these persons fell into one or more of the following categories:
1. Were rock slammers. (Some List 1.)
2. Were institutional type cases.
3. Were "NCG" (meaning no case gain) (the only cause of which is
continuous present time overts).
4. Were severely PTS (Potential Trouble Source) (connected to rock
slammers).
It might be supposed that misunderstood word phenomena could also be part
of this. The rebellious student in universities is usually handled by clearing
up his misunderstoods or curing his hopelessness for his future. However, the
investigation did not find that any of these jokers or degraders were acting
that way solely because of misunderstood words, but the possibility cannot be
ruled out.
The four categories above were, however, fully verified.
All the persons investigated were found to be the subject of declining
statistics, both having them and causing them. Their areas were enturbulated.
At least one of the jokers was physically driving basic course students out of
an org.
In some cultural areas, wit and humor are looked upon as a healthy release.
However, in the case of orgs, this was not found to be the case. Intentional
destruction of the org or fellow staff members was the direct purpose.
Therefore all executives, HCO personnel and Case Supervisors as well as
Qual personnel and Staff Section Officers have a valuable indicator. Where
they have a joker or degrader on their hands they also have one or more of the
above four conditions in that person.
This opens the door to handling such people.
Properly assigned and then fully done conditions are the correct ethics
handlings.
Correctly done Expanded Dianetics, which includes Confessionals and fully
done PTS handlings are the case remedies.
291
where ethics tech itself is not known or neglected and where there are no
HCOs one can, of course, not expect the matter to be handled. And this would
be too bad because the case gain and life improvement available in proper
ethics handlings, when fully followed through, can be quite miraculous.
Where rock slammers have been undermining the tech and it is not fully
known or used or is altered into unworkability one cannot expect Confessionals
to be properly done or Expanded Dianetics to be known and properly applied.
The joker is advertising his symptoms. He is also advertising an area of
the org where there is enturbulation and down statistics as well as staff
members being victimized.
Therefore this is an administrative and technical indicator which cannot be
overlooked and should be followed up.
Spotted, investigated and handled, this can be the beginning of an upward
spiral for an organization.
Where someone is driving ethics out, tech is not likely to go in. You have
to get in ethics and tech before you can begin to get in admin.
The next time you, as an executive, wonder why you are working so hard,
look for the joker in the deck.
Humor is one thing. Destroyed orgs and human beings are quite something
else.
It is our business to get the show on the road and get the job done.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:lf
Copyright $c 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
292
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=17/2/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=20/2/77
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
IMPORTANT
COURSE NECESSITIES
Remimeo
Tr & Serv Aide
Pubs Orgs
Course Supervisors
All Students
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 17 FEBRUARY 1977R
REVISED 20 FEBRUARY 1977
Remimeo (Revision in this type style)
Tr & Serv Aide
Pubs Orgs IMPORTANT
Course Supervisors
All Students COURSE NECESSITIES
Effective on receipt on all students who have not begun the levels named
and on all internes for the relevant class:
1. All materials on Word Clearing are added to Level Zero checksheets.
2. All materials on Confessionals (formerly known also as Sec Checking or
Integrity Processing) are added to Grade II.
3. All materials on listing and nulling and all materials on PTS, SP tech
are added to Level IV.
4. All materials on co-audits are added to the Senior Class IV
checksheets.
Where the student has not earlier covered them or as review all the above
materials are added to the Senior Class IV checksheets.
5. All the above materials for a first time or review if earlier covered
in lower levels are added to the Saint Hill Special Briefing Course.
It has been found that some Class IV auditors who have gone through these
levels do not know these vital technologies.
Those who have done so should take their Senior Class IV in their local
org or the SHSBC at their earliest ability to do so. Failure to attain a
thorough command of the above mentioned tech as well as the previous materials
of the mentioned classes can give them loses on their preclears.
All Course Supervisors are responsible for seeing that these materials and
current improved checksheets are available to such students without delay. The
improved checksheets of this material exist and the bulk of the materials
exists in HCOB Volumes where packs are not at once available.
Nothing in this HCOB states these materials cannot be independently studied
by other persons or auditors of other or no class.
This HCOB does not assign these materials to pcs only at that level and
they can be done at any level at need.
Auditors at or above Class IV who do not know these materials and can use
them well had better do the relevant packs fast to get their tech up to date.
Keep Scientology Working.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
BDCS:LRH:lf.nt CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
Copyright $c 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
293
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
Type = 11
iDate=24/2/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
EXPANDED DIANETICS CASES
Remimeo
Expanded Dn
Checksheet
All Auditors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 FEBRUARY 1977
CORRECTED AND REISSUED 26 FEBRUARY 1977
Remimeo (Corrected to add the word "one" in para 6, line 2.)
Expanded Dn
Checksheet
All Auditors
EXPANDED DIANETICS CASES
Those who "compiled" Expanded Dianetics materials previously chose only the
case histories of the early research cases.
These cases were not completed on Expanded Dianetics at that time.
According to the Training and Services Aide, this has given auditors the
impression that one does not complete Expanded Dianetics cases.
This conclusion is not correct. One DOES fully and completely complete
Expanded Dianetics cases!
Not included in the "Case Histories" released was the later complete
Expanded Dianetics auditing most of these cases did receive.
Therefore any impression that one does not complete Expanded Dianetics or
that one uses small bits of it mixed up with other rundowns or grades should
be amended. One DOES complete any such case.
They are often quite lengthy.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
BDCS:LRH:lf
Copyright $c 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
294
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
Type = 11
iDate=1/3/77
Volnum=0
Issue=1
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
CANCELLATION OF
INTEGRITY PROCESSING HCOB
Remimeo
All Orgs
Confessional
Checksheet
Academy Levels
SHSBC
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 1 MARCH 1977
Issue I
Remimeo
All Orgs
Confessional CANCELLATION OF
Checksheet INTEGRITY PROCESSING HCOB
Academy Levels
SHSBC
Several HCOBs in the Integrity Processing Series were actually excerpted
from earlier LRH HCOBs.
These excerpted versions are cancelled with this issue.
The original LRH HCOBs are listed below along with the Integrity Processing
HCOBs which are cancelled with this issue.
The consolidation of Confessional materials can be found in BTB 31 Aug
1972RB CONFESSIONAL PROCEDURE.
1. HCOB 9 Dec 1974 Integrity Processing Series 6RA EFFECTIVENESS OF
OVERTS IN PROCESSING is cancelled. The data is covered in HCOB 10 July
1964 OVERTS -- ORDER OF EFFECTIVENESS IN PROCESSING.
2. HCOB 13 Dec 1972R Integrity Processing Series 10R INTEGRITY QUESTIONS
MUST BE F/Ned is cancelled. The data is covered in HCOB 19 Oct 1961
SECURITY QUESTIONS MUST BE NULLED.
3. HCOB 14 Dec 1972R Integrity Processing Series 11R GENERALITIES WON'T
DO is cancelled. The data is covered in HCOB 16 Nov 1961 SEC CHECKING
GENERALITIES WON'T DO.
4. HCOB 15 Dec 1972R Integrity Processing Series 12R is cancelled. The data
is covered in HCOB 22 Feb 1962 WITHHOLDS, MISSED AND PARTIAL.
5. HCOB 16 Dec 1972 Integrity Processing Series 13 HELP THE PC is cancelled.
The material is covered in HCOB 10 May 1962 PREPCHECKING AND SEC
CHECKING.
6. HCOB 17 Dec 1972 Integrity Processing Series 14 HAVINGNESS is cancelled.
The material is covered in HCOB 11 Jan 1962 SECURITY CHECKING TWENTY-TEN
THEORY.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
Training & Services Aide
LRH:JG:lf
Copyright $c 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
295
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
Training & Services Aide
Type = 11
iDate=1/3/77
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
CONFESSIONAL FORMS
Remimeo
Confessional
Auditors
Class IV
SHSBC
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 1 MARCH 1977
Issue II
Remimeo
Confessional
Auditors CONFESSIONAL FORMS
Class IV
SHSBC
Never subtract anything from a Confessional.
The best method is to write out a predetermined series of questions, as an
additional thing, which is for that person particularly. You figure out about
what their relationship to life has been, and then you write a little special
series of questions.
It's always possible to write up an additional list. Don't make that the
only Confessional form. Give that along with a standard Confessional.
You get the idea of what kind of life your preclear has been leading, what
his professional and domestic zones are, and you adapt Confessional questions
to that and you add it to standard forms.
Compiled from
LRH Taped Lecture
"Teaching the Field
Sec Checks," SHSBC
6109C26 SH Spec 58
Approved by .
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
Training & Services
Aide LRH:JG:lf
Copyright $c 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
296
Compiled from
LRH Taped Lecture
"Teaching the Field
Sec Checks," SHSBC
6109C26 SH Spec 58
Approved by .
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
Training & Services Aide
Type = 11
iDate=1/3/77
Volnum=0
Issue=3
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
CANCELS
INTEGRITY PROCESSING QUESTIONS
FORMULATING CONFESSIONAL QUESTIONS
Remimeo
Confessional
Auditors
Academy
Snr C1 IV
SHSBC
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 1 MARCH 1977
Issue III
Remimeo
Confessional
Auditors CANCELS
Academy
Snr C1 IV
SHSBC INTEGRITY PROCESSING QUESTIONS
FORMULATING CONFESSIONAL QUESTIONS
(Compiled from LRH taped lecture "Teaching the
Field Sec Checks," SHSBC 6109C26 SH Spec 58.)
Withholds don't add up to withholds. They add up to overts, they add up to
secrecies, they add up to individuations, they add up to games conditions,
they add up to a lot more things than O/W.
Although we carelessly call them withholds, we're asking a person to
straighten out their interpersonal relationships with another terminal.
Our normal Confessional is addressed to the individual versus the society
or his family.
It's what people would consider reprehensible that makes a withhold.
In a Catholic society, not having kept Mass would be a reprehensible
action. In a non-Catholic society, nobody would think twice about it. So, most
of our Confessionals are aimed at transgressions against the mores of the
group. That is the basic center line of the Confessional.
You can have a special mores between the son and the mother, a special
mores between the husband and the wife, just as you have a special mores, of
course, between the auditor and the preclear.
It's a moral code that you are processing in one way or the other.
You are straightening out somebody on a moral code, the "Now I'm supposed
to's." They've transgressed on a series of "Now I'm supposed to's." Having so
transgressed, they are now individuated. If their individuation is too
obsessive, they snap in and become the terminal. All these cycles exist
around the idea of the transgression against the "Now I'm supposed to's." That
is what a Confessional clears up and that is all it clears up. It's a great
deal more than a withhold.
You would go straight to a person's handling of masses and changes of
space. On lacking a clue in that direction, you would go into his most
confused motional areas (not e-motional).
This fellow has been a recluse ever since he was twenty. He has not done
anything since he was twenty. He has never been anyplace since he was twenty.
His hidden standard is he would "get about more." Could he find himself
getting about more, he would know that Scientology was working. You find what
area he was in before he was twenty. Staying in the house is a cure for
something. So you put him on an E-Meter. You can't find areas of moving heavy
masses or changes in spaces before he was twenty because he wasn't working. It
probably lies in the zone of, maybe, he was in the service? Maybe he was in a
boarding school? So all of a sudden you hit the jackpot
297
and you find an area of considerable activity. You're looking for the area of
considerable activity which lies prior to the difficulty. Then you run a
Confessional on that area of activity.
You trace it back to boarding school. There's one boarding school that he
absolutely detests, he suddenly remembers. That's what you do the Confessional
on.
Every question you ask has to do with this boarding school. Just add up the
factors. How many things can go on in a boarding school? How many people are
present? What is there in a boarding school? There are students, boys,
instructors, coaches, headmasters, buildings, athletic equipment, and probably
transport from there to home, etc.
Find out all the types of crimes that he might have been able to commit
against these items. You can dream up a whole form.
One of the ways of doing it is taking an existing Confessional form and
just moving it over to the zone of the school. That is not as satisfactory as
just putting down all the things he really did in this school that he is never
going to tell anybody.
It inevitably is going to be an area of tight mores. He has cut up against
those mores, so has individuated himself against the school, so he cannot as-
is any part of the track. He's trapped in that particular zone and activity.
Any set of cut sensory perception will operate as overt bait. Forget is a
version of not know. So that any sensory perceptive cut off is an effort not
to know and you have a target.
Take everything that you've worked up to right there and now do a
Confessional on it. Eventually you'll get a "What do you know!" He's too in
the thing to see it. You can see it because you're outside of it.
You write up every noun you could possibly think of on the subject of the
zone or dynamic that he is having difficulty with and which he fails to
cognite on in any way shape or form. You can immediately assume that if he
doesn't cognite on that zone or area, that he's really pinned down and that he
has withholds from you and from the area on the subject of the area that not
even he knows.
A cognition is totally dependent upon the freedom to know. Overts and
withholds are dedicated to another thing, these are dedicated to not
knowingness. So if the person doesn't cognite, you can immediately assume that
he has a large area of not knowingness on the subject that he doesn't even
suspect. You as an outsider to his case can suspect where this fellow is
having trouble. You dream up a Confessional to match it. The formula for
making up a Confessional is just make up a list of all the items you can think
of which have anything to do with that target.
Let's say his family; he's always had family trouble. You can get this
from a pc's PTPs. If you look at the type of PTP that the pc has, you'll know
that it is a present time problem of long duration. If it adds up to three or
four times in a row of PTPs with his family, it must be a problem of long
duration. The hottest way to get rid of that particular zone is to do a
Confessional on it. Again, the way to do a Confessional, is to make a list of
all the nouns and all the doingnesses which you can think of and just ask the
person if he has overts against any of them; has he done anything to, has he
interfered with anything about, e.g. "Have you ever interfered with
schooling," "Have you ever done anything to schooling," "Have you ever
prevented schooling."
It's little by little that this cognition will take place. It's not all
going to take place in one bang.
In the long run it will be a bang, but the bang only took place because
you took
298
the pebbles off the top. When you've finally got the thing uncovered -- he can
look at it and blow it.
This is the rule: ANY ZONE OR ACTIVITY WITH WHICH A PERSON IS HAVING
DIFFICULTY IN LIFE OR HAS HAD DIFFICULTY WITH IN LIFE IS A FRUITFUL AREA FOR A
CONFESSIONAL.
You will find out every time, he's got withholds in that zone or area.
One of the indicators of that is a present time problem. Therefore you
know it's a problem of long duration. Three problems of short duration equals
one problem of long duration. It's a good detector mechanism.
THE RULE IN CONFESSIONALS IS BREAK THE PROBLEM DOWN TO ITS MOST
FUNDAMENTAL EXPRESSION.
Then write down those nouns associated with it and those basic doingnesses
associated with the fundamental expression and then just phrase your
Confessional questions on the basis "Have you ever...?" and any other verb you
want to put in. "Have you ever done anything to...?" "Have you ever
prevented...?"
You don't have to be fancy as the needle's going to fall every time you
come close to it.
Any area where a person is having difficulty in, he is stupid in.
Stupidity is not knowingness. This is through overts. But the overt has to be
hidden, so it must be an overt that is withheld.
So, these withholds then add up to stupidity and he of course, has trouble.
There isn't anything complicated in it at all.
Compiled from
LRH Taped Lecture
"Teaching the Field
Sec Checks," SHSBC
6109C26 SH Spec 58
Approved by
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
Training & Services
Aide
LRH:JG:lf
Copyright $c 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
299
Compiled from
LRH Taped Lecture
"Teaching the Field
Sec Checks," SHSBC
6109C26 SH Spec 58
Approved by
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
Training & Services Aide
Type = 11
iDate=1/3/77
Volnum=0
Issue=4
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
A VALID CONFESSIONAL
Remimeo
Confessional
Auditors
Academy
Snr Class IV
SHSBC
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Circa 1965
REISSUED AS
Remimeo
Confessional HCO BULLETIN OF 1 MARCH 1977
Auditors Issue IV
Academy
Snr Class IV
SHSBC A VALID CONFESSIONAL
The following Confessional is reissued for your use.
1. Do you have anything in your possession that really belongs to us?
2. Do you illegally have any Clearing Course data?
3. Have you passed on any confidential information to anyone?
4. Have you falsely attested to the Ethics Officer?
5. Are you using Scientology unethically for your own personal profit?
6. Have you altered any Scientology data?
7. Have you misused any Scientology processes?
8. Are you in possession of confidential data you shouldn't have?
9. Are you withholding information?
10. Have you broken the Auditor's Code?
11. Have you validated a suppressive person?
12. Have you validated a suppressive group?
13. Have you altered standard technology?
14. Do you have any knowledge of an undisclosed crime against Scientology?
15. Have you spread destructive rumors?
16. Have you claimed false qualification?
17. Have you illegally run any version of the Power Processes on anyone?
18. Have you illegally discussed the Power Processes with anyone?
19. Have you altered the Power Processes commands?
20. Have you illegally run the Power Processes on someone?
21. Has anything been missed?
22. Have you told any half-truths?
23. Have you told any untruths?
24. Do you have dishonorable intentions?
25. Do you intend abiding by policy?
26. Do you intend running the Power Processes before you are trained on them?
27. Have you mixed the processes of Scientology with other practices?
300
28. Have you used Scientology data to restimulate another?
29. Has anyone got keyed-in as a result of your having discussed high level
data with them?
30. Have you overwhelmed a preclear?
31. Have you goofed and not patched up a case?
32. Do you agree with standard technology?
33. Do you intend abiding by the rules?
34. Do you intend to give the Clearing Course material to anyone?
35. Do you intend to run the Clearing Course materials on anyone?
36. Have you invalidated clearing?
37. Have you invalidated the state of Clear?
38. Are you here as an agent for someone?
39. Has something been nearly found out?
40. Have you given a false attestation?
41. Has anything been missed?
42. What question on this list wouldn't you like me to ask you again?
43. Are you connected to a suppressive person?
44. Are you connected to a suppressive group?
45. Have you stolen anything from a Scientology org?
46. Are you out to get even with Scientology?
47. Have you ever broken into a Scientology org?
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Reissue assisted by
Training & Services
Aide LRH:JG:lf
Copyright $c 1965, 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
301
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Reissue assisted by
Training & Services Aide
Type = 11
iDate=8/3/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=7/4/77
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S CHECKLIST ON FOLDERS OF PRECLEARS ONTO POWER
Remimeo
Limited
Distribution
Saint Hills
AOs for into
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 8 MARCH 1977R
REVISED 7 APRIL 1977
(Revisions in this type style)
Remimeo ("LRH in quotes")
Limited
Distribution
Saint Hills
AOs for into
Ref: HCOB 8 Jan 72RC Solo C/S Series 11RC
HCOB 21 Sep 70 Set Up for Power
HCOB 21 Sep 70 A Letter to Class VII and Class VIII
Students and Auditors
HCOB 31 Aug 74R C/S Series 93R New Grade Chart
HCOB 1 Nov 74R Rock Slams and Rock Slammers
HCOB 10 Aug 76 R/Ses, What They Mean
WHEN MADE OUT STAPLE TO INSIDE LEFT COVER OF PRECLEAR'S AUDITING FOLDER.
C/S CHECKLIST ON FOLDERS OF PRECLEARS ONTO POWER
1. TA range OK.
2. Has been de-PTSed with PTS RD auditing and/or PTS/SP
Detection, Routing and Handling Checksheet so that any
PTSness is terminatedly handled. _________
3. C/S 53 done.
4. Int RD OK or properly corrected. _________
5. Lists OK or verified/corrected. _________
6. C/S Series 78 done if necessary. _________
7. Drug RD fully done:
(a) Full battery of Objectives. _________
(b) Disinterest drug items that read all run -- none left
unrun. _________
(c) All drugs on the list. _________
(d) Class VIII, PSEAs and Prior Assessment all fully done.
("Class VIII auditor not required.") _________
8. GF 40X fully handled including engrams -- if resistive or Former
Therapy or Earlier Practices. _________
9. Runs well on Dianetics. (Including runs past lives.) _________
10. C/S 54 fully done -- all items run R3R. _________
11. All grades run to EP with good Success Stories: Single ()
Triple () Quad() _________
(a) ARC S/W _________
(b) Dianetics _________
(c) Gr 0 _________
(d) Gr I _________
(e) Gr II _________
302
(f) Gr III _________
(g) Gr IV _________
12. R/Ses handled with full Expanded Dianetics. _________
13. Low OCA has been handled. (This means FULL Expanded
Dianetics.) "Means don't put a pc on Power who has not had
his evil purposes and R/Ses handled." _________
14. No illness after Grade IV or Expanded Dianetics. _________
15. No ethics trouble after Grade IV or Expanded Dianetics. _________
16. By D of P interview pc is happy with gains and not still
wanting something handled. _________
17. GF Method 3. _________
18. In Life ruds. _________
PC is fully set up and OK to go onto Power. _________
PC not OK for Power and needs the following per this
checklist: _________
EX DN
"The Grade Chart points are after Dianetics (like Drug RDs etc) but before
grades, after grades but before Power, after Power but before Solo, and after
OT III or after any single grade above OT III. These are the only points where
Expanded Dianetics can be delivered and the R/S fully and completely handled."
If a pc has to have Ex Dn due to being an R/Ser before being allowed onto
Power he must be given full Ex Dn and no short cuts.
EXPANDED GRADES
Expanded Grades is not a requisite for power. Expanded Grades very often
comes after OT III. It comes after Power too, but not between Solo, Grade VI
and OT III.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
LRH Tech Expeditor
and
CS-4/5
LRH:PA:lf.dr
Copyright $c 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
303
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
LRH Tech Expeditor
and
CS-4/5
Type = 11
iDate=16/3/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Expanded Dianetics Series 25
THE GAMBLER
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 16 MARCH 1977
Remimeo
Expanded Dianetics Series 25
THE GAMBLER
An obsessive gambler is a psychotic just like a drug addict or an
alcoholic.
They are handled the way you handle any other psychotic. They don't have
to do anything for real in life because it all depends on chance and never on
themselves. So you have them on the minus effect scale.
Life isn't real to a psychotic gambler and therefore they never really
buckle down to anything. Consequences are unreal to them and criminal acts are
incomprehensible as nothing is real anyway.
Getting off overts is nothing to such people because they are not there
and take no responsibility for them. Everything else is responsible -- not
them. Thus you have to find the trail to the R/Ses on the subject and
discharge those.
This aspect of such a case is the emergency number one handling.
It has to be recognized for what it is -- PSYCHOSIS.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:lf
Copyright $c 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
304
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=27/3/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
PROGRAMMING OF EXPANDED DIANETICS
Remimeo
XDn Ckshts
XDn Auditors
XDn Courses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 MARCH 1977
(LRH in quotes)
Remimeo
XDn Ckshts
XDn Auditors
XDn Courses
PROGRAMMING OF EXPANDED DIANETICS
Ref: HCOB 19 Jun 70 C/S Q & A
HCOB 26 Aug 70 Incomplete Cases
HCOB 31 Mar 71 Programming and Misprogramming
HCOB 28 Sep 71 Know Before You Go
"Expanded Dianetics audits the pc at cause. PTS handling audits the pc at
effect. When you start a case or use a piece of Expanded Dianetics you are
auditing the case at cause.
"If you suddenly switch off Expanded Dianetics before it is complete you
cease to audit the case at cause and if PTS handling is then done you would
switch the case over to effect.
"This would be a valence shift and would worsen the case.
"This is one of the consequences of not handling Expanded Dianetics fully
and completely once it has begun.
"Sec Checking also audits the case at cause.
"One might program a case to handle his PTSness then handle by Sec
Checking and then finish with Expanded Dianetics and be home perfectly safe.
"If one Sec Checked a case, began Expanded Dianetics, failed to complete
it and switched to PTS handling, the case would be audited out of sequence and
would flip from being cause to being effect."
So when a case is programmed for Expanded Dianetics and started on
Expanded Dianetics it should be fully and completely handled before any other
auditing is interjected. Expanded Dianetics should be a fully completed cycle
of action and not bit and piece.
"It is not OK to mix up Expanded Dianetics. It doesn't go into the middle
of PTS handling. Hold the form of grades and processes.
"Don't start a pc on one thing and switch to another without finishing
what you began. For example a case was started on Expanded Dianetics out of
the blue, followed by three S & Ds, then a GF of some kind, then a track
repair and then the S & Ds were handled. This is very bad programming.
"A case started on Expanded Dianetics must be programmed to complete
Expanded Dianetics. This should be programmed according to Expanded Dianetics
tech and not just one isolated item that needs handling.
"What is started on a case must be completed.
"A case on Expanded Dianetics, would fall into the other half of the
PTS/SP scene. By failing to handle a valence shift could occur the moment that
somebody
305
starts to assume that an Expanded Dianetics pc was the effect (PTS) instead of
the cause of the scene (Expanded Dianetics).
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
LRH Tech Expeditor
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
BDCS:LRH:PA:lf
Copyright $c 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
306
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
LRH Tech Expeditor
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
Type = 11
iDate=5/4/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
EXPANDED GRADES
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 APRIL 1977
Remimeo
EXPANDED GRADES
Expanded Grades can be done:
- After Drug RD
- After Full Dn RD
- After Quad Grades
- After Expanded Dn
- After Power (but before Solo or Clear or OT I to III and not during
these)
- After OT III
- After OT IV
- After OT V
- After OT VI
- After OT VII
In other words they can be done after any full-completion of any one of
the above.
A typical and IDEAL program for a pc would be:
- Sub Grade Handling
- Drug Rundown
- Full Dianetics RD
- Quad Grades
- Expanded Dn
- Expanded Grades
- Power
- R6EW
- Clear
- OT I
- OT II
- OT III
- OT III X
- OT IV
- OT V
- OT VI
- OT VII.
However, due to bit and piece auditing done on some pcs Expanded Grades is
sometimes entered at other points.
Quad Grades (or even Single Grades for that matter) never should have been
abandoned and are restored.
Expanded Grades is NOT a requisite for Power but Quad Grades are.
Pcs flubbily can be programmed backwards like Expanded Grades, Drug RD,
Expanded Dn -- etc, etc. But it is far from ideal.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:dg.nt
Copyright $c 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
307
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=11/4/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
LIST ERRORS
CORRECTION OF
Remimeo
Level III
Level IV
Snr Class IV
Snr SHSBC
Ex Dn
All Cl IV Auditors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Remimeo HCO BULLETIN OF 11 APRIL 1977
Level III
Level IV
Snr Class IV LIST ERRORS
Snr SHSBC
Ex Dn CORRECTION OF
All Cl IV Auditors
It has been found that the correction of lists, a very vital piece of
tech, has been a source of confusion in the field as it apparently has never
been written up in an issue. It really is simple if you know your Laws of
L & N.
VERIFYING A LIST
The correct procedure for verifying/correcting past L & Ns is to check the
items as to whether or not they are correct. Then do an L4BRA on each list
where the item is found to be incorrect. You would have to orient the pc to
the listing question and the item. You do not direct the question to see if it
read. And don't just do an L4BRA and then not find the right item for the pc
as part of the handling (unless the question proves to be uncharged or some
such).
NULLING A LIST
One nulls a list when he doesn't get a BD F/N item on listing. The Laws of
L & N strictly apply. An L4BRA would be used if the action bogs with still no
item found. One would also null lists the pc made where no item had been found
such as a 2WC which turned into a listing action with the pc giving off items
or a list the pc somehow made while not on a meter. In these cases there is no
item to verify with the pc as correct. Just cull the items into a list, work
out with the pc what the question was if it's not already noted, and null the
list.
RECONSTRUCTING A LIST
Sometimes you just don't have the list and can't get it or it's an old Why
Finding or PTS interview for which there are no worksheets. In this case you
get from the pc what the question was and then get him to give you the items
that were already on the list as the item probably was already on the list and
you don't want the pc to get into newly listing the question in PT and then
getting into an overlisting situation. Just get him to give you the items he
had already put on the list and more often than not you will get a BD F/N
item. If you don't get the item that way then you can extend the list.
SELF-LISTING
Watch it on these as every random stray thought a person has about "why
this or that" does not mean it's a self-list. But do look for it on a person
who is manifesting the horrendous BPC an out list can generate, who is
introspected or has been trying to figure out who is doing him in after just
having seen the Ethics Officer. Just don't get into trying to make a list out
of some non-standard listing question that won't give you an item. And
actually the usual reason for self-listing is a prior wrong L & N item or an
item not found. People will self-list to try to find the right item. So find
and correct the earlier out list.
LIST CORRECTION BLOW-UP
When you are going along correcting lists and suddenly you get a big pc
blow-up and it is not resolving on the list you are correcting you had better
quickly realize that you probably are not correcting the list that is out and
you'd better find out which list
308
it is. There is usually an earlier out list to be found, if the list you are
correcting does not resolve the upset.
LISTS NOT READING
When you start getting key lists such as Grades III and IV not reading
and no items found it's time for that auditor to get a thorough overhaul on
his metering, eyesight and to get off all his MUs on L & N. You also could be
setting the pc up for a self-listing situation as he has been given the
listing question but no item has been found. So be very sure the question did
not read even with Suppress and Inval and TRs were in before getting off a key
L & N process.
USE OF L4BRA
The prepared list L4BRA corrects L & N lists. It can be run on old lists,
current lists, general listing. When a pc is ill after a listing and nulling
session or up to 3 days after, always suspect that a listing action done on
the pc had an error in it and get those lists corrected.
Sometimes it is obvious what the error was per the Laws of Listing and
Nulling. For example there could be two reading items left on the list in
which case you would know to extend the list as it has been underlisted. If
this didn't go, then an L4BRA would be done on the list.
HANDLING AN L4BRA
You handle reading questions on the L4BRA by the directions under the
question that read. You don't just 2WC these questions. For example say
question 4 read on the L4BRA, "Is a list incomplete? SF." You then ask the pc,
"What list is incomplete?" Locate it and get it completed to a BD F/N item.
You don't just 2WC "incomplete lists" to an F/N and leave it at that.
By the way the L4BRA is missing a line which is "Was it the first item on
the list?" This is being added as it's quite common that it is the first item
and is most often missed.
DO IT RIGHT
An out list can create more concentrated hell with a pc than any other
single auditing error. So it's imperative that listing errors get properly
corrected.
The best thing to do is to have the Laws of Listing and Nulling drilled
line by line and down cold and just do it right in the first place. Then you
will also see at once where old lists violated these laws and you will not be
yourself doing lists that have to be corrected later.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
CS-4/5
LRH:JE:dr
Copyright $c 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
309
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
CS-4/5
Type = 11
iDate=17/4/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
RECURRING WITHHOLDS AND OVERTS
Remimeo
Tech Divs
Qual Divs
Auditors
C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Remimeo HCO BULLETIN OF 17 APRIL 1977
Tech Divs (LRH is quoted)
Qual Divs
Auditors
C/Ses
RECURRING WITHHOLDS AND OVERTS
Ref: HCO PL 7 Apr 70RA GREEN FORM
HCO B 15 Aug 69 FLYING RUDS
HCO B 10 Jul 64 OVERTS ORDER OF EFFECTIVENESS
IN PROCESSING
HCO B 6 Sep 68 CHECKING FOR FALSE READS
HCO B 11 Sep 68 FALSE READS
DEFINITION
The definition of recurring withhold or overt is an overt or withhold that
keeps coming up, repeats again, or shows up again. Definition is obtained
here from the American Heritage Dictionary and "the Scientology Tech
Dictionary." Before a recurring withhold or overt can be handled it must be
understood what one is. It is simply a withhold or overt that has already been
gotten off and comes up again as an answer to an apparent reading withhold or
overt question. The pc may also become exasperated at having to get off an
overt or withhold that has already been gotten off. The pc may become upset,
seem resigned or even protest a recurring overt or withhold. These are just a
couple of the signs of a recurring withhold or overt.
METHODS AND HANDLINGS
1. When a pc gets upset with a withhold being demanded that they already got
off and they get into protest then "there is obviously a false read as the
pc is getting off overts already gotten off."
HANDLING: "Check for false reads on overts by asking the pc what overt he
or she has gotten off more than once and tracing it back with the pc to
what auditor or person said something read when it didn't. You would clean
all these up." (Reference: HCOB 6 Sept 68 CHECKING FOR FALSE READS.)
2. When number 1 above doesn't handle the recurring overt or withhold:
HANDLING: "Who said or seemed to infer something read when it didn't? Then
this would be dated to blow and located to blow." (Reference: HCOB 11 Sept
68 FALSE READS.)
3. When a pc gets upset with getting off withholds or overts or mentions he
or she felt his or her overts weren't accepted.
HANDLING: Ask who wouldn't accept it E/S. (Reference: HCO PL 7 April
70RA GREEN FORM.)
4. "The pc has been invalidated for getting it off."
HANDLING: Find out who invalidated the pc for getting off overts or
withholds. (Note any terminals for later handling on the PTS RD.)
5. "The pc has been punished for getting it off."
HANDLING: "Find out who punished the pc for getting off overts and
withholds."
310
The above methods of handling recurring overts and withholds can be found
in the reference materials listed above.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
Paulette Ausley
LRH Tech Expeditor
LRH:PA:lf
Copyright $c 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
Paulette Ausley
LRH Tech Expeditor
Type = 11
iDate=7/5/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
LONG DURATION SEC CHECKING
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 7 MAY 1977
Remimeo
LONG DURATION SEC CHECKING
It has been found on some cases which did not immediately R/S, even though
their crimes and past would seem to indicate they should have R/Ses, that when
Sec Checking was carried on for several sessions, one each on several
consecutive days, R/Ses then began to show up. In two cases, List One R/Ses
showed up on persons who had never been noticed as having R/Ses before.
It can then be concluded that R/Sers do not R/S necessarily on casual
brief Sec Checks.
Part of this phenomena is that the person quite commonly gives off very
shallow overts of the order of "I stole a pen from HASI" or "I thought your
TRs were bad and I didn't tell you" and other shallow PT answers to searching
Sec Check questions.
This is so much the case that whenever I see shallow wishy-washy "overts"
coming off a case day after day, I suspect that sooner or later a good auditor
will suddenly find real roaring overts and R/Ses sitting there.
The soft-spoken quiet "inoffensive" person is also a candidate for this
sort of disclosure.
Particularly notable is the person who "has never done anything wrong in
his whole life and has no overts of any kind."
These are just special cases of the same thing and an auditor should be
alert to them.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:cb.dr
Copyright $c 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
311
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=9/5/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
FOREWORD OF
EXPANDED DIANETICS
COURSE
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 9 MAY 1977
Remimeo
FOREWORD OF
EXPANDED DIANETICS
COURSE
(Issued on the 27th Anniversary of
Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health)
Expanded Dianetics contains our tech for the handling of the neurotic,
psychotic and destructive impulses in Man as well as some people who give
themselves trouble or have trouble.
Dianetics as early as 1950 and 1951 had its successes in this field.
Twenty years of research and experience isolated in 1970 what psychosis really
was.
When Expanded Dianetics was first issued those who compiled the case
histories left many of them out and those they included were not shown as
completed. This omission gave the impression that one did not finish an
Expanded Dianetics case. In the current checksheets this has been repaired.
Upper level auditors, in 1973, were using fragments of Expanded Dianetics
along with other processes. This has been smoothed out in the present
organization of the materials.
Such cases as those who can only be solved by Expanded Dianetics live
difficult lives and are often difficult to manage. Thus the auditor must be
very knowledgeable on these materials and very skilled. We can solve such
cases. But only where people know their business.
There are far more such cases around than one would suspect.
The destructiveness of Man and his apparent general tendency toward 4th
dynamic suicide stems entirely from a few of these types in his midst.
So Expanded Dianetics actually begins taking form with the first words of
the first chapter of Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health:
"A science of mind is a goal which has engrossed thousands of generations
of Man. Armies, dynasties and whole civilizations have perished for the lack
of it. Rome went to dust for the want of it. China swims in blood for the need
of it; and down in the arsenal is an atom bomb, its hopeful nose full-armed in
ignorance of it."
The last words of DMSMH were "For God's sake, get busy and build a better
bridge!" Nobody built the better bridge. So I did.
This full issue of materials and subsequent research presents, 27 years
later, all the tools we have in the field of handling destructiveness in cases.
Use of these technologies brings us to a potential realization of
handling the state Man is in.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:cb.dr
Copyright $c 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
312
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=9/5/77
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Expanded Dianetics Series 29
PSYCHOSIS, MORE ABOUT
Remimeo
Ex Dn Course
Ex Dn Auditors
Ex Dn C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 9 MAY 1977
Remimeo Issue II
Ex Dn Course
Ex Dn Auditors
Ex Dn C/Ses
Expanded Dianetics Series 29
PSYCHOSIS, MORE ABOUT
(Excerpted from HCOB 17 June 1971)
All aberration is to a greater or lesser degree nonsurvival.
To be rid of major aberrations is to have a new life.
To understand this one must understand the mast severe aberration which is
psychosis.
The actual basis of all psychosis is motive. It is NOT competence or
incompetence.
Below all psychotic conduct lies an evil purpose.
Because psychiatry and psychology did not have this single technical fact
they defined psychosis as "incompetence," had the wrong target and so could
not and never did understand psychosis and were thereby led into atrocities
such as shocks and brain surgery and, in the country where these subjects
originated (Germany), slaughtered 300,000 insane in gas chambers some time
before Hitler came to power.
A true psychotic can be brilliant or stupid, competent or incompetent. It
is his general motive or purpose that determines whether or not he is insane
or sane.
Famous psychotics like Napoleon, Ivan the Terrible, Stalin and Hitler
were all quite brilliant yet wound up destroying everything in sight including
their own people.
They had a destructive basic purpose. Every psychotic has one. It is
usually covert, hidden, but in full play against his unsuspecting friends.
The sole difference in motive is whether it is destructive or constructive.
Everyone has a basic purpose. The psychotic has a destructive one.
The test of a personality then, is whether the result of a person's
activity is destructive or constructive.
Man is basically good. When he finds he is being too destructive he
recognizes he is bad for others and seeks to leave. He will also try to become
less powerful, ill or to kill himself.
The progress of psychosis then begins with a belief something is evil.
This is followed with an effort to stop it. This stop becomes general. A basic
purpose is then formed which contains an evil intent.
The being then goes on from disaster to disaster, seeking overtly or
covertly to destroy everything around him.
313
At a guess about 15% to 25% of living human beings are psychotic and bring
covert disaster to those around them and themselves.
The evil purpose is expressed by committing harmful acts and withholding
them.
Ordinary overt/withhold processes, as in Grade II Expanded, can handle
this condition providing the person can be audited and providing the evil
purpose is also brought to view.
About 1/3rd of the psychotics handled in this way recover their sanity
fully and lead constructive decent lives. Two-thirds are either so far gone or
irresponsible hard to audit that they improve but are of little use.
Those already subjected to the brutalities of psychiatric "treatment" or
psychological "counseling" are the most difficult.
Those who have been on drugs, particularly LSD 25 as developed by
psychiatry "so their nurses would be able to experience what being insane
feels like" around 1950, are very difficult cases.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Excerpted by
FMO 1709 I/C
LRH:RS:lf
Copyright $c 1971, 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
314
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Excerpted by
FMO 1709 I/C
Type = 11
iDate=31/5/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
LSD
YEARS AFTER THEY HAVE
"COME OFF OF" LSD
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 31 MAY 1977
Remimeo
LSD
YEARS AFTER THEY HAVE
"COME OFF OF" LSD
Characteristics of persons who have been on it from examination of 2
cases:
1) They are disassociated -- meaning they are separate from anything they
are doing.
2) Whatever occurs has nothing to do with him.
3) Not responsible for their own action or anything else and it doesn't
occur to them that they ever should be.
4) Their emotions are shut off to a greater or lesser extent.
5) Consequences mean little or nothing to them.
6) They are stupid.
7) Normal actions that another can do easily get mucked up by them.
8) They are unpleasant to associate with.
9) They are de-humanized and can be vicious or irrationally cruel.
Apparently they have become a sort of a vegetable or a zombie to a
greater or lesser degree.
The LSD apparently stays in the system and is liable to go into action
again giving them unpredictable "trips." Which could be quite fatal while
driving and even walking around.
A Drug Rundown which has to include LSD cannot be considered complete
until the person has undergone a long period of sweating and heavy liquids and
exercise.
The way LSD got popular was because of Henry Luce, the head of Time
Magazine, who publicized it and glorified it from mid-1950 on. He and his wife
were under psychiatric care and were on LSD.
Nearly as I can trace it, it was the Nazi intelligence drug developed in
Switzerland and was probably intended for use in municipal water systems to
paralyze the population just prior to an invasion as the invading enemy would
then find them all irrational.
It only takes a millionth of an ounce to produce a "full trip."
When you are dealing with an LSD case or anyone who has ever taken LSD you
cannot and must not consider their Drug Rundown complete until they have been
sweated and given liquids and exercised for months as well as heavily audited.
They can recover with auditing and this handling, but it won't be very fast.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:if Founder
Copyright $c 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
315
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=14/6/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
PAID COMPLETIONS SIMPLIFIED
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 14 JUNE 1977
Remimeo
(HCOB 30 AUGUST 71RA ISSUES I & II)
(BTB 30 AUGUST 71 ISSUE I RG)
PAID COMPLETIONS SIMPLIFIED
Board Technical Bulletin 30 August 71 Issue I RF Revised 24 September 76,
RF-I, Issue I RF-I, I RF-2 are hereby cancelled. It is not valid anyway, nor
any previous BTB on the subject of student, preclear or interneship Paid
Completions as they and their series cancel an HCOB. BTBs cannot cancel HCOBs.
HCO Bulletins from 30 August 71 Issue I and Issue II forward dealing with
Paid Comps, student and pc points and ending with 30 August 71R Issue I are
likewise cancelled.
In their place is the formula given in LRH ED 153RK of 14 June 77.
1. Major Training Service 20 Points
2. Major Processing Service 5 Points
3. Minor Service 2 Points
MAJOR TRAINING SERVICE
This is defined as a certificate level action requiring around a month to
complete. Examples are HSDC, Class I, Class II, Class III, Class IV. The
Student Hat is included as a major course even if covered in payment by a
Class course. The Primary Rundown, OEC, Senior Class IV, Expanded Dianetics,
Salesmanship Course, any formal special course, but not Dept 17 courses.
Any interneship for a single class counts equally to a full course and is
20 points.
Saint Hills get 80 points for a completed SHSBC and 80 points for a Senior
SHSBC as these are very long courses.
AOs get 20 points for every Advanced Course completed and successfully Solo
audited (see auditing points as well for AO Solo).
When scholarships form part of any training fee and when the balance was
fully paid and the service successfully completed the full points of the
course are credited to Paid Comps.
MAJOR PROCESSING SERVICE
This is simply any 12 1/2 hour intensive completed on any formal HGC
processing. It includes any rundown, Word Clearing or auditing action received
by the preclear.
Saint Hills are the same but with an additional 5 points of each part of
Power completed.
AOs get a credit of 2 points for every 12 1/2 hours Solo audited.
Free auditing or service, student co-audits, staff auditing do not count
on this stat.
316
MINOR (DIVISION 6) SERVICES
These are any and all courses, services, co-audits requiring around 1 to 2
weeks to deliver.
These include HAS, TRs, HQS, public co-audits, any course or counselling or
public paid action offered by Department 17.
These minor services must be paid, attended and completed to count on the
stat.
No points at all may be taken for any service the person did not complete
to the end.
BONUS POINTS
The three classes of service are interchangeable for the purposes of bonus.
Anyone who, having successfully completed a (1), (2) or (3) service who
then resigns up for any other (1), (2) or (3) service is credited with double
the amount of the service just completed.
These bonus points are intended to ensure:
A. Quality of service.
B. Re-sign ups.
C. Bettered organization.
Any Reg, Public or Div 2, may sign up or re-sign up for any or all the
org's services.
Bonus points are received for every student or pc sent to an SH or AO,
meaning double for the last service taken in the sending org.
PACKAGE SALES
Where packages are sold such as multiple intensives or several courses,
Paid Comps are credited on the successful completion of each part of the
package -- such as each 12 1/2 intensive and the bonus points for the last
intensive or course are automatically credited. This awards package sales.
They must of course be fully paid to count as Paid Comps or bonuses.
No bonus points at all may be taken unless the person actually signs up
for the next or another org service.
PENALTIES
The lack of bonus points on those who blow, request refunds etc. operates
as a penalty. Recovery or good handling so as to avert refund, as in ARC break
pgms, operates to restore the Paid Comps and, if new service is signed up for,
the bonus points that would otherwise have been denied the stat are now
restored to it.
F/N VGIs ratio at the Examiner is retained as per the original HCOB 30
August 71. In any given day where the F/N ratio at the Examiner falls below
90%, at the Examiner, there is a penalty of one point subtracted from Paid
Comps for each % below 90%. There is one point added to Paid Comps for each %
above 90% for any given day where F/N VGIs ratio at the Examiner is above 90%.
If there is an unhandled red tag that is left unhandled for more than 24
hours, ALL HGC (or AO Solo & HGC) Paid Comps are lost for that day and for
every successive day that that pc remains red tagged.
317
For every day there is no HAS, full-time competent Recruiter, a Qual Sec
and a Staff Section Officer single-hatted on post in the org by reason of no
appointment (not by reason of occasional absence by reason of leave or a day
off) the CO or ED loses all his Paid Comps.
VERIFICATION
All Paid Comps and bonus computations must be verified by HCO. This
verification consists of examining the actual invoices for the completed
service to ensure it is fully paid, examination of C&A records and courses to
ensure it was actually completed. For bonuses verification consists of
examination of the actual invoices for re-sign up and the past invoices of
completion of the last service and other records to ensure the service was
fully paid and fully completed.
Of course the easiest way to verify is to have an up-to-date filed into
CF with the invoices going into them.
Any query or question concerning this HCOB is to be referred to LRH Comm
International via the local and Continental LRH Comm.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
BDCS:LRH:dm.dr
Copyright $c 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
318
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
Type = 11
iDate=26/9/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
ART AND COMMUNICATION
(Art HCOB No. 3)
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 SEPTEMBER 1977
Remimeo
ART AND COMMUNICATION
(Art HCOB No. 3)
When a work of painting, music or other form attains two-way
communication, it is truly art.
One occasionally hears an artist being criticized on the basis that his
work is too "literal" or too "common." But one has rarely if ever heard any
definition of "literal" or "common." And there are many artists simply hung up
on this, protesting it. Also, some avant-garde schools go completely over the
cliff in avoiding anything "literal" or "common" -- and indeed go completely
out of communication! The return flow from the person viewing a work should
be contribution. True art always elicits a contribution from those who view or
hear or experience it. By contribution is meant "adding to it."
An illustration is "literal" in that it tells everything there is to
know. Let us say the illustration is a picture of a tiger approaching a
chained girl. It does not really matter how well the painting is executed, it
remains an illustration and it IS literal. But now let us take a small
portion out of the scene and enlarge it. Let us take, say, the head of the
tiger with its baleful eye and snarl. Suddenly we no longer have an
illustration. It is no longer "literal." And the reason lies in the fact that
the viewer can fit this expression into his own concepts, ideas or experience:
he can supply the why of the snarl, he can compare the head to someone he
knows. In short he can CONTRIBUTE to the head.
The skill with which the head is executed determines the degree of
response.
Because the viewer can contribute to the picture, it is art.
In music, the hearer can contribute his own emotion or motion. And even
if the music is only a single drum, if it elicits a contribution of emotion or
motion, it is truly art.
That work which delivers everything and gets little or nothing in return
is not art. The "common" or overused melody, the expected shape or form gets
little or no contribution from the hearer or viewer. That work which is too
unclear or too poorly executed may get no contribution.
Incidental to this, one can ask if a photograph can ever be art, a
controversy which has been raging for a century or more. One could say that it
is only difficult to decide because one has to establish how much the
photographer has contributed to the "reality" or "literalness" in front of his
camera, how he has interpreted it, but really the point is whether or not that
photograph elicits a contribution from its viewer. If it does, it is art.
Innovation plays a large role in all works which may become art. But even
this can be overdone. Originality can be overdone to the point where it is no
longer within any possible understanding by those viewing or hearing it. One
can be so original one goes entirely outside the most distant perimeter of
agreement with his viewers or listeners. Sometimes this is done, one suspects,
when one has not spent the labor necessary to execute the work. Various
excuses are assigned such an action, the most faulty of which is "self-
satisfaction" of the artist. While it is quite all right to
319
commune with oneself, one cannot also then claim that it is art if it
communicates with no one else and no other's communication is possible.
The third flow, of people talking to one another about a work can also be
considered a communication and where it occurs is a valid contribution as it
makes the work known.
Destructive attitudes about a work can be considered as a refusal to
contribute, Works that are shocking or bizarre to a point of eliciting protest
may bring to themselves notoriety thereby and may shake things up; but when
the refusal to contribute is too widespread, such works tend to disqualify as
art.
There is also the matter of divided opinion about a work. Some contribute
to it, some refuse to contribute to it. In such cases one must examine who is
contributing and who is refusing. One can then say that it is a work of art to
those who contribute to it and that it is not to those who refuse to
contribute to it.
Criticism is some sort of index of degree of contribution. There are,
roughly, two types of criticism: one can be called "invalidative criticism,"
the other "constructive criticism."
Invalidative criticism is all too prevalent in the arts for there exist
such things as "individual taste," contemporary standards and,
unfortunately, even envy or jealousy. Too often, criticism is simply an
individual refusal to contribute. One could also state that "those who
destructively criticize can't do." "Constructive criticism" is a term
which is often used but seldom defined.
But it has use. It could probably be best defined as criticism which
"indicates a better way to do," at least in the opinion of the critic. Those
who simply find fault and never suggest a practical means of doing it better
rather forfeit their right to criticize.
Art is probably the most uncodified and least organized of all fields. It
therefore acquires to itself the most "authorities." Usually nothing is
required of an "authority" except to say what is right, wrong, good, bad,
acceptable or unacceptable. Too often the sole qualification of the authority
(as in poor teaching of some subjects) is a memorized list of objects and
their creators and dates with some hazy idea of of what the work was. An
"authority" could considerably improve his status by using rather precise
definitions of his terms. The modern trend of seeking the significance in what
the artist meant is of course not likely to advance the arts very much.
Viewing and experiencing art on the basis of what one is contributing to
it and what others contribute to it is a workable approach. And it would
result in improved art and improved appreciation.
Such a viewpoint, interestingly, also includes some things into the field
of art not previously so viewed.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LKH:pat
Copyright $c 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
320
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=4/12/77
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
CHECKLIST FOR SETTING UP
SESSIONS AND AN E-METER
Remimeo
All Levels
All Auditors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 DECEMBER 1977
Remimeo
All Levels
All Auditors
CHECKLIST FOR SETTING UP
SESSIONS AND AN E-METER
In order to prevent constant interruptions of a session to get
dictionaries, prepared lists, etc. etc. and in the vital interest of keeping
the pc smoothly in session -- interested in own case and willing to talk to
the auditor, the following checklist has been made.
An auditor should drill this checklist until he has it down thoroughly,
without reference to it.
A. PRE-APPOINTMENT:
1. Paid invoice slip of pc. _________
2. Pc folders;
2A. Current _________
2B. Old. _________
3. Pc folder study by auditor. _________
4. Folder Error Summary. _________
5. A C/S for the session. _________
6. Any cramming actions on the C/S. _________
B. CALL IN:
7. Enough time to do session. _________
8. APPOINTMENT (made by auditor or Technical Services). _________
9. Scheduling Board (auditor, pc, room, time). _________
C. ROOM READINESS:
10. Clean up room. _________
11. Smells removed. _________
12. Room temperature handled. _________
13. Area and hall silence signs made. _________
14. Silence signs placed. _________
15. Knowing where the w.c. is. _________
16. Right sized table, sturdy, doesn't squeak. _________
17. Side table. _________
18. Adequate light if room gets dark. _________
19. Flashlight in case power fails. _________
20. Quiet clock or watch. _________
21. Blanket for pc in case gets cold. _________
22. Fan or A/C in case pc gets too hot. _________
D. AUDITING MATERIEL:
23. Paper for W/Ss and lists. _________
24. Ballpoints or pencils. _________
25. Kleenex. _________
26. Anti-perspirant for sweaty palms. _________
27. Hand cream for dry palms. _________
322
28. Dictionaries including Tech and Admin Dictionaries and a
non-dinky one in language. _________
29. Grammar. _________
30. Auditing materiel, white forms, prepared lists including
those that might be called for on other prepared lists. _________
31. E-Meter. _________
32. Spare meter. _________
33. Preliminary meter check for charge and operational
condition. _________
34. Meter shield (to obscure meter from pc). _________
35. In Session sign for door. _________
36. Extra meter lead. _________
37. Different sized cans. _________
38. A plastic bag to cover one can for pcs who knock cans
together. _________
39. Finalize setting up room for session. _________
E. PC ENTRANCE TO AUDITING ROOM:
40. In Session sign on door. _________
41. Phone shut off. _________
42. Putting pc in chair. _________
43. Comfort of chair check with pc and handle. _________
44. Adjusting pc's chair. _________
45. Check pc clothes, shoes for tightness and handle. _________
46. Check with pc if room is all right and handle. _________
F. METER SET UP FOR SESSION:
47. Check test (for charge). _________
48. See that needle is not dancing by itself or auditing
itself. _________
49. Make sure 2.0 = 2.0 by trim. _________
50. Snap in leads jack. _________
51. Verify trim by calibration resistor onto alligator clips._________
52. Put needle on set. _________
53. Put pc on. _________
54. Adjust pc sensitivity for 1/3 dial drop by pc can
squeeze. _________
55. Go through False TA Correction as needed including
change of cans, cream, anti-perspirant as needed. _________
56. Have pc take a deep breath and let it out and see if
needle gives a latent fall (which it should). _________
57. Check for adequate sleep. _________
58. Check to be sure pc has eaten and is not hungry. _________
59. Ask for any reason not to begin session. _________
G. START THE SESSION.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:dr
Copyright $c 1977
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
323
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=6/2/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=16/3/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
LSD AND THE SWEAT PROGRAM
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 6 FEBRUARY 1978R
REVISED 16 MARCH 1978
Remimeo (Revisions in this type style)
LSD AND THE SWEAT PROGRAM
Ref: HCOB 25 Oct 71 DRUG DRYING OUT
HCOB 31 May 77 LSD
HCOB 2 Jun 71 CONFRONTING (for ref on gradients)
HCOB 5 Nov 74 DRUGS, MORE ABOUT
It has come to my attention that clarification is needed on HCOB LSD
Years After They Have "Come Off Of" LSD. No outlined program has been issued
on handling the LSD case.
For purpose of clarification "AN LSD CASE" is anyone who has ever had LSD
and not sweated it out and had a full Drug Rundown including Objectives. "When
you are dealing with LSD case or anyone who has even taken LSD you cannot and
must not consider their Drug Rundown complete until they have have been
sweated and given liquids and exercised for months as well as heavily audited.
They can recover with auditing and this handling, but it won't be very fast."
The Sweat Program came about because the "Restim" people who have been on
LSD experience appears to act like they had just taken more LSD. When you
audit out any other drug that's the end of it. But this isn't true of LSD.
As it only takes 1/millionth of an ounce of LSD to produce a drugged
condition and because it is basically wheat rust which simply cuts off
circulation, my original thinking on this over the years was that LSD sticks
around in the body. That basically is the idea that underlies the Sweat
Program.
LSD is a "KILLER DRUG" and should be labelled as such. It was recently
found that many exec trainees who were off-loaded were LSD cases.
Don't hold somebody off Objectives and Drug Rundown just because he has
not had a Sweat Program. They can have their Objectives and Drug Rundown and
then go on the Sweat Program, that was the way it was originally designed.
A "Sweat Program" would be for somebody who couldn't run Objectives or a
Drug Rundown because of LSD or for use after Objectives and a Drug Rundown to
get rid of the residual LSD.
It is the residual LSD we're trying to get rid of -- LSD that may still be
in the body. It's no substitute for Objectives and a Drug Rundown. You must
not consider their Drug Rundown complete until they have completed the Sweat
Program and been heavily audited.
As the Sweat Program can be strenuous anyone not in good physical
condition is required to see a medical doctor in liaison with the Medical
Liaison Officer and C/S to obtain permission to exercise and do jogging. Where
exercise and jogging would be detrimental to the individual's health this
program should not be done and a more basic nutritional, medical and auditing
program done.
Doing this gradiently is very important as you are not only working LSD
out of the system but other bodily poisons will also be flushed out. If the
program is done out gradient the individual can become ill from body changes
that he is not able to keep up with.
As sweating depletes the body's mineral supply, extra salt needs to be
taken during this program. Indicators of salt depletion can be clammy skin,
tiredness,
324
weakness, headache -- perhaps cramps, nausea -- dizziness (possible vomiting),
or possibly fainting. At the first sign of any one of these, some salt should
be taken. You can carry a salt shaker with you while running too.
On this program, a person has to be watched because he will be getting out
crystals and could go on a trip -- a real LSD trip from the crystals coming out.
It is advised that the running-jogging portion of this program be done
with another person.
VITAMINS AND MINERALS
The "Drug Bomb" in HCOB 25 October 71 DRUGS DRYING OUT, should be
taken three times a day. In addition the "Cal-Mag Formula" in HCOB 5 November
74 DRUGS, MORE ABOUT, should be taken 2 times a day. Plus, a teaspoon of salt
should be taken daily.
DIET
Quite reduced food intake is important here to get body fat or just mass
of the body decreased so that the residual crystals of LSD that have
accumulated can come out. If a person keeps eating a lot the body is going to
keep building layers of muscles and be busy with metabolizing new food and
chemicals for body energy as opposed to using the fat which has been
accumulated. This is especially important with the person who has fat as fat
as few blood vessels in it. Circulation in fat is poor so LSD in it will not
come out until that actual fat is burnt off the body.
In addition to reduced food intake it is important to increase liquid
intake as it actually flushes the wastes out of the body. In this way LSD and
other accumulated drugs when released from the cells pass through the body
pretty quickly so are not as likely to be re-absorbed. Natural juices, no
sugar or chemicals added, preferably freshly made, is the desirable liquid to
take and you can take as much as you want. Two quarts of fluid a day is the
minimum quantity to take. Fresh fruits can be eaten to get rid of the hunger
feelings one may experience but should not be consumed in excess. For example:
4 nectarines, 1/2 lb of grapes, a pear and a banana for the day.
In addition to the fruits satisfying the hunger they also give the body
minerals lost through sweating.
Besides fruit and juices some protein should be taken. The best source
being predigested liquid protein. These must be gotten from a good health food
store as opposed to a department store. For example "Progest" which is made in
New York is very good.
EXERCISE
It is very essential to exercise. The major exercise being done is
jogging or running. Exercise increases the circulation throughout the whole
body thus A) carries out cell waste more rapidly and B) causes the circulation
to go deeper into the muscles and tissues so those areas which have been
stagnant can now get rid of the "residual crystals" which have accumulated.
In addition to increased circulation, exercise especially running causes
the body to sweat which will cause the crystals and toxic products in the body
to come out through the body pores.
A rubberized nylon sweat suit is essential in running as it will aid
sweating. This should not be started until the second to third week so that
the body can gradiently get used to profuse sweating.
THE SWEAT PROGRAM
1. The C/S in liaison with the Medical Liaison Officer starts the person off
on this program.
325
2. As necessary the C/S in liaison with the Medical Liaison Officer orders
the person to a medical exam by a medical doctor.
3. The Medical Liaison Officer informs the person of the vitamins he or she
is to take daily. This includes the "Drug Bomb" three times a day and "Cal-
Mag Formula" two times a day plus at least a teaspoon of salt.
4. The diet is fruit, heavy juices and water and two ounces of liquid protein
daily (2 oz of liquid protein daily is the minimum dose).
5. The jogging/running is now started on a gradient. The minimum exercise time
should be an hour a day. The more time that is put in, the more sweating
will be done and the program completed all the faster.
A person can gradiently build up jogging/walking until he is solidly up to
jogging/running for the entire hour.
It is important to set daily goals and try to make them to establish a
game and purpose to the daily exercise.
6. Once the Drug Rundown, which is Objectives plus Dianetics is done, the pc
may be audited on other actions while continuing with the Sweat Program.
Lack of a Sweat Program doesn't stop other auditing actions. It is factual
that drug handling cannot be considered complete on a pc who has taken LSD
until the Sweat Program is completed.
The Drug Rundown is a specific rundown as given in HCOBs and is finished
as an auditing action when the pc has done all its steps.
What is not finished apparently is the possible residual LSD and this is
handled by a Sweat Out Program. The LSD and the body are part of the
physical universe.
So do not stop a pc's auditing after he's done the HCOB's steps of a Drug
Rundown just because he still has to do a Sweat Out Program. Go on auditing
him on other actions but be sure he also completes a Sweat Program.
A Sweat Program can be done BEFORE a DRD or even Objectives but should
not hold these up either.
RESULTS
The final result is to get the LSD residual crystals out of the body. The
phenomena that can occur are many. On this program one has to be watched,
because he will be getting out crystals and could go on a trip.
The reactions that one can undergo on this program can vary from anything
like actual tripping, heavy misemotion, somatics turning off and on, etc. As
the program progresses, the individual will become more causative in his or
her environment.
Confront and responsibility will definitely increase and have lasting
effects. The individual will become easier to work with and will like and feel
more comfortable with himself.
He will be healthier and more in tune with his body.
At first the individual may feel other-determinism about doing this
program but that will gradually change and he or she will want to do it for
their own welfare. Their responsibility will come up for themselves and others.
Emotions that have been shut off may start to reappear; they can blow
through stupidity and become more aware; they can do actions more easily;
consequences start to take on meaning to them; and they are aware of the
effects that their own actions have on themselves and others.
326
The above will vary from individual to individual but in each case there
will be great change for the better.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
Paulette Cohen
LRH Tech Expeditor
LRH:PC:JD:kjm.dr and
Copyright $c 1978 Jim Dincalci
by L. Ron Hubbard LRH Medical Researcher
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
Paulette Cohen
LRH Tech Expeditor
and
Jim Dincalci
LRH Medical Researcher
Type = 11
iDate=6/2/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=1
aDate=16/3/78
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
LSD AND THE SWEAT PROGRAM -- ADDITION
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 6 FEBRUARY 1978R-1
ADDITION OF 16 MARCH 1978
Remimeo
LSD AND THE SWEAT PROGRAM -- ADDITION
Ref: HCOB 31 May 77 LSD
HCOB 6 Feb 78R LSD AND THE SWEAT PROGRAM
Clarification is needed at this time on the matter of the auditing of the
pc while on the LSD Sweat Program.
Once the Drug Rundown, which is Objectives plus Dianetics, is done the pc
may be audited on other actions while continuing with the Sweat Program.
Lack of a Sweat Program doesn't stop other auditing actions.
However, it is factual that drug handling cannot be considered complete on
a pc who has taken LSD until the Sweat Program is completed.
The Drug Rundown is a specific rundown as given in HCOBs and is finished as
an auditing action when the pc has done all its steps.
What is not finished apparently is the possible residual LSD and this is
handled by a Sweat Out Program. The LSD and the body are part of the physical
universe.
So do not stop a pc's auditing after he's done the HCOB's steps of a DRD
just because he still has to do a Sweat Out Program. Go on auditing him on
other actions but be sure he also completes a Sweat Program.
The Sweat Program can also be done before a DRD or even Objectives but
should not hold up a DRD or Objectives.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:PC:dr Assisted by
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard Paulette Cohen
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED LRH Tech Expeditor
327
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
Paulette Cohen
LRH Tech Expeditor
Type = 11
iDate=26/2/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
INTERNESHIPS VS COURSES
Remimeo
Interneships
Academies
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 FEBRUARY 1978
Remimeo
Interneships
Academies
INTERNESHIPS VS COURSES
Courses are those activities done in Div IV, Dept 11 for the purpose of
training a student on the theory and materials necessary to perform certain
skills. The product of a course is a graduate who has learned his materials
and successfully applies what he has learned.
Interneships are those activities done in Div V, Dept 14 for the purpose
of perfecting the interne's application of the basic skills learned on the Div
IV course. The product of the interneship is a flubless professional.
Courses and interneships are two separate and distinct activities. When
you confuse the two by failure to fully comprehend their actions and products
you end up with overlong courses and overlong interneships.
FAST COURSES
A well-run course is where the student gets the theory. Through Word
Clearing, demos, drills and actual practical application of the materials per
his checksheet, the student is quickly gotten to a point where he grasps the
simplicity of the fundamentals of the level and can apply them. Then from the
viewpoint of experience with the basics he then rapidly studies the rest of
the techniques that comprise the level. He can produce a competent result.
This is a course graduate.
FAST INTERNESHIPS
Interneships are not where you learn theory. That belongs on the course.
Interneships are there to add polish to professional level. Internes by
definition train "on-the-job" under skilled supervision. They acquire skills
by doing, not by reading their theory again. They audit. They C/S. They
supervise. They get their errors corrected and they audit, C/S and supervise
some more. When they have done this in volume and polished up their rough
edges so they can think with their materials without hesitation on what to do,
they become professionals. This is an interneship graduate.
EXISTING SCENE
All too often it is being found that internships are being used to teach
the course again. Weeks are being spent restudying the materials for
checkouts. High crime checkouts which have been done before are being done
again. High Crime checkouts have become everything on a level rather than the
basics which is not a lot of issues for any level. The purposes expressed in
the 5 Qual OK to Audit Series plus polishing to professional standards the
level just studied is the true purpose of interneships. Any course grad who
wore his hat as a student should be able to sit down and check out his
materials straight off as it is assumed he got it the first time.
So any attempt to turn an interneship into a redo of the original course
must be a solution to quickied or badly supervised courses. The right handling
would be to reform your courses and get them straight and require retreads on
that course for any who show they missed the materials when on the course.
328
THE REMEDY
The interneships will be streamlined on theory. Following HCOB 28 April 71
"OKAYS TO AUDIT IN HGCs," will make good auditors. To prevent the
interneships from becoming a long haul on theory it will now be required that
the student pass an exam on the course materials before routing on to the
interneship. Passing grade will be 85%. Missed questions are handled in
Cramming. Any who do not get a passing grade must retread the course before
being allowed on the interneship.
Should there be too many flunks then a Comm Ev must be requested by the org
KOT or LRH Comm on the org's executives for neglect and failure to handle the
courses.
SUMMARY
The theory and routine practical belong on the course. If an interneship
gets heavily into theory then there must be poor courses and they had better
be corrected and fast. This should settle any questions on the matter.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
As assisted by
CS-5
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
BDCS:LRH:JF:dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
329
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
As assisted by
CS-5
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
Type = 21
iDate=10/3/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
PILOT
HGC PC APPLICATION FORM
Type = 21
iDate=4/2/70
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Type = 21
iDate=4/2/70
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
Div 2
Div 4
Registrar
C/S
Tech Estimator
All Orgs
All SHs
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 MARCH 1978
Remimeo
Div 2 CANCELS HCO PL OF 4 FEB 1970R
Div 4 AND HCO PL OF 4 FEB 1970
Registrar SAME TITLE
C/S
Tech Estimator
All Orgs
All SHs PILOT
HGC PC APPLICATION FORM
ORG: ___________________________________
_________________________________________ ___________________________________
PRECLEAR NAME DATE
______________________________________________________________________________
CURRENT ADDRESS
_________________________________________ ___________________________________
CITY PHONE
I ________________________________________ (name) hereby apply for auditing:
__________________ Life Repair, any org
__________________ Drug Rundown, any org
__________________ Dianetic Case Completion, any org
__________________ Quad or Expanded Grades, any org
__________________ Expanded Dianetics, Continental Orgs, St. Hills, orgs where
authorized
__________________ Power, in a St. Hill Org
__________________ Solo Levels (R6EW, Clear, and OT) in an Advanced Org
__________________ Any special type of rundowns (Ls, Int RD, PTS RD, etc.).
Specify what rundowns: ____________________________________
___________________________________________________________
I realize it may be necessary to prepare my case for a major action, such
as above or to handle medical actions or to get auditing for chronic somatics
or particular difficulties.
__________________________________________________________
SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT
REGISTRAR: __________________________________ DATE: _________________________
__________________ 1. Originates this Routing Form.
__________________ 2. Tentatively signs up the applicant and receives payment.
__________________ 3. Issues temporary invoice for payment received.
__________________ 4. Logs name of applicant to follow up if not returned on
this form.
__________________ 5. Routes applicant and this form to Testing.
__________________ 6. Alerts Tech Services to applicant arrival on lines and
to get applicant's PT folder to Tech Estimator for study
as applicant will be there shortly.
TESTING: ___________________________________ DATE: _________________________
LOCATION: ___________________________________________________________________
__________________ 1. Immediately administers OCA/APA, Aptitude and IQ tests.
__________________ 2. Has applicant wait while tests are immediately
graded.
__________________ 3. If necessary gets help from Tech Services so applicant
is not kept waiting.
__________________ 4. Attaches test results to this form.
__________________ 5. Routes applicant to Tech Estimator.
330
TECH ESTIMATOR: _____________________________ DATE: _________________________
LOCATION: ___________________________________________________________________
__________________ 1. Quickly reviews pc's PT folder (if available). Does not
keep pc waiting.
__________________ 2. Interviews the applicant, following the HGC PC TECH
ESTIMATION FORM.
__________________ 3. Reviews the tests and Estimation Form with regard
to case gain, what the applicant is trying to handle,
time spent on earlier actions.
__________________ 4. Writes in his estimate on the last page of Estimation
Form in duplicate with any additional comments for the
Registrar and signs the form.
__________________ 5. Pc is/is not (circle one) accepted on lines.
Number of intensives required: __________________________
TECH ESTIMATOR
__________________ 6. Informs the applicant of the estimate. Handles any purely
technical questions but not finance or sales matters.
__________________ 7. Routes the applicant and this form to the Reg with a
duplicate copy of last page of Tech Estimation Form.
__________________ 8. Routes the Tech Estimation Form to pc's folder.
MAA: ________________________________________ DATE: ________________________
LOCATION: ___________________________________________________________________
(AOs AND SHs ONLY)
__________________ 1. Gives ethics clearance to receive Advanced Levels
(Power and up).
REGISTRAR: __________________________________ DATE: _________________________
LOCATION: ___________________________________________________________________
__________________ 1. If an illegal pcs returns any money temporarily
invoiced and routes to Ethics for R-Factor.
__________________ 2. Signs the applicant up for the full
estimate.
__________________ 3. Receives payment for rest of the estimate or arranges
payment for the rest as applicable. Fully invoices all
money received including any on temporary invoice.
__________________ 4. Completes full sign-up forms, waivers, etc. for
full tech estimate.
__________________ 5. Signifies applicant fully accepted by
his agreement to full estimate.
__________________ 6. Signifies applicant not accepted by his refusal to
accept estimate and/or work out necessary financial
arrangements. Routes to Ethics for R-Factor.
__________________ 7. If first sign-up, Reg makes a record for his own files
for future follow-up.
__________________ 8. Prospects at the close for others in need
of tech estimates.
__________________ 9. Routes applicant and this form to Tech Services.
TECH SERVICES: ______________________________ DATE: ________________________
LOCATION: ___________________________________________________________________
__________________ 1. Finds out where the pc's folders are and arranges to
get them immediately.
__________________ 2. Schedules the pc for auditing.
__________________ 3. Routes this form to CF.
- END OF ROUTING FORM -
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
As assisted by
LRH:JE:FF:dr CS-5 & CS-3
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
331
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
As assisted by
CS-5 & CS-3
Type = 11
iDate=18/3/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
POSTULATES AND ENGRAMS
Remimeo
HSDC
All Dianetic Auditors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 18 MARCH 1978
Remimeo
HSDC
All Dianetic Auditors
POSTULATES AND ENGRAMS
(CANCELLED -- See HCOB 7 July 78 Volume XI -- 403)
Ref: Dianetic Auditor's Bulletin Jan 52 (Tech Vol I, page 196)
HCOB 20 Aug 63, R3R-R3N THE PRECLEAR'S POSTULATES
HCOB 16 Jun 70, C/S Series 6, WHAT THE C/S/ IS DOING
ADVANCED PROCEDURES AND AXIOMS
DMSMH
A full Dianetic EP consists of F/N, erasure, cognition and VGIs. This has
been well covered in Dianetic HCOBs and is expected of all Dianetic auditors.
The Dianetic auditor is running out the forces and charge contained in the
pc's engrams and in doing so the pc's thoughts and postulates which were
buried in the charge will come off in the form of cognitions. When the charge
is removed the pc is then able to evaluate and discard these postulates in PT
as he sees fit. It is also an indicator of a full EP as a pc who has not
gotten the force off an incident is very unlikely to recover the thoughts in
the form of cognitions.
Where a pc reaches the basic on a chain and apparently flattens this but
without all parts of a full Dianetic EP in evidence the auditor can ask the pc
if he postulated anything in the basic incident. This should complete the full
Dianetic EP. If not, the incident hasn't had all the force taken off and
should be run through again and continued per standard Dianetic tech to full
EP. In the case of an assist one can ask for the postulate made just prior to
the illness or injury. Where you have a full Dianetic EP of F/N, erasure, cog
and VGIs there is no need to ask for anything further.
One does not list for anything. One doesn't use "what." No repeater
technique. Just ask the question and get your full EP or flatten the
incident.
What the pc postulated just before or while under the stress and
pain of his engram could be any manner of significance to the pc, but
it is of no significance to the Dianetic auditor other than as a means
of ensuring he has gotten the full Dianetic EP and has removed all the
charge and force in the pc's engram. Then you will see a very happy
preclear.
AN ENGRAM CHAIN IS NOT COMPLETE UNLESS IT ENDS WITH F/N, ERASURE,
COGNITION AND VGIs.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
As assisted by CS-5
LRH:JE:nc
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
332
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
As assisted by CS-5
Type = 11
iDate=19/3/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
QUICKIE OBJECTIVES
Remimeo
Snr HSDC
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 19 MARCH 1978
Remimeo
Snr HSDC
QUICKIE OBJECTIVES
Ref: HCOB 12 Apr 62. CCHs PURPOSE
HCOB 11 Jun 57, TRAINING & CCH PROCESSES
HCOB 3 Feb 59, FLATTENING A PROCESS
CREATION OF HUMAN ABILITY
CONTROL AND THE MECHANICS OF SCS
HCOB 14 Aug 63, LECTURE GRAPHS (No. 5 on pg 342 of Tech Vol V)
Recent investigations into the effectiveness of Drug RDs including their
rate of repair and re-repair revealed a marked tendency to quickie Objectives.
Failure to run Objectives fully and completely, especially on a case with
an extensive drug history can set up the pc for less than optimum gain on
Dianetics. A Drug RD without full and complete Objectives is not a Drug RD.
TWO-WAY COMM
The easiest and very out tech way to quickie Objectives is to run some
commands and then put the pc on the meter and 2WC to F/N or do some fast
"rehab." But did the Objective process ever get run? What actually F/Ned, the
Objective or the 2WC? Any Objectives run this way are invalid.
The tech of Objectives is extensive and still very much in force. They
have their own EPs and with these they are fully run to actual change for the
pc. Only this is valid handling of Objectives.
CURE
The way to handle auditors who quickie Objectives is a full W/Cing of the
subject and a big clay demo of the purpose of Objectives and a big clay demo
of what effect Objectives have on running a Drug RD and R3R. Then get the
auditor's own Objectives flattened.
Any Drug RD that needs to be repaired or redone must include a careful
study if the Objectives to see if they were honesty run and if the valid
Objective EPs on the processes themselves were obtained. Where the Objective
was obviously quickied just R-Factor the pc you are going to flatten it and do
so. If the EP of an Objective was questionable you can ask the pc what
happened and if he F/Ns on a real Objective EP fine, otherwise flatten the
process.
A fully completed Drug RD with Objectives sets the stage for the pc to
fly up the Grade Chart so do it right the first time.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
As assisted by CS-5
LRH:JE:nc
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
333
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
As assisted by CS-5
Type = 11
iDate=23/3/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=12/11/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Word Clearing Series 59R
WORD CLEARING DEFINITIONS
Type = 12
iDate=16/12/73
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 MARCH 1978R
Remimeo REVISED 12 NOVEMBER 1978
(Revisions in this type style)
(Cancels BTB 16 Dec 73 Word Clearing
Series 51 WORD CLEARING ERRORS.)
Word Clearing Series 59R
WORD CLEARING DEFINITIONS
Ref: Word Clearing Series 54
The question has recently come up of whether you clear each and every
definition of a word for that word to be word cleared. Some words have
definitions that lead into technical definitions, specialized definitions or
obsolete definitions. So what do you clear when clearing a definition of a
word?
There is no reason under the sun to look up every definition or to even
read specialized definitions for a word.
The rule actually is to know the definition of the word as given for the
context for which it is being used, and that's it.
You have to look over a full definition to find out which definition
applies to the text you have been reading.
There are some words that have 30 or 40 definitions -- most of them highly
specialized and of no real use in a vocabulary.
So you don't need to look up definitions of a word that don't apply. YOU
WANT THE DEFINITION WHICH APPLIES TO THE TEXT YOU HAVE BEEN READING. Of
course, it you are clearing a word with Word Clearing Method 1 or Method 8 or
when the context of the word is not given you would clear each definition
excepting technical and specialized definitions which do not apply.
Then you use it in sentences until you have it as a concept.
A cleared word has been defined as follows:
A WORD WHICH HAS BEEN CLEARED TO THE POINT OF
FULL CONCEPTUAL UNDERSTANDING.
Also you don't look up every word in that definition either. You look up
words in a definition only if you find in the definition another word you
don't understand.
Hope this helps to make your Word Clearing a more simple and pleasant
task.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:kjm
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
334
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=27/3/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Word Clearing Series 58
ETHICS PENALTY FOR WORD CLEARERS
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 MARCH 1978
Remimeo
Word Clearing Series 58
ETHICS PENALTY FOR WORD CLEARERS
(Ref: HCOB 13 Sep 71, Para No. 3)
It has been found that the reason Word Clearers cease to be Word Clearers
and blow Word Clearing and the reason Word Clearing drops out in orgs lies in
the failure of the Word Clearer to clear the words on himself at the same time
he was clearing them on the preclear. This is done without losing one's
presence as an auditor or Word Clearer and without winding up with the student
word clearing the Word Clearer.
Hereafter when it is found that a Word Clearer has been accumulating
misunderstood words by failure to clear them on himself he will be subject to
a Court of Ethics with minimum penalty the loss of a week's pay or allowance
and if the offence is repeated he will be subject to a Comm Ev.
The offences on this are frequent and are a basic Why on Word Clearing
dropping out in orgs.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
BDCS:LRH:jg.dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
335
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
Type = 11
iDate=3/4/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
TR DEBUG ASSESSMENT
Remimeo
Course Supers
Cramming Off
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manors East Grinsteads Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 3 APRIL 1978
Remimeo
Course Supers
Cramming Off
TR DEBUG ASSESSMENT
Reference: HCOB 16 Aug 1971 TRAINING DRILLS MODERNIZED
HCOB 7 Apr 1973R GRADIENTS IN TRs
BTB 15 Aug 1971R TR COURSE BUGS HANDLING
BTB 16 Aug 1971R BREAKTHROUGH -- TR COURSE
HCOB 8 Dec 1974 TR 0 -- NOTES ON BLINKING
BTB 18 Aug 1971R TR COURSE -- HOW TO RUN
BTB 5 Nov 1971RA TR COURSE DEBUG DRILL
The purpose of this list is to give a TR Supervisor a standard list to find
the cause of a student's bog on doing TRs after standard Word Clearing actions
have been done but have not resolved the situation.
The supervisor must have an OK to operate an E-Meter and must have been
passed on Assessment TRs in Qual to assess the list.
The student is put on the meter, checked for sleep and enough to eat. He is
then given an R-Factor that you are going to do a short assessment to find out
what the real trouble is on doing TRs.
Then the list is assessed.
Clear the words of each line from the last word to the first before calling
the line.
1. Have you been doing TRs over a misunderstood word? __________
(Clear the misunderstood word or words. Each to F/N.)
2. Have you gone exterior while doing a TR? __________
(Indicate. If no F/N on indication route the student to Qual
for handling.)
3. Have you been overrun on a TR? __________
(Indicate, rehab if no F/N.)
4. Were you put on the TR Course in the middle of another
auditing action? __________
(2WC the action he was incomplete on to F/N. Send data
to C/S for OK or not OK on continuing TRs.)
5. While on the TR Course did you already have an upset in life? __________
(Handle the ARC Brk or send to C/S.)
6. While on the TR Course did you already have a heavy problem? __________
(Handle the problem or send to C/S.)
7. While on the TR Course did you already have an unwillingness
to let something be known? __________
(Pull the W/H or send to C/S.)
8. On the TR Course have you been falsely passed? __________
9. Have you falsely passed someone? __________
336
10. Did you fake passing so you could get out of doing more? __________
11. Is there some other reason? __________
(Send to HGC for handling.)
12. Was this list unnecessary? __________
(Indicate it and return student to course.)
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
Rick Sheehy
CS-4 I/T
and
Paulette Cohen
LRH Tech Expeditor
LRH:PC:RS:dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
337
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
Rick Sheehy
CS-4 I/T
and
Paulette Cohen
LRH Tech Expeditor
Type = 11
iDate=8/4/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
AN F/N IS A READ
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 8 APRIL 1978
Remimeo
(CANCELLED -- see HCOB 20 Sept 78 Volume XI -- 487)
AN F/N IS A READ
Ref: HCOB 2 Nov 1968R CASE SUPERVISOR CLASS VIII
THE BASIC PROCESSES
HCOB 20 Feb 1970 FLOATING NEEDLES AND END PHENOMENA
HCOB 1 Aug 1970RA F/N AND ERASURE
I recently took over the C/Sing of a case on a Dianetic Assist and found
that F/Ns were being neglected as reads.
This pc had a Dianetic list listed out that gave an F/Ning item. All the
other reading items were handled with the exception of this F/Ning item.
An F/Ning item is a reading item. An F/N is only a read when an item F/Ns
at the end of you calling it. The F/N would occur instantly upon calling the
item.
So what does this mean that an F/N is a read? A read means there's charge
there to handle. It means there is force connected with that significance that
is available to the pc to view and run. An F/Ning item means there's charge
there as the F/N means something just keyed-out so there must be charge there
for there to be a key-out. After all what is keying out?
You can get four F/Ns off the same item. The first one is in finding the
item, the second one in running recalls, the third one is in running
secondaries and the fourth one is in running the engrams.
The basic mechanics of key-out, key-in and erasure have to be understood
before you can understand why an F/N is a read and when it would be a read.
An F/N also means stop that is it end of process, end of rud or end of
action being handled. To confuse this with an F/N being a read could be fatal
for a pc.
There is no substitute to understanding basics when it comes to
understanding what an F/N is; when it means go and when it means stop for that
process or action.
An F/Ning assessment does not mean that the assessment is now all reading.
This means that the actions have been done and the charge is off that area at
least temporarily.
An instant F/N on an item means this item is keying out some charge that
can be keyed-in again and run which is really what any other read is saying;
there's charge there to handle.
This piece of tech can make the difference in a case being totally
handled and just doing better. Understand it and use it and you will see the
difference in the results.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:PC:dr
Copyright $c 1978 Assisted by
by L. Ron Hubbard Paulette Cohen
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED LRH Tech Expeditor
338
L. RON HUBBARD
Assisted by
Paulette Cohen
LRH Tech Expeditor
Type = 11
iDate=30/4/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
THE SWEAT PROGRAM FURTHER DATA
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 30 APRIL 1978
Remimeo
THE SWEAT PROGRAM FURTHER DATA
Ref: HCOB 6 Feb 78R LSD AND THE SWEAT PROGRAM
HCOB 31 May 77 LSD
HCOB 3 Aug 73 PEP
HCOB 5 Nov 74 DRUGS, MORE ABOUT
The Sweat Program HCOB of 6 February 1978R describes how the original
Sweat Program was run. This is a very effective program.
Recent research has given us more data for the program which you
should know about.
OVERWEIGHT PEOPLE
It is important that fat on the body be removed as this is one of
the main places that LSD can lodge. Compared to the rest of the body,
fat tissue has little circulation in it. LSD lodged in fat can stay
there for a long time.
UNDERWEIGHT PEOPLE
Underweight people on a strict diet and running can lose more
weight than they can afford to lose. This could be detrimental to their
health.
On the LSD Sweat Program, a regular balanced diet is okay for the
thin person. The weight should be maintained. However, refined sugar
or flour and their products should not be taken. See HCOB 3 August 73,
PEP.
In this program, the increased circulation and exercise is as
important as the sweating.
NORMAL WEIGHT PEOPLE
Those who start at a normal weight and continue to lose weight to
the point that their health can be affected should go back to eating
well-balanced meals (omitting refined sugar and flour products). This
should stop the continued weight loss.
TRIPS
If a person is having trips during the program, he should take a
lot of extra Vitamin B Complex and Vitamin C as these aid the body,
especially the liver in getting rid of the LSD which is in the system.
Normally the vitamins in the program are sufficient for the body to
handle the LSD which comes out.
VITAMINS
Pure natural plain yoghurt taken with the vitamins will help
prevent stomach upsets from taking too many vitamins at once. Please
ensure that your vitamins are not taken on an empty stomach for they
can cause stomach burn. Enteric vitamins are not essential as long as
the "bomb" is taken with food.
339
SHOES
The best type of shoes to use for jogging are the ones which are
well cushioned in the heel and toe. These are quite popular right now
for jogging. They are available in all different colors and stripes.
They should be of good quality, give arch support, be comfortable
and be well cushioned, especially in the heel.
This cushioning absorbs the shocks to the body as the heel hits the
ground. Running and jogging go much better with these shoes.
CAL-MAG
Calcium and magnesium supplements can be taken as a substitute for the
Cal-Mag Formula in HCOB 5 Nov 74, DRUGS, MORE ABOUT. Just ensure that the
full daily requirement of each is taken daily. This will prevent muscle
soreness from the exercising.
VEGETABLES
Green vegetables are okay during the program. To get the most benefit from
them, they should be taken raw or steamed. Different lettuces, tomatoes and
cucumbers are fine to take. The majority of the food eaten should still be
fruit.
Vegetable juices are OK. A variety should be used throughout the program
so that different nutrients and minerals can be gotten from the different
vegetable sources.
PROTEIN
Predigested protein is not the only protein that need be taken. It was
used on the original program to good effect, however, there are several good
powdered protein supplements on the market. Check your health food store for
data on these. Be sure to get one with a high protein, very low carbohydrate
content, which has all 8 of the essential amino acids. The label should state
or show that all of the essential amino acids are present.
SALT AND POTASSIUM
Salt (sodium chloride) is not mandatory tin the program. It is only
necessary as a treatment if the symptoms of salt depletion (heat exhaustion)
occur. These are clammy skin, tiredness, weakness, headache, sometimes cramps,
nausea, dizziness, sometimes vomiting and fainting.
As potassium is also lost in sweating, some of the above symptoms can come
from potassium depletion. So, if salt does not handle the above symptoms then
try either potassium gluconate tablets or "salt substitute" which is mainly
potassium.
In the program, few of the above symptoms occurred when heavy fruit intake
was occurring. This is due to the fact that there is sodium and potassium in
fruit and vegetables. Consequently supplementing these minerals is not usually
necessary if a lot of fruit and vegetables are consumed.
HEALTH
If a person does not feel better during this program after 3 to 4 weeks,
a doctor can be consulted to check for endocrine problems or organ
malfunctions as these can sometimes hinder a person's progress on the program.
340
People with known heart conditions and high blood pressure or kidney
conditions must do a program which is of a much lower gradient. An exercise
program and diet must be worked out with a doctor.
GRADIENT
Doing this program gradiently is very important.
Here is a typical program sequence: First of all start jogging wearing
the proper shoes. The first couple of days just jog 10 minutes, don't worry
about diet or vitamins or sweat suit. Just get out and jog.
The next couple of days jog 15 minutes. Continue increasing the jogging
time gradiently until after 4 weeks you are up to 1 hour.
If you can get up to one hour running sooner, all the better. If you can
run more than an hour a day regularly, that is even better. The more running
and sweating, the better.
If you are so breathless that you can't speak to another while you are
running then you are straining too much. Cut the gradient back.
You can start taking vitamins anywhere in the first couple of weeks, but
the best results occur if the vitamins and minerals are taken from the start.
During the first month of build up, you should cut out all sweets,
especially refined sugars and flours and their products. If you are
overweight, cut down on food quantity in this time. At the end of the month,
meat should be eliminated and fruit and vegetables should be the source of
food.
After 1 month you can start running with the sweat suit. You should be
running a full hour pretty comfortably before you start with the sweat suit.
Sweating when wearing the sweat suit will increase markedly so watch for salt
depletion.
PROGRAM ODDITY
Very occasionally you will come across someone who has undergone extensive
exercise and sweating for months and gotten rid of residual LSD. When starting
on the LSD program, no further changes occur but there were earlier changes
during the earlier sweating and exercise.
It is not just sweating that is necessary but also the increased
circulation from the intensive exercise. LSD also has the effect of reducing
circulation.
The point is, the case was sweated, exercised earlier and did get rid of
the LSD. This is a very occasional phenomenon but has been known to occur.
EP
The evidence that there is no more LSD there, is that points 1 through 9
in HCOB 31 May 77, LSD are no longer present.
The final adjudication of the completion of the LSD Sweat Program lies
with the C/S in liaison with the Medical Liaison Officer.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:JD:nc
Copyright $c 1978 Assisted by
by L. Ron Hubbard Ens. Jim Dincalci
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED LRH Medical Researcher
341
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
Ens. Jim Dincalci
LRH Medical Researcher
Type = 11
iDate=1/5/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Cramming Series 17
TECH QUALITY
Remimeo
Cramming Off
C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 1 MAY 1978
Remimeo
Cramming Off (Taken from LRH ED 140 INT)
C/Ses
Cramming Series 17
TECH QUALITY
My current concern is tech quality over the world. Whereas the majority of
auditors do a good job, there are some who don't, and it is these who have our
reputation at stake.
The general outness has been traced (as usual) to out TRs and metering.
Lack of a Cramming in Qual Divs and even lack of Qual Divs is what has
brought this about.
TRs and metering are out of the view of a C/S. He only sees what is
written on the Auditor Report.
A Cramming should exist in every org and every bog should cause the auditor
to be sent to Cramming on the material missed.
As TRs and metering are not visible to the C/S, Cramming should always add
"Two hours TRs and metering" as a matter of course. This was the way it was
when tech was more consistent.
A TR 1 that can't be heard (or blows the pc's head off), a TR 2 that
consists of "That didn't read. That read" and TR 4 that is pure Q and A, plus
missed reads and bypassed F/Ns can wreck any program.
A Cramming in every org and required verification of TRs and metering will
go a long ways to improve tech quality.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ne
Copyright $c 1971, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
342
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=26/5/78
Volnum=0
Issue=1
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
DIANETICS: URGENT COMMAND CHANGE
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 MAY 1978
Issue I
Remimeo
DIANETICS: URGENT COMMAND CHANGE
Ref: HCOB 26 May 1978 II ROUTINE 3R REVISED
ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
It came to my attention the other day that Dianetics is being run using the
wrong commands and even has some omitted procedure. This was quite a
break
through to find as it explains some of the trouble that has been showing up
with Dianetics throughout the world.
MOVING THROUGH THE INCIDENT
When a pc is first made to run an incident he is given the command to move
through the incident to some certain time later. On the second run through the
pc has been given the command SCAN through to the end of the incident. This
second command is incorrect. The pc should be made to move through the
incident with each run through.
Scanning an incident is another tech entirely and is covered in the early
PABs under scanning but when you scan a pc during engram running you don't get
them back into the incident and couldn't possibly discharge that incident. As
early as Book One I found that you had to return the pc to the incident and
MOVE them through and if they bounced then you would command them to RETURN TO
THE INCIDENT as that is what you are after. So R3R Command C is changed to
"MOVE THROUGH THE INCIDENT."
RETURNING THE PC TO THE INCIDENT
It will happen in Dianetic running that something in the incident that the
pc is running will command them off the incident. This is called a BOUNCER.
The pc just bounces right off the incident. The way to handle this is quite
simple you simply command the pc to RETURN TO THE BEGINNING OF THE INCIDENT
and to move through the incident. Commanding the pc to RETURN TO THE INCIDENT
will enable you to get the pc to move through it and the force of the incident
will come off.
This is quite an interesting piece of tech that has been known and worked
since the advent of Book One. It. unfortunately, fell out somewhere along the
line and wasn't being used. It is now being reinstituted and in fact its use
is making a tremendous difference in Dianetics running right this very minute.
GETTING THE POSTULATES IN THE BASIC INCIDENT
Now and again a pc will run Dianetics whereby they F/N on the basic
incident and have VGIs but no cognition has come off. The pc has not fully
viewed the postulates in the incident here to obtain full end phenomena.
When this occurs and you have your F/N VGIs yet no cognition is voiced, ask
the pc "Was there something that you postulated in that incident." The results
will be quite astonishing and the pc will have his or her full end phenomena
and that will be it for that chain.
343
To not allow a pc to fully view the incident that is basic and get all
the charge and postulates out of it will leave the case charged up and sooner
or later the case will go sour on Dianetics.
There may be more than one postulate in the basic incident. You as the
auditor want to get off the postulates in the basic incident accompanied by
F/N and VGIs. This is your Dianetic end phenomena.
When the pc voices the postulate and has the full end phenomena there is
no need to check further.
The auditor has to know his HCOBs on end phenomena.
NARRATIVE HANDLING OF INCIDENTS
We just had a pc the other day that ran for 25 hours on one incident and
when that pc was finished with the incident the results were miraculous -- a
changed person with changed activities in life. The old rule applies of it
takes as long as it takes is really true with Dianetics narrative running or
any other Dianetics for that matter.
Narrative running can take a long time to get the pc through and what you
are interested in here is running the incident narrative to erasure and only
going earlier similar if it starts to grind very badly.
Failure to properly run a narrative incident will give the auditor and
C/S the idea that things don't seem to handle on this case. It also gives the
pc losses on handling things for himself. All that is needed is sufficient
running of the narrative incident to its full end phenomena and this will no
longer be the case as Dianetics does work except when it is not applied
correctly. Part of the application of narrative running is to ensure that
enough run throughs have occurred so that the incident is fully discharged.
URGENT EMPHASIS
Emphasis on the proper running of Dianetics cannot be stressed enough as
it can make the difference between a well and happy preclear or one with
losses in auditing, things not being handled and Dianetics getting a bad name
when in fact it is the only technology ever known to handle the mind.
Dianetics, when properly applied, produces miracles so why settle for
less. Apply it by the book and those miracles are yours to be had.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
Paulette Cohen
LRH Tech Expeditor
LRH:PC:dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
344
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
Paulette Cohen
LRH Tech Expeditor
Type = 11
iDate=2/6/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=14/6/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
IMPORTANT
Cramming Series 18R
CRAMMING REPAIR ASSESSMENT LIST
Remimeo
Cram Off Hats
All Auditors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 2 JUNE 1978R
REVISED 14 JUNE 1978
Remimeo (Revision in this type style)
Cram Off Hats
All Auditors
IMPORTANT
Cramming Series 18R
CRAMMING REPAIR ASSESSMENT LIST
HISTORY: I recently made an important technical discovery that a person,
org or area can be totally bogged by a mis-cram or by an R/Ser operating under
the guise of a "Cramming Officer." In the particular instance, one R/Sing
Cramming Officer had bogged an org and then a second R/Sing Cramming Officer
took over to "repair it," resulting in a nearly total crash.
To remedy this, I developed the following Cramming Repair List. In
subsequent use of it, including people who had been mis-crammed elsewhere, the
usage appeared quite miraculous.
It has been found that faulty, quickie or mis-cramming can result in
continual goofs or an apparency of out-ethics as the person isn't correcting.
This list covers the basic errors that can occur in cramming. It has also been
found that a Cramming Officer who has consistent overt products will mess up
an area. This list is used to correct such cramming.
This list can be used by an auditor in session who finds the pc has
bypassed charge on his past cramming. It is also used when a bog or impasse
occurs during or following a cramming action.
Its main use is to clear up an org or area where it is found that one or
more Cramming Officers have been messing it up. In such an instance, it is
applied to every past or present staff member. In such an instance
particularly, its use can result in a miraculous resurge of the org or area.
Needless to say it can produce a remarkable resurgence in a person who has a
history of being mis-crammed.
The list is done in a session by an auditor who has a Qual OK to assess a
prepared list and Qual OK to operate an E-Meter.
Auditor Instruction: In case of a wrong why, use L4BRA. In case of self-
listing or out list, use L4BRA. In case of any read find out who and when as
needed to handle the question. If any question reads keep at it until you F/N
it. F/N every item on the list that reads, then F/N the whole list on a final
assessment of it.
In calling these items to the pc call them as questions, not as
statements. This is the case in this list or any other prepared list. Do not
call them as statements as this will tend to evaluate for the pc and even
invalidate him.
If the list does not F/N or if the cramming repair does not seem
to be getting anywhere, do a C/S 53RK and return to and F/N the
Cramming Repair List after you've handled the C/S 53RK.
345
NAME: _______________________________________ DATE: _________________________
1. HAVE YOU BEEN GIVEN A WRONG WHY? ______________
(L4BRA.)
2. DO YOU HAVE A WRONG WHY? ______________
(L4BRA.)
3. AS A RESULT OF CRAMMING ARE YOU SELF-LISTING? ______________
(L4BRA.)
4. DO YOU SELF-LIST? ______________
(L4BRA.)
5. WERE YOU CRAMMED OVER OUT RUDS? ______________
(Find out which and handle E/S to F/N.)
6. DO YOU HAVE AN ARC-X? ______________
(ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.)
7. HAVE YOU BEEN UPSET WITH SOMEONE'S HANDLING OF YOUR AREA? ______________
(ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.)
8. HAVE YOU ARC BROKEN ANOTHER? ______________
(ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.)
9. DO YOU HAVE A PROBLEM? ______________
(Get what and E/S to F/N.)
10. HAVE YOU MADE ANY PROBLEMS FOR ANOTHER? ______________
(E/S to F/N.)
11. DO YOU HAVE ANY WITHHOLDS? ______________
(Get what and E/S to F/N.)
12. HAVE YOU WITHHELD THAT OTHERS HAVE WITHHOLDS? ______________
(Handle as W/H. E/S to F/N.)
13. HAVE YOU BEEN CRITICAL OF ANOTHER? ______________
(Get prior overt. E/S to F/N.)
14. HAVE YOU COMMITTED ANY OVERTS? ______________
(Get what and E/S to F/N.)
15. HAVE YOU BEEN UPSET BECAUSE SOMEONE SEEMED MAD AT YOU? ______________
(ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.)
16. DID YOU STILL HAVE A PROBLEM WHEN YOU LEFT CRAMMING? ______________
(E/S to F/N.)
17. WAS CRAMMING A PROBLEM TO YOU? ______________
(E/S to F/N.)
18. DID YOU FEEL WORSE AFTER BEING CRAMMED? ______________
(Ind E/S to F/N.)
346
19. HAVE YOU BEEN TOLD ANYTHING F/N'D WHEN YOU FELT IT HADN'T? ______________
(Find out what and ind. E/S. Handle what hadn't really F/N'd.)
20. HAVE YOU FELT SOMETHING SHOULD HAVE F/N'D WHEN THE
CRAMMING OFFICER/AUDITOR DIDN'T INDICATE IT HAD? ______________
(Indicate. 2WC E/S to F/N. Rehab any O/Rs.)
21. HAVE YOU HAD MISUNDERSTOODS THAT YOU STILL
MISUNDERSTOOD AT THE END OF CRAMMING? ______________
(Get them and handle per Word Clearing tech.)
22. HAVE MISUNDERSTOODS BEEN MISSED? ______________
(Get them and handle per Word Clearing tech.)
23. HAVE WITHHOLDS BEEN MISSED? ______________
(Get what and E/S to F/N.)
24. HAS THE WRONG MATERIAL BEEN GIVEN YOU TO
CLEAR UP A MISUNDERSTOOD? ______________
(Find out what. Ind E/S to F/N. Clear up any MUs.)
25. HAS NO MATERIAL BEEN GIVEN YOU TO CLEAR UP A
MISUNDERSTOOD? ______________
(Find out what. Ind E/S to F/N. Clear up any MUs.)
26. DO YOU HAVE MISUNDERSTOODS NOW? ______________
(Find out what. Handle per Word Clearing tech.)
27. DO YOU HAVE MISUNDERSTOODS THAT YOU HAVEN'T
CLEARED UP? ______________
(Find out what. Handle per Word Clearing tech.)
27a.WERE YOU MADE TO LOOK UP WORDS YOU ALREADY
UNDERSTOOD? ______________
(Indicate E/S to 4/N.)
28. COULDN'T YOU UNDERSTAND THE CRAMMING ORDER? ______________
(2WC E/S to F/N.)
29. HAVE YOU BEEN TOLD YOU SHOULDN'T HAVE BEEN
SENT TO CRAMMING? ______________
(Find out who and what. E/S to F/N.)
30. HAS THE CRAMMING OFFICER BEEN CRITICAL OF ANOTHER? ______________
(Get who and what E/S to F/N. Then check for "Have you been
similarly critical?" Get M/W/H.)
31. HAVE YOU FELT PTS TO YOUR AREA? ______________
(Check for SP or get a full PTS RD.)
32. IN CRAMMING HAS ANYBODY INVALIDATED YOU? ______________
(Find out who and what. Ind E/S to F/N.)
33. IN CRAMMING HAS ANYBODY EVALUATED FOR YOU? ______________
(Find out who and what. Ind E/S to F/N.)
347
34. HAVE YOU GOOFED AND NOT TOLD ANYBODY? ______________
(Find out what. Handle as a M/W/H. E/S to F/N.)
35. IS THERE SOME OTHER REASON FOR TROUBLE IN YOUR AREA? ______________
(2WC E/S to F/N.)
36. ARE YOU HAVING GENERAL CASE TROUBLE? ______________
(Find out what to F/N, C/S 53RK if necessary.)
37. DID THE CRAM INTERRUPT YOUR USUAL AUDITING? ______________
(Ind E/S to F/N.)
38. DID THE CRAMMING OFFICER RUSH YOU? ______________
(2WC E/S to F/N.)
39. WAS A CRAM QUICKIED? ______________
(2WC E/S to F/N.)
40. DID THE CRAMMING OFFICER FAIL TO DRILL YOU? ______________
(2WC E/S to F/N.)
41. WAS THERE NOTHING WRONG IN THE FIRST PLACE? ______________
(Ind E/S to F/N.)
42. WAS THE CRAM DONE OVER SOME OTHER BYPASSED CHARGE? ______________
(Find out what and handle.)
43. WAS THIS ASSESSMENT UNNECESSARY? ______________
(Ind E/S to F/N.)
44. WAS THERE SOMETHING ELSE WRONG? ______________
(Find out what and handle. GF if no joy.)
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
As assisted by
Special Tech Project
LRH:STP:dr.nc
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
348
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
As assisted by
Special Tech Project
Type = 11
iDate=15/6/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
URGENT IMPORTANT
Remimeo
BPI
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 JUNE 1978
Remimeo
BPI
URGENT IMPORTANT
The key to Expanded Dianetics is:
1. Incomplete or misdone Objectives.
2. Incomplete or misdone Drug Rundown including Sweat Program.
3. Incomplete or misdone Dianetics.
When these are not done, incomplete or misdone, one does not have any real
chance of getting down to the basic evil purposes of the case and will at best
run off locks and so the case won't recover or will relapse.
LRH:nc L RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1978 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
L RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=18/6/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
IMPORTANT
ROUTINE 3-R COMMAND
CHANGE
REVISES HCOB 26 MAY 1978 ISSUE II
ROUTINE 3-R REVISED
ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 18 JUNE 1978
Remimeo
IMPORTANT
ROUTINE 3-R COMMAND
CHANGE
REVISES HCOB 26 MAY 1978 ISSUE II
ROUTINE 3-R REVISED
ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
Routine 3-R FLOW ONE, STEP ONE command is changed as follows:
"Locate a time when you had a _____________________ ."
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
Commodore's Staff
LRH:AB:dr Captain
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard As ordered by
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD
[HCOB 26 May 1978 Issue II is not included in this volume since it is
cancelled by HCOB 26 June 1978RA. See page 380 of this volume.]
349
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Assisted by
Commodore's Staff
Captain
As ordered by
L. RON HUBBARD
Type = 11
iDate=18/6/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=20/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
New Era Dianetics Series 4R
ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 18 JUNE 1978R
REVISED 20 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo (Revisions in this type style)
New Era Dianetics Series 4R
ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM
A great deal of material has existed about assessment of the preclear. In
New Era Dianetics Dianetic assessment has been summarized and simplified and
added to. These New Era Dianetics assessment steps are precise. And they will
detect and isolate the things that have to be handled to make a pc a well and
happy being.
It is important to understand what assessment is and what you are
attempting to accomplish when doing an assessment.
If you simply understand that you are trying to find an item that reads
well, brings in the pc's indicators, in which the pc is interested, an item
which was usefully worded and would run, you would have it.
In New Era Dianetics, several different kinds of assessment are used to
get items to run out R3RA on the pc.
The New Era Dianetics Original Assessment Items
This is the first assessment done in New Era Dianetics. It has been known
by various names, "Health Form," "Preclear Assessment Sheet" and is now
reissued with only minor changes as HCOB 24 June 78R New Era Dianetics Series
5R, ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT SHEET.
It contains the pc's physical history and background, and gives the
auditor and C/S a picture of the case. It is an assessment as it is done on
the meter and enables the auditor and C/S to see what needs to be handled.
Original Item
The original item is a condition, illness, accident, drug, alcohol or
medicine, etc. that has been given by the pc to the auditor. This will comm
from the Original Assessment Sheet, from another New Era Dianetics rundown or
may simply be offered by the pc.
Original items tend to be general in character, such as "lame" or a
medical condition, and are either lacking things you will find on the
Preassessment List or are too broad to be audited. Pcs normally give items
this way when asked for them on the New Era Dianetics Original Assessment
Sheet, NED Series 5R.
Preassessment
Preassessment is a new procedure in New Era Dianetics. It is done with a
prepared Preassessment List and determines what categories of somatics are
connected to the original item, and which of these is the most highly charged.
It is called the preassessment because it comes before the assessment of
the actual item to run out R3RA. (The item to be run out is now called the
running item.)
Preassessment is done on the original item with the Preassessment List.
Preassessment List
This is found in New Era Dianetics Series 4-1.
350
A prepared list of categories of somatics which is assessed in connection
with the original item. (The list includes pains, sensations, feelings,
emotions. attitudes, misemotions, unconsciousnesses, sorenesses, compulsions,
fears, aches, tirednesses, pressures, discomforts, dislikes, numbnesses.)
Preassessment Item
The largest reading item obtained on an assessment of the Preassessment
List. This item is used to get running items.
LISTING FOR RUNNING ITEMS
The auditor now takes the preassessment item and makes a list on a
separate sheet of paper and asks the pc, "What (preassessment item found)
are/is connected with (original item found)?"
The auditor writes down exactly what the pc says in a column and notes
the meter reads at the exact moment the pc ends the statement of the running
item.
The result is a list called the "running item list."
If the pc gives you an exact feeling ("feeling scared." "a burning
feeling in my ear," "a sharp pain in my toe") the feeling is simply run out
R3RA Quad if it reads and the pc is interested.
An item which states a somatic and is runnable is called a running item.
Running items are exactly stated pains, sensations, feelings, emotions,
attitudes, misemotions, unconsciousnesses, sorenesses, compulsions, fears,
aches, tirednesses, pressures, discomforts, dislikes, numbnesses.
If the pc gives you a general type item like "stomach problems," a drug,
alcohol, medicine, medical term or narrative, which does not state a feeling
(etc.), the feelings (etc.) for the item must be found so they can be run. The
preassessment is done to get running items.
Running Item
The auditor takes the best reading item on the running item list
(possibly an LF or an LFBD or an instant F/N) and checks with the pc, "Are you
interested in this item?" and if so it becomes the running item which you will
run by R3RA Quad.
Running items are sometimes abruptly volunteered by the pc and if they
are within the categories of the assessment list they can be run, but be
careful of: 1) jumping onto some other subject than the original item you are
trying to handle or 2) upsetting the pc because you refuse to audit it.
Warning: If you go off New Era Dianetics assessment procedure you will be pot
shooting all over a case and never finish it.
All this New Era Dianetics procedure is leading up to finding running
items that will run and resolve the case. So the thing you are after in
assessment is the running item and it is most accurately obtained as above.
This is done by taking the original item, say "stomach problems," doing a
preassessment on it, and with the preassessment item, finding a running item.
(Example: Stomach problems is the original item. A preassessment is done
and "sorenesses" is the largest reading item on the Preassessment List. The
auditor then lists for running items, using sorenesses, and gets "A dull
soreness on my left side." This is the running item, which will be handled
with R3RA Quad.)
PREASSESSMENT
Previous to New Era Dianetics you would have taken a Dianetic item such
as a drug or a chronic condition or an accident and you would have asked the
pc to give you the attitudes, emotions, sensations and pains connected to the
item.
351
I have just developed a new procedure on the handling and running of
Dianetics. It is called the preassessment. This is how it works.
1. The auditor obtains an original item from the pc. This will be from a drug
list, the Original Assessment Sheet or other New Era Dianetics rundown.
(It will be a drug, a condition, an illness, an accident, etc.)
2. He then preassesses the feelings on the Preassessment List to find out
which preassessment item is the most highly charged in connection with the
original item.
3. From the preassessment item (the largest reading Preassessment List item)
the auditor can get specific somatics called running items from the pc.
These running items will be the ones the pc is most interested in.
4. The running item found in Step 3 is run R3RA Quad.
Example: The original item is "bronchitis." The auditor assesses the
Preassessment List below by asking the pc:
"Are ____________ connected with bronchitis?"
pains compulsions
sensations fears
feelings aches
emotions tirednesses
attitudes pressures
misemotions discomforts
unconsciousnesses dislikes
sorenesses numbnesses
He gets an LF on misemotions. This is the largest read.
"What misemotions are connected with bronchitis?"
As the pc tells him, the auditor takes them down, noting meter reads while
the pc is giving the items. (And that's all there is to the preassessment.)
PREASSESSMENT ITEM
This is in turn the largest reading item on the Preassessment List above
and then subsequently lesser reading items from the same list are taken up.
With the preassessment item gotten, the auditor can list to find the
running items.
(Example: The preassessment item is "misemotion." The auditor asks, "What
misemotions are connected with bronchitis?")
He writes down all the answers the pc gives him, with their reads.
Feeling like I want to give up X
Worried about my lungs LFBD
Feeling angry about not breathing F
Scared to death sF
The auditor would first run "worried about my lungs" R3RA Quad and then
would return to the next best reading item, in this case, "Feeling angry about
not breathing."
352
RUNNING ITEM
The auditor chooses the largest reading item the pc has given and checks
interest for the next chain. This is the running item.
ACTUAL AUDITING
Having found the running item the auditor then runs it out R3RA Quad.
FINDING THE NEXT RUNNING ITEM
The auditor has a choice of taking a lesser reading item from the
Preassessment List or the running item list or (safer) do a new preassessment
on the same original item. (You don't stop working on the original item until
it is gone completely and forever.)
Having done a preassessment on the same original item you do a new running
item list, take the best read (fall, LF, instantly F/N) and use it as your new
running item.
ASSESSMENT COMMANDS
Commands for the Original Assessment Sheet of the New Era Dianetics
Rundown:
1) Ask the question on the Original Assessment Sheet. Write answer
and note meter read.
2) "Are (preassessment item being called) connected with (original item being
preassessed)?"
3) "What (largest reading preassessment item) are connected with
(original item)?"
4) "Are you interested in running (largest reading or instantly
F/Ning running item found in 3 above)?"
5) Go straight into R3RA Quad, using the item in 4 if the pc is interested.
HANDLING SOMATICS
The Preassessment List is designed to locate somatics which the
auditor can then handle with R3RA.
By somatic is meant a pain or ache, sensation, misemotion, or even
unconsciousness. There are a thousand different descriptive words that
could add up to a feeling. Pain, aches, dizziness, sadness, they are
all feelings.
All chains are held together by the general various awarenesses
which are named on the Preassessment List.
One generally identified difficulty given by the pc on the original
assessment is, in actual fact, in almost all cases composed of pains,
sensations, feelings, emotions. attitudes, misemotions,
unconsciousnesses, sorenesses, compulsions, fears, aches, tirednesses,
pressures, discomforts, dislikes and numbnesses as well as one or more
postulates. It is very possible that any major Original Assessment item
contains 3 or 4 full chains for each one of these.
Hence an auditor really hasn't got a prayer of eradicating a major
Original Assessment unless he runs 64 or more complete chains thoroughly and
accurately. Some might hive up with less and some might require many more.
If you follow the New Era Dianetics assessment procedure perfectly and
flawlessly, well you have every chance of achieving a well and happy human
being.
353
HANDLING NARRATIVES
A narrative is a story, an account, a tale.
For many years narratives were held in disrepute and auditors were
sometimes warned against running them. The reason for this is that when you
try to solve a case on narratives alone it takes several thousand hours of
auditing.
However to abandon narratives totally is to abandon some of the most
dramatic case changes you can get.
Occasionally the pc will come into a session after a physically or
emotionally painful experience, an accident, illness, loss or great emotional
stress. Running these incidents out narrative erases the psychic trauma the
person has undergone and speeds recovery.
You sometimes find that a person's whole life changed around the death of
a relative or child or a divorce or an auto accident or some other similar
catastrophe. This is usually found and handled in ACTION NINE in the HCOB 22
June 1978R New Era Dianetics Series 2R, NEW ERA DIANETICS FULL PC PROGRAM
OUTLINE.
When running a narrative, one is running out the narrative incident. A
narrative needs to be run and run and run on that one incident. You are
running that incident to erasure and you only go earlier similar if it starts
to grind very badly.
The trick in running narratives is to find the earlier beginning each
time the person is moved through it. (See ACTION NINE, New Era Dianetics
Series 2.)
A condition or circumstance without an incident is NOT narrative. An
example of this would be "obstruction of justice." It would not run as there
is not an exact incident. "Hitting a cop" is a narrative. "Feeling sick about
cops" is not a narrative as there is no story connected with it, but there is
a somatic.
RUNNING NARRATIVES
To run a narrative item, the auditor must first find out exactly what
happened with the pc, then, by asking the pc "What shall we call this
incident?" he will have the preclear's wording and can run it narrative using
the New Era Dianetics narrative commands. One would run a narrative item ONLY
if it reads well and the pc is interested in running it out.
Narrative handling to its full EP can give miraculous results, but it can
take a long time to get the pc through it. A full Dianetic EP of postulate off
(which IS the erasure), F/N and VGIs must be reached. If the pc gives a
cognition which is not the actual postulate from the incident or doesn't sound
like it to the auditor, the postulate is asked for.
NARRATIVE ASSESSMENT COMMANDS
1) Ask the questions called for on the Original Assessment Sheet.
2) Note any original items that contain recent losses, illnesses, accidents,
upsets or deaths and ask:
"Are you interested in handling (description of item on the Original
Assessment Sheet)?"
3) If the pc signifies that he is, go immediately into R3RA Narrative.
354
ASSESSING TONE OF VOICE
The auditor does the assessing by asking the question as a question, not
as a statement of fact. To assess the question as a statement tends to
evaluate and can even invalidate the preclear.
You can go around asking questions with a tape recorder going. Play it
back and you will notice the voice tone rises on a question and goes down on a
statement. So the right way to assess the questions would be to have a slight
upcurve at the end, and actually assess it as a question.
ASSESSMENT IS DONE BY THE AUDITOR BETWEEN THE PC'S BANK AND THE METER.
THERE IS NO PARTICULAR NEED IN DIANETIC ASSESSING TO LOOK AT THE PC. JUST NOTE
WHICH ITEM HAS THE LONGEST FALL OR BD. THE AUDITOR LOOKS AT THE METER WHILE
DOING AN ASSESSMENT.
Rote procedure gets heavily in the road of a Dianetic assessment. The pc
gives a list, the auditor doesn't watch the reads and note them, then the
auditor commonly goes back to assess the list. By that time the surface charge
is off. He should have watched the meter in the first place and taken reads
while the pc was originating the item. Why all this assessing of the finished
list? Of course when you already have a list done by another with no reads
marked on it, you have to read it off and mark what reads. And using a list a
second time you have to read it off to the pc to see what reads.
In Dianetics one always handles an instant F/N first, then any LFBD, LF,
F or sF, in that order. The largest reading items are the ones the pc can most
easily confront. When the largest reading item is handled go on to the next
biggest reading item (and so on) until all reading items have been handled.
This same principle applies to all New Era Dianetics auditing. Take up the
biggest reading areas and handle those first.
You may find there is something plainly visible that is wrong with the
preclear, like a broken leg, yet it may not read at all. Instead the meter is
reading on the pain in his arm. You do the standard action of handling the
items that the meter reads on.
In assessing a prepared list such as the Preassessment List always take
up the item which got an instant F/N first followed by the next largest read.
In a list like the running items list you continue listing until the pc
says that's all or you've got an F/N item. If you get in trouble right after
listing a running item list on a pc and the pc seems upset and you are not a
Scientology auditor, go get a Scientology auditor Class IV fast and have him
repair the list for you as it may have become a Scientology list either
through auditor error or inability to read a meter or missing a read or
whatever.
The laws of listing and nulling always apply to Scientology lists and
sometimes on rare occasions apply to a Dianetic list and can on these cases
cause trouble.
Listing for a running item on the running item list usually doesn't cause
trouble as it is already taken from the Preassessment List and is not a very
broad question.
This and a failure to follow New Era Dianetics assessment and R3RA
procedure exactly or failure to actually erase the basic on a chain is about
all the trouble you'd run into.
Review New Era Dianetics Series I on what is expected of a student.
LRH:lfg.dr L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1978 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
355
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=19/6/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
New Era Dianetics Series 3
OBJECTIVE ARC
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JUNE 1978
Remimeo
New Era Dianetics Series 3
OBJECTIVE ARC
I have recently added a new process to be done before the full battery of
Objective Processes. It is called Objective ARC.
Objective ARC is the first Objective Process to be done on a pc. It is
followed by CCHs 1-10, Op Pro by Dup, SCS on an object, SCS, and SOP 8C as
covered in HCOB 11 June 57 Reissued 12 May 77 Training and CCH Processes, PAB
80, PAB 97, PAB 34, and HCOB 4 Feb 59 Op Pro by Dup.
The commands of Objective ARC are run 1-2-3, 1-2-3, three commands given
repetitively.
The commands are:
"Look around here and find something that is really real to you."
"Look around here and find something you wouldn't mind communicating
with."
"Look around here and find something you wouldn't mind being around." (An
alteration of the original command because the original command was too
steep.)
The pc and auditor are ambulant.
This process will bite suddenly and bring a person up to present time. It
has been known to crack cases.
Of all Objectives, this process tends to be the shortest. It often ends
with a very bright cog after only a few commands.
The end phenomena of this process would be person in present time,
cognition, and very good indicators, accompanied by an F/N.
The above will accomplish a great deal for the pc if done correctly and
with flawless TRs.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:rb
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
356
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=20/6/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
New Era Dianetics Series 15
IDENTITY RUNDOWN
Remimeo
All Auditors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 JUNE 1978
Remimeo
All Auditors
New Era Dianetics Series 15
IDENTITY RUNDOWN
We have never before had a Dianetic process specifically directed to
getting a pc into valence. This result has occasionally been achieved by
Standard Dianetics as one of many miracles produced, but previous to this
there has been no Dianetic RD which specifically lends itself to handling
valences.
You can, of course, order them into valence in an incident but that isn't
in the realm of R3RA.
PROCEDURE
1. Have the pc make a list of all the things he has never wanted to have.
2. Do preassessment on those that read in I1 Quad R3RA reading items, first
checking interest.
3. Have the pc list all the things he has never wanted to do.
4. Do preassessment on those that read in 3. Quad R3RA reading items, first
checking interest.
5. Have the pc list all of the things he has never wanted to be.
6. Do preassessment on those items that read in 5. Quad R3RA reading items,
first checking interest.
The end phenomena of this process is when the pc originates that he is in
valence, or some similar remark such as for the first time he feels himself.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:lfg
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
357
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=21/6/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
NEW ERA DIANETICS
SERIES 1
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JUNE 1978
Remimeo
NEW ERA DIANETICS
SERIES 1
New Era Dianetics is a summary and refinement of Dianetics based upon 30
years of experience in the application of the subject.
In that 30 years I have found much that could improve results if properly
applied.
And in that 30 years, many issues have been written by others that were a
bit altered and some materials have been lost. New Era Dianetics corrects
these points.
Also, recently, I have done additional research and have come up with a few
breakthroughs.
In 1950, I said we should build a better Bridge.
Well, in 1978, here is a better Dianetics section of the Bridge.
Old-timers in Dianetics will only approve these upgrades. There is no
invalidation of what they know already to be true. But there are refinements
about which they are jumping with joy.
New Era Dianetics is even more acceptable, even more workable.
I did this review to move Dianetics back into the "miracles as
usual" band and the student studying it and the auditor practicing it
will find that if he follows its precision drills with precision he
will be able to handle life and the spirit as never before.
Of course I cannot claim or guarantee that anyone audited on
Dianetics or New Era Dianetics will become cured of illnesses which
would best be handled by immediate medical treatment and I cannot
promise any pc that all of his undesirable conditions will be
eradicated since that depends on the state of training and the accuracy
of application by the student.
THE STUDENT
What does a student need to know and do to acquire the skill of a Dianetic
auditor?
0. The student needs to have completed the Student Hat. He needs to be
able to handle study tech. Without that, his misunderstood words will wipe him
out. Study tech is contained in the Student Hat. The definitions are in the
Tech and Admin dictionaries and standard dictionaries. The student must not go
by a single word he does not know the definition of.
1. He should know the background of Dianetics as contained in several
books on the subject, particularly the Original Thesis and Dianetics: The
Modern Science of Mental Health.
2. He needs an E-Meter and must know how to handle it.
3. He should have good TRs as acquired in a TR course.
358
4. He should have a good grasp of Objective Processes both to make him a
better auditor, and to enable him to do full Drug Rundowns.
Objectives are actually Scientology processing but if a Dianetic auditor
doesn't know and cannot do them he is dependent on a Scientology auditor to
finish up the Drug Rundown.
The training of a Dianetic auditor in Objectives is not as complete as a
Scientology auditor's. But it is sufficient to enable him to do those
Objective Processes necessary to get a person off drugs or to get him in
condition to run Dianetic processes.
5. He should have a good grasp of the materials of New Era Dianetics.
6. He should be able to make and assess lists of Dianetic items as called
for in specific assessments of a preclear in order to complete rundowns and
preclears.
7. He must be able to do TR 101 to 104 flawlessly, using the commands of
New Era Dianetics.
8. He must know how to do Dianetic Assists.
9. He must be able to assess and handle a Dianetic Repair List and do
repair actions.
10. He must be able to handle Dianetic remedies and all other actions
called for in a complete Dianetic course or processing.
11. He needs to be able to apply what he knows.
If the student can acquire the above skills he will achieve fine results.
It does not require mile long checksheets to make a good Dianetic auditor.
It does require study and hard effective drilling.
And it requires a desire to help oneself and others and really make a
better Bridge and a better world by putting it there in terms of faultless
application.
Scientology goes on and is above Dianetics. But Dianetics is the solid
base of all this research. So learn and apply it well.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ldv
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
359
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=22/6/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=16/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
New Era Dianetics Series 2R
NEW ERA DIANETICS FULL PC PROGRAM OUTLINE
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 22 JUNE 1978R
REVISED 16 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo (Revisions in this type style)
(Ellipses indicate deletions)
This bulletin has been revised to give the
rearranged steps and a new final step for
the New Era Dianetics Drug Rundown.
New Era Dianetics Series 2R
NEW ERA DIANETICS FULL PC PROGRAM OUTLINE
As a person goes through life and lifetimes he collides with secondaries,
losses, deaths of those he is closely connected with, injuries, accidents,
illnesses, operations and emotional stresses. These of course are not all, but
cover the main complaints and symptoms of pcs.
Dianetics lends itself to handle the current, past and occasional
complaints and symptoms as above.
It achieves its results by addressing and handling the spirit and is in no
way to be confused with medical or other practices.
The end phenomena of Dianetic auditing is a well and happy pc. These steps
as laid out below if ALL DONE and with precision will give just that.
NEW ERA DIANETICS FULL PROGRAM OUTLINE:
THE ACTIONS OF THE NEW ERA DIANETICS FULL PROGRAM ARE TO BE RUN IN THE
ORDER THEY ARE GIVEN. THE PRODUCT IS A WELL AND HAPPY PC AND THIS IS THE
DIRECTION YOU GO, STEP BY STEP TO ACHIEVE THAT PRODUCT.
ACTION ONE: ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT SHEET
This sheet is thoroughly filled out with the pc on the meter. It gives you
the pc's history, what drugs and alcohol he has taken in this lifetime,
illnesses, operations, present physical conditions, mental treatment,
medicines and perception difficulties. (Ref: HCOB 24 June 1978R New Era
Dianetics Series 5R, ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT SHEET).
At this point the data is taken only. Do not attempt to handle any of the
items on this step. (Ref: HCOB 24 June 1978R NED Series 5R).
ACTION TWO: HANDLE ANY PTSNESS
It must be noted that you have to handle any PTSness before you can begin
any auditing. Pcs who are PTS will not hold their gain. Therefore any
PTSness must be handled before auditing is begun. (Ref: HCOB 10 Aug 73 PTS
HANDLING. HCOB 20 Apr 72 SUPPRESSED PCs AND PTS TECH, HCOB 9 Dec 71RC
PTS RD).
ACTION THREE: OBJECTIVE ARC
I have added a new process to be done before the full battery of Objective
Processes. It is called Objective ARC. This is the first process to be
done on a pc
360
and will bring a person up to present time. (Ref: Objective ARC is covered
in HCOB 19 Jun 1978, New Era Dianetics Series 3, OBJECTIVE ARC).
ACTION FOUR: SWEAT PROGRAM
A Sweat Program will be necessary if the person has taken LSD or Angel
Dust. It may also be indicated when a person has been subjected to
exposure to toxic substances which have lodged in the tissue and fat of
the body. In future times psychiatrists or others of ill repute may
develop other compounds such as LSD which lodge in the systems; a Sweat
Program may be indicated in these. (Ref: HCOB 15 July 71RA III Rev 27 Jun
78, Re-Rev 19 Sep 78, New Era Dianetics Series 9R, DRUG HANDLING).
ACTION FIVE: OBJECTIVES
A... battery of Objectives is done on this step. This consists of the
following Objective Processes properly and fully done to their complete EP
for each process: ... CCH 1-10.... SCS on an Object and SCS.... (Note: SOP
8C and Op Pro By Dup are run on a later step.) (Ref: HCOB 15 July 71RA III
Rev 27 Jun 78, Re-Rev 19 Sep 78, New Era Dianetics Series 9R, DRUG
HANDLING).
ACTION SIX: HARD TR COURSE
On this course, the preclear will thoroughly do TRs 0-9. (Ref: HCOB 15 July
71RA III Rev 27 Jun 78, Re-Rev 19 Sep 78, New Era Dianetics Series 9R, DRUG
HANDLING, HCOB 16 Aug 71R, TRAINING DRILLS REMODERNIZED,
HCOB 7 May 68, UPPER INDOC TRs. BPL 18 Sep 78 New Era Dianetics Hard
TRs Course).
ACTION SEVEN: CS-1
Before we can even begin a pc on Dianetics we have to indoctrinate him
into what Dianetics is and what is expected of him as a pc.
This is standardly and effectively accomplished by using the Standard
Dianetics CS-1, HCOB 9 Jul 78R, DIANETIC CS-1.
ACTION EIGHT: DRUG RUNDOWN QUAD
It has been proven time and time again that until you audit out, each by
name, the drugs, alcohol and medicine a person has taken, he does not make
good case gain.
A person who has been on drugs, alcohol or medicine seldom runs any other
type of engram, seldom goes backtrack well, and is subject to somatic,
emotional and perceptic shut-offs, making any other type of Dianetic or
Scientology auditing a difficult activity.
Therefore if drugs, medicine or alcohol, or individual names of them read
on the meter on the Original Assessment Sheet, they are handled FIRST AND
FOREMOST.
(Note: You do not ask the pc for whole track drugs. You want only drugs,
medicine or alcohol he has taken in this lifetime.)
In New Era Dianetics the Drug Rundown has five parts: 1) The Original
Assessment in which the names of drugs, medicines or alcohol the pc has
taken in this lifetime are obtained, 2) The running of each reading drug,
medicine or alcohol Narrative R3RA Quad, 3) The preassessment of each of
these and the running by R3RA Quad of the items, 4) The prior assessment
to drugs or alcohol for each, 5) The final step of bringing the pc fully
into PT and stabilizing him by the running of further Objectives, SOP 8C
and Op Pro By Dup.
361
1. The Original Assessment
This has already been done as Action One. It may be necessary to get the
preclear to add to the list and it is highly possible that he has taken
more types of drugs in this lifetime than he remembered at the time the
Original Assessment was done. You have to have all drugs, medicines and
alcohol by their actual names as known to the pc. It is not enough to use
an item like "drugs," "alcohol" or "medicine" as you will get nowhere.
They have to be "heroin," or "penicillin" or "bourbon."
2. Narrative Handling of Drugs
Before any other handling, the pc runs out EACH of the reading drugs,
medicines or alcohols Narrative R3RA Quad. This is done FIRST.
3. The Preassessment
New Era Dianetics handling for drugs includes the use of the Preassessment
List. This is a new procedure on the handling and running of Dianetics.
Previous to this you would ask the pc for attitudes, emotions, sensations
and pains connected with an item. Instead the preassessment is done. It
ensures that every somatic is gotten off in connection with whatever you
are handling. (Ref: HCOB 18 Jun 78R New Era Dianetics Series 4R,
ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM).
Each item found by preassessment is run by R3RA Quad as soon as the running
item is found in every case. Then one continues with further preassessment
until all possible drugs, medicines and alcohols are fully handled R3RA
Quad.
4. The Prior Assessment
After all reading drugs, medicines and alcohols have been preassessed and
run out R3RA Quad, the prior assessment to drugs or alcohol is done. This
step locates and runs out all the feelings, attitudes, misemotions, pains,
etc. the pc
had prior to first taking each drug, medicine or alcohol. (Ref: HCOB 15
Jul 71RA III, Rev 27 Jun 78 New Era Dianetics Series 9R, C/S Series 48RB,
DRUG HANDLING).
ACTION EIGHT-A.
5. The Final Step -- More Objectives
As a final step, the pc is brought fully into present time with further
Objectives. SOP 8C and then Op Pro By Dup, each run to its complete EP.
This completes the Dianetic Drug Rundown.
ACTION NINE: RELIEF RUNDOWN
Where the Original Assessment Sheet has shown losses by death or other
severe changes in a person's life such as losses of position or pets or
objects it will be found that the person's life changed for the worse at
that point.
The auditor spots these points of change either on the Original Assessment
Sheet or by asking the preclear. These points are then handled with New
Era Dianetics procedure.
It will be found that when all such great changes in a person's life have
been handled the person will experience a considerable relief about life.
(Ref: HCOB 3 July 1978R, NED Series 10R).
362
ACTION TEN: DIANETIC REMEDIES -- OPTIONAL
The Picture and Masses Remedy and the Past Life Remedy are optional and are
only done when you run into trouble. They are run after the Drug Rundown
because unhandled drugs are the cause of most of that trouble.
The Picture and Masses Remedy
(Ref: HCOB 22 Jul 69 HIGH TA ASSESSMENT
HCOB 24 Jul 78 DIANETIC REMEDIES)
Past Life Remedy
(Ref: HCOB 16 Jan 75 PAST LIFE REMEDY
HCOB 24 Jul 78 DIANETIC REMEDIES)
ACTION ELEVEN: COMPLETE HANDLING ON THE ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT SHEET
You have handled all drugs, alcohol and medicine and all losses the pc has
had fully and completely. The pc is now set up to go ahead with handling
the rest of his complaints and symptoms.
The full procedure of handling the remainder of this Original Assessment
Sheet is laid out in full in HCOB 28 July 71RA Rev 25 June 78 New Era
Dianetics Series 8R DIANETICS. BEGINNING A PC ON and HCOB 18 June 78R New
Era Dianetics Series 4R ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM. Follow
these issues exactly.
ACTION TWELVE: REASSESSMENT OF THE ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT SHEET
When all Original Assessment Sheet items are handled as above, the Original
Assessment Sheet is reassessed. The pc's memory will have improved if
you've done a good job of auditing so far and his targets in processing
will have changed.
So we reassess the Original Assessment Sheet and handle any now reading
area.
(Ref: HCOB 4 Jul 78R New Era Dianetics Series 12R, SECOND ORIGINAL
ASSESSMENT).
ACTION THIRTEEN: DIANETIC STUDENT RESCUE INTENSIVE
This is an optional step to be taken if your pc is having any trouble with
study. It takes up and handles any and all somatics connected with the
subject of study.
A Student Rescue Intensive is not run until the pc has been completed up to
ACTION ELEVEN as it would interrupt his program because drugs, if he has
taken any, are a probable contributory cause to being unable to study.
Also the Dianetic Student Rescue Intensive is not a substitute for proper
Word Clearing of Dianetic, Scientology and earlier courses and training.
It does however make the latter much more effective.
(Ref: HCOB 2 Jul 78 New Era Dianetics Series 11, DIANETIC STUDENT
RESCUE INTENSIVE).
ACTION FOURTEEN: PREPARED ASSESSMENT FORM
This is an early step I developed in Dianetics which fell into disuse and
abandonment. However it can produce some amazing results and so is being
put back as a standard step in the running of Dianetics. It is done by
assessing a prepared list of types of somatics and fully handling each one
using New Era Dianetics.
363
When you have an F/Ning list and the pc is VGIs it is the end of this step.
The procedure and list is covered on HCOB 1 Jul 78 New Era Dianetics Series
13, DIANETICS PREPARED ASSESSMENT RUNDOWN.
ACTION FIFTEEN: DISABILITY RUNDOWN
This rundown handles anything the pc considers a disability; mental,
physical or otherwise. It handles everything from being too short to not
being able to speak Arabic or not wanting to go to parties. It takes each
disability and handles it with R3RA.
(Ref: HCOB 29 June 78 New Era Dianetics Series 14, DISABILITY RUNDOWN).
ACTION SIXTEEN: IDENTITY RUNDOWN
We have never before had a Dianetic process specifically directed to
getting a pc into valence. The Identity Rundown now handles that. It
specifically takes up and handles valences the pc may be in by using the
New Era Dianetics tech.
(Ref: HCOB 20 Jun 78 New Era Dianetics Series 15, IDENTITY RUNDOWN).
ACTION SEVENTEEN: AUDITING OUT SESSIONS -- OPTIONAL
Now and then it is necessary to audit out an auditing session or all
auditing. One does this by R3RA, running the incident narrative to erasure
and only going earlier similar if it starts to grind very badly or, if all
auditing, handling it session by session as a chain.
(Ref: HCOB 23 May 69 AUDITING OUT SESSIONS
HCOB 26 Jun 78RA New Era Dianetics Series 6RA
Issue II ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
HCOB 18 Jun 78R New Era Dianetics Series 4R
ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM).
IF YOU GET INTO TROUBLE
If you run into any trouble on these Dianetic steps, use the L3RF and
handle all reading items to EP. Or go to Cramming on Dianetics. (Ref: HCOB 11
April 71RC L3RF).
SUMMARY
Completing all the above steps thoroughly and completely ensuring that all
chains are run to full end phenomena is the only way you will have a well and
happy pc.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:lfg.dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
364
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=23/6/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=22/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
New Era Dianetics Series 16R
PRECLEAR CHECKLIST
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 JUNE 1978R
REVISED 22 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo
(Revisions in this type style)
(Ellipses indicate deletions)
New Era Dianetics Series 16R
PRECLEAR CHECKLIST
INFORMATION: When a pc is ready to start Dianetics this form must be filled out
with his name and commencing date and kept in the front of the pc folder.
It is his advanced program.
As each step of Dianetics is done, the auditor plus C/S must attest by
that step that this pc has done the step thoroughly per HCOB 22 June 1978R New
Era Dianetics Series 2R, New Era Dianetics Full PC Program Outline.
When all steps have been run and completed, the pc's Dianetic folders,
with this checklist included, get sent to the Qual Sec for full verification
and attest before the pc is allowed to attest to Dianetic Case Completion.
After a grace period of 3 weeks after the date of this issue it
will be a commevable offense for the auditor, C/S and Qual Sec to let
any pc attest to Dianetic Case Completion without having thoroughly
completed EACH step of this checklist.
PC NAME __________________________________ STARTING DATE ______________________
ORG __________________________________ COMPLETION DATE ____________________
AUDITOR(s) ____________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
Auditor C/S Qual Sec
Attest Attest Attest
STEP ONE: Original
Assessment Sheet _________ _________ _________
STEP TWO: PTSness Handled _________ _________ _________
STEP THREE: Objective ARC _________ _________ _________
STEP FOUR: Sweat Program _________ _________ _________
STEP FIVE: Objectives (CCHs _________ _________ _________
1-10,...SCS on
an Object, SCS, ...)
365
Auditor C/S Qual Sec
Attest Attest Attest
STEP SIX: Hard TRs _________ _________ _________
STEP SEVEN: Dianetic CS-1 _________ _________ _________
STEP EIGHT: Drug Rundown _________ _________ _________
STEP EIGHT-A. More Objectives _________ _________ _________
(SOP 8C and Op
Pro by Dup)
STEP NINE: Relief Rundown _________ _________ _________
STEP TEN: (Optional) Picture
& Masses Remedy _________ _________ _________
Past Life Remedy _________ _________ _________
STEP ELEVEN: Complete Handling
on Original
Assessment Sheet _________ _________ _________
STEP TWELVE: Second Original
Assessment Sheet _________ _________ _________
STEP THIRTEEN: (Optional) Student
Rescue Intensive _________ _________ _________
STEP FOURTEEN: Prepared
Assessment Form _________ _________ _________
STEP FIFTEEN: Disability Rundown _________ _________ _________
STEP SIXTEEN: Identity Rundown _________ _________ _________
STEP SEVENTEEN: (Optional) Auditing
Out Sessions _________ _________ _________
STEP EIGHTEEN: After full attest
From Qual Sec --
PC DECLARE _________ _________ _________
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:lfg.dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
366
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=24/6/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=22/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
New Era Dianetics Series 5R
ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT SHEET
Remimeo
BPI
HGC
All Auditors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 JUNE 1978R
REVISED 22 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo (Cancels BTB 24 Apr 69RA,
BPI Preclear Assessment Sheet)
HGC (Revisions in this type style)
All Auditors
New Era Dianetics Series 5R
ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT SHEET
WHEN IS THE ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT SHEET DONE
This Original Assessment Sheet is done as the beginning action of
Dianetics. It is done in a formal Dianetic auditing session in an auditing
room with the pc duly signed up, and in session.
WHO DOES THE ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT SHEET
The auditor assigned to audit the preclear does the assessment. It is
included as part of the preclear's auditing time as it is valuable data
collection on the preclear's case, done with the preclear on the meter.
PURPOSE OF ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT SHEET
The purpose of this form is to provide essential data regarding the
preclear to the C/S, the D of P and the auditor, and to better acquaint the
auditor with the preclear at the onset of auditing.
HOW IS THE ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT SHEET DONE
The assessment is done with the preclear on the meter.
The preclear is given the R-Factor that you will simply be asking him for
essential data about himself for the purpose given above. .
The auditor notes down the data as the pc gives it. He does not take up
the pc's answers to the questions, except, when necessary, to make sure the
question is answered and the auditor has the facts straight. TA at start and
end of the assessment is noted, along with any TA action during the
assessment. Needle reactions to the questions are noted when the question is
given plus any needle reaction that occurs during the pc's reply.
NEATNESS OF ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT SHEET
The data should be written plainly and neatly on the assessment sheet so
that it is readable, as the information is wanted. Auditor does not delay or
hold up the pc giving answers, however, while he completes admin.
WHERE DOES THE ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT SHEET GO WHEN COMPLETED
When completed, the Original Assessment Sheet is kept in the preclear's
folder. A note is made on the Summary Sheet of pc's folder that the Original
Assessment Sheet has been done.
367
DATE: ________________________________
ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT SHEET
Name of pc: _________________________ Age of pc: _____________________________
Auditor: _________________________ Org: _____________________________
TA Position at Start of Assessment: ______________________________
A. FAMILY:
1. Is mother living? ______________________ E-Meter Reaction _________________
2. Date of Death: ______________________ E-Meter Reaction _________________
3. Pc's statement of relationship with mother: _______________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________ E-Meter Reaction _________________
4. Is father living? ______________________ E-Meter Reaction _________________
5. Date of Death: ______________________ E-Meter Reaction _________________
6. Pc's statement of relationship with father: _______________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________ E-Meter Reaction _________________
7. List brothers, sisters, and other relatives of the pc, date of death of
any and E-Meter reaction:
Relation Date of Death E-Meter Reaction
__________________________ __________________________ _______________________
8. Where and with whom do you live? _________________________________________
____________________________________________ E-Meter Reaction _________________
9. Are you currently associated with anyone who is antagonistic to mental or
spiritual treatment or Scientology?
(If yes, who?): E-Meter Reaction
____________________________________________ E-Meter Reaction _________________
____________________________________________ E-Meter Reaction _________________
____________________________________________ E-Meter Reaction _________________
____________________________________________ E-Meter Reaction _________________
368
On questions 10 through 17 if the answer is "yes find out who and E-Meter
reaction.
10. Is anyone actively objecting to your getting treatment? _________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
11. Has anyone insisted you get treatment? __________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
12. Has anyone ever objected to your getting treatment? _____________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
13. Has anyone encouraged you to get treatment? _____________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
14. Has anyone ever objected to you getting better? _________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
15. Has anyone ever assisted you in self-betterment? ________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
16. Does anyone not like you the way you are? _______________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
17. Has anyone tried to make you change or be different? ____________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
B. MARITAL STATUS:
1. Married ______ Single ______ No. of times Divorced ______________________
2. Pc's statement of relationship with spouse: ______________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________ E-Meter Reaction ___________________
3. List any marital difficulties pc presently has: __________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________ E-Meter Reaction ___________________
369
4. If divorced, list reasons for divorce and pc's emotional feeling about
divorce:
______________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________ E-Meter Reaction ___________________
5. List children, date of death of any child and E-Meter reaction:
Children Date of Death E-Meter Reaction
___________________________________ __________________ _____________________
___________________________________ __________________ _____________________
___________________________________ __________________ _____________________
___________________________________ __________________ _____________________
___________________________________ __________________ _____________________
___________________________________ __________________ _____________________
C. EDUCATION LEVEL:
State the level of schooling pc has had. university education, or
professional training:
______________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________ E-Meter Reaction ___________________
D. PROFESSIONAL LIFE:
State main jobs pc has held:
Job E-Meter Reaction
___________________________________________ _________________________________
___________________________________________ _________________________________
___________________________________________ _________________________________
___________________________________________ _________________________________
___________________________________________ _________________________________
E. DRUGS: (NOTE. LIST DRUGS, MEDICINE OR ALCOHOL TAKEN THIS
LIFETIME ONLY.)
1. Are you taking any drugs currently?
What Drug Date (How Long) E-Meter Reaction
____________________________________ _________________ ____________________
____________________________________ _________________ ____________________
____________________________________ _________________ ____________________
____________________________________ _________________ ____________________
370
Have you ever taken drugs?
What Drug Date (How Long) E-Meter Reaction
____________________________________ _________________ ____________________
____________________________________ _________________ ____________________
____________________________________ _________________ ____________________
____________________________________ _________________ ____________________
____________________________________ _________________ ____________________
____________________________________ _________________ ____________________
2. Are you taking any alcohol or alcoholic drink currently?
What Alcohol/
Alcoholic Drink Date (How Long) E-Meter Reaction
____________________________________ _________________ ____________________
____________________________________ _________________ ____________________
____________________________________ _________________ ____________________
____________________________________ _________________ ____________________
____________________________________ _________________ ____________________
Have you ever taken alcohol or alcoholic drinks?
What Alcohol/
Alcoholic Drink Date (How Long) E-Meter Reaction
____________________________________ _________________ ____________________
____________________________________ _________________ ____________________
____________________________________ _________________ ____________________
3. List any medicine currently or previously taken.
What When E-Meter Reaction
____________________________________ _________________ ____________________
____________________________________ _________________ ____________________
____________________________________ _________________ ____________________
____________________________________ _________________ ____________________
371
F. LOSSES:
What severe losses have you had in life that influenced it?
E-Meter
Loss Date Description Reaction
___________________________ _________ ___________________________ ___________
___________________________ _________ ___________________________ ___________
___________________________ _________ ___________________________ ___________
___________________________ _________ ___________________________ ___________
___________________________ _________ ___________________________ ___________
G. DEATHS:
What deaths have severely affected your life?
E-Meter
Death Date Description Reaction
___________________________ _________ ___________________________ ___________
___________________________ _________ ___________________________ ___________
___________________________ _________ ___________________________ ___________
___________________________ _________ ___________________________ ___________
___________________________ _________ ___________________________ ___________
H. UPSETS:
Are you upset with or cross about anything or anyone at this particular time?
Upset Date E-Meter Reaction
____________________________________________ _____________ ________________
____________________________________________ _____________ ________________
____________________________________________ _____________ ________________
____________________________________________ _____________ ________________
____________________________________________ _____________ ________________
I. DANGERS:
1. Are you in any particular danger at this time?
Description E-Meter Reaction
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
372
2. Are there engrams that match this in the past?
(Note meter read.) _________________________________
J. ACCIDENTS:
List any serious accidents pc has had, the date of such, any permanent
physical damage, and E-Meter reaction.
E-Meter
Accident Date Physical Damage Reaction
___________________________ ________ __________________________ ____________
___________________________ ________ __________________________ ____________
___________________________ ________ __________________________ ____________
___________________________ ________ __________________________ ____________
K. ILLNESSES:
List any serious illness pc has had giving date of each, any permanent
physical damage, and E-Meter reaction.
E-Meter
Illness Date Physical Damage Reaction
___________________________ ________ __________________________ ____________
___________________________ ________ __________________________ ____________
___________________________ ________ __________________________ ____________
___________________________ ________ __________________________ ____________
L. OPERATIONS:
List any operation, the date of each and E-Meter reaction.
Operation Date E-Meter Reaction
____________________________________________ _____________ ________________
____________________________________________ _____________ ________________
____________________________________________ _____________ ________________
____________________________________________ _____________ ________________
____________________________________________ _____________ ________________
M. PRESENT PHYSICAL CONDITION:
List any bad physical condition pc presently has and E-Meter reaction to such.
Physical Condition E-Meter Reaction
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
373
N. PT ILLNESSES:
1. List any illnesses the pc currently has.
Illness Date E-Meter Reaction
____________________________________________ _____________ ________________
____________________________________________ _____________ ________________
____________________________________________ _____________ ________________
____________________________________________ _____________ ________________
____________________________________________ _____________ ________________
____________________________________________ _____________ ________________
2. Do you have any recurring physical ailment? _____________________________
____________________________________________ E-Meter Reaction ______________
O. DISABILITY PAYMENT OR PENSION:
List any disability payment or pension received by the pc, what it
is for, how much and for how long it has been received.
How E-Meter
What For Much Duration Reaction
________________________________ _______ _______________________ ____________
________________________________ _______ _______________________ ____________
________________________________ _______ _______________________ ____________
P. ANY FAMILY HISTORY OF INSANITY:
E-Meter
Who What When Reaction
________________________________ _______ _______________________ ____________
________________________________ _______ _______________________ ____________
________________________________ _______ _______________________ ____________
Q. EYES: E-Meter Reaction
Any tint in eye white __________________________ ________________
Eye Color __________________________ ________________
374
Color Blindness __________________________ ________________
Glasses __________________________ ________________
R. BODY WEIGHT: E-Meter Reaction
Overweight? __________________________ ________________
Underweight? __________________________ ________________
S. ANY PERCEPTION DIFFICULTIES:
What E-Meter Reaction
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
T. ANY PERCEPTION TROUBLE IN FAMILY:
E-Meter Reaction
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
U. SICK OR DISABLED FAMILY:
E-Meter Reaction
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
V. EARLIER ALLIES OR CLOSE FRIENDS:
E-Meter Reaction
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
W. HUSBAND OR WIFE PHYSICAL TROUBLES:
What E-Meter Reaction
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
X. ATTITUDE TOWARDS ILLNESS:
E-Meter Reaction
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
375
Y. ATTITUDE TOWARDS TREATMENT:
E-Meter Reaction
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
Z. ANY CURRENT TREATMENT IN PROGRESS:
E-Meter Reaction
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
AA. COMPULSIONS, REPRESSIONS AND FEARS:
List any compulsions (things pc feels compelled to do), repressions (things pc
must prevent himself from doing) and any fears of pc.
Compulsions: E-Meter Reaction
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
Repressions: E-Meter Reaction
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
Fears: E-Meter Reaction
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
Are you trying to change something someone else doesn't like?
What and Who E-Meter Reaction
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
BB. CRIMINAL RECORD:
List any crime committed by pc, prison sentence, if any, and E-Meter
reactions:
Crime Sentence E-Meter Reaction
______________________________ ___________________________ ________________
______________________________ ___________________________ ________________
______________________________ ___________________________ ________________
376
CC. INTERESTS AND HOBBIES:
List any interests and hobbies of pc.
Interests and Hobbies E-Meter Reaction
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
DD. ARE YOU HERE ON YOUR OWN SELF-DETERMINISM?
E-Meter Reaction
___________________________________________________________ ________________
EE. PREVIOUS DIANETIC OR SCIENTOLOGY PROCESSING:
1. List auditors, hours, and E-Meter reaction to any processing done.
Auditor Hours E-Meter Reaction
________________________________________________ _________ ________________
________________________________________________ _________ ________________
________________________________________________ _________ ________________
________________________________________________ _________ ________________
________________________________________________ _________ ________________
2. List briefly processes run: _____________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
3. List goals attained from such processing:
E-Meter Reaction
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
4. List goals not attained from such processing:
E-Meter Reaction
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
377
FF. 1. Do you look on yourself as somebody else?
E-Meter Reaction
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
2. When you see pictures of the past do you see yourself from a distance?
E-Meter Reaction
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
GG. FORMER PRACTICES:
1. What practices or treatments have you engaged upon in the past?
Practice or Therapy Date E-Meter Reaction
_______________________________________________ __________ ________________
_______________________________________________ __________ ________________
_______________________________________________ __________ ________________
_______________________________________________ __________ ________________
_______________________________________________ __________ ________________
2. Are you continuing any of the above in the present?
_______________________________________________ __________ ________________
_______________________________________________ __________ ________________
_______________________________________________ __________ ________________
_______________________________________________ __________ ________________
HH. What problems are you trying to solve by processing?
E-Meter Reaction
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
___________________________________________________________ ________________
378
II. Have you ever done anything harmful to Dianetics, Dianeticists,
Scientology, Scientologists or organizations? (Note any meter read.)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
JJ. REALITY FACTOR:
You know of course that people sometimes get cross at the auditor
or run away when they are withholding information from them and we
don't want you to do that.
Anything you tell me is confidential and is protected under
ministerial confidence.
Is there anything we have missed or omitted while doing this assessment?
(Carefully note any meter reads.)
Ask: "Is there anything you would care to tell me about this?"
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
State of needle at the end of the above ___________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ldv.dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
379
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=26/6/78
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=2
rDate=15/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
ROUTINE 3RA
ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
Type = 11
iDate=26/5/78
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Type = 12
iDate=6/5/69
Issue=2
Rev=2
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
All Auditors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 JUNE 1978RA
Issue II
REVISED 4 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo RE-REVISED 15 SEPTEMBER 1978
All Auditors
(Revisions in this type style)
(Ellipsis indicates deletion)
CANCELS
HCOB 26 MAY 1978 Issue II
BTB 6 MAY 1969RA Issue II
New Era Dianetics Series 6RA
IMPORTANT: Included in the vital revisions of this
bulletin are a change in the order of R3RA
commands and additional data on Dianetic EPs
and postulates.
ROUTINE 3RA
ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
Ref: HCOB 23 Apr 69R II DIANETIC ERASURE. HOW TO ATTAIN
HCOB 2 Dec 69R RISING TA
HCOB 28 May 69R HOW NOT TO ERASE
HCOB 23 May 69R AUDITING OUT SESSIONS NARRATIVE
VERSUS SOMATIC CHAINS
HCOB 2 Apr 69RA DIANETIC ASSISTS
HCOB 13 Sep 78 R3RA ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS AND
NARRATIVE R3RA -- AN ADDITIONAL DIFFERENCE
HCOB 16 Sep 78 POSTULATE OFF EQUALS ERASURE
The search to unravel the mystery of the human mind was so long and so
complex that it had many turnings. Methods were changed so as to be perfected
as understanding increased in the research line.
Unfortunately this was taken advantage of by some of questionable intent.
Because there had been changes and perfecting actions they could introduce
unworkable changes that would go relatively undetected.
Probably this is the fate of all subjects and why Man is in a state of high
material cultural achievement yet does not have really workable equipment and
is in a terrible mess, surrounded on every hand by a failing material
culture.
Probably the heaviest hat I've worn in recent years is the recovery of lost
Dianetic and Scientology tech and eradicating and correcting alterations
introduced into the subject by others.
Given a knowledge of the composition and behavior of the time track, engram
running by chains is so simple that any auditor begins by overcomplication.
You almost can't get uncomplicated enough in engram running.
In teaching people to run engrams in 1949, my chief despair was summed up
in one sentence to the group I was instructing: "All auditors talk too much."
And that's the first lesson.
380
The second lesson is: "All auditors acknowledge too little." Instead of
cheerily asking what the pc said and saying "Continue," auditors are always
asking for more data and usually for more data than the pc could ever give.
Example: Pc: "I see a house here." Auditor: "Okay. How big is it?"
That's not engram running, that's just lousy "Q and A."
The proper action is: Pc: "I see a house here." Auditor: "Okay.
Continue."
The exceptions to this rule are non-existent. This isn't a special brand
of engram running. It is modern engram running. It was the first engram
running and is the latest and you can put aside any complications in between.
The rule is ACKNOWLEDGE WHAT THE PC SAYS AND TELL HIM TO CONTINUE.
Then there's the matter of being doubtful of control. Wrong example:
Auditor: "Move to yesterday. Are you there? How do you know it's yesterday?
What do you see that makes you think...." FLUNK, FLUNK, FLUNK.
Right example: Auditor: "Move to the beginning of that incident and tell
me when you are there." (Pc answers.) "What do you see?...... Good."
Another error is a failure to take the pc's data. You take the pc's data.
Never take his orders.
EARLY ENGRAM RUNNING
No auditor who knew earlier than June 1978 engram running should consider
he or she knows how to run engrams.
Routine 3RA is itself. It has no dependence on earlier methods of running
engrams. Failure to study and learn R3RA "because one knows about engram
running" will cause a lot of case failure.
If you know old-time engram running, there is no attempt here to
invalidate you or that knowledge or make you wrong in any way. Those are
all ways to run engrams and gave you a better grasp on it. I only wish to call
to your attention that R3RA is not old-time engram running.
ROUTINE 3RA
Engram running by chains is designated "Routine 3RA."
It is a new triumph of simplicity. It does not demand visio, sonic or
other perception at once by the pc. It develops them.
R3RA REVISED BY STEPS
The first thing the auditor does is to make sure the room and session are
set up. This means, in other words, that the room is as comfortable as
possible and free from interruptions and distractions; that the auditor's
meter is fully charged and set up and that the auditor has all the
administrative supplies he will need for the session. Prepared correction
lists for Dianetics must also be included.
He has the C/S for that session.
The pc is seated in the chair furthest from the door and is asked to pick
up the cans.
381
The auditor checks that the pc has had enough to eat by doing the
metabolism test and also checks that the pc has the correct sensitivity
setting by having the pc squeeze the cans and adjusting the sensitivity knob
so that the needle registers one third of a dial fall when squeezing the cans.
The auditor then starts the session by saying, "This is the session" (Tone
40).
The auditor then puts in the R (reality) factor with the pc by telling the
pc briefly what he is going to do in the session.
PRELIMINARY STEP:
Establish the type of chain the pc is to run by assessment. Ref: HCOB 18
June 78 New Era Dianetics Series 4, ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM.
R3RA COMMANDS
FLOW 1:
STEP ONE:
Locate the first incident by the command "Locate a time when you had
__________."
STEP TWO:
"When was it?" You accept any time or date or approximation the pc gives
you. Do not attempt any dating drill.
STEP THREE:
Move the pc to the incident with the exact command, "Move to that
incident." (This step is omitted if the pc keeps telling you he is there
already.)
STEP FOUR:
"What is the duration of that incident?" Accept any duration the pc gives
you or any statement he makes about it. Do not attempt to meter him a more
accurate duration.
STEP FIVE:
Move the pc to the beginning of the incident with the exact command: "Move
to the beginning of that incident and tell me when you are there."
STEP SIX:
Ask pc what he or she is looking at with the exact command: "What do you
see?" (If the pc's eyes are open, tell the pc first, "Close your eyes."
acknowledge him quietly for doing so and then give him the command.)
STEP SEVEN:
"Move through that incident to a point (duration pc said) later."
STEP EIGHT:
Ask nothing, say nothing, do nothing (except observe the meter or make
quiet notes) while pc is going through the incident. If pc comments before
reaching the end say "OK, continue."
382
STEP NINE:
When the pc reaches the end of the incident say only: "What happened?"
Take whatever pc says, acknowledge only as needful. Say nothing else. ask
nothing else. When pc has told little or much and has finished talking, give
him a final acknowledgement.
If the TA has risen (from its position at Step 1) the auditor immediately
checks for an earlier incident (Step G). If no earlier incident, he asks for
an earlier beginning to the incident (Step X).
If the TA is the same or lower, he runs the incident through again
(Step A).
In going through an incident the second or successive times one DOES NOT
ask for date and duration or any description.
A. (When the pc has told what happened and the auditor has acknowledged)
"Move to the beginning of that incident and tell me when you are there."
B. "Move through to the end of that incident."
C. (When the pc has done so) "Tell me what happened."
Ca. "Is that incident erasing or going more solid?" (TA rising means the
incident has gone more solid so the question is unnecessary if TA is
higher.)
If the incident is erasing, go through it again (Step D).
If it has gone more solid, ask for an earlier incident (Step G) and if no
earlier incident, ask for an earlier beginning (Step H).
D. "Return to the beginning of that incident and tell me when you are there."
E. "Move through to the end of that incident."
F. "Tell me what happened."
Fa. "ls that incident erasing or going more solid?" (TA rising means the
incident has gone more solid so the question is unnecessary if TA is
higher.)
If the incident is erasing, go through it again (Step D).
If it has gone more solid, ask for an earlier incident (Step G) and if no
earlier incident, ask for an earlier beginning (Step H).
G. "Is there an earlier incident when you had a ______ (exact same somatic)?"
Continue on down the chain of the SAME somatic using Steps 2-9, A, B, C,
D, E, F, G, H, and EYE.
H. "Is there an earlier beginning to this incident?" or "Does the one we are
running start earlier?" or "Does there seem to be an earlier starting
point to this incident?"
(If not, give command D and put the pc through the incident again. If
there is an earlier beginning, give command EYE.)
EYE. "Go to the new beginning of that incident and tell me when you are there."
(Followed by B, C.)
383
POSTULATE OFF EQUALS ERASURE
When it appears that you have reached the basic incident of the chain and
that it is erasing, after each pass through, ask:
"Has it erased?"
The pc sometimes thinks the incident is erasing but it's not erasing, so
you have to go back to your G, H, EYE followed by 2-9, A-EYE. In some cases
this can happen several times in one chain.
The postulate coming off is the EP of the chain and means that you have
obtained an erasure. This will be accompanied by F/N and VGIs.
Getting the postulate is the important thing. Even if you get an F/N you
don't call the F/N UNTIL you've gotten the postulate, at which time you have
reached the EP and end off on that chain.
If the pc says the chain has erased, but the postulate made during the time
of the incident has not been volunteered by the pc ask:
"Did you make a postulate at the time of that incident?"
Only when the postulate has come off to F/N and VGIs can one consider
that the full EP of a Dianetic incident or chain has been reached.
You must recognize what the postulate is when it comes up. If you overrun
past the postulate you can really mess a pc up and he may need extensive
repair. All you're trying to get off the line is the postulate. That is what
is keeping the chain there.
If the pc has given the postulate to F/N and VGIs, that is it. You have
the EP of that chain.
GOING EARLIER
Ordinarily one runs an incident through twice, (Steps 1-9 then A-C), to
unburden it and allow the pc to locate earlier incidents on the chain.
However, the TA rising on Step 9 is an indication that there is something
earlier. If the auditor observes the TA rising, he should ask the pc if there
is an earlier incident, using in the command the exact same somatic or feeling
used in Step One. If there is no earlier incident he asks if there is an
earlier beginning.
An auditor should never solidify a pc's bank by putting him through an
incident TWICE, when by observation of the TA it is clear that the incident
has gone more solid by the end of the FIRST run through.
Checking for an earlier incident after the first run through (if the TA
has risen) is the solution to this.
It, after the second pass through, when you have asked the pc "Is the
incident erasing or going more solid?" and the pc doesn't know or isn't sure,
ask for an earlier incident.
Never ask erasing/solid in the middle of an incident.
BOUNCERS
If the pc is out of the session, out of the incident, bounces from the
incident, etc., you would have to have him or her RETURN to the beginning of
the incident and move through the incident, returning the pc to the incident
as necessary.
384
The pc who bounces out of an incident on a "bouncer" has to be put back
into the incident and continue running it.
The commands to do this are: As soon as you have seen that the pc has
bounced give him command D ("Return to the beginning of that incident and tell
me when you are there."), followed with E, F, Fa.
FLOWS 2, 3 AND 0
Step One and Step G (going earlier) commands for Flows 2, 3 and 0 are:
FLOW 2:
STEP ONE:
"Locate an incident of your causing another ____________ (the exact
somatic or feeling used in Flow 1)."
STEP G:
"Is there an earlier incident of your causing another ____________ (the
exact somatic or feeling used in Flow 1)?"
FLOW 3:
STEP ONE:
"Locate an incident of others causing others ____________ (plural of the
somatic or feeling used in Flow 1)."
STEP G:
"Is there an earlier incident of others causing others ____________
(plural of the exact somatic or feeling used in Flow 1)?"
FLOW 0:
STEP ONE:
"Locate an incident of you causing yourself ____________ (the exact
somatic or feeling used in Flow 1)."
STEP G:
"Is there an earlier incident of you causing yourself ____________ (the
exact somatic or feeling used in Flow 1)?"
Each of these Step One and Step G commands are run on the full verbatim
1-9, A-EYE steps as given herein.
NARRATIVE R3RA
A narrative item is often run to run out the physical experiences the
person has list undergone. This could be for example an accident, illness, an
operation or emotional shock.
However, a condition or circumstance without an incident is NOT narrative.
It's just an incorrect item. An example of this would be trying to run the
item, "Obstruction of justice." It would not run as there is no exact incident
there.
Narratives are too often just run through once or twice and abandoned.
This, unfortunately, leaves the incident still charged and affecting the pc. A
narrative needs
385
to be run and run and run on that one incident. What you are doing is running
the incident narrative to erasure and only going earlier similar if it starts
to grind very badly.
Most narratives will run out by themselves without going earlier even
though it takes a very long time but if you want to change somebody's life,
that's how you can do it.
When you are running a narrative you always add the known incident to the
command.
Using the earlier beginning command in running narratives is essential. For
example: If the pc is running out a death of somebody closely related to him
you will find that the incident actually started when he heard the phone ring,
then, going back earlier to when somebody looked at him peculiarly, etc.
So using the earlier beginning command in narrative running is VITAL.
The commands for Narrative are:
FLOW I:
STEP ONE:
"Return to the time you ____________ (specific incident) and tell me when
you are there."
Steps 2-9 are followed (3 is omitted as you have already got the pc to the
incident by giving him the first command, "Return to the time...")
Earlier beginning (Step H) is checked after each run through the incident.
If there is one, send the pc to the new beginning of the incident (Step EYE)
then follow with Steps B and C.
If there is no earlier beginning, return the pc to the incident with Step
A, followed by B and C, again checking earlier beginning (Step H) at the end
of each run through the incident. On third and subsequent runs through the
incident use steps D, E, 4 making certain to check for earlier beginning after
each pass through, and only when the pc is obviously starting to grind and
gets no place does one then use the command, "Is there an earlier similar
incident?"
FLOW 2:
STEP ONE:
"Return to the time you caused another to/a (specific incident) and tell
me when you are there."
Steps 2-9 are followed (3 is omitted as you have already got the pc to the
incident by giving him the first command, "Return to the time...").
Earlier beginning (Step H) is checked after each run through the incident.
If there is one, send the pc to the new beginning of the incident (Step EYE)
then follow with Steps B and C.
If there is no earlier beginning, return the pc to the incident with Step
A, followed by B and C, again checking earlier beginning (Step H) at the end
of each run through the incident. On third and subsequent runs through the
incident use Steps D, E, 4, making certain to check for earlier beginning
after each pass through, and only when the pc is obviously starting to grind
and gets no place does one then use the command, "Is there an earlier similar
incident?"
386
FLOW 3:
STEP ONE:
"Return to the time others caused others to/a (specific incident) and tell
me when you are there."
Steps 2-9 are followed (3 is omitted as you have already got the pc to the
incident by giving him the first command, "Return to the time...").
Earlier beginning (Step H) is checked after each run through the incident.
If there is one, send the pc to the new beginning of the incident (Step EYE)
then follow with Steps B and C.
If there is no earlier beginning, return the pc to the incident with Step
A, followed by B and C, again checking earlier beginning (Step H) at the end
of each run through the incident. On third and subsequent runs through the
incident use steps D, E, F, making certain to check for earlier beginning
after each pass through, and only when the pc is obviously starting to grind
and gets no place does one then use the command, "Is there an earlier similar
incident?"
FLOW 0:
STEP ONE:
"Return to the time you caused yourself to/a (specific incident) and tell
me when you are there."
Steps 2-9 are followed (3 is omitted as you have already got the pc to the
incident by giving him the first command, "Return to the time...').
Earlier beginning (Step H) is checked after each run through the incident.
If there is one, send the pc to the new beginning of the incident (Step EYE)
then follow with Steps B and C.
If there is no earlier beginning, return the pc to the incident with Step
A, followed by B and C, again checking earlier beginning (Step H) at the end
of each run through the incident. On third and subsequent runs through the
incident use steps D, E, F, making certain to check for earlier beginning
after each pass through, and only when the pc is obviously starting to grind
and gets no place does one then use the command, "Is there an earlier similar
incident?"
SECONDARIES
Secondaries are run with the same commands as R3RA. If they are narrative
secondaries they are run with the same commands as Narrative R3RA engrams.
The earlier similar command is "Is there an earlier similar incident?"
ALWAYS RUN NARRATIVE INCIDENTS TRIPLE OR QUAD FLOW AS ABOVE.
AUDITOR KNOWLEDGE OF COMMANDS
These commands and procedures as given above just be thoroughly drilled
with TR 101, 102, 103 and 104 before any Dianetic auditing may be done on a pc.
Pcs can be messed up by incorrect and sloppy commands.
387
SPEED OF COMMANDS
Some pcs run fast and some run slow. An auditor must never rush a pc or
hold him up when he is ready to go on with the next command. The auditor must
never keep a pc waiting for him while he handles his admin or comm lags before
giving the next command.
Timing and speed are especially crucial when the auditor gives the command
to move through the incident after having told the pc to move to the beginning
of the incident. With a slow command, the pc would wind up halfway through the
incident before he receives the command to move through it.
The better an auditor knows his TRs, his process commands, his meter and
admin the faster and more accurately he can operate. Speed is very important,
especially when auditing fast pcs.
PC INTEREST
In doing R3RA it is necessary that (a) one chooses things the pc is
interested in and (b) one does not force a pc to run things he is protesting
being run on.
LAST INCIDENT FOUND
If you ask if there is an earlier beginning and you have already checked
for an earlier incident and the pc says there is no earlier beginning, you do
not just walk off from the one he was just running. You send the pc through it
again and it will erase with full end phenomena or the pc will then be able to
see an earlier incident and continue with the chain.
COMPLETING CHAINS
If you do sloppy R3RA and do one thing after another without getting the
full EP of:
1) the actual postulate WHICH WILL BE THE ERASURE,
2) F/N,
3) VGIs,
you will get the pc stuck up on the track. You complete each chain to full EP
as above, remembering that when the postulate comes off, THAT is your EP. The
chain will have blown.
F/Ns
In running Dianetics you do not stop at the first sign of an F/N, you do
not call F/Ns during the running. Dianetics runs only by asking the pc if it
is erasing. You ignore F/Ns until the postulate has come off to F/N and VGIs.
THEN you call the F/N and that's it for that chain.
BLOWING BY INSPECTION
An auditor may occasionally encounter a pc who erases chains before he can
even tell about them. Along about Step 3 of R3RA, the TA blows down, the
needle F/Ns, the pc says, "It's gone," and VGIs come in. This is called
blowing by inspection and occurs once in a while with a fast running pc on a
light chain.
If it was basic for that chain and the auditor fails to recognize and
handle it, the pc will go into another chain or a heavy protest.
388
ENDING SESSION
An R3RA session can be safely ended on a completed chain that ended with
the full Dianetic EP as above stated....
This doesn't mean the end of all Dianetic auditing. In the next session
another assessment will turn up more unwanted feelings, etc.
ENDING DIANETICS
Dianetics is ended off only when a pc has become well and happy and remains
that way.
And there you have it, engram running superior to any engram running ever
done and giving superior and faster results.
SPECIAL NEW ERA DIANETICS RUNDOWN
FOR OTs
New Era Dianetics or any Dianetics is NOT to be run on Clears or above or
on Dianetic Clears.
Clears and OTs are to be audited on the Special New Era Dianetics Rundown
for OTs, which is available at Advanced Orgs and Flag. (Ref: HCOB 12 Sep 78
Dianetics Forbidden on Clears and OTs.)
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ltg.mdf
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
389
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=28/6/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=2
rDate=15/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
New Era Dianetics Series 7RA
R3RA COMMANDS
Remimeo
All Auditors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 28 JUNE 1978RA
Remimeo REVISED 4 SEPTEMBER 1978
All Auditors RE-REVISED 15 SEPTEMBER 1978
(Revisions in this type style)
New Era Dianetics Series 7RA
IMPORTANT: Included in the vital revisions of this Bulletin
is a change in the order of R3RA commands.
R3RA COMMANDS
This is a short list on R3RA commands.
STEP 1: "Locate a time when you had ____________."
STEP 2: "When was it?"
(Note: You accept any time or date or approximation the pc gives you.
Do not attempt any dating drill.)
STEP 3: "Move to that incident."
(This step is omitted if the pc keeps telling you he is there
already.)
STEP 4: "What is the duration of that incident?"
(Accept any duration the pc gives you or any statement he makes about
it. Do not attempt to meter him a more accurate duration.)
STEP 5: "Move to the beginning of that incident and tell me when you are
there."
STEP 6: "What do you see?"
(If the pc's eyes are open, tell the pc first, "Close your eyes,"
acknowledge him quietly for doing so and then give him the command.)
STEP 7: "Move through that incident to a point (duration pc said) later."
STEP 8: If pc comments before reaching the end say "OK, continue."
STEP 9: When pc has reached the end of the incident ask "What happened?"
If the TA has risen (from its position at Step 1) the auditor immediately
checks for an earlier incident (Step G). If no earlier incident, he asks for
an earlier beginning to the incident(Step H).
If the TA is the same or lower, he runs the incident through again (Step
A).
In going through an incident the second or successive times one DOES NOT
ask for date and duration or any description.
A. (When the pc has told what happened and the auditor has acknowledged)
"Move to the beginning of that incident and tell me when you are
there."
B. "Move through to the end of that incident."
C. (When the pc has done so) "Tell me what happened."
390
Ca. "Is that incident erasing or going more solid?" (TA rising means the
incident has gone more solid so the question is unnecessary if TA is
higher.)
If the incident is erasing, go through it again (Step D).
If it has gone more solid, ask for an earlier incident (Step G) and
if no earlier incident, ask for an earlier beginning (Step H).
D. "Return to the beginning of that incident and tell me when you are
there."
E. "Move through to the end of that incident."
F. "Tell me what happened."
Fa. "Is that incident erasing or going more solid?" (TA rising means the
incident has gone more solid so the question is unnecessary if TA is
higher.)
If the incident is erasing, go through it again (Step D).
If it has gone more solid, ask for an earlier incident (Step G) and
if no earlier incident, ask for an earlier beginning (Step H).
G. "Is there an earlier incident when you had a __________ (exact same
somatic)?"
Continue on down the chain of the SAME somatic using Steps 2-9, A,
B, C, D, E, F, G, H and EYE.
H. "Is there an earlier beginning to this incident?" or "Does the one we
are running start earlier?" or "Does there seem to be an earlier
starting point to this incident?"
(If not, give command D and put the pc through the incident again. If
there is an earlier beginning, give command EYE.)
EYE. "Go to the new beginning of that incident and tell me when you are
there." (Followed by B, C.)
When it appears that you have reached the basic incident of the chain and
that it is erasing, after each pass through, ask:
"Has it erased?"
The pc sometimes thinks the incident is erasing but it's not
erasing, so you have to go back to your G, H, EYE, followed by 2-9,
A-EYE. In some cases this can happen several times in one chain.
POSTULATE OFF EQUALS ERASURE
The postulate coming off is the EP of the chain and means that you have
obtained an erasure. This will be accompanied by F/N and VGIs.
Getting the postulate is the important thing. Even if you get an F/N you
don't call the F/N UNTIL you've gotten the postulate, at which time you have
reached the EP and end off on that chain.
If the pc says the chain has erased, but the postulate made during the time
of the incident has not been volunteered by the pc ask:
391
"Did you make a postulate at the time of that incident?"
Only when the postulate has come off to F/N and VGIs can one consider
that the full EP of a Dianetic incident or chain has been reached.
You must recognize what the postulate is when it comes up. If you overrun
past the postulate you can really mess a pc up and he may need extensive
repair. All you're trying to get off the line is the postulate. That is what
is keeping the chain there.
If the pc has given the postulate to F/N and VGIs, that is it. You have
the EP of that chain.
GOING EARLIER
Ordinarily one runs an incident through twice, (Steps 1-9 then A-C), to
unburden it and allow the pc to locate earlier incidents on the chain.
However, the TA rising on Step 9 is an indication that there is something
earlier. If the auditor observes the TA rising, he should ask the pc if there
is an earlier incident, using in the command the exact same somatic or feeling
used in Step One. If there is no earlier he asks if there is an earlier
beginning.
An auditor should never solidify a pc's bank by putting him through an
incident TWICE, when by observation of the TA it is clear that the incident
has gone more solid by the end of the FIRST run through.
Checking for an earlier incident after the first run through (if the TA
has risen) is the solution to this.
If, after the second pass through, when you have asked the pc "Is the
incident erasing or going more solid?" and the pc doesn't know or isn't sure,
ask for an earlier incident.
Never ask erasing/solid in the middle of an incident.
BOUNCERS
If the pc is out of the session, out of the incident, bounces from the
incident, etc. you would have to have him or her RETURN to the beginning of
the incident and move through the incident, returning the pc to the incident
as necessary.
The pc who bounces out of an incident on a "bouncer" has to be put back
into the incident and continue running it.
The commands to do this are: As soon as you have seen that the pc has
bounced give him command D ("Return to the beginning of that incident and tell
me when you are there."), followed with E, F, Fa.
FLOWS 2, 3 AND 0
FLOW 2:
STEP ONE: "Locate an incident of your causing another ________ (the exact
somatic or feeling in Flow 1)."
STEP G: "Is there an earlier incident of your causing another ________
(the exact somatic or feeling used in Flow 1)?"
392
FLOW 3:
STEP ONE: "Locate an incident of others causing others ________ (plural of
the somatic or feeling used in Flow 1)."
STEP G: "Is there an earlier incident of others causing others ________
(plural of the exact somatic or feeling used in Flow 1)?"
FLOW 0:
STEP ONE: "Locate an incident of you causing yourself ________ (the exact
somatic or feeling used in Flow 1)."
STEP G: "Is there an earlier incident of you causing yourself ________
(the exact somatic or feeling used in Flow 1)?"
The commands for Narrative are:
FLOW 1:
STEP ONE: "Return to the time you (specific incident) and tell me when you
are there."
Steps 2-9 are followed (3 is omitted as you have already got the pc to the
incident by giving him the first command, "Return to the time....").
Earlier beginning (Step H) is checked after each run through the
incident. If there is one, send the pc to the new beginning of the incident
(Step EYE) then follow with Steps B and C.
If there is no earlier beginning, return the pc to the incident with Step
A, followed by B and C, again checking earlier beginning (Step H) at the end
of each run through the incident. On third and subsequent runs through the
incident use Steps D, E, F, making certain to check for earlier beginning
after each pass through, and only when the pc is obviously starting to grind
and gets no place does one then use the command, "Is there an earlier similar
incident?"
FLOW 2:
STEP ONE: "Return to the time you caused another to/a (specific incident)
and tell me when you are there."
Steps 2-9 are followed (3 is omitted as you have already got the pc to the
incident by giving him the first command, "Return to the time....").
Earlier beginning (Step H) is checked after each run through the incident.
If there is one, send the pc to the new beginning of the incident (Step EYE)
then follow with Steps B and C.
If there is no earlier beginning, return the pc to the incident with Step
A, followed by B and C, again checking earlier beginning (Step H) at the end
of each run through the incident. On third and subsequent runs through the
incident use Steps D, E, F, making certain to check for earlier beginning
after each pass through, and only when the pc is obviously starting to grind
and gets no place does one then use the command, "Is there an earlier similar
incident?"
393
FLOW 3:
STEP ONE: "Return to the time others caused others to/a (specific
incident) and tell me when you are there."
Steps 2-9 are followed (3 is omitted as you have already got the pc to the
incident by giving him the first command, "Return to the time....").
Earlier beginning (Step H) is checked after each run through the incident.
If there is one, send the pc to the new beginning of the incident (Step EYE)
then follow with Steps B and C.
If there is no earlier beginning, return the pc to the incident with Step
A, followed by B and C, again checking earlier beginning (Step H) at the end
of each run through the incident. On third and subsequent runs through the
incident use Steps D, E, F, making certain to check for earlier beginning
after each pass through, and only when the pc is obviously starting to grind
and gets no place does one then use the command, "Is there an earlier similar
incident?"
FLOW 0:
STEP ONE: "Return to the time you caused yourself to (specific incident) and
tell me when you are there."
Steps 2-9 are followed (3 is omitted as you have already got the pc to the
incident by giving him the first command, "Return to the time....").
Earlier beginning (Step H) is checked after each run through the incident.
If there is one, send the pc to the new beginning of the incident (Step EYE)
then follow with Steps B and C.
If there is no earlier beginning, return the pc to the incident with Step
A, followed by B and C, again checking earlier beginning (Step H) at the end
of each run through the incident. On third and subsequent runs through the
incident use Steps D, E, F, making certain to check for earlier beginning
after each pass through, and only when the pc is obviously starting to grind
and gets no place does one then use the command, "Is there an earlier similar
incident?"
SECONDARIES
Secondaries are run with the same commands as R3RA. If they are narrative
secondaries they are run with the same commands as Narrative R3RA engrams.
The earlier similar command is "Is there an earlier similar incident?"
ALWAYS RUN NARRATIVE INCIDENTS TRIPLE OR QUAD FLOW AS ABOVE.
Auditors must be thoroughly drilled on these commands until they have them
down cold using TR 101, 102, 103 and 104.
This must be done before the auditor audits the pc on Dianetics.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:lfg.dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
394
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=29/6/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
New Era Dianetics Series 14
DISABILITY RUNDOWN
Remimeo
All Auditors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 29 JUNE 1978
Remimeo
All Auditors
New Era Dianetics Series 14
DISABILITY RUNDOWN
This rundown is done by getting the pc to give you anything he considers a
disability, mental, physical or otherwise.
This list can include anything from a withered foot to being too small to
not being able to learn French.
Make a list of all items the pc gives you ensuring you get the meter read
as the pc gives you the item.
Take the largest reading item and do a full preassessment on it. Check
interest and handle each reading item from the preassessment Quad R3RA. Take
up the next biggest reading disability and do a preassessment and handling on
it.
Reassess/add to the original list. Use Suppress and Invalidate buttons as
needed.
When you have exhausted the list of all reading disabilities and the pc
says there are no more disabilities this rundown is complete.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:lfg
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
395
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=1/7/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
New Era Dianetics Series 13
THE DIANETIC PREPARED ASSESSMENT RUNDOWN
ACTION FOURTEEN
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 1 JULY 1978
Remimeo
New Era Dianetics Series 13
THE DIANETIC PREPARED ASSESSMENT RUNDOWN
ACTION FOURTEEN
Many chains, locks, secondaries and engrams are available on any pc. But
some of them are beyond the pc's reality and ability and some of them are too
featherweight to get any case gain. This rundown is designed to locate items
that can be run R3RA. It is called the Dianetic Prepared Assessment Rundown.
EARLIER ASSESSMENT DONE
The very earliest assessment (1948) used was "What the pc could see" when
he closed his or her eyes. This was then run.
This was followed by an arbitrary method of assigning necessary incidents
to be run such as birth and prenatals.
The next earliest assessment (1949) was to ask each time for "the incident
necessary to resolve the case." An automaticity known as the "File Clerk" was
depended upon, impinged on by finger snapping.
The next period (1951) concerned whole track exploration running whatever
you could get to read on a meter.
The next period (1952) concerned overt engrams located by what the pc
seemed to be doing physically.
This ended the Dianetic period when engrams were run to clear a case.
Variations of these assessments were revived from time to time in
Dianetic uses, culminating in the 5th ACC where overt engrams were run with
confront and great stress was laid on getting the postulates out of them. The
meter and shrewd guesses played their part in assessments.
Significance and story content have no bearing on the rightness or
wrongness of a chain selected. They are entirely incidental to judging the
correctness of a chain.
1. The first action of this RD is to assess the following list:
infirmity __________
sickness __________
being unwell __________
bad feelings __________
unpleasant feelings __________
disagreeable feelings __________
396
soreness __________ panic __________
hurting __________ apprehension __________
ailment __________ qualms __________
complaint __________ alarm __________
a malady __________ timidity __________
a disorder __________ physical disabilities __________
damaged body parts __________ casualty __________
hurt body parts __________ distress __________
disabled body parts __________ bodily affliction __________
skin irritation __________ defective body parts __________
skin disorder __________ allergies __________
unwanted feelings __________ relatives __________
dental problems __________ jobs __________
an unwanted body condition __________ environment __________
unwanted states of the body __________ this area __________
an unwanted manner __________ upsets __________
depression __________ problems __________
infection __________ children __________
unwanted behavior __________ marriage __________
injuries __________ smells __________
mishap __________ machinery __________
perception troubles __________ matter __________
loss of a loved one __________ energy __________
impulses __________ space __________
crimes __________ time __________
urges __________ orgs __________
restraints __________ Dianetics __________
frights __________ Scientology __________
anxiety __________ auditors __________
terror __________ auditing __________
horror __________ preclears __________
397
2. You then take an item found as above and ask the pc to describe it briefly. Ask him, "In your own words briefly describe (item that read)."
3. Use the exact wording the pc gave you in 2. Treat that wording as an
original item exactly as though it had been obtained on the Original
Assessment List NED Series 5.
4. Handle the items in 3 above exactly as you would handle any original item
or items in NED Series 4 (Assessment and How to Get the Item).
5. Exhaust all reading items on the above prepared list.
6. Reassess the prepared list and do 2 to 5 above.
7. When this prepared list no longer gives reads and only F/Ns you have
finished Action Fourteen.
L3RE
If you run into any trouble an L3RE should be done immediately.
Done correctly, with standard R3RA and flawless metering the gains from
this rundown will not be small.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:rb
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
398
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=2/7/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
New Era Dianetics Series 11
DIANETIC STUDENT RESCUE INTENSIVE
Type = 12
iDate=9/8/70
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=10/6/74
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
All Auditors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 2 JULY 1978
Remimeo
All Auditors
(Cancels BTB 9 Aug 1970R, Rev 10 June 1974,
Dianetic Student Rescue Intensive.)
New Era Dianetics Series 11
DIANETIC STUDENT RESCUE INTENSIVE
Dianetic Student Rescue Intensive. This is an optional step to be taken
if your pc is having any trouble with study.
The steps are very simple:
1. Assess: Being Trained Stress
Being Educated Education
Study Schools
Learning Teachers
Examination Enforcement
Misunderstoods
for best read.
2. Do a preassessment on the largest reading item from Step 1.
3. Find the running item, using standard preassessment procedure (ref.
NED Series 4).
4. Run out the item you have found in Step 3 R3RA Quad.
5. Repeat the preassessment on the original item found in Step 1, and
repeat the following steps 3 and 4 on that item.
6. Continue reassessing the Preassessment List on the original item and
running out R3RA Quad the best reading running item until there are
no further reads on the preassessment of that original item.
The intensive should be concluded when the pc is now happy about study.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:rb
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
399
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=3/7/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=22/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
New Era Dianetics Series 10R
RELIEF RUNDOWN
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 3 JULY 1978R
Remimeo REVISED 22 SEPTEMBER 1978
(Revisions in this type style)
New Era Dianetics Series 10R
RELIEF RUNDOWN
Where the Original Assessment Sheet has shown losses by death or other
severe changes in a person's life such as losses of position or pets or
objects it will be found that the person's life changed for the worse at that
point. (See Sections F. G, H, and I of HCOB 24 June 78R New Era Dianetics
Series 5R Original Assessment Sheet.)
The auditor spots these points of change either on the Original
Assessment Sheet or by asking the preclear. These points are then run
Narrative R3RA Quad.
If the Narrative R3RA Quad does not clean it up fully one goes to the
preassessment step of New Era Dianetics Series 4R and carries on from there.
but do not do this until the narrative is fully handled.
In running such incidents narrative it will be found that the clue to
erasure lies in locating earlier beginnings each time the pc has been moved
through the incident. It will be found that the pc finds earlier and earlier
moments when he received the information that then built up to a catastrophe.
This can even go back to a dream or a telepathic awareness or a premonition
that the incident was going to occur. Narrative erasures often depend utterly
on finding, after each run through, if there was any earlier beginning.
If the incident starts to grind (no change of TA or content) despite
having repeatedly searched for an earlier beginning only then do you go into
an earlier narrative incident but do so with caution as most narratives
expertly run will erase all by themselves and running a chain of deaths for
instance can go back an awfully long way.
When all such great changes in a person's life have been found and
erased the person should experience a considerable sense of relief about
life.
If he does not, then treat the narrative, even though handled as a
narrative, as an original item and preassess it to find other running items
connected with it and treat it with R3RA full handling. Also do this if the
narrative grinds and there is trouble going earlier.
Narrative chains properly run produce dramatic and miraculous case
changes.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:rb.ne
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
400
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=4/7/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=22/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
New Era Dianetics Series 12R
SECOND ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT
Type = 11
iDate=16/4/69
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Type = 11
iDate=19/5/69
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 JULY 1978R
Remimeo REVISED 22 SEPTEMBER 1978
(Revisions in this type style)
(Cancels HCOB 16 April 1969. HEALTH FORM. USE OF.
and PASTORAL COUNSELING HEALTH FORM. Revised
22 July 69 and HCOB 19 May 1969, HEALTH FORM, USE
OF. A BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF AUDITING.)
Ref: HCOB 24 Jun 78R New Era Dianetics Series 5R
ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT SHEET
HCOB 25 Jun 78R New Era Dianetics Series 8R
DIANETICS, BEGINNING A PC ON
HCOB 18 Jun 78R New Era Dianetics Series 4R
ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM
HCOB 26 Jun 78RA New Era Dianetics Series 7RA
ROUTINE 3RA. ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
New Era Dianetics Series 12R
SECOND ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT
At the point in the New Era Dianetics Program, when the pc has fully
completed his Drug Rundown and handled the items on the Original Assessment
Sheet, the Original Assessment Sheet is REDONE.
The Second Original Assessment Sheet gives a comparison. The somatics and
pains not mentioned in the second assessment can be considered to be gone.
A second form done gives the auditor and the C/S an indication of the
actual improvement.
Additionally, the pc's memory will have improved if you've done a good
job of auditing.
So we reassess the Original Assessment Sheet and handle any additional
items which come up.
In assessing this list the second time, mark SECOND ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT
across the top of the sheet.
It is important to give your pc an R-Factor at this stage so he'll not
feel invalidated by doing this form again.
Let him know that you will be asking him questions from the Original
Assessment Sheet for the purpose of picking up any new items which he may now
remember and to make sure you've handled all the charge on the items you have
already taken up. Ask him to answer each question as fully as he can even if
he has already given the information in a previous session.
401
Handle the items on the Second Original Assessment according to the directions
for handling the Original Assessment Sheet, HCOB 24 June 1978R New Era
Dianetics Series 5R, THE ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT SHEET.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:lfg.dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
402
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=7/7/68
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
DIANETIC F/Ns
Type = 11
iDate=18/3/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
Dianetic Crse
Dianetic
Auditors
Dianetic
Interne Sups
All C/Ses
Class VIII
Auditors
Supers
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Remimeo Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Dianetic Crse
Dianetic HCO BULLETIN OF 7 JULY 1968
Auditors
Dianetic CANCELS
Interne Sups HCOB 18 MARCH 78
All C/Ses
Class VIII POSTULATES AND ENGRAMS
Auditors
Supers (CANCELLED -- see HCOB 16 Sept 78 Volume XI -- 480)
DIANETIC F/Ns
An F/N seen by the auditor in running R3RA is NOT called. It simply means
that the pc is running well.
An auditor running R3RA is NOT looking for F/Ns. He is looking for total,
complete erasure of the basic of a chain.
In running R3RA one has to CONSULT THE PC! This is part of R3RA
commands.
An F/N can occur five or more engrams before basic is reached! You just go
on with R3RA. Only when the pc says the engram has totally erased, when he has
cognited, is VGIs and the postulate in the basic has come off do you consider
the chain complete.
The E-Meter will have been F/Ning for some time.
When the full end phenomena of a Dianetic chain is obtained, the needle
will of course be F/Ning. The F/N simply broadens.
The auditor does not call F/Ns when running Dianetics until the full EP of
the chain is reached.
1) When it appears that you have reached the basic incident of the chain
and that it is erasing, after each pass through the auditor asks, "Has
it erased?"
2) The meter will have been F/Ning for some time.
3) When the pc has stated that it has erased the auditor should also
expect a cognition volunteered by the pc.
4) The auditor should expect to see very good indicators (VGIs).
5) If no postulate made during the time of the incident has come off and
been volunteered by the pc the auditor should ask, "Did you make a
postulate at the time of that incident?" Note that the postulate may
have come off in the form of a cognition and on the other hand may not
have even though a cognition was given.
Only when these latter steps have occurred can one consider that the EP of
a Dianetic incident or chain has been obtained.
POWER F/Ns
F/Ns are disregarded in Power.
Each Power Process has its own end phenomena and is ended only when that is
obtained.
LRH:lfg L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1978 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
403
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=9/7/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=4/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
DIANETIC CS-1
Type = 11
iDate=9/5/69
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Type = 12
iDate=28/4/74
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
Dianetics
Checksheet
Dianetics
Auditors
C/Ses
Supers
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 9 JULY 1978R
REVISED 4 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo (Revisions in this type style)
Dianetics
Checksheet (Cancels HCOB 9 May 1969, Case Supervisor
Dianetics Forms and Section "Dianetic CS-1" of BTB 8 Jan
Auditors 71R, Rev 18.6.74, Auditing CS-1 for Dianetics
C/Ses and Scientology and BTB 28 April 74R.
Supers Dianetics, Clearing Lists and R3R)
DIANETIC CS-1
The Dianetic CS-1 is for new, unaudited pcs or for old pcs who have
misunderstoods, who try to be psychoanalytic cases or who don't catch on.
The Dianetic CS-1 is done on the pc's auditing time.
It is done to give the pc the necessary data and R-Factor on basics and
Dianetic procedure so he fully understands and is able and willing to be
audited successfully.
The auditor should know his materials very well and should have a Tech
Dictionary, his HCOB pack, a regular but simple dictionary in the language
being audited, ready in the CS-1 session for reference and for clearing up
any misunderstoods or questions the pc may have.
A) To clear the various Dianetic terms, use the Definitions Sheet attached
to this issue (Attachment No. 1), where the definitions have been taken from
the glossary at the back of the book Dianetics Today and from the Tech
Dictionary.
Also make full use of the Tech Dictionary, Dianetics Picture Book, plus
BTB 11 Dec 69R "Dianetic Illustrations" and other references listed at the end
of this issue.
If further references are needed, ensure you use source materials.
B) When the pc has read and grasped the definition of a Dianetic term have
him give you the definition in his own words and if necessary have him give
you sentences using it correctly. Have him give you examples -- "real life"
examples where possible, using his experiences or those of friends or
relatives. Have him demonstrate the word or item, using a demo kit.
C) Lists of the words used in R3RA commands, the preassessment. the L3RE,
etc. are also included at the end of this issue (Attachment No. 2).
To clear these works, use the CS-1 Definitions Sheet attached as it
applies or a good (not dinky) dictionary, such as one of the Thorndike
Barnhart editions.
D) Check for any question (or misunderstoods) as you go along and ensure
any such get handled so the pc winds up with a clear understanding of the
work, item or procedure.
Do not settle for glibness that does not show understanding but, on the
other hand, do not overrun or put duress on the pc.
Ensure that each word cleared on the pc is taken to F/N.
404
DIANETIC CS-1 PROCEDURE:
1. Clear the word: Dianetics.
2. Clear the words: a) thetan b) mind c) body. Have the pc use the demo kit to
ensure the pc gets the relationship between these (as well as using the
above references).
3. Now clear the words: a) picture b) mental image picture c) reactive mind
d) bank. Ensure you include pc doing a demo to show that the reactive mind
or bank is made up of pictures.
4. Clear the words: a) auditing b) auditing session c) preclear d) auditor.
5. Clear with the pc:
a) the communication cycle.
Get the pc to give you examples he has observed.
b) the auditing comm cycle.
Get the pc to explain the difference between a comm cycle and the
auditing comm cycle. Have him demonstrate it.
You can also ask him questions like: "Have you eaten dinner?" (or
breakfast or lunch) and when he replies, ask "What did you do when I
asked you that question?"
6. Work with TRs on the pc until he has a good idea of auditing.
7. Clear the words: a) charge b) mental mass.
8. Go over with the pc what the meter does (registers interest and
charge/mental mass).
For demonstrations, you can do a "pinch test" where you explain to the pc
that to show him how the meter registers mental mass you will give him a
pinch as part of the demonstration. Then get him to think of the pinch
(while he is holding the cans) showing him the meter reaction and
explaining how it registers mental mass.
9. Define: floating needle.
In Dianetics the auditor will only indicate the F/N when full end
phenomena has been reached.
10. Define: a) lock b) secondary c) engram.
Ensure pc understands each and how these three differ.
Use the Dianetics Picture Book. HCOB 23 Apr 69R "Dianetics Basic
Definitions" and BTB 11 Dec 69R, "Dianetic Illustrations." Get examples.
Use demo kit as necessary.
11. Define: incident.
Have the pc give you examples.
12. Define: duration.
Have the pc demonstrate duration, using a demo kit.
405
13. Define: chain.
Use examples. Get the pc to demonstrate a chain, using a demo kit.
14. Define: erasure.
For demonstration, have the pc draw something on a piece of paper and then
have him fully erase it with an eraser.
15. Define: postulate.
Have the pc give you some examples of a postulate. Then have him give you
an example of at least one time when he postulated something and got it.
16. Define: cognition.
Have the pc give you some examples of a cognition.
17. a) Clear the word: flow.
b) Clear each of the Flows 1, 2, 3, 0.
c) Have the pc give examples and demonstrations of each.
18. Take up Routine 3RA.
a) Clear each word of each command of the R3RA procedure. (See attached
Word List.)
b) Ensure the pc understands:
(1) "erasing." For demonstration, have the pc draw something with
pencil on a piece of paper. Then have him erase parts of it (not
the whole).
(2) "going more solid." For demonstration, have the pc draw something
with pencil on a piece of paper. Then have him make what he has
drawn more solid. again using the pencil to do so.
When the above demonstrations have been done, you can also get the pc
to demonstrate "erasing" and "going more solid" for you with a demo kit.
c) Tell the preclear that you and he will do a demonstration so he will
get a reality on how the Dianetic R3RA procedure works in auditing.
d) Have the preclear put the cans down and pinch his right arm. Then
tell the preclear "Locate a time you had a pinching feeling in your
right arm." Continue with Steps 2 through 9, A to F of R3RA,
erasing/solid and earlier incidents, etc., clearing each step.
e) After each step of R3RA ask the preclear "What did you do?" so that he
gets the idea of how R3RA is run. Don't overdo this but ensure the
preclear understands what is required of him at each step.
19. Clear briefly with the pc the fact you will be getting data from him on his
background on the Original Assessment Sheet, and later on the Second
Original Assessment Sheet.
(Do NOT ask the preclear questions from this or any other sheet or list.)
20. a) Give him a brief R-Factor on doing the preassessment. Let him know he
will
406
be giving you items for the preassessment, but do NOT get into ANY
listing at this point.
b) Clear the Preassessment List words. (See Attachment No. 2.)
21. a) Give pc the R-Factor that if at any time there is any difficulty in
the Dianetic auditing, you will be using a prepared assessment list
(L3RE) to find and handle the exact difficulty.
b) Ensure he understands that when you are assessing a prepared list he
sits quietly holding the cans while you call the list and take meter
reads to locate the difficulty.
c) Clear each word on the attached L3RE Word List. (Attachment No. 2.)
22. a) Give the pc an R-Factor on the Examiner and the fact that he will go
to the Examiner immediately after each auditing session. Ensure he
understands the Examiner says nothing to the preclear at that time,
only recording what the pc says and noting down the tone arm position
and state of the needle.
Ensure he also understands the Examiner is the person he sees if he
wishes to make any sort of statement regarding his case or if there is
something he wants handled regarding his case.
b) Clear: Examiner.
23. Turn the folder in to the C/S.
This CS-1 can usually be completed in one session. If it is done in more
than one, the session should be ended off at the end of a step or completion
of a word or demonstration -- never in the middle.
Make sure you do not leave your preclear with a misunderstood or confusion.
This CS-1 will result in huge wins for any preclear whether new or
previously audited.
The following are SOME of the references the auditor should be very
familiar with:
Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health (Book)
Scientology Picture Book (Book)
HCOB 23 Apr 69R DIANETICS BASIC DEFINITIONS
BTB 11 Dec 69R DIANETIC ILLUSTRATIONS
The Basic Auditing Series Bulletins (Tech Volume IX)
New Era Dianetics Series 1 through 18
HCOB 15 May 63 THE TIME TRACK -- ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS -- BULLETIN 1
HCOB 8 Jun 63R THE TIME TRACK -- ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS -- BULLETIN 2
HCOB 7 Jun 78 DIANETIC F/Ns
407
Tech Dictionary (Book)
E-Meter Essentials (Book)
Dianetics Today (Book)
NOTE: Also see Attachments No. 1 and No. 2 at the back of this Bulletin.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:rb.ldv.dr Founder
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HCOB 9.7.78R
Rev 4.9.78
Attachment No. 1
DIANETIC CS-1
DEFINITIONS SHEET
The following definitions have been taken from the glossary of the book
DIANETICS TODAY and from the Technical Dictionary.
DIANETICS: Man's most advanced school of the mind. From the Greek
dia. through, and noos, soul, thus "through soul" or
"through thought."
THETAN: From THETA (life static), a word taken from the Greek
symbol or letter: theta, traditional symbol for thought
or spirit. The thetan is the individual himself -- not the
body or the mind. The thetan is the "I"; one doesn't have
or own a thetan; one is a thetan.
MIND: A control system between the thetan and the physical
universe. It is not the brain. The mind is the
accumulated recordings of thoughts, conclusions,
decisions, observations and perceptions of a thetan
throughout his entire existence. The thetan can and does
use the mind in handling life and the physical universe.
BODY: The organized physical composition or substance of an
animal or man whether living or dead. It can also mean a
grouping or gathering, or any whole of anything.
PICTURE: An exact likeness; image. A mental image.
MENTAL IMAGE Mental pictures, facsimiles and mock-ups; a copy of one's
PICTURES: perceptions of the physical universe sometime in the past.
REACTIVE MIND: Reactive bank. The portion of the mind which works on a
stimulus-response basis (given a certain stimulus it will
automatically give a certain response) which is not under
a person's volitional control and which exerts force and
power over a person's awareness, purposes, thoughts, body
and actions. It consists of locks, secondaries, engrams
and chains of them and is the single source of human
aberration and psychosomatic ills.
BANK: Reactive bank; reactive mind; engram bank. The mental
image picture collection of the preclear. It comes from
computer technology where all data is in a "bank";
portion of the mind which contains engrams, secondaries
and locks.
408
AUDITING: Processing, the application of Dianetic or Scientology
processes and procedures to someone by a trained auditor.
The exact definition of auditing is: the action of asking
a preclear a question (which he can understand and
answer), getting an answer to that question and
acknowledging him for that answer.
AUDITING 1. a precise period of time during which the auditor
SESSION: listens to the preclear's ideas about himself.
2. a period in which an auditor and preclear are in a
quiet place where they will not be disturbed. The
auditor gives the preclear certain and exact commands
which the preclear can follow.
PRECLEAR: From pre-Clear, a person not yet Clear; generally a person
being audited, who is thus on the road to Clear; a person
who, through Dianetic and Scientology processing, is
finding out more about himself and life.
AUDITOR: A person trained and qualified in applying Dianetics
and/or Scientology processes and procedures to
individuals for their betterment; called an auditor
because auditor means "one who listens." An auditor is a
minister of the Church of Scientology.
COMMUNICATION A completed communication, including origination of the
CYCLE: communication, receipt of the communication, and answer or
acknowledgement of the communication. A communication
cycle consists of just: cause, distance, effect, with
intention, attention, duplication and understanding.
AUDITING This is the auditing comm cycle that is always in use:
COMM CYCLE:
1) is the pc ready to receive the command? (appearance/
presence),
2) auditor gives command/question to pc (cause, distance,
effect),
3) pc looks to bank for answer,
4) pc receives answer from bank,
5) pc gives answer to auditor (cause, distance, effect),
6) auditor acknowledges pc,
7) auditor sees that pc received acknowledgement
(attention),
8) new cycle beginning with (1).
CHARGE: The stored quantities of energy in the time track; stored
energy or stored or recreatable potentials of energy. The
electrical impulse on the case that activates the meter.
Harmful energy or force accumulated and generated in the
reactive mind, resulting from the conflicts and
unpleasant experiences that a person has had.
MENTAL MASS: Mocking up matter, energy, space and time. Its
proportionate weight would be terribly slight compared to
the real object which the person is mocking up a picture
of.
FLOATING A floating needle is a rhythmic sweep of the dial at a
NEEDLE: slow, even pace of the needle. It can occur after a
cognition, blowdown of the tone arm, or just moves into
floating. The pc may or may not voice the cognition. In
Dianetics the auditor will only indicate the F/N when
full end phenomena of the process has been reached.
409
MENTAL IMAGE (Already defined earlier)
PICTURE:
LOCK: A mental image picture of an incident where one was
knowingly or unknowingly reminded of a secondary or
engram. It does not itself contain a blow or burn or
impact and is not any major cause of misemotion. It does
not contain unconsciousness. It may contain a feeling of
pain or illness, etc., but is not itself the source of it.
SECONDARY: A secondary is a mental image picture of a moment of
severe and shocking loss or threat of loss which contains
misemotion such as anger, fear, grief, apathy or
"deathfulness." It is a mental image picture recording of
a time of severe mental stress. It may contain
unconsciousness.
ENGRAM: A mental image picture of an experience containing pain,
unconsciousness, and a real or fancied threat to
survival. It is a recording in the reactive mind
of something which actually happened to an
individual in the past and which contained pain
and unconsciousness, both of which are recorded in
the mental image picture called an engram. It
must, by definition, have impact or injury as part
of its content. These engrams are a complete
recording, down to the last accurate detail, of
every perception present in a moment of partial
or full unconsciousness.
INCIDENT: The recording of an experience, simple or complex,
related by the same subject, location or people,
understood to take place in a short or finite time period
such as minutes or hours or days.
DURATION: Length of time; time during which anything continues.
(Thorndike Barnhart Dictionary)
CHAIN: A series of incidents of similar nature or similar
subject matter. ... A series of recordings of similar
experiences. A chain has engrams, secondaries and locks.
Example -- Head injury chain in the sequence encountered by
an auditor and run by R3RA -- sporting goods display window
seeing it (lock), losing a bat (secondary), hit in the
head with a bat (engram). The engram is the earliest
date, the secondary a later date, the lock the most
recent.
ERASURE: 1. The action of erasing, (rubbing out) locks,
secondaries or engrams.
2. Apparent removal of the engram from the files of the
engram bank and refiling in the standard bank as
memory.
POSTULATE: A conclusion, decision or resolution made by the
individual himself; to conclude, decide or resolve a
problem or to set a pattern for the future or to nullify
a pattern of the past.
... We mean, by postulate, self-created truth. A
postulate is, of course, that thing which is a directed
desire or order, or inhibition, or enforcement, on the
part of the individual in the form of an idea.
... Postulate means to cause a thinkingness or
consideration.
COGNITION: A pc origination indicating he has "come to realize."
It's a
410
"What do you know? I...." statement. A new realization of
life. It results in a higher degree of awareness and
consequently a greater ability to succeed with one's
endeavors in life.
FLOW: An impulse or direction of energy particles or thought or
masses between terminals.
The progress of particles or impulses or waves from
point A to point B.
A progress of energy between two points.
SOLID: When the meter needle is not floating the TA is
registering mass, mental mass. When you see a TA going
up, up, up you know the picture isn't erasing but is
getting more solid.
Strongly put together; hard; firm.
AFFINITY: Degree of liking or affection or lack of it. Affinity is
a tolerance of distance. A great affinity would be a
tolerance of or liking of close proximity. A lack of
affinity would be an intolerance of or dislike of close
proximity. Affinity is one of the components of
understanding; the other components being reality and
communication.
REALITY: The agreed upon apparency of existence. A reality is an
data that agrees with the person's perceptions,
computations and education. Reality is one of the
components of understanding. Reality is what is.
COMMUNICATION: The interchange of ideas or objects between two people or
terminals. More precisely the definition of
communication is the consideration and action of
impelling an impulse or particle from source point
across a distance to receipt point, with the intention
of bringing into being at the receipt point a
duplication of that which emanated from the source
point. The formula of communication is: cause, distance,
effect, with attention and duplication. Communication by
definition does not need to be two-way. Communication is
one of the component parts of understanding.
ARC BREAK: A sudden drop or cutting of one's affinity,
reality or communication with someone or something. It
is pronounced by its letters A-R-C break.
PROBLEM: Anything which has opposing sides of equal force;
especially postulate-counter-postulate,
intention-counter-intention or idea-counter-idea; an
intention-counter-intention that worries the preclear.
PRESENT TIME A specific problem that exists in the physical universe
PROBLEM: now, on which a person has his attention fixed.
... Any set of circumstances that so engages the
attention of the preclear that he feels he should be
doing something about it instead of being audited.
WITHHOLD: An undisclosed harmful (contra-survival) act.
MISSED An undisclosed contra-survival act which has been
WITHHOLD: restimulated by another but not disclosed. This is a
withhold which another person nearly found out about,
leaving the person with the
411
withhold in a state of wondering whether his hidden deed is
known or not.
EXAMINER: Preclear Examiner. The person in a Scientology church to
whom preclears are sent immediately after any auditing session.
The Examiner says nothing to the preclear in this situation,
noting only what the pc's tone arm position and state of the
needle are on the E-Meter and recording what the pc says, if
anything. The Examiner is also the person a preclear sees if he
wishes to make any sort of statement regarding his case, or if
there is something he wants handled regarding his case.
HCOB 9.7.78R
Rev 4.9.78
Attachment No. 2
DIANETIC CS-1 WORD LIST
R3RA COMMAND WORD LIST:
a it tell
an later that
and locate the
another lose there
are lost this
be me through
beginning more time
caused move to
causing of was
do one we
does or what
duration others when
earlier point you
end return your
erasing running yourself
go see
going seem
had similar
happened solid
incident start
is starting
PREASSESSMENT WORD LIST:
aches emotions pressures
are fears sensations
attitudes feelings soreness
compulsions is tiredness
connected misemotions unconsciousness
discomforts numbness what
dislikes pains with
RUDIMENTS WORD LIST:
a are do
about been earlier
affinity communication enforced
an curious has
ARC break desired have
412
inhibited problem that
missed present time understanding
problem
missed refused withhold
withhold
no reality withholding
overt similar you
L3RE WORD LIST:
abandoned get problem
alcohol giving protesting
accept gone real
all goof really
ARC break got reason
assessed have refused
attain heavily resent
audited held (not recent)
auditor held up restimulated
basic implant run
because incident say
black incorrect said
chain indicated same
chains interest saying
changed interrupted sequence
changing Int RD should
charge invalidated simply
charged invisible shipped
Clear item some
cognition jump something
command jumped soon
commands just state
completed late stop
confused left still
constantly let stopped
could mass stuck
date medicine suppressed
death messed than
declare misrun thing
demanded missed tired
Dianetic misunderstood time
did misworded too
didn't no trouble
different nobody twice
distracted not two
drugs nothing unnecessary
else on up
engrams originally upset
erased over went
expressed past were
exterior persistent while
false picture with
first pictures withhold
Flows postulate wording
flubbed place would
F/N pressure wrong
found prevented
413
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=11/7/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
THE PREASSESSMENT LIST
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 JULY 1978
REISSUED 11 OCTOBER 1978
Remimeo
New Era Dianetics Series 4-1
THE PREASSESSMENT LIST
This Preassessment List will get you running items, if the pc has given
you a general somatic item, a drug item, alcohol item, etc.
To be used as described in HCOB 18 June 1978, New Era Dianetics Series 4.
ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM.
Pc Name _______________________________ Date __________________________
Auditor Name __________________________
Name of New Era Dianetics Rundown being done __________________________________
Original item being preassessed _______________________________________________
Assess the list below, using each preassessment item.
"Are ______________ connected with (original item)?"
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Pains
Sensations
Feelings
Emotions
Attitudes
Misemotions
Unconsciousnesses
Sorenesses
Compulsions
Fears
Aches
Tirednesses
Pressures
Discomforts
Dislikes
Numbnesses
414
Take the largest reading preassessment item and ask pc: "What (largest
reading preassessment item) are connected with (original item)?"
Do the preassessment on this sheet.
List the question and the pc's answers on a separate sheet and note reads
of each including F/Ns.
(See BTB 7 Nov 72R Issue IV Auditor Admin Series 19R, DIANETIC ASSESSMENT
LISTS.)
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ldv.dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
415
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=14/7/78
Volnum=0
Issue=1
Rev=1
rDate=15/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
TYPICAL DIANETIC CHAIN
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 14 JULY 1978R
Issue I
Remimeo REVISED 15 SEPTEMBER 1978
(Revisions not in Script)
TYPICAL DIANETIC CHAIN
Original item: "Bronchitis"
Preassessment item: " Misemotion"
Running item: "Horrible feeling in my lungs"
Incident Date of Duration of TA Position
Incident Incident
1st Incident 1 Mar 1970 2 Hours 3.3 at Step 1
run 2 times 3.2 at Step 9
through 3.5 at Step C
2nd Incident 2 Jul 1963 7 Minutes 3.4 at Step 9
run 3 times 3.4 at Step C
through EB/---- (Earl. Begin.)
(due to there 3.5 at Step F
being an EB)
3rd Incident 3 Aug 1960 5 Hours 3.6 at Step 9
run 1 time through
4th Incident 1 Dec 1951 11/2 Hours 3.5 at Step 9
run 2 times through 3.6 at Step C
5th Incident 16 Feb 1921 2 1/2 Hours 3.7 at Step 9
run 1 time through
6th Incident 2 Feb 1898 2 Hours 3.2 at Step 9
run 2 times through 3.4 at Step C
7th Incident 22 May 1882 1 Hour 3.3 at Step 9
run 8 times 3.2 at Step C
through 3.0 at Step F
(BASIC) 2.8 at Step F
EB/---- (Earl. Begin.)
2.8 at Step F
2.9 at Step F
EB/---- (Earl. Begin.)
2.6 at Step F
BD& F/N
Pc gives Postulate
Wide F/N & VGIs
EP of chain.
The three remaining flows are each run as above to their basics. Then do
further preassessment per R3RA. Twenty-five more running item Quad chains to
go. (100 in all). Meaning 100 more chains, each one of which reaches a BASIC
and each one of which has an EP of F/N, POSTULATE, VGIs, accompanied by an
erasure.
LRH:dr L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1978 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
416
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=14/7/78
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=1
rDate=15/9/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
A TYPICAL NARRATIVE ITEM
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 14 JULY 1978R
Issue II
Remimeo REVISED 15 SEPTEMBER 1978
(Revisions in this type style)
A TYPICAL NARRATIVE ITEM
NARRATIVE ITEM: "Death of my father"
TA Position
1st pass through
/------------------------------\ 2.9 at Step 9
<---- original duration,---->
2 hours
2nd pass through
EB /----------------------------------- 3.0 at Step C
3rd pass through
EB /----------------------------------------- 3.0 at Step C
4th pass through
EB /---------------------------------------------- grief 2.8 at
Step C
5th pass through
/----------------(center now missing)------------- 2.7 at Step C
6th pass through
/---------------( center to end now gone) 2.6 at Step C
7th pass through
EB /------------------(center erased) new piece appears 2.7 at Step C
8th pass through
EB /------ Postulate comes off 2.5
(Auditor ceases to put pc through the
chain the instant the postulate comes off.)
Broader continual F/N, VGIs
(Incident has erased).
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:lfg.dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
417
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=15/7/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
SCIENTOLOGY
AUDITING CS-1
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 JULY 1978
Remimeo
(Cancels BTB 8 Jan 71R. Auditing CS-1
for Dianetics and Scientology)
SCIENTOLOGY
AUDITING CS-1
The Scientology CS-1 is to give a pc new to Scientology or a previously
audited pc, as needed, the necessary data and R-Factor on basics and auditing
procedure so that he understands and is able and willing to be audited
successfully.
NOTE: Some pcs who have been trained or audited previously may protest
that they know the terms and procedure. If this happens, acknowledge with
excellent TRs and without invalidation or evaluation and tell them that this
CS is intended to make auditing more effective for all pcs. If the auditor
uses excellent TRs and good R-Factor, no ARC breaks should ever occur and the
pc will have tremendous wins.
It is not necessary to reclear those sections of this Scn CS-1 which the
pc may have already covered in a recent and thorough Dianetics CS-1, provided
the auditor is certain of the pc's understanding of the terms.
The auditor should be fully familiar with this issue as well as:
HCOB 17 Oct 64 III ALL LEVELS GETTING THE PC SESSIONABLE
HCOB 5 Apr 69 NEW PRECLEARS, THE WORKABILITY OF SCIENTOLOGY
HCOB 16 Jun 70 C/S Series 6 WHAT THE C/S IS DOING
He will need to take a very thorough look at what has to be covered with
the pc in this CS-1 and know his materials very well and have them ready in
the CS-1 session for reference and clearing any misunderstoods or questions
the pc may have.
The following will be needed in the auditing room:
Technical Dictionary
Admin Dictionary
A good English dictionary
A good dictionary in the pc's native language, and for a foreign language
case a dual dictionary (English-to-foreign language and foreign language
itself).
Scn CS-1 Definitions Sheet -- Attachment No. 1 of this issue.
The Basic Scientology Picture Book
Fundamentals of Thought
HCOB 14 Oct 68R, The Auditor's Code
Demo Kit
and the auditor makes full use of these as necessary. If further
references are needed, ensure source materials are used.
A. Have the pc define each Scientology (or other) term, using the
references. (Note: You don't ask: "Do you know what this word means?" You
ask: "What is the definition of ________ ?")
When he has done so, have him give you a sentence or two using the term
correctly. Where it applies, have him give you examples, using his
experiences where possible or these of relatives or friends and/or have
him demonstrate the item. using a demo kit. Cover by exact definition all
terms used.
418
B. Check for any questions (or misunderstoods) as you go along and ensure
any such get handled so the pc winds up with a clear understanding of the
word. item or procedure.
Don't settle for glibness that does not show understanding, but, on the
other hand, don't overrun or put duress on the pc either.
Ensure that each word cleared on the pc is taken to F/N.
SCN CS-1 PROCEDURE:
1. Give pc the R-Factor that you are going to do a Scientology Auditing CS-1
to familiarize him with auditing procedure and any basic data that may
require clarification.
2. Clear the word: Scientology.
3. Clear the words: a) auditing d) Clear
b) auditing session e) preclear
c) auditor
4. Clear the words: a) thetan
b) mind
c) body
Have pc use the demo kit as well as the references to ensure he gets the
relationship between these.
5. Now clear the words: a) picture c) reactive mind
b) mental image d) bank
picture
Have the pc give you examples of how the reactive mind works on a
stimulus-response basis, and have him demo it.
6. Clear with the pc:
a) the communication cycle.
Get the pc to give you examples he has observed. Have him demo the
communication cycle.
b) the auditing comm cycle.
Get the pc to explain the difference between a comm cycle and the auditing
comm cycle. Have him demonstrate it.
You can also ask him questions like: "Have you eaten dinner?" (or
breakfast or lunch) and when he replies, ask: "What did you do when I
asked you that question?"
7. Go over the TRs with the pc, demonstrating each with him, until he has a
good idea of how they are used in auditing.
8. Clear the words: a) charge b) mental mass
9. Go over with the pc what the meter does (registers charge/mental mass).
For demonstration, you can do a "pinch test" where you explain to the pc
that to show him how the meter registers mental mass you will give him a
pinch as part of the demonstration. Then get him to think of the pinch
(while he is holding the cans) showing him the meter reaction and
explaining how it registers mental mass.
10. a) Clear the words: 1. key-in
2. key-out
and have the pc demo and give you examples of each.
419
b) Clear the word: release. Have the pc demo it.
11. a) Clear the word: postulate.
b) Have pc give you examples of a time or two when he postulated
something and got it.
12. a) Clear the word: cognition.
b) Have the pc give you some examples of a cognition.
13. Clear: floating needle.
14. a) Give the pc an R-Factor on rudiments and when these would be used.
b) Clear the word: rudiment.
c) Clear: 1. affinity
2. reality
3. communication
Have pc give you examples of each.
d) Clear: ARC break.
Have the pc demo it for you.
e) Clear the words: curious, desired, enforced, inhibited, no, refused.
f) Clear: 1. problem
2. present time problem
Have the pc demo: 1) a problem 2) a present time problem.
g) Clear: 1. overt 2. withhold 3. missed withhold.
Have the pc demo: 1) an overt 2) withhold 3) missed withhold.
(Use Definitions Sheet, or other references as needed.)
15. a) Clear the words: 1. similar 2. earlier.
b) Then clear: "earlier similar." Give the pc examples of where it would
be used.
16. Clear with the pc what a repetitive process is. Ensure he understands why
and how it is done. Have the pc demo it for you.
17. a) Clear the word: flow.
b) Clear each of the Flows 1, 2, 3, 0.
c) Have the pc give you an example and demo of each.
18. Clear the words: a) assess b) assessment.
19. a) Explain to the pc that if at any time there is any difficulty in the
auditing, you (or another auditor) will be using a prepared list to
find and handle the exact difficulty.
b) Ensure he understands that when such a list is being assessed he sits
quietly holding the cans while the auditor calls the list and takes
meter reads to locate the difficulty.
20. Go over the Auditor's Code, Items 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 14, 17, 18, 19
and 22.
Check for and clear up any questions or misunderstoods the pc may have on
this.
420
21. a) Clear: Examiner.
b) Give the pc an R-Factor on the Examiner and the fact that he will go
to the Examiner immediately after each auditing session. Ensure he
understands the Examiner says nothing to the preclear at that time,
only recording what the pc says and noting down the tone arm position
and state of the needle.
Also, be sure the pc understands that the Examiner is the person he
sees if he wishes to make any sort of statement regarding his case.
22. Turn the folder in to the C/S.
The C/S can also order any additional actions to the above.
The Scientology Auditing CS-I can usually be completed in one session. If
it takes more than one session, the first session should be ended off at
the end of a step or completion of a word or demonstration -- never in
the middle of an action.
Make sure you do not leave your preclear with a question or a
misunderstood or confusion. Know the preclear in front of you and get
your product of an educated pc who can run Scientology processes easily
and with gain.
CLEARING COMMANDS
The Scientology Auditing CS-1 does not preclude clearing the commands of
each process or clearing a procedure in a session where the pc is begun on a
new process or procedure. (Ref: HCOB 9 Aug 78 II, CLEARING COMMANDS)
This would include the first time the pc is given a two-way comm session
or a listing & nulling session, where the procedure would first be fully
cleared on the pc by the auditor.
CLEARING WORDS ON CORRECTION LISTS
In addition to the CS-1, to fully prepare the pc for his auditing up the
Grade Chart, it is standard to clear the words on the various correction lists
very early in auditing, before the need for them arises. (Otherwise, it is
difficult to clear the words of a correction list over heavy bypassed charge.)
Thus, when the need for correction lists does arise the words have already
been cleared and the correction list can be used without delay. (Ref: HCOB 9
Aug 78 II, CLEARING COMMANDS, Items 7 and 8.)
This would be done as ordered by the C/S.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:dr
Copyright $c 1978 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
421
HCOB 15-7-78
Attachment 1
SCIENTOLOGY CS-1
DEFINITIONS SHEET
The following definitions have been taken from the Technical Dictionary
and from the glossary of the book Dianetics Today.
Use these in conjunction with the Basic Scientology Picture Book. If
further references are needed when clearing these terms and concepts, ensure
source materials are used. For any non-Scientology terms use a good non-dinky
dictionary.
SCIENTOLOGY:
An applied religious philosophy developed by L. Ron Hubbard dealing with
the study of knowledge, which through the application of its technology
can bring about desirable changes in the conditions of life.
(Taken from the Latin word scio, knowing in the fullest sense of the
word, and the Greek word logos, to study.)
A body of knowledge which, when properly used, gives freedom and truth to
the individual.
AUDITING:
Processing, the application of Scientology (or Dianetic) processes and
procedures to someone by a trained auditor. The exact definition of
auditing is: the action of asking a preclear a question (which he can
understand and answer), getting an answer to that question and
acknowledging him for that answer.
AUDITING SESSION:
A period in which an auditor and preclear are in a quiet place where they
will not be disturbed. The auditor gives the preclear certain and exact
commands which the preclear can follow.
AUDITOR:
A person trained and qualified in applying Scientology and/or Dianetic
processes and procedures to individuals for their betterment; called an
auditor because auditor means "one who listens." An auditor is a minister
of the Church of Scientology.
*CLEAR:
A thetan who can be at cause knowingly and at will over mental matter,
energy, space and time as regards the first dynamic (survival for self).
The state of Clear is above the release grades of Scientology (all of
which are requisite to clearing) and is attained by completion of the
Clearing Course at an Advanced Church of Scientology.
PRECLEAR:
From pre-Clear, a person not yet Clear; generally a person being audited,
who is thus on the road to Clear; a person who, through Scientology and
Dianetic processing, is finding out more about himself and life.
* [An additional references on Clear is: HCOB 24 September 1978. Issue III,
Dianetic Clear, "The State of Clear can be achieved on Dianetics."]
422
THETAN:
From THETA (life static), a word taken from the Greek symbol or letter:
theta, traditional symbol for thought or spirit. The thetan is the
individual himself -- not the body or the mind. The thetan is the "I"; one
doesn't have or own a thetan; one is a thetan.
MIND:
A control system between the thetan and the physical universe. It is not
the brain. The mind is the accumulated recordings of thoughts,
conclusions, decisions, observations and perceptions of a thetan
throughout his entire existence. The thetan can and does use the mind in
handling life and the physical universe.
BODY:
The organized physical composition or substance of an animal or man
whether living or dead.
PICTURE:
An exact likeness; image. A mental image.
MENTAL IMAGE PICTURE:
Mental pictures; facsimiles and mock-ups: a copy of one's perceptions of
the physical universe sometime in the past.
REACTIVE MIND:
Reactive bank. The portion of the mind which works on a stimulus-response
basis (given a certain stimulus it will automatically give a certain
response) which is not under a person's volitional control and which
exerts force and power over a person's awareness, purposes, thoughts,
body and actions.
The reactive mind never stops operating. Pictures of the environment, of
a very low order, are taken by this mind even in some states of
unconsciousness.
BANK:
A colloquial name for the reactive mind. The mental image picture
collection of the pc.
COMMUNICATION CYCLE:
A completed communication, including origination of the communication,
receipt of the communication, and answer or acknowledgement of the
communication. A communication cycle consists of just: cause, distance,
effect, with intention, attention, duplication and understanding.
AUDITING COMM CYCLE:
(HCOB 30 Apr 71) This is the auditing comm cycle that is always in use:
(1) is the pc ready to receive the command? (appearance, presence)
(2) auditor gives command/question to pc (cause, distance, effect)
(3) pc looks to bank for answer...
(4) pc receives answer from bank
(5) pc gives answer to auditor (cause, distance, effect)
423
(6) auditor acknowledges pc
(7) auditor sees that pc received acknowledgement (attention)
(8) new cycle beginning with (1).
CHARGE:
The stored quantities of energy in the time track; stored energy or stored
or recreatable potentials of energy. The electrical impulse on the case
that activates the meter. Harmful energy or force accumulated and
generated in the reactive mind, resulting from the conflicts and
unpleasant experiences that a person has had.
MENTAL MASS:
Mocking up matter, energy, space and time. Its proportionate weight would
be terribly slight compared to the real object which the person is
mocking up a picture of.
KEY-IN:
The action of recording a lock on a secondary or engram; the moment an
earlier upset or earlier incident has been restimulated.
KEY-OUT:
An action of an engram or secondary dropping away without being erased.
Released or separate from one's reactive mind or some portion of it.
RELEASE:
A preclear whose reactive mind or some major portion of it is keyed-out
and is not influencing him.
A series of gradual key-outs. At any given one of those key-outs the
individual detaches from the remainder of his reactive bank.
In Scientology processing there are eight major grades of Release. They
are, from the lowest to the highest: Grade 0 Communications Release, Grade
I Problems Release, Grade II Relief Release, Grade III Freedom Release,
Grade IV Ability Release, Grade V Power Release, Grade VA Power Plus
Release, Grade VI Whole Track Release. Each is a distinct and definite
step toward greater levels of awareness and ability.
POSTULATE:
A conclusion, decision or resolution made by the individual himself; to
conclude, decide or resolve a problem or to set a pattern for the future
or to nullify a pattern of the past.
... We mean, by postulate, a self-created truth. A postulate is, of
course, that thing which is directed desire or order, or inhibition, or
enforcement, on the part of the individual in the form of an idea.
... Postulate means to cause a thinkingness or consideration.
COGNITION:
A pc origination indicating he has "come to realize." It's a "What do you
know? I..." statement. A new realization of life. It results in a higher
degree of awareness and consequently a greater ability to succeed with
one's endeavors in life.
424
FLOATING NEEDLE:
A floating needle is a rhythmic sweep of the dial at a slow, even pace of
the needle.
It is always accompanied by very good indicators in the pc. (Ref: HCOB 10
Dec 76R, C/S Series 99R SCN F/N AND TA POSITION, HCOB 21 Jul 78 WHAT IS
AN F/N.)
RUDIMENTS:
First principles, steps, stages or conditions. The basic actions done at
the beginning of a session to set up the pc for the major session action;
ARC breaks, PTPs, withholds.
AFFINITY:
Degree of liking or affection or lack of it. Affinity is a tolerance of
distance. A great affinity would be a tolerance of or liking of close
proximity. A lack of affinity would be an intolerance of or dislike of
close proximity. Affinity is one of the components of understanding, the
other components being reality and communication.
REALITY:
The agreed upon apparency of existence. A reality is any data that agrees
with the person's perceptions, computations and education. Reality is one
of the components of understanding. Reality is what is.
COMMUNICATION:
The interchange of ideas or objects between two people or terminals. More
precisely the definition of communication is the consideration and action
of impelling an impulse or particle from source point across a distance
to receipt point, with the intention of bringing into being at the
receipt point a duplication of that which emanated from the source point.
The formula of communication is: cause, distance, effect, with attention
and duplication. Communication by definition does not need to be two-way.
Communication is one of the component parts of understanding.
ARC BREAK:
A sudden drop or cutting of one's affinity, reality or communication with
someone or something. It is pronounced by its letters A-R-C break.
PROBLEM:
Anything which has opposing sides of equal force; especially
postulate-counter-postulate, intention-counter-intention or idea-counter-
idea; an intention-counter-intention that worries the preclear.
PRESENT TIME PROBLEM:
A specific problem that exists in the physical universe now, on which a
person has his attention fixed.
... Any set of circumstances that so engages the attention of the
preclear that he feels he should be doing something about it instead of
being audited.
425
OVERT:
An overt act is an act of omission or commission which does the least
good for the least number of dynamics or the most harm to the greatest
number of dynamics.
... An aggressive or destructive act by the individual against one or
more of the eight dynamics (self, family, group, mankind, animals or
plants, mest, life or the infinite). That thing which you do which you
aren't willing to have happen to you.
WITHHOLD:
An undisclosed harmful (contra-survival) act.
MISSED WITHHOLD:
An undisclosed contra-survival act which has been restimulated by another
but not disclosed. This is a withhold which another person nearly found
out about, leaving the person with the withhold in a state of wondering
whether his hidden deed is known or not.
REPETITIVE PROCESS:
... A process that is run over and over with the same question of the
pc.... we don't expect the auditor to do anything but state the command
(or ask the question) with no variation, acknowledge the pc's answer and
handle the pc origins by understanding and acknowledging what the pc
said. A process which permits the individual to examine his mind and
environment and out of it select the unimportances and importances.
FLOW:
A progress of energy between two points.
An impulse or direction of energy particles or thought or masses between
terminals.
The progress of particles or impulses or waves from Point A to Point B.
ASSESS:
To choose, from a list of statements -- which item or thing has the
longest read and the pc's interest. The longest read usually will also
have the pc's interest.
ASSESSMENT:
... an action done from a prepared list. Assessment is done by the auditor
between the pc's bank and the meter.... just notes which item has the
longest fall or blowdown. The auditor looks at the meter while doing an
assessment. Assessment is the whole action of obtaining a significant
item from a pc.
EXAMINER:
Preclear Examiner. The person in a Scientology church to whom preclears
are sent immediately after any auditing session. The Examiner says
nothing to the preclear in this situation, noting only what the pc's tone
arm position and state of the needle are on the E-Meter and recording
what the pc says, if anything. The Examiner is also the person a preclear
sees if he wishes to make any sort of statement regarding his case, or if
there is something he wants handled regarding his case.
426
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=19/7/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
New Era Dianetics Series 17
DIANETIC PERSISTENT F/Ns
Remimeo
New Era
Dianetics
Course
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JULY 1978
Remimeo
New Era
Dianetics New Era Dianetics Series 17
Course
DIANETIC PERSISTENT F/Ns
If the original item is not totally and completely gone you can run into a
condition where the pc is on a persistent F/N with regard to it but it's still
there slightly and nothing reads but it only F/Ns.
What you can do in that case is:
1. take the pc off auditing for a few days while the persistent F/N dies
out and the environment keys something in and continue then with the
assessment of that original item or
2. go on with some other original item that does read and make a big clear
notation in the pc's program to come back to the original item after you have
run some other original items on the case.
If you get stopped by a persistent F/N and some condition is still there,
don't use an F/N as an excuse not to come back to the original item!
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:rb
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
427
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=20/7/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
New Era Dianetics Series 18
AFTER THE FACT ITEMS
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 JULY 1978
Remimeo
New Era Dianetics Series 18
AFTER THE FACT ITEMS
You will sometimes have trouble with a particular kind of running item.
It is known as an "after the fact item."
First, why do you get erasures only because you ask for earlier
beginnings or earlier similars? Because the thetan's mind where pictures are
concerned parallels the time track.
Late things hang up where earlier like things exist.
For some reason best known to thetans, you have to get the earlier like
thing before you can erase the later like thing.
This is built into R3RA.
But what isn't built in is preventing the pc giving or the auditor
choosing an "after the fact" running item.
An "after the fact" running item is one which clearly has an earlier
thing before it, yet, by its very wording, prohibits reaching the earlier
thing.
Example of an "after the fact" running item: "Repression."
Now clearly something had to happen before in order to have something
repress.
The pc dutifully begins to run "Feeling repressed." But what happened
that caused it is not part of the item. So he is forced to run late in the
incident.
Example: "Feeling blue about hospitals."
This will find him in hospitals but will avoid letting him run what put
him there.
The item is after the fact of having been run over.
The way to handle "after the fact" running items is:
1. Learn to recognize them.
2. Don't choose one off a running item list. Choose something else that
read.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ldv
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
428
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=21/7/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
WHAT IS A FLOATING NEEDLE?
Remimeo
All Auditors
All C/Ses
All W/Cers
All Tech Checksheets
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JULY 1978
Remimeo
All Auditors
All C/Ses
All W/Cers
All Tech Checksheets
WHAT IS A FLOATING NEEDLE?
A floating needle is a rhythmic sweep of the dial at a slow, even pace of
the needle.
That's what an F/N is. No other definition is correct.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
BDCS:LRH:pb.lfg
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
429
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
Type = 11
iDate=22/7/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
ASSESSMENT TRs
Remimeo
All Auditors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor. East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 22 JULY 1978
Remimeo
All Auditors
ASSESSMENT TRs
The right way to do an assessment is to ask the pc the question in a
questioning tone of voice.
In assessing, some auditors have made assessment questions into
statements of fact, which of course is a cousin to evaluation.
A downcurve at the end of an assessment question contributes to making it
a statement. Questions should go up at the end.
--- > -------
- - - - - ^ cycles/sec
- --> ---- | or note
v
WRONG RIGHT -------
A remedy for this is to record ordinary conversation. Ask some normal
questions and make some normal statements and you will find that the voice
tone rises on a question and goes down on a statement.
Assessing with a statement's tone of voice instead of a questioning tone
of voice results in evaluation for the pc. The pc feels accused or evaluated
for rather than assessed and an auditor can get a lot of false and protest
reads.
It's all tone of voice. Auditors have to be drilled in asking questions.
Assessment questions have an upcurve at the end.
Get it?
Then drill it.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:lfg
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
430
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=23/7/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
C/S Series 101
LIST OF PERCEPTICS
Remimeo
All Dianetic
Auditors
C/Ses
Supervisor
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 JULY 1978
Remimeo
All Dianetic
Auditors Originally issued as HCOB
C/Ses
Supervisor 10 Mar 70 LIST OF PERCEPTICS
DIANETICS BULLETIN. This
issue has been revised.
(Revisions are given here in this type style)
(Ellipsis indicates deletion)
C/S Series 101
LIST OF PERCEPTICS
This was researched and dates of 1951.
It's the 57 human perceptions.
1. Time
2. Sight
3. Taste
4. Color
5. Depth
6. Solidity (Barriers)
7. Relative Sizes (External)
8. Sound
9. Pitch
10. Tone
11. Volume
12. Rhythm
13. Smell (The sense of smell has four subdivisions which are categories of
the type of odor.)
14. Touch
a) Pressure
b) Friction
c) Heat or Cold
d) Oiliness
15. Personal Emotion
16. Endocrine States
17. Awareness of Awareness
18. Personal Size
19. Organic Sensation (Including Hunger)
20. Heartbeat
21. Blood Circulation
22. Cellular and Bacterial Position
23. Gravitic (Self and Other Weights)
24. Motion of Self
25. Motion (Exterior)
26. Body Position
27. Joint Position
28. Internal Temperature
29. External Temperature
30. Balance
31. Muscular Tension
32. Saline Content of Self (Body)
431
33. Fields/Magnetic
34. Time Track Motion
35. Physical Energy (Personal Weariness, etc.)
36. Self-Determinism (Relative on each dynamic)
37. Moisture (Self)
38. Sound Direction
39. Emotional State of Other Organs
40. Personal Position on the Tone Scale
41. Affinity (Self and Others)
42. Communication (Self and Others)
43. Reality (Self and Others)
44. Emotional State of Groups
45. Compass Direction
46. Level of Consciousness
47. Pain
48. Perception of Conclusions (Past and Present)
49. Perception of Computations (Past and Present)
50. Perception of Imagination (Past and Present)
51. Perception of Having Perceived (Past and Present)
52. Awareness of Not Knowing
53. Awareness of Importance, Unimportance
54. Awareness of Others
55. Awareness of Location and Placement
a) Masses
b) Spaces
c) Location Itself
56. Perception of Appetite (...)
57. Kinesthesia
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:lfg
Copyright $c 1970, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
432
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=24/7/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
DIANETIC REMEDIES
Remimeo
All Auditors
All C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 JULY 1978
Remimeo
All Auditors (Cancels and replaces BTB 3 Oct 69R DIANETIC REMEDIES)
All C/Ses
DIANETIC REMEDIES
The remedies given here will handle pcs who go anaten or dope off in
session even though they are well rested beforehand. They will also handle
high TAs caused by chains left in restimulation by reason of not taking them
to a full Dianetic EP.
WORD CLEARING
One of the beginning pc's first steps in auditing is a thorough and
complete CS-1. This is given as ACTION SEVEN on New Era Dianetics Series 2,
FULL PC PROGRAM OUTLINE. It must be done until the pc well understands the
commands of R3RA and knows what is expected of him as a pc. (Ref: HCOB 9 Jul
78, DIANETIC CS-1.)
DO NOT attempt to run R3RA on a pc who is not properly indoctrinated.
Clear the commands. Clear the list words and clear the procedures with him. It
is the auditor's responsibility to ensure the pc understands the commands and
the procedure he is being run on.
So the first remedy given here is WORD CLEARING. A pc who does not
understand R3RA commands, assessment procedures, etc. will only restimulate
masses in Dianetic sessions, he will not be able to erase them.
If there is any doubt that your pc understands the commands and
procedures of R3RA, you clear these up immediately.
There are uniformly two things that prevent pcs from running engrams.
They are the failure to fully clear all the commands and procedures of R3RA as
we have covered above, and unhandled drugs.
Hence, the following remedies are to be done in their correct sequence on
the pc's Dianetic program, after a full and complete drug handling per New Era
Dianetics Series 9, DRUG HANDLING. (Ref: New Era Dianetics Series 2, FULL PC
PROGRAM OUTLINE.)
PICTURES OR MASSES
The following remedy is ordered by the C/S when the pc has no
misunderstood words but still goes anaten in session, even when assessment and
R3RA procedure are correctly done and the pc has had sufficient sleep, with no
unflat chains evident by folder inspection but has a very high or low TA.
The auditor asks: "What pictures or masses have you touched on in life
or in auditing that have been left unhandled?" The most obvious remedy is
simply to take the best reading picture that was left unflat in auditing and
simply finish the chain. If the pc had only run it single flow at the time
then finish it single flow for certain and check the other flows to see if
they read and run them if they do. The question one checks is Step One
narrative or Step One regular R3RA. One uses narrative when it is simply an
incident and regular R3RA when he remembers what somatic he was running at the
time.
433
The essence of this is simply to complete something that was already
started and wasn't completed.
If it was a picture which simply appeared in life, one can treat it as an
original item per the Assessment HCOB and carry on from there.
Caution should be observed in running a pc on Quad who hitherto had only
been run on single or triple flows. One can get onto the subject of bypassed
charge when he suddenly runs a new flow (like Flow 0) that has never been run
before on a new item. What happens is the pc, audited on single or triple on
other items in previous auditing, collides with some of the unrun charge of
previously unhandled chains of that flow and can get quite upset. The best
handling of this sort of thing is called "Quading up a pc" as contained in
HCOB 7 March 71R, USE OF QUADRUPLE DIANETICS.
Masses are handled simply by treating them as an original item as in the
Assessment HCOB.
In pictures or masses remedies, one is best off following New Era
Dianetics Series 4. Just treat the picture or mass as an original item.
Therefore, when the pc gives you a list of pictures or masses that have been
touched on in life or auditing he is really giving you a list of original
items so far as handling is concerned. The auditor takes the best reading item
from that list and does a preassessment on it.
"Are/Is (preassessment item) connected with (item)?" is the preassessment
question.
The auditor then follows the procedure outlined in HCOB 18 June 1978 New
Era Dianetics Series 4, doing a full preassessment and runs out R3RA Quad all
reading items with pc interest.
When this action is correctly performed the TA of the pc will be back in
range, and the pc will be bright.
AUTOMATICITY OF PICTURES
There are some pcs who keep talking about "this huge automaticity of
pictures coming in, faster and faster." They also dope off in session and they
are somewhat hard to get an F/N on.
The thing which is really wrong with the pc is instability. He can't hold
things still.
A C/S could order HCO Training Bulletin of 6 Feb 1957 (Technical Volume
III) -- "Hold It Still."
Objectives are also indicated, particularly SCS, as the pc can't control
things.
After flattening Objectives it will be found that the pc's bank is more
stable.
As the multipictures may also have keyed something in a C/S, after
Objectives are flat, could order the following:
"Ask the pc 'What pictures have you seen in life or auditing?' and treat
the best reading items in the resulting list as original items, handling them
per New Era Dianetics Series 4."
The phenomenon of automatic pictures is also called "an avalanche" and
data on it is available in the Technical Bulletins Volume II, page 39, Volume
VIII, page 106. The above section is the best handling.
434
OVERTS
When the pc goes anaten in session but there is no evidence of unflat
chains, the C/S issues this C/S:
"Assess for: Overts on unconscious people
Overts on anaten people
Overts on asleep people
Overts on sick people.
"Run each reading item with interest R3RA Narrative Quad, running F2
first."
The C/S could vary the assessment list, adding items if necessary in
accordance with what the pc was motivating from.
IMAGINARY INCIDENTS
Sometimes a pc cannot confront the actual incidents that are keyed-in by
life or auditing. Such a pc will not go backtrack. In this case the running of
imaginary incidents is quite productive. Sometimes the preclear will run them,
quite astonishingly, with somatics. But he is not being required to face any
reality about them and the auditor is not insisting that any reality exists
concerning them. In a surprisingly high percentage of times, however, he will
be running actual incidents. So long as he does not have to admit that these
incidents are actual he can do something about them.
It should be understood that no amount of imaginary incidents can supplant
the running of real incidents. The first value that this technique has -- the
invitation to the preclear to run avowedly imaginary incidents in his past --
is to build up the preclear's confidence in the auditor. The preclear begins
to feel that he will not be censured for indulging in fantasy.
When the preclear discovers that he has an auditor who not only will
listen to imagination but who encourages it, the affinity level rises and the
preclear's ability to differentiate in terms of reality will itself rise.
The auditor must never, after the incident has been run, then insist that
the incident was real. This would be a break of faith. He and the preclear
have entered into a contract that what is being run is pure imagination, and
the auditor must not break his contract.
To run imaginary incidents, the auditor discusses with the pc how they
will be running imaginary incidents and gets the pc's agreement to do so.
The auditor then asks, "What imaginary incidents or pictures have you
touched on?"
All the pc's responses to this question, with their meter reads are noted
by the auditor. He then takes up the best reading incident or picture and runs
it out R3RA Narrative Quad, first checking interest. Lesser reading items are
then taken up.
This action is done until the pc is brighter and more able to confront
actual incidents as they come up in auditing.
In doing this remedy be certain the pc understands R3RA procedure and has
NO MISUNDERSTOODS.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:lfg Founder
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
435
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=2/8/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
CANCELLATION OF ISSUES
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 2 AUGUST 1978
Remimeo
CANCELLATION OF ISSUES
The following issues are CANCELLED. References are included below to
indicate where correct data on these subjects can be obtained.
HCOB 23 Apr 69 II DIANETICS ERASURE HOW TO ATTAIN
(Ref: HCOB 26 Jun 78 II New Era Dianetics Series 6
URGENT IMPORTANT ROUTINE 3RA
ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS)
HCOB 27 Apr 69 R3R RESTATED COMMANDS ON SECOND RUN ON AN INCIDENT
(Ref: HCOB 26 Jun 78 II New Era Dianetics Series 6
URGENT IMPORTANT ROUTINE 3RA
ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS)
HCOB 9 May 69 II CASE SUPERVISOR FORMS
(Ref: HCOB 9 Jun 78 DIANETIC CS-1)
HCOB 19 May 69 HEALTH FORM, USE OF A BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF AUDITING
(Ref: HCOB 24 Jun 78 New Era Dianetics Series 5 ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT SHEET
HCOB 4 Jul 78 New Era Dianetics Series 12 SECOND ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT)
HCOB 23 Jun 69 F/N
(Ref: HCOB 26 Jun 78 II New Era Dianetics Series 6
URGENT IMPORTANT ROUTINE 3RA
ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
HCOB 7 Jul 78 DIANETIC F/Ns)
HCOB 5 Oct 69 II DIANETIC TRIPLES
(Ref: HCOB 26 Jun 78 II New Era Dianetics Series 6
URGENT IMPORTANT ROUTINE 3RA
ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS)
HCOB 27 Jan 70 NARRATIVE ITEMS EXPLAINED
(Ref: HCOB 18 Jun 78 New Era Dianetics Series 4
ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM)
HCOB 6 May 70 DIANETIC TRIPLES
(Ref: HCOB 26 Jun 78 II New Era Dianetics Series 6
URGENT IMPORTANT ROUTINE 3RA
ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
HCOB 7 Mar 71R C/S Series 28RA-1R
Rev. 25.7.78 USE OF QUADRUPLE DIANETICS)
436
HCOB 2 Jun 70 FLOATING NEEDLES
(Ref: HCOB 26 Jun 78 II New Era Dianetics Series 6
URGENT IMPORTANT ROUTINE 3RA
ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
HCOB 7 Jul 78 DIANETIC F/Ns)
HCOB 1 Aug 70RA F/N AND ERASURE
(Ref: HCOB 26 Jun 78 II New Era Dianetics Series 6
URGENT IMPORTANT ROUTINE 3RA
ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
HCOB 7 Jul 78 DIANETIC F/Ns
HCOB 28 Apr 69 HIGH TA IN DIANETICS)
BTB 24 Apr 69RA PRECLEAR ASSESSMENT SHEET
(Ref: HCOB 24 Jun 78 New Era Dianetics Series 5
ORIGINAL ASSESSMENT SHEET)
BTB 6 May 69RA ROUTINE 3R REVISED
ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
(Ref: HCOB 26 Jun 78 II New Era Dianetics Series 6
URGENT IMPORTANT ROUTINE 3RA
ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS)
BTB 14 Jul 70R ADDITIONAL DATA ON ERASING/SOLID
(Ref: HCOB 26 Jun 78 II New Era Dianetics Series 6
URGENT IMPORTANT ROUTINE 3RA
ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS)
BTB 25 Oct 71R II THE SPECIAL DRUG RUNDOWN -- NOTE
(Ref: HCOB 15 Jul 71R III C/S Series 48RA
Rev. 27.6.78 New Era Dianetics Series 9
DRUG HANDLING
HCO PL 6 Jul 78 HUBBARD NEW ERA DIANETICS COURSE
CHECKSHEET -- SECTION FOUR
(Entire section on Objectives)
BTB 24 Nov 71R PRESSURE SOMATICS IN DIANETICS
(Ref: HCOB 18 Jun 78 New Era Dianetics Series 4
ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM)
BTB 28 Apr 74R DIANETICS CLEARING LISTS AND R3R
(Ref: HCOB 9 Jul 78 DIANETIC CS-1)
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
437
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=5/8/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
INSTANT READS
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 AUGUST 1978
Remimeo
Ref: HCOB 28 Feb 71 C/S Series 24 METERING READING ITEMS
HCOB 8 Apr 78 AN F/N IS A READ
E-Meter Essentials, page 17 (ROCK SLAM)
HCOB 18 Jun 78 New Era Dianetics Series 4
ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM
INSTANT READS
The correct definition of INSTANT READ is THAT REACTION OF THE NEEDLE
WHICH OCCURS AT THE PRECISE END OF ANY MAJOR THOUGHT VOICED BY THE AUDITOR.
All definitions which state it is fractions of seconds after the question
is asked, are cancelled.
Thus an instant read which occurs when the auditor assesses an item or
calls a question is valid and would be taken up and latent reads, which occur
fractions of seconds after the major thought, are ignored.
Additionally, when looking for reads while clearing commands or when the
preclear is originating items, the auditor must note only those reads which
occur at the exact moment the pc ends his statement of the item or command.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
438
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=7/8/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
HAVINGNESS
FINDING AND RUNNING THE PC'S HAVINGNESS PROCESS
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 7 AUGUST 1978
Remimeo
HAVINGNESS
FINDING AND RUNNING THE PC'S HAVINGNESS PROCESS
Ref: HCOB 11 Jan 62, Security Checking Twenty-Ten Theory
HCOB 29 Sep 60. Havingness and Duplication
HCOB 6 Oct 60R. Thirty-Six New Presessions
Rev. 8 May 74
Book: E-Meter Essentials, Section G:
Finding Havingness & Confront Processes
NOTE: This issue is by no means a complete summary of the subject of
havingness. There is a vast amount of material on havingness and the remedy of
havingness in early publications and other HCOBs to be found in the Technical
Volumes -- data the student will acquire as he continues to train up the
levels and on the SHSBC.
This issue is to give the beginning auditor a working knowledge of the
subject of havingness.
"HAVINGNESS: 1) that which permits the experience of mass and pressure.
2) the feeling that one owns or possesses. 3) can be simply defined as ARC
with the environment.... 6) the ability to duplicate that which one
perceives, or to be willing to create a duplication of it.... 8)
havingness is the concept of being able to reach or not being prevented
from reaching.... 4) that activity which is run when needed and when it
will not violently deflect the pc's attention."
(From the Technical Dictionary.)
The above are all valid, but the final definition of havingness can be
simply stated as:
HAVINGNESS IS THE CONCEPT OF BEING ABLE TO REACH. NO HAVINGNESS IS THE
CONCEPT OF NOT BEING ABLE TO REACH.
Inherent in the ability to reach is the willingness and ability to
duplicate. That which makes communication work in processes is the duplication
part of the communication formula (Axiom 28 Amended). The position of a being
on the Tone Scale is determined by his ability to reach (and thus his
willingness and ability to duplicate, to communicate and experience.)
The lower the tone of the being the less willing he is to reach,
communicate with and experience his present time environment, and the less
willing he is to reach and duplicate events of the past or permit them to
happen again.
This is remedied by Objective Havingness Processes. These are processes
that deal with observing and touching objects in the auditing room or in the
environment. They are "look around" or physical contact processes, used to
remedy a low or "no havingness" condition.
Thus we find the pc's Havingness Process early on in auditing and use it to
gain or remedy havingness before or after processes or at session end.
439
FINDING AND RUNNING THE PC'S HAVINGNESS PROCESS
The preclear's Havingness Process is tested for on the meter in an exact
way. You test it on the needle with can squeezes from the pc.
Use HCOB 6 October 1960R, Revised 8 May 74, "Thirty-Six New Presessions."
1. Set the sensitivity for 1/3 of a dial drop when the pc squeezes the cans.
(See E-Meter Drill 5, The Book of E-Meter Drills.)
2. Run 5 to 8 commands of the first Havingness Process on the above bulletin,
with the pc on the meter.
3. Then have the pc squeeze the cans, noting the size of the needle read now.
If this second can squeeze shows the needle looser (wider swing) than the
first can squeeze did, you've got it. The Havingness Process you've tested
is the Havingness Process for the preclear and may be used to remedy his
havingness as necessary.
4. If the process tightens the needle during the test, don't use it. Don't
bridge off. Just get off the process now and test the next process, or the
next, continuing until you find a Havingness Process that does loosen the
needle and gives a wider swing. One will be found among the list of
Havingness Processes on HCOB 6 Oct 60R.
5. The correct Havingness Process selected is then run 10 to 12
commands at a time, usually just before ending off a session.
A pc's Havingness Process can change as the pc changes with auditing. If at
some point in the auditing the Havingness Process which has been being used
fails to get the desired result, simply re-test for a new Havingness Process,
find one that works and use it.
Even the right Havingness Process, if run too much at one time (more than
10 or 20 commands) will start running the bank. It doesn't harm the preclear
but that isn't its use, as there are other processes that run the bank better.
The purpose of a Havingness Process is to get the preclear stabilized in
his environment.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nc
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
440
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=9/8/78
Volnum=0
Issue=1
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
NEW ERA DIANETICS
A REQUISITE FOR EXPANDED DIANETICS
Remimeo
New Era Dianetics
Expanded Dianetics
Courses
C/Ses
Auditors
Supers
Students
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 9 AUGUST 1978
Remimeo Issue I
New Era Dianetics
Expanded Dianetics
Courses
C/Ses
Auditors
Supers
Students
NEW ERA DIANETICS
A REQUISITE FOR EXPANDED DIANETICS
(Ref: New Era Dianetics Series Bulletins
Expanded Dianetics Series Bulletins)
THE NEW ERA DIANETICS FULL PC PROGRAM MUST COME BEFORE EXPANDED DIANETICS
ON ANY PC WHO HASN'T HAD NEW ERA DIANETICS.
Thus:
THE NEW ERA DIANETICS FULL PC PROGRAM AND EXPANDED DIANETICS, IN THAT
SEQUENCE, ARE MANDATORY IN EVERY R/S CASE.
The New Era Dianetics Full Pc Program is itself. The Expanded Dianetics
Program is itself. They are NOT mixed. The one quite naturally precedes the
other. New Era Dianetics fully completed paves the way for smooth, rapid, spot-
on running of Expanded Dianetics on the pc.
On those pcs who have already had many hours of Dianetics, numerous chains
will have been erased with somatics and/or illnesses blown and disabilities
handled, and these gains are not to be invalidated. Dianetics properly applied
has always brought about fantastic results.
New Era Dianetics, however, with its new Preassessment procedure and its
new rundowns tailored to find and handle any unhandled Dianetic aspect of the
case, will result in undreamed of gains for old and new pcs alike. It is
already doing so.
Further, it ensures the full and thorough handling of those aspects of the
case which must be gotten out of the way before proceeding with Ex Dn, as
these could complicate and lengthen Ex Dn unnecessarily.
Thus we have the above rules.
This is a swifter and more thorough route than ever before to a well and
happy pc and a swifter more thorough route than ever before to a full Expanded
Dianetics completion.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nc
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
441
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=9/8/78
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
CLEARING COMMANDS
Type = 21
iDate=2/5/72
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=10/6/74
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 9 AUGUST 1978
Remimeo Issue II
(Cancels BTB 2 May 72R, Rev. 10.6.74,
CLEARING COMMANDS.)
CLEARING COMMANDS
(Ref: HCOB 14 Nov 65, CLEARING COMMANDS
HCOB 9 Nov 68, CLEARING COMMANDS, ALL LEVELS
HCO PL 4 Apr 72R ETHICS AND STUDY TECH)
Always when running a process newly or whenever the preclear is confused
about the meaning of commands, clear each word of each command with the
preclear, using the dictionary if necessary. This has long been standard
procedure.
You want a pc set up to run smoothly, knowing what is expected of him and
understanding exactly the question being asked or the command being given. A
misunderstood word or auditing command can waste hours of auditing time and
keep a whole case from moving.
Thus this preliminary step to running a process or procedure for the first
time is VITAL.
The rules of clearing commands are:
1. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS THE AUDITOR TO EVALUATE FOR THE PC AND TELL HIM
WHAT THE WORD OR COMMAND MEANS.
2. ALWAYS HAVE THE NECESSARY (AND GOOD) DICTIONARIES IN THE AUDITING ROOM
WITH YOU.
This would include the Tech Dictionary, the Admin Dictionary, a good
English dictionary, and a good non-dinky dictionary in the pc's native
language. For a foreign language case (where the pc's native language is
not English) you will also need a dual dictionary for that language and
English.
(Example: English word "apple" is looked up in English/French dictionary
and "pomme" is found. Now look in the French dictionary to define
"pomme.")
So for the foreign language case two dictionaries are needed: (1) English
to foreign language (2) foreign language itself.
3. HAVE THE PC ON THE CANS THROUGHOUT THE CLEARING OF THE WORDS AND COMMANDS.
4. CLEAR THE COMMAND (OR QUESTION OR LIST ITEM) BACKWARDS BY FIRST CLEARING
IN TURN EACH WORD IN THE COMMAND IN BACKWARDS SEQUENCE.
(Example: To clear the command "Do fish swim?" clear "swim" first, then
"fish," then "do.")
This prevents the pc starting to run the process by himself while you are
still clearing the words.
442
4A. NOTE: F/Ns OBTAINED ON CLEARING THE WORDS DOES NOT MEAN THE PROCESS HAS
BEEN RUN.
5. NEXT, CLEAR THE COMMAND ITSELF.
Auditor asks the pc, "What does this command mean to you?" If it is evident
from the pc's answer that he has misunderstood a word as it is used in the
context of the command:
(a) Re-clear the obvious word (or words) using the dictionary.
(b) Have him use each work in a sentence until he has it. (The worst fault
is the pc using a new set of words in place of the actual word and
answering the alter-ised word, not the word itself. See HCOB 10 Mar 65,
WORDS, MISUNDERSTOOD GOOFS.)
(c) Re-clear the command.
(d) If necessary, repeat Steps a, b and c above to make sure he
understands the command.
5A. NOTE: THAT A WORD READS WHEN CLEARING A COMMAND, AN ASSESSMENT QUESTION OR
LISTING QUESTION DOES NOT MEAN THE COMMAND OR QUESTION ITSELF HAS READ
NECESSARILY. MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS READ ON THE METER.
6. WHEN CLEARING THE COMMAND, WATCH THE METER AND NOTE ANY READ ON THE
COMMAND. (Ref: HCOB 28 Feb 71, C/S Series 24, IMPORTANT METERING READING
ITEMS.)
7. DON'T CLEAR THE COMMANDS OF ALL RUDS AND RUN THEM, OR OF ALL PROCESSES AND
RUN THEM. YOU'LL MISS F/Ns. THE COMMANDS OF ONE PROCESS ARE CLEARED JUST
BEFORE THAT PROCESS IS RUN.
8. ARC BREAKS AND LISTS SHOULD BE WORD CLEARED BEFORE A PC GETS INTO THEM AND
SHOULD BE TAGGED IN THE PC'S FOLDER ON A YELLOW SHEET AS CLEARED. (Ref:
BTB 5 Nov 72R II, Rev. 24.7.74, Auditor Admin Series 6R, THE YELLOW
SHEET.)
As it is difficult to clear all the words of a correction list on a pc
over heavy bypassed charge, it is standard to clear the words of an L1C
and ruds very early in auditing and to clear an L4BRA before commencing
listing processes or an L3RE before running R3RA. Then, when the need for
these correction lists arises one does not need to clear all the words as
it has already been done. Thus, such correction lists can be used without
delay.
It is also standard to clear the words of the Word Clearing Correction
List early in auditing and before other correction lists are cleared. This
way, if the pc bogs on subsequent Word Clearing, you have your Word
Clearing Correction List ready to use.
9. IF, HOWEVER, YOUR PC IS SITTING IN THE MIDDLE OF AN ARC BREAK (OR OTHER
HEAVY CHARGE) AND THE WORDS OF THE L1C (OR OTHER CORRECTION LIST) HAVE NOT
BEEN CLEARED YET, DON'T CLEAR FIRST. GO AHEAD AND ASSESS THE LIST TO
HANDLE THE CHARGE. OTHERWISE IT'S AUDITING OVER AN ARC BREAK.
In this case you just verify by asking afterwards if he had any
misunderstoods on the list.
443
All the words of the L1C (or other correction list) would then be cleared
thoroughly at the first opportunity -- per your C/S's instructions.
10. DO NOT RE-CLEAR ALL THE WORDS OF ASSESSMENT LISTS EACH TIME THE LIST IS
USED ON THE SAME PC. Do it once, fully and properly the first time and
note clearly in the folder, on the yellow sheet for future reference,
which of the standard assessment lists have been cleared.
11. THESE RULES APPLY TO ALL PROCESSES, LISTING QUESTIONS AND ASSESSMENTS.
12. THE WORDS OF THE PLATENS OF ADVANCED COURSE MATERIALS ARE NOT SO CLEARED.
Any violation of full and correct clearing of commands or assessment
questions, whether done in a formal session or not, is an ethics offense per
HCO PL 4 Apr 72R (Rev. 21.6.75) ETHICS AND STUDY TECH, Section 4, which
states:
"ANY AUDITOR FAILING TO CLEAR EACH AND EVERY WORD OF EVERY COMMAND OR LIST
USED MAY BE SUMMONED BEFORE A COURT OF ETHICS.
"The charge is OUT TECH."
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
444
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=11/8/78
Volnum=0
Issue=1
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
RUDIMENTS
DEFINITIONS AND PATTER
Remimeo
All Auditors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 AUGUST 1978
Remimeo Issue I
All Auditors
RUDIMENTS
DEFINITIONS AND PATTER
(Ref: HCOB 15 Aug 69, FLYING RUDS)
(NOTE: This Bulletin in no way summarizes all the data there is to be known
about ARC breaks. PTPs and missed withholds. or handling rudiments.
There is a wealth of technology and data on these subjects contained
throughout the Technical Volumes and in Scientology books which the student
auditor will need as he progresses up the levels.)
A rudiment is that which is used to get the pc in shape to be audited in
that session.
For auditing to take place at all the pc must be in session which means:
1. Willing to talk to the auditor
2. Interested in own case.
That is all you want to accomplish with rudiments. You want to set up the
case to run by getting the rudiments in, not use the rudiments to run the case.
ARC breaks, present time problems and withholds all keep a session from
occurring. It is elementary auditing knowledge that auditing over the top of
an ARC break can reduce a graph, hang the pc up in sessions or worsen his
case, and that in the presence of PTPs, overts and missed withholds (a
restimulated undisclosed overt) no gains can occur. Thus these are the
rudiments we are most concerned with getting in at the beginning of a session
so that auditing with gains can occur.
GETTING THE F/N
If you know bank structure you know it is necessary to find an earlier
item if something does not release.
If a rud doesn't F/N then there is an earlier (or an earlier or an
earlier) lock which is preventing it from F/Ning.
Thus we have the procedure and the rule:
IF A RUD READS YOU ALWAYS TAKE IT EARLIER SIMILAR UNTIL IT F/Ns.
The question used is:
"Is there an earlier similar (ARC break) or (problem) or (missed
withhold)?"
If at the beginning of a session the rudiments are in (the needle is
floating and the pc is VGIs), the auditor goes directly into the major actions
of the session. If not, the auditor must fly a rud or ruds, as ordered by the
C/S.
445
ARC: A word from the initial letters of Affinity, Reality and Communication
which together equate to Understanding.
ARC BREAK: A sudden drop or cutting of one's affinity, reality or
communication with someone or something. Upsets with people or
things come about because of a lessening or sundering of
affinity, reality, communication or understanding.
While the earlier similar rule fully applies to ARC breaks, there is an
additional action taken in handling ARC breaks that enables the pc to spot
precisely what happened that resulted in the upset.
An ARC break is called that -- an "A-R-C break" -- instead of an upset
because, if one discovers which of the three points of understanding have been
cut, one can bring about a rapid recovery in the person's state of mind.
You never audit over the top of an ARC break, and you never audit an ARC
break itself; they cannot be audited. But they can be assessed to locate which
of the basic elements of ARC the charge is on.
Thus to handle an ARC break you assess affinity, reality, communication
and understanding to find which of these points the break occurred on.
Having determined that, you assess the item found (A or R or C or U)
against the Expanded CDEI Scale (curious, desired, enforced, inhibited, no and
refused). Ref: HCOB 13 Oct 59, DEI EXPANDED SCALE, Scientology 0-8. The Book of
Basics. and HCOB 18 Sep 67, corrected 4.4.74, SCALES.
With this assessment the actual bypassed charge can be located and
indicated even more accurately, thus enabling the pc to blow it.
The assessment is done on every ARC break as you go earlier similar until
the rudiment is in with F/N and VGIs.
The first rudiment question is:
1. "Do you have an ARC break?"
2. If there is an ARC break, get the data on it briefly.
3. Find out by assessment which point the ARC break occurred on: "Was
that a break in Affinity?
Reality?
Communication?
Understanding?
You assess it once and get the read (or the largest read) on, say,
communication.
4. Check it with the pc: "Was that a break in (communication)? If he says
no, rehandle. If yes, let him tell you about it if he wishes. Then
give it to him by indicating it, i.e. "I'd like to indicate that was a
break in communication."
PROVIDED THE RIGHT ITEM HAS BEEN GOTTEN, the pc will brighten up, even
if ever so slightly, on the very first assessment.
NOTE: On Step 4 the pc may originate: "Yes, I guess it was
communication but to me it's really more like a break in reality," for
example. The wise auditor then acknowledges and indicates it was a
break in "reality."
446
5. Taking the item found in Step 4 above, assess it against the CDEI
Scale:
"Was it:
Curious about (communication)?
Desired " ?
Enforced " ?
Inhibited " ?
No " ?
Refused " ?"
6. As in Steps 3 and 4 above, assess it once, get the item and check it
with the pc:
"Was it (desired) communication?"
If no, rehandle. If yes, indicate it.
7. If no F/N at this point you follow it earlier with the question:
"Is there an earlier similar ARC break?"
8. Get the earlier similar ARC break, get in ARCU, CDEINR, indicate. If no
F/N, repeat Step 7, continuing to go earlier, always using ARCU, CDEINR
until you get an F/N.
When you get the F/N and VGIs you have it.
PRESENT TIME PROBLEM
PROBLEM: A conflict arising from two opposing intentions. It's one thing
versus another thing; an intention-counter-intention that worries
the preclear.
PRESENT TIME PROBLEM:... A special problem that exists in the physical universe
now, on which the pc has his attention fixed.
... Any set of circumstances that so engages the attention of the
preclear that he feels he should be doing something about it
instead of being audited.
A violation of "in session-ness" occurs when the pc's attention is fixed
on some concern that is "right now" in the physical universe. The pc's
attention is "over there" not on his case. If the auditor overlooks and
doesn't handle the PTP then the pc is never in session, grows agitated, ARC
breaks. And no gains are made because he is not in session.
The second rudiment question is:
1. "Do you have a present time problem?"
2. If there is a PTP, have the pc tell you about it.
3. If no F/N take it earlier with the question:
"Is there an earlier similar problem?"
4. Get the earlier problem and if no F/N, follow it earlier similar,
earlier similar, earlier similar to F/N.
447
MISSED WITHHOLDS
OVERT ACT: An intentionally committed harmful act committed in an effort
to solve a problem.
... an act of omission or commission which does the least good
for the least number of dynamics to the most harm to the
greatest number of dynamics.
That thing which you do which you aren't willing to have happen
to you.
WITHHOLD: An undisclosed harmful (contra-survival) act. Something the pc
did that he isn't talking about.
MISSED WITHHOLD:An undisclosed contra-survival act which has been
restimulated by another but not disclosed. This is a withhold
which another person nearly found out about, leaving the
person with the withhold in a state of wondering whether his
hidden deed is known or not.
The pc with a missed withhold will not be honestly "willing to talk to
the auditor" and, therefore, not in session until the missed withhold is
pulled.
Missing a withhold or not getting all of it is the sole source of an ARC
break. A missed withhold is observable by any of the following: pc not making
progress, pc critical of, nattery or angry at the auditor, refusing to talk to
the auditor, not desirous of being audited, boiling off, exhausted, foggy at
session end, dropped havingness, telling others the auditor is no good,
demanding redress of wrongs, critical of Scientology or organizations or
people of Scientology, lack of auditing results, dissemination failures. (Ref:
HCOB 3 May 62, ARC BREAKS, MISSED WITHHOLDS.) The auditor must not overlook
any manifestations of a missed withhold.
Thus, if the pc has a missed withhold you get it, get all of it using the
system described below, and use the same system on each earlier similar missed
withhold until you get the F/N.
The third rudiment question is:
1. "Has a withhold been missed?"
2. If you get a missed withhold, find out:
(a) What was it?
(b) When was it?
(c) Is that all of the withhold?
(d) WHO missed it?
(e) What did (he/she) do to make you wonder whether or not (he/she)
knew?
(f) Who else missed it? (Repeat (e) above).
Get another and another who missed it, using the Suppress button as
necessary, and repeating (e) above.
3. Clean it to F/N, or if no F/N take it earlier similar with the
question:
"Is there an earlier similar missed withhold?"
4. Handle each earlier similar missed withhold you get per Step 2 above,
until you get an F/N.
448
SUPPRESS
If a rudiment doesn't read and is not F/Ning, put in the Suppress button.
using:
"On the question 'Do you have an ARC break?' has anything been
suppressed?"
If it reads, take it and ask ARCU, CDEINR, earlier similar, etc.
Use Suppress in the same way for non-reading PTP and missed withhold
rudiments.
FALSE
If the pc protests, comments, or seems bewildered put in the False
button. The question used is:
"Has anyone said you had a ____________ when you didn't have one?" Get
who, what, when and take it earlier, if necessary, to F/N.
END PHENOMENA
In ruds when you've got your F/N and that charge has moved off, indicate
it. Don't push the pc on for some other "EP."
When the pc F/Ns with VGIs, you've got it.
HIGH OR LOW TA
Never try to fly ruds on a high or low TA.
Seeing a high or low TA at session start, the Dianetic or Scientology
auditor up to Class II does not start the session but sends the folder
back to the C/S for a higher classed auditor to handle. The C/S will order the
required correction list to be done by an auditor Class III or above.
REFERENCES:
HCOB 15 Aug 69 FLYING RUDS
HCOB 13 Oct 59 DEI EXPANDED SCALE
HCOB 18 Sep 67 SCALES
HCOB 7 Sep 64 II ALL LEVELS, PTPS, OVERTS
AND ARC BREAKS
HCOB 12 Feb 62 HOW TO CLEAR WITHHOLDS &
MISSED WITHHOLDS
HCOB 31 Mar 60 THE PRESENT TIME PROBLEM
HCOB 14 Mar 71R F/N EVERYTHING
HCOB 23 Aug 71 C/S Series I AUDITOR'S RIGHTS
HCOB 21 Mar 74 END PHENOMENA
HCOB 22 Feb 62 WITHHOLDS, MISSED & PARTIAL
HCOB 3 May 62 ARC BREAKS, MISSED WITHHOLDS
The above issues give further data on rudiments, ARC breaks, PTPs and
missed withholds. Note, however, that this is not a complete list of
references on the subject. There is much additional data to be found in the
Technical Volumes.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
449
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=11/8/78
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
MODEL SESSION
Remimeo
All Auditors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 AUGUST 1978
Remimeo Issue II
All Auditors
(Cancels BTB 18 Nov 68R, MODEL SESSION)
MODEL SESSION
(Note: If a Dianetic or Level 0, I, II auditor is not trained in flying
rudiments he would have to get a Level III (or above) auditor to fly
the pc's ruds before starting the major action of the session.)
1. Setting Up for the Session
Prior to the session the auditor is to make sure the room and session are
set up, to ensure a smooth session with no interruptions or distractions.
Use HCOB 4 December 1977, "Checklist for Setting Up Sessions and An
E-Meter," getting in every point of the checklist.
The pc is seated in the chair furthest from the door. From the time he is
asked to pick up the cans he remains on the meter until the end of the session.
When it is established there is no reason not to begin the session the
auditor starts the session.
2. Start of Session
The auditor says: "This is the session." (Tone 40.)
If the needle is floating and the pc has VGIs, the auditor goes directly
into the major action of the session. If not, the auditor must fly a rud.
3. Rudiments
Rudiments are handled per HCOB 11 August 1978, Issue I, "Rudiments,
Definitions; and Patter."
(If the TA is high or low at session start, or if the auditor cannot get a
rud to fly, he ends off and sends the pc folder to the C/S. A Class IV auditor
or above) may do a Green Form or another type of correction list.)
When the pc has F/N, VGIs the auditor goes into the major action of the
session.
4. Major Action of the Session
a) R-Factor to the pc. The auditor informs the pc what is going to be done
in the session with:
"Now we are going to handle _____________."
b) Clearing commands. The commands of the process are cleared per HCOB 9
August 1978 Issue II, "Clearing Commands."
c) The process. The auditor runs the process or completes the C/S
instructions for the session to end phenomena.
450
In Dianetics, the end phenomena would be: F/N, erasure of the chain,
cognition, postulate (if not voiced in the cognition) and VGIs.
In Scientology processes, the end phenomena is: F/N, cognition, VGIs. The
Power Processes have their own EP.
5. Havingness
When Havingness is indicated or included in the C/S instructions, the
auditor runs approximately 10 to 12 commands of the pc's Havingness Process to
where the pc is bright, F/Ning and in PT. (Note: Havingness is never run to
obscure or hide the fact of failure to F/N the main process or an auditing or
Confessional question.)
(Ref: HCOB 7 August 78, "Havingness, Finding & Running The Pc's Havingness
Process.")
6. End of Session
a) When the auditor is ready to end the session he gives the R-Factor
that he will be ending the session.
b) Then he asks:
"Is there anything you would care to say or ask before I end this
session?"
Pc answers.
Auditor acknowledges and notes down the answer.
c) If the pc asks a question, answer it if you can or acknowledge and
say, "I will note that down for the C/S."
d) Auditor ends the session with: "End of session." (Tone 40.)
(Note: The phrase "That's it" is incorrect for the purpose of ending a
session and is not used. The correct phrase is "End of Session.")
Immediately after the end of session the auditor or a Page takes the pc
to the pc Examiner.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nc
Copyright $c 1978
By L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
451
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=21/8/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
RUNNING FLOWS THAT WON'T ERASE
Remimeo
All Auditors
All C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 AUGUST 1978
Remimeo
All Auditors
All C/Ses
RUNNING FLOWS THAT WON'T ERASE
You can run into trouble in R3RA with a flow that won't erase and this
can be due to an earlier unerased flow.
You can be running a flow and it won't erase because you have left an
earlier flow unerased.
You have to go back and erase the unerased flow and then return to the one
you are working on, which will then erase.
If you are on Flow 2 and find it won't erase because Flow 1 has been left
unerased, the thing to do is go back to Flow 1 and fully erase it. Then return
to Flow 2.
What you are running into on the flow that won't erase is generally the
earlier erased flow and that is what you need to handle to obtain a clean
erasure.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
452
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=26/8/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=5/10/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
MORE ON DRUGS
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 AUGUST 1978R
Remimeo REVISED 5 OCTOBER 1978
(Revisions in this type style)
MORE ON DRUGS
Drug users are apparently sitting on the idea that if you're numb nothing
can hurt you and it's probably a defense against the physical universe. That's
probably why Objectives pull them out of it.
Drugs are an impression of fear on the physical universe and what it
might do to a person.
That is why Objectives work. It reassures them they aren't going to get
bit.
That's the ambition of the drug culture.
There are several more sensible ways of handling the same problem.
The first of these is exteriorization. One exteriorizes before the
impact. Yet drugs often make it impossible to exteriorize.
A second way is to simply control the nerves so they don't transmit.
A third is not to be in such a protest against pain as it increases the
intensity of the thing. It is a fact that pain is a sort of havingness and if
a person is processed on wasting and having pain he finds it is just another
sensation and he can have it and doesn't need these other remedies and that it
is not that much of a problem.
There are other unwanted sensations that drugs block off but there is a
whole sector of desirable sensations and drugs block off all sensations. In
spite of the propaganda to the contrary even sexual sensation is blocked off
with drugs and this is true even after drugs have apparently heightened it for
one or two times, after that it is dead, dead, dead.
The only brief that can be held out for drugs is that they give a short
quick oblivion from immediate agony and permit the handling of a person to
effect repair. But even then this is applicable to persons who have no other
system to handle their pain.
Dexterity, ability and alertness are the main things that prevent getting
into painful situations and a primary target of these all vanish with drugs.
So drugs set you up to get into situations which are truly disastrous and keep
you that way.
One has a choice between being dead with drugs or being alive without
them. Drugs rob life of the sensations and joys which are the only reasons for
living anyhow.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:gi.dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
453
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=3/9/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
URGENT -- URGENT -- URGENT
DEFINITION OF A ROCK SLAM
Type = 11
iDate=5/12/62
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Type = 11
iDate=13/8/62
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Type = 11
iDate=1/8/62
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
HCOs
Tech Staff
Qual Staff
Confessional Courses
All Auditors,
C/Ses. Supervisors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 3 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo
HCOs
Tech Staff (Cancels HCOB 5 Dec AD12, "2-12, 3GAXX, 3-21
Qual Staff and Routine 2-10 Modern Assessment.")
Confessional Courses
All Auditors, (Cancels HCOB 13 Aug AD 12)
C/Ses. Supervisors (Cancels HCOB 1 Aug AD12)
URGENT -- URGENT -- URGENT
DEFINITION OF A ROCK SLAM
The following is the only valid definition of an R/S:
ROCK SLAM: THE CRAZY, IRREGULAR, LEFT-RIGHT SLASHING MOTION OF THE
NEEDLE ON THE E-METER DIAL. R/SES REPEAT LEFT AND RIGHT
SLASHES UNEVENLY AND SAVAGELY, FASTER THAN THE EYE EASILY
FOLLOWS. THE NEEDLE IS FRANTIC. THE WIDTH OF AN R/S DEPENDS
LARGELY ON SENSITIVITY SETTING. IT GOES FROM ONE-FOURTH INCH
TO WHOLE DIAL. BUT IT SLAMS BACK AND FORTH.
A ROCK SLAM (R/S) MEANS A HIDDEN EVIL INTENTION ON THE
SUBJECT OR QUESTION UNDER AUDITING OR DISCUSSION.
VALID R/SES ARE NOT ALWAYS INSTANT READS. AN R/S CAN READ
PRIOR OR LATENTLY.
HCOB 5 December AD12, "2-12, 3GAXX, 3-21 and Routine 2-10 Modern
Assessment" is an HCOB composited by others incorrectly and is CANCELLED as it
misdefines an R/S as a single slash left or right. It contains the statements:
"One or two slashes make an R/S.... If it slashed up or down once call it an
R/S." The data is utterly false. By this wrong definition a rocket read could
be mistaken for an R/S, or any sudden rise could be mistaken for an R/S. ONE
SLASH DOESN'T BEGIN TO BE AN R/S. NOR TWO OR THREE FOR THAT MATTER. THE
CORRECT DEFINITION OF AN R/S INCLUDES THAT IT SLASHES SAVAGELY LEFT AND
RIGHT.
DEFINITION OF A DIRTY NEEDLE
The following is the only valid definition of a dirty needle:
DIRTY NEEDLE: AN ERRATIC AGITATION OF THE NEEDLE WHICH IS RAGGED, JERKY,
TICKING, NOT SWEEPING, AND TENDS TO BE PERSISTENT. IT IS NOT
LIMITED IN SIZE.
A DIRTY NEEDLE IS CAUSED BY ONE OF THREE THINGS:
1. THE AUDITOR'S TRs ARE BAD.
2. THE AUDITOR IS BREAKING THE AUDITOR'S CODE.
454
3. THE PC HAS WITHHOLDS HE DOES NOT WISH KNOWN.
The definitions of a dirty needle as "a small rock slam" and "a smaller
edition of the rock slam" in HCOB 13 August AD12, "Rock Slams and Dirty
Needles," are CANCELLED. The definition of a dirty needle as "a minute rock
slam" in HCOB 1 August AD12, "Routine, 3GA, Goals, Nulling by Mid Ruds," is
CANCELLED.
All definitions which limit the size of a dirty needle to "one quarter of
an inch" or "less than one quarter of an inch" are CANCELLED.
A dirty needle is NOT TO BE CONFUSED with an R/S. They are distinctly
different reads. You never mistake an R/S if you have ever seen one. A dirty
needle is far less frantic.
THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN A ROCK SLAM AND A DIRTY NEEDLE IS IN THE CHARACTER
OF THE READ, NOT THE SIZE.
Persistent use of "fish and fumble" can sometimes turn a dirty needle into a
rock slam. However until it does it is simply a dirty needle.
AUDITORS, C/SES. SUPERVISORS MUST MUST MUST KNOW THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN
THESE TWO TYPES OF READS COLD.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nc
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
455
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=5/9/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
ANATOMY OF A SERVICE FACSIMILE
Remimeo
Level IV Checksheets
Class IV Auditors
Supervisors
C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo
Level IV Checksheets
Class IV Auditors
Supervisors
C/Ses
ANATOMY OF A SERVICE FACSIMILE
Ref: HCOB 22 Jul 63 YOU CAN BE RIGHT
HCOB 1 Sep 63 SCIENTOLOGY THREE CLEARING,
CLEARING, CLEARING. ROUTINE THREE SC
HCOB 23 Aug 66 SERVICE FACSIMILE
HCOB 30 Nov 66 ASSESSMENT FOR SERVICE FACSIMILE
TAPE: 6308C27 SH SPEC 299 RIGHTNESS AND WRONGNESS
TAPE: 6309C04 SH SPEC 302 HOW TO FIND A SERVICE FACSIMILE
TAPE: 6309C03 SH SPEC 302A R3SC
TAPE: 6309C05 SH SPEC 303 SERVICE FACSIMILE ASSESSMENT
TAPE: 6309C18 SH SPEC 308 ST HILL SERVICE FAC HANDLING
FACSIMILE: A mental picture unknowingly created; a copy of the physical
universe environment, complete with all the perceptions, at some
time in the past.
SERVICE: A method of providing a person with the use of something; the
action or result of giving assistance or advantage; work done;
duty performed.
COMPUTATION: That aberrated evaluation and postulate that one must be in a
certain state in order to succeed.
SERVICE FACSIMILE: THE SERVICE FACSIMILE IS THAT COMPUTATION GENERATED BY THE
PRECLEAR (NOT THE BANK) TO MAKE SELF RIGHT AND OTHERS
WRONG: TO DOMINATE OR ESCAPE DOMINATION AND ENHANCE OWN
SURVIVAL AND INJURE THAT OF OTHERS.
Note that it is a computation, not a doingness, beingness or havingness.
We could call this a "service computation" but we will maintain the term we
have used to describe this phenomenon throughout the technology: "service
facsimile."
It is a computation that the pc adopted when, in an extreme situation, he
felt endangered by something but could not itsa it.
It is called a service facsimile because he uses it; it is "of service" to
him.
Aberration, anybody's aberration on any subject, has been of some use to
them at some time or other. You can trace it back. It's been of some use,
otherwise they wouldn't keep mocking it up. But now, if you put it up against
survival standards, you'd find it very non-survival.
The pc adopted this because he couldn't stand the confusion in a
situation. So he adopted a safe solution. A safe solution is always adopted as
a retreat from the environmental restimulation. He adopted a safe solution in
that instance and he survived. His safe solution became his stable datum. He
has hung onto it ever since. It is the computation, the fixed idea, he uses to
handle life, his service facsimile.
456
HOW THE SERVICE FACSIMILE BECOMES FIXED
An idea is the thing most easily substituted for a thetan. An idea doesn't
have any mass connected with it basically. And it appears to have some wisdom
in it so it's very easily substituted for a thetan. Thus the idea, the stable
datum he has adopted, is substituted for the thetan.
How does this stable datum become so fixed? It gets fixed, and more and
more firmly as time goes on, by the confusion it is supposed to handle but
doesn't.
The stable datum was adopted in lieu of inspection. The person ceased to
inspect, he fell back from inspecting, he fell back from living. He put the
datum there to substitute for his own observation and his own coping with
life, and at that moment he started an accumulation of confusion.
That which is not confronted and inspected tends to persist. Thus in the
absence of his own confronting mass collects. The stable datum forbids
inspection. It's an automatic solution. It's "safe." It solves everything. He
no longer has to inspect to solve, so he never as-ises the mass. He gets
caught in the middle of the mass. And it collects more and more confusion and
his ability to inspect becomes less and less. The more he isn't confronting,
the less he can confront. This becomes a dwindling spiral.
So the thing he has adopted to handle his environment for him is the thing
which reduces his ability to handle his environment.
Those things which do not respond to routine auditing, that routine
auditing won't change, are rooted in this mechanism.
Therefore, it is important to find the idea on which he is so fixed. Pull
the fixed idea and you free the individual for a broader perimeter of
inspection.
In service fac handling the reason you get tone arm action when the fixed
idea has been pulled is that the confusion which has been amassed and dammed
up for so long is now running off.
RIGHT/WRONG, DOMINATE AND SURVIVE
Right and wrong are the tools of survival. In order to survive you have to
be right. There is a level at which true rightness is analytical, and there is
a level at which rightness and wrongness cease to be analytical or
comprehensible. When it drops below that point it's aberration.
The point you degenerate from survive to succumb is the point you
recognize you are wrong. That is the beginning of succumb. The moment one
becomes worried about his own survival he enters into the necessity to
dominate in order to survive.
It goes: the insistence upon survival, followed by the necessity to
dominate, followed then by the necessity to be right. These postulates go
downhill. So you get an aberrated rightness or wrongness. The game of
domination consists of making the other fellow wrong in order to be right.
That is the essence of the service facsimile.
The reason the service facsimile isn't rational is because you have A=A=As
along the whole line. Coming down the line it works itself back and forth in an
aberrated A=A=A. If the individual is surviving he must be right. And people
will defend the most fantastic wrongnesses on the basis they are being right.
457
In PT and at any point along the track, the fellow is trying to be right,
trying to be right, trying to be right. Whatever he's doing he's trying to be
right. In order to survive you have to be right more than you're wrong, so you
get the obsession to be right in order to survive. The lie is that he can't do
anything else except survive.
It isn't that trying to be right is wrong -- it's obsessively being right
about something that's obviously wrong. That's when the individual is no
longer able to select his own course of behavior. When he is obsessively
following courses of behavior which are uninspected in order to be right.
There is nothing sane about a service facsimile, there is no rationality
to it. The computation does not fit the incident or event occurring. It simply
enforces, exaggerates and destroys freedom of choice over the exercise of
ability to be happy or powerful or normal or active. It destroys power,
destroys freedom of choice.
Wherever that zone or area is you'll see the individual worsening. He is
on a dwindling spiral. But he himself is generating it.
The intention to be right is the strongest intention in the universe.
Above it you have the effort to dominate and above that you have the effort to
survive. These things are strong. But we're talking here about a mental
activity. A thinking activity. An intentional activity.
Survival -- that just happens. Domination -- that just happens. Those are
not intended things. But you get down along the level of intended and it's
right or wrong. The strongest intention in the universe.
It is always an aberrated solution. It always exists in PT and is
part of the environment of the pc. He's generating it. It's his
solution. Overwhelmed as he is by it, he is still generating it. It's
aberrated because it's an uninspected solution. And it is something
that everyone unintentionally or otherwise is telling the pc is wrong
and causing him to assert that it is right. The perfect solution when
he first got hold of it. But now it monitors his life; it's living his
life for him. And it doesn't even vaguely begin to take care of his
life.
That is the anatomy of the service facsimile.
You are going to find these on any pc you audit. A service
facsimile is the clue, the key to a pc's case. The route to succumb
which he blindly asserts is his route to survival. And every pc has
more than one of these.
Fortunately, we have the tech to salvage him. We are the only ones who do.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
458
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=6/9/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
FOLLOWING UP ON DIRTY NEEDLES
Remimeo
Tech Staff
Qual Staff
HCOs
Confessional Courses
Level II Checksheets
All Auditors
Supers, C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 6 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo
Tech Staff
Qual Staff
HCOs
Confessional Courses
Level II Checksheets
All Auditors
Supers, C/Ses
FOLLOWING UP ON DIRTY NEEDLES
(Ref: HCOB 3 Sep 78 DEFINITION OF A ROCK SLAM
HCOB 28 Jun 62 DIRTY NEEDLES
HCOB 17 May 69 TRs AND DIRTY NEEDLES
E-Meter Drills
17, 20, 21: THE BOOK OF E-METER DRILLS
TAPE: 6205C23
SH TVD-7 FISH & FUMBLE. CHECKING DIRTY NEEDLES.)
The only valid definition of a dirty needle is given in HCOB 3 September
78, DEFINITION OF A ROCK SLAM, as:
"DIRTY NEEDLE: AN ERRATIC AGITATION OF THE NEEDLE WHICH IS RAGGED, JERKY,
TICKING, NOT SWEEPING, AND TENDS TO BE PERSISTENT. IT IS
NOT LIMITED IN SIZE."
It is caused by one of three things: 1) the auditor's TRs are bad or 2)
the auditor is breaking the Auditor's Code or 3) the pc has withholds he does
not wish known.
The definitions are pointed up in the above HCOB because it is vital not
to confuse a dirty needle with an R/S. They are distinctly different reads.
The difference is in the character of the read; it has nothing to do with
size.
Auditors, supervisors and C/Ses must understand the difference between
these two reads and must be able to recognize each instantly when they occur.
Because of the underlying causes of these two different types of reads
they are both most apt to appear when Confessionals are being done or when
areas of O/Ws are being addressed. But they are different and the auditor must
know the difference cold.
A dirty needle must not be ignored especially when doing any type of
Confessional action.
If the auditor's TRs are in and he is maintaining the Auditor's Code, a
dirty needle, taken up, will either clean or turn into an R/S. It is not to be
overlooked.
The dirty needle is your hottest string to pull in finding and turning on
an R/S. Whatever is behind it, ignoring it will cut the comm line between
auditor and pc and wreck the auditing comm cycle.
The area that is producing a dirty needle, when questioned to get full
data, will either clean or go into an R/S.
The area is considered clean when you can go over the area that gave the
dirty needle and it no longer produces a dirty needle.
459
If it still produces a dirty needle then there is more to the withhold
itself or something the pc isn't voicing about the withhold or how he feels
about the withhold, or the auditor's TRs are terrible, but -- pursued and
taken up with auditor's TRs in this dirty needle will either turn into an R/S
or it will fully clean. Until it does, however, it is still a dirty needle.
The procedure for fishing a read is covered in AUDITING DEMO TAPE 6205C23
SH TVD-7, "FISH AND FUMBLE, CHECKING DIRTY NEEDLES." Cleaning a dirty needle
is covered in E-Meter Drills 17, 20 and 21 as well, and Class II auditors and
above should be very adept at this.
The rule is: DON'T IGNORE DIRTY NEEDLES. ALWAYS FOLLOW THEM UP.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:mf
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
460
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=6/9/78
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
SERVICE FACSIMILES AND ROCK SLAMS
Remimeo
Level IV
Checksheets
Class IV Auditors
Supervisors
C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 6 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo Issue II
Level IV
Checksheets
Class IV Auditors
Supervisors
C/Ses SERVICE FACSIMILES AND ROCK SLAMS
Reference: HCOB 5 Sep 78 Anatomy Of A Service Facsimile
HCOB 1 Sep 63 Scientology Three Clearing, Clearing,
Clearing, Routine Three SC
HCOB 6 Sep 78 Urgent, Important, Routine Three
Issue III SC-A, Full Service Facsimile Handling
Updated With New Era Dianetics
TAPE: 6308C27 SH SPEC 299 Rightness & Wrongness
TAPE: 6309C04 SH SPEC 302 How To Find a Service Facsimile
TAPE: 6309C03 SH SPEC 302A R3SC
TAPE: 6309C05 SH SPEC 303 Service Facsimile Assessment
TAPE: 6309C18 SH SPEC 308 St. Hill Service Fac Handling
HCOB 3 Sep 78 Definition Of A Rock Slam
HCOB 10 Aug 76R R/Ses, What They Mean
A service facsimile is a brother to R/Ses and evil intentions.
This is easily seen when one understands the anatomy of the service fac
and the right/wrong, dominate and survive computations that enter into it. And
when one understands that an R/S always means a hidden, evil intention and
that the total reason for an R/S is to make wrong. In order to get someone to
succumb they have to be wrong.
Way back up there the idea preceding the service fac was right, really
right. Then it came down a bit and was a method of survival and then it was a
method of dominating and then it was a method of being right in order to make
others wrong.
And in that contest one got enough overts so that the communication line
took a switcheroo. What was right about it is now wrong about it and what was
once wrong is now right. A=A=A enters into the situation where rightness
becomes wrongness. All of his overts get piled up on one of these fixed ideas,
or what we call a service facsimile.
It isn't actually a facsimile at all. It's the guy himself keeping
facsimiles in restimulation because he "knows" what's best. The person himself
is generating the fixed idea; it is not the bank.
It isn't what aberration the individual is dramatizing. It's what
aberration does the individual dredge up in order to make somebody wrong. It
isn't the accidental thing you think it is. It's intended.
The intention is to be right and make others wrong, to dominate others
and escape domination oneself, to aid own survival and hinder the survival of
others. That is the service fac -- blood brother to the hidden, evil intention
that is behind the rock slam.
This does not mean you will necessarily see R/Ses on every service fac
you run. It does mean that WHERE A PC IS R/SING IN AN AREA YOU HAVE AN AREA OF
A HEAVY, A SEVERE, SERVICE FAC.
Know when you see an R/S that the individual is in the grip of an evil
intention which he himself is generating. He intends that area or subject on
which he is R/Sing nothing but harm. Calculatingly, covertly, he will go to
great lengths to carry his intentions out, at all times carefully concealing
the fact.
The evil intention is not limited to terminals. He's not R/Sing on a
terminal; he's R/Sing on the evil intention. The evil intention can associate
with many terminals.
461
The R/S dominates the individual; it is the person. He has been
overwhelmed by it. In that area he has no ability to reason; he has no
freedom to choose. The evil intention is substituted for livingness. It is his
safe solution to life, his service facsimile.
The service fac does not respond to ordinary auditing because in the
course of ordinary auditing it does not get inspected. It, by its nature,
forbids inspection. But when addressed at the right/wrong level the pc gives
it up easily because in that area he has no power of choice.
MORE THAN ONE SERVICE FAC PER PC
We have had, for many years, service fac processing with which to handle
these obsessions, and thus to handle the person who R/Ses.
But it is not just finding one service facsimile. You find many service
facs which then add up to the big one. At Saint Hill in the mid-60s this was
commonly associated with R/Ses.
It was what the pc had done with the service fac to make others wrong
which was important, not just finding it. Early on, the tech included auditing
them out with Dianetics. And you found many, many more than one on each pc. We
used to get complete character changes with this.
The full tech on this has been submerged over the past several years. It
is probably this omission of requiring several service facs to be run and then
auditing them out with Dianetics that has resulted in so many R/Sers going on
up undetected.
As of this writing the full tech has been exhumed and we have now New Era
Dianetics tech to help strip these packages down and take them apart at their
basics.
So we not only have a more thorough means of handling service facs than
ever before -- we also have a more reliable route to the handling of an
R/Ser.
BUT IT'S MORE THAN ONE SERVICE FAC PER PC.
You may audit off one, two or three apparent service facsimiles that all
answer up to the complete description of a service fac. And they will run. But
all are actually leaning on the central service fac that is in restimulation
in PT. As you take these lesser service facs off the central one comes to
view.
On the first ones you find, the most you can hope for is you found
something that blew the TA down and moved you closer to finding the main
service fac. So you take them.
If you've found a service fac the needle will be looser and the TA in
reasonable range. And it will run on the right/wrong, etc. brackets and the
pc will get off automaticities. When you've finally found several and walked
it all the way through to the service fac it's as if all the other service
facs you've been peeling off are like the bands of trees and sod that lie up
against the mountain peak. So you take the service facsimiles and run them as
you find them. You unburden the cliffs before you pull the mountain out by the
roots.
As you're running out the first service facs you're reversing the
dwindling spiral, you're restoring the individual's ability to handle his
environment because he's now seeing it, he's now beginning to confront it.
And by the time you've pulled the main one -- the mountain -- out by its
roots you've returned him to sanity. He is now able to inspect; he no longer
needs a "safe solution."
It is the most dangerous thing in the world to have a safe solution,
because that is the hole out of which sanity drains.
LRH:mf L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright $c 1978 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
462
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=6/9/78
Volnum=0
Issue=3
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
URGENT -- IMPORTANT
ROUTINE THREE SC-A
FULL SERVICE FACSIMILE HANDLING UPDATED
WITH NEW ERA DIANETICS
Remimeo
Level IV Checksheets
Class IV Auditors
Supervisors
C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 6 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo Issue III
Level IV Checksheets
Class IV Auditors
Supervisors
C/Ses
URGENT -- IMPORTANT
ROUTINE THREE SC-A
FULL SERVICE FACSIMILE HANDLING UPDATED
WITH NEW ERA DIANETICS
Ref: HCOB 22 Ju1 63 YOU CAN BE RIGHT
HCOB 1 Sep 63 SCIENTOLOGY THREE CLEARING.
CLEARING, CLEARING, ROUTINE THREE SC
HCOB 23 Aug 66 SERVICE FACSIMILE
HCOB 30 Nov 66 ASSESSMENT FOR SERVICE FACSIMILES
TAPE: 6309C04 SH SPEC 302 HOW TO FIND A SERVICE FACSIMILE
TAPE: 6309C05 SH SPEC 303 SERVICE FACSIMILE ASSESSMENT
TAPE: 6308C28 SH SPEC 300 THE TA AND SERVICE FAC
TAPE: 6309C12 SH SPEC 305 SERVICE FACS
HCOB 26 Jun 78 II Ness- Era Dianetics Series 6
ROUTINE 3RA. ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
HCOB 18 Jun 78 New Era Dianetics Series 4
ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM
HCOB 5 Sep 78 ANATOMY OF A SERVICE FACSIMILE
HCOB 6 Sep 78 II SERVICE FACSIMILES AND ROCK SLAMS
NOTE: Dianetic Clears may be run on service facs but only with any
Dianetics steps deleted, as they are not to be run on Dianetics.
We are into a new echelon of service facsimile running.
At Saint Hill in the mid-60s many, many service facs were found on each
pc and the earliest service fac running included the use of Dianetics.
This was later omitted from service fac procedure and service facs were
handled solely with Scientology tech by running off the automaticities on the
computation to cognition, F/N and VGIs in the pc.
Phenomenal gains and case changes were made on pcs with that tech alone
-- all of them valid. That tech has been retained as a vital action to service
fac handling.
Now, with the advent of New Era Dianetics, service fac handling has been
restored to its full technology.
New Era Dianetics has opened the door to a more complete and finite
handling of a service fac, with precision and exactness, than we have had
heretofore. We no longer just find a service fac, audit off the
automaticities, key it out and forget it. We audit it out fully and
terminatedly, using New Era Dianetics to take it down to its basics and erase
those.
This in no way contradicts the fact that there were many pcs who, with a
service fac found and the automaticities taken off, were able to actually then
blow the service fac computation upon inspection.
463
What it does make possible is the actual erasure of a service fac and its
residuals on every pc, one for one. And not just one service facsimile per pc,
but many.
An auditor who has been trained on service fac running prior to this
bulletin will need the tech he already has plus an excellent command of New
Era Dianetics tech. If he has not done the New Era Dianetics Course it will be
required before attempting to run Routine 3SC-A. A Class IV auditor who has
already done the New Era Dianetics Course need only review it in order to be
able to handle all the steps of the new, full service fac procedure.
SERVICE FACSIMILE HANDLING REVISED BY STEPS
Before you can run flows on a service facsimile you must first find it.
You want the pc's service facsimile. You don't find a service facsimile by
listing for it on flows. You find the pc's service facsimile and run it on the
flows.
The sequence is: You list for the pc's service fac, find it, run the
automaticities off it; then you run the service fac itself on R3RA, engram
running by chains. It is run to basic and full Dianetic end phenomena.
You don't leave a service fac until you have taken it apart and blown it
at its very roots.
Then you list for another service fac, using a different listing
question, and handle it fully. And another, and another. A pc can have many,
many service facsimiles. You peel them off until you find the main service fac
at the core of the case. And you handle that one fully, as you do the others,
per the steps above.
Needless to say, you are going to see some remarkable results.
FULL SERVICE FACSIMILE PROCEDURE
PRELIMINARY STEPS:
Oa. Put in the R (Reality) Factor with the pc, telling him briefly what is
going to be done in the session.
Ob. Clear "computation" very thoroughly with the pc. Use the Tech Dictionary,
HCOB 23 Aug 66, SERVICE FACSIMILE, and any other reference you feel the
pc may need. Have him demo it until you are certain he fully understands
it.
Oc. Clear the bracket commands (right/wrong, dominate, survival) first, using
"Birds fly" as a sample service facsimile. Clearing the bracket commands
is done at this point so you will be able to use these questions
immediately when the service fac is found without putting stops on the
pc's first rush of automaticities coming off.
Od. Then, clear the listing question.
STEPS OF THE PROCEDURE:
A. List and null for the pc's service fac, using the question:
"In this lifetime, what do you use to make others wrong?"
You want a BD F/N item that is a computation (not a doingness, beingness
or havingness).
When you get it, indicate the item. Then indicate the F/N. Then, despite
the BD F/N, go on to the next step of the handling.
464
B. Run the service fac found in 1 on the brackets:
1. In this lifetime, how would (service fac) make you right?
2. In this lifetime, how would (service fac) make others wrong?
3. In this lifetime, how would (service fac) help you escape domination?
4. In this lifetime, how would (service fac) help you to dominate others?
5. In this lifetime, how would (service fac) aid your survival?
6. In this lifetime, how would (service fac) hinder the survival of
others?
These are run as follows:
Give the pc the first question, "In this lifetime, how would (service
fac) make you right?" and let him run with it. He will have a rush of answers,
answers coming too fast to be said easily, at this stage. Don't repeat the
question unless the pc needs it. just let him answer 1-1-1-1-1-1-1 (he may
give you as many as 50 answers) until he comes to a cognition to runs out of
answers or inadvertently answers Question 2.
Then switch to Question 2: "In this lifetime how would (service fac) make
others wrong?" Treat this the same way, i.e. let him answer 2-2-2-2-2-2-2-2
until he cognites or runs out of answers or starts to answer Question 1. Then
switch back to Question 1, same handling, back to Question 2, same handling,
as long as pc has answers coming easily. Upon cognition and F/N, acknowledge,
indicate the F/N and end off on 1 and 2.
Now give him Question 3: "In this lifetime how would (service fac) help
you escape domination?" and let it run by the same method as above. When this
seems cooled off, use Question 4: "In this lifetime, how would (service fac)
help you to dominate others?" Use Questions 3 and 4 as above, as long as pc
has answers coming easily. Upon cognition and F/N, acknowledge, indicate the
F/N and go on to the next bracket.
Using the same method as above, give him Question 5: "In this lifetime.
how would (service fac) aid your survival?" When he's run out on 5-5-5-5-5-5,
switch to Question 6: "In this lifetime, how would (service fac) hinder the
survival of others?" Use Questions 5 and 6 as above as long as pc has answers
coming easily. Let him get off all the automaticities and come to a cognition
and F/N. Acknowledge and indicate the F/N.
At this point it is safe to end off on running the brackets. The idea is
not to beat the process to death. The pc will have automaticities coming off
thick and fast early in the run. These must be gone and the pc bright, F/Ning
and VGIs when you end off. You are only trying to end the compulsive character
of the service facsimile found and get it off automatic and get the pc to see
it better at this stage, not to bleed the process of every bit of TA action.
Running the service fac in the brackets will result in a major cognition,
which could occur at any point during this running. When it does occur it is
the EP of this step of the service fac handling. End off and go onto the R3RA
step.
NOTE: In running a Dianetic Clear on service facs, you would end off
running this service fac at this point, when the pc had reached a
good cognition, F/N and VGIs. Do NOT run the Dianetic actions of
service fac handling on a Dianetic Clear, as these pcs are not to be
run on Dianetics. When you have completed one service fac on Steps A
and B, you can then list for another service fac and repeat the
procedure.
465
(NOTE: If the service fac found on any pc did not run on the
brackets, it would need to be prepchecked. See sections "When Running
Off The Automaticity" and "When To Prepcheck" below.)
C. Run the service fac R3RA Quad, each flow to EP. It is not run narrative
and it is not preassessed; otherwise full New Era Dianetics tech is used,
per HCOB 26 June 78R II, New Era Dianetics Series 6, ROUTINE 3RA, ENGRAM
RUNNING BY CHAINS.
The service fac phrase itself is used as the running item.
The commands for running a service fac on R3RA Quad Flows are:
FLOW 1: "Locate a time when you used (service fac)."
(Example: "Locate a time when you used all horses sleep in beds.")
FLOW 2: "Locate an incident of your causing another to use (service fac)."
FLOW 3: "Locate an incident of others causing others to use (service fac."
FLOW 0: "Locate an incident of you causing yourself to use (service fac)."
Take each flow down its chain of incidents to the basic and full Dianetic
EP: F/N, postulate (postulate off = erasure), and VGIs.
That will be the end of all vestiges of that service fac.
D. List for another service fac on the pc, using the listing question:
"In this lifetime, what do you use to dominate others?"
When you have the service fac, repeat Steps B and C above.
E. Find another service fac on the pc with the listing question:
"In this lifetime, what do you use to aid your own survival?"
Handle the service fac per Steps B and C above.
F. Continue to find and handle service facs on the pc, using, in order, the
following listing questions:
1. "In this lifetime, what do you use to make yourself right?"
2. "In this lifetime, what do you use to escape domination?"
3. "In this lifetime, what do you use to hinder the survival of others?"
Further listing questions which can be used are given on HCOB 30 Nov 66,
ASSESSMENT FOR SERVICE FACSIMILES.
You will need to find and handle several service facsimiles on the pc
which will then add up to the big one.
WHEN LISTING FOR THE SERVICE FACSIMILE
You are listing for a BD F/N item. Write down each computation the pc
gives you exactly as he states it, VERBATIM, with its read, no matter how
improbable, non sequitur or inane it may sound.
466
The service fac operates like a magnet as you're listing. You've given
the pc the question and as the question is in the vicinity of the service fac
you've already ticked it. It draws the pc's attention to it. He's listing
along and suddenly he'll put a non sequitur item on the list. It doesn't make
sense. It doesn't even answer the question, but there it is. Because his
attention is being pulled to this inevitably. You're asking him for answers
and he gives you the rightest answer he knows -- "People always jump off the
Empire State Building." That's the solution. That solves everything. It blows
the TA down. That's the service fac.
Indicate the item to the pc; then indicate the F/N.
You're now ready to run it in the brackets.
WHEN RUNNING OFF THE AUTOMATICITY
If you've found a service fac the pc won't be able to stay out of it, I
guarantee you.
The first question is always how would it make him right. (Never how
would it make him wrong. Never, never, never.) The automaticities should start
with the first question. If not, ask him how it would make others wrong. You
almost always enter it at the level of right/wrong. But don't make the blunder
of thinking it can't be a service fac if it doesn't enter at that level. Try
it on the other levels. It can enter at the level of dominate; it might enter
at the level of survival.
But if -- on one of those -- the pc doesn't immediately jump in and swim
into the whirlpool, it's not it. If he tells you, "Well, let's see... make me
right, no, hmmmm...." or "... escape domination... no, doesn't make sense,"
that's not it.
If he says that isn't it, then that isn't it. Don't hang him with a wrong
service fac because it's too easy to find a right one. They abound.
If he hasn't jumped in and swum madly to the center of the whirlpool and
gotten embroiled in this thing. it's not it. Because that's the first thing
they want to do with a service fac -- drown.
When you have the right one you'll get the automaticities coming off
thick and fast. Don't stop the avalanche with acknowledgements. Don't stop it
with a new question. Let it run out.
It's not one auditing question for one answer. It's one auditing question
for one waterfall.
WHEN TO PREPCHECK
When the item found as a service fac won't run on any of the brackets you
prepcheck it to EP (F/N, cog, VGIs). Ref: HCOB 14 March 71R, F/N
EVERYTHING.
A rightness/wrongness computation doesn't surrender to normal auditing
because it is a service fac. The pc has a vested interest in holding onto it.
He won't be able to itsa it on a Prepcheck. Thus, a service fac, if present,
will turn on mass on a Prepcheck.
The Prepcheck is a series of types of decisions thetans make about
things. So if it doesn't prepcheck the Prepcheck must be in conflict with the
rightness and wrongness.
Reversely, if it's not a service fac it will prepcheck, and you polish it
off by that method to EP.
467
Then go back to the list and find a service fac that will run.
COMPLETING SERVICE FACSIMILE HANDLING WITH R3RA
Even when the pc has gotten off the automaticities, has cognited and is
comparatively free of the compulsive character of the service facsimile, there
is more to be handled.
Running the service fac using R3RA enables him to run out what he has done
with it to make others wrong, etc. These will be the actual most charged
incidents in which he's used it, which will have accumulated in his wake as he
went along substituting the service fac for himself and never inspecting the
consequences. He will now be free to inspect those parts of the track as
himself, and to inspect as well the effects of the service fac on the other
flows.
Finally, the use of R3RA, engram running by chains, enables him to fully
erase the somatics and engram chains which have their roots in the service
fac, or vice versa -- as well as the postulates underlying them.
ENDING SERVICE FAC RUNNING
Service fac running can be ended off when you have fully run many service
facs (which will lead to the main service fac). When the main service fac has
been run to full EP, service fac handling is complete.
NOTE: It might happen (rarely) that you get the main service fac on the
pc on your first listing and nulling. It will be rare because the main one
does not usually come to view until the others have been taken off. You run
it, of course. Any service fac, run, produces change, but on this one you will
see the pc changing character before your eyes. The results are quite
astounding. But realize that he does have other, lesser service facs which do
not simply dissolve because the main one service fac is now gone, even though
they have been leaning upon it. You will need to L&N for these and completely
clean the pc of service facs.
The main one service facsimile will be the one the pc has used as a
solution to all of life. When found and run it will be unmistakable to both
the pc and the auditor. When this one has been completed on all the steps
above, as well as the lesser service facs surrounding it, you will have
attained the EP on service fac running.
You will have brought about a complete character change in the individual,
returned his freedom of choice and his freedom to inspect and enabled him to
be truly right.
And that is the stuff of which sanity is made.
This level is actually the sanity level.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
468
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=7/9/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=21/10/78
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
MODERN REPETITIVE PREPCHECKING
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 7 SEPTEMBER 1978R
REVISED 21 OCTOBER 1978
Remimeo (Revisions in this type style)
(This HCOB cancels HCOB 8 April 70 Iss II,
MORE ON PREPCHECKS and BTB 10 April
72RA PREPCHECKS. The correct procedure for
handling an ARC break uncovered during a
Prepcheck is contained herein.)
MODERN REPETITIVE PREPCHECKING
Prepchecking in varying forms has been with us since the early
sixties and has quite a long history which is available in the Saint
Hill Special Briefing Course tapes and the Tech Volumes.
The latest form of Prepchecking, Repetitive Prepchecking, has been
used by many with very good results for quite some time. It is a simple
and very workable process which can be widely used.
Since there has been no comprehensive bulletin on Modern Repetitive
Prepchecking, I thought I would describe and clarify it for you.
There are 20 Prepcheck buttons, which are used in the following order:
SUPPRESSED
EVALUATED
INVALIDATED
CAREFUL OF
DIDN'T REVEAL
NOT-ISED
SUGGESTED
MISTAKE BEEN MADE
PROTESTED
ANXIOUS ABOUT
DECIDED
WITHDRAWN FROM
REACHED
IGNORED
STATED
HELPED
ALTERED
REVEALED
ASSERTED
AGREED WITH
Virtually any charged subject or area can be prepchecked. The
buttons are used to take charge off the subject.
A question is formed around each of the buttons, and each question
is run repetitively to F/N, cog, VGIs. The button is prefaced with the
subject ("On going to school," "On auditing," etc.) or with a time
limiter ("Since last August," "Since your last session," etc.). Both
subject and time limiter can be used. Thorough use of the Prepcheck
buttons will blow the charge from that item.
The only time Prepchecking cannot be done is while running
Dianetics. To do so mushes up engrams.
469
The question has to be tailored to the button. So we have:
"(Subject or time limiter) has anything been (button)?" or
"(Subject or time limiter) is there anything you have (been) (button)?" or
"(Subject or time limiter) is there anything you (button)?"
In the case of the button Mistake Been Made, the command would be:
"(Subject or time limiter) has a (button)?"
THE PROCEDURE
0. If this is the pc's first Prepcheck, or if it has not been previously
cleared, fully clear the definitions of each ot the Prepcheck buttons with the
pc, clear the Prepcheck questions, and go over the procedure with him so that
he understands how it will be run.
1. Clear the subject or time limiter you will be using.
2. Let the pc know you will be checking the first question on the meter.
"On _______________ has anything been suppressed?" (or appropriate
variation, depending on the use of the time limiter or subject.)
If the question does not read instantly, leave it and go on to the next
Prepcheck question. You do not run unreading questions, so there's no sense in
sitting there, waiting for the pc to rummage around for an answer when the
meter shows there is no charge on the question in the first place.
If the question reads, go right into it and run it repetitively to F/N,
cog, VGIs.
3. Check the next Prepcheck button. "On __________ has anything been
evaluated?" If reading, take to F/N, cog, VGIs per the above procedure.
4. Handle each Prepcheck button until you have reached the EP of a big
win, major cog on the subject or regained ability, accompanied by an F/N and
VGIs.
In some cases you may have to prepcheck all the buttons before the EP is
reached, but be alert. Recognize the EP. Don't overrun.
There is no need, when the pc runs out of answers, to recheck the
question. The question has already read, so you just run it repetitively to
F/N, cog, VGIs. If the pc insists he's out of answers, it may be that an out
rudiment or some situation requiring TR 4 or other handling has cropped up.
Find out what's going on and handle. Do not just abandon the Prepcheck button
because it does not now read. Take it to its EP!
When a Prepcheck uncovers an ARC break, you handle the ARC break with
ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N. The ARC break thus handled, that is the EP for that
Prepcheck button. You then go on to the next button and check it.
Prepchecks are a very effective method for releasing charge and provide
much relief. And they're very simple to do, especially in their most modern
form. So just study up, drill it well, and do it with your pc. You'll have
fine results.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mf:kjm Founder
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
470
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=8/9/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
MINI LIST OF GRADE 0-IV PROCESSES
Remimeo
Level 0-IV
Chkshts
Supervisors
Auditors
C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 8 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo
Level 0-IV
Chkshts
Supervisors
Auditors MINI LIST OF GRADE 0-IV PROCESSES
C/Ses
SPECIAL NOTE: The list below is by no means a
complete list of Grade 0-IV processes. Many,
many processes exist on the Grades 0-IV on which
a preclear may need to be audited to achieve the
full end phenomena (ability gained) for a grade,
and which would also be required for a pc run on
Expanded Grades.
The following is a MINI LIST of Grade 0-IV processes.
At the completion of each of the training levels, the student audits the
processes on this list for that level.
Commands for Flows 1, 2, 3 and 0 (Quads) for those processes that are run
Quad are to be found on BTBs 15 November 1976, Issues I through VI. "0-IV
Expanded Grade Processes - Quads," Parts A. B, C, D, E and F.
1. ARC STRAIGHTWIRE PROCESS
HCOB 27 Sep 68 ARC STRAIGHTWIRE
BTB 15 Nov 76 0-IV EXPANDED GRADE PROCESSES -- QUADS
Part A, ARC Straightwire, Item II
2. ARC STRAIGHTWIRE HAVINGNESS
BTB 15 Nov 76 0-IV EXPANDED GRADE PROCESSES -- QUADS
Part A, ARC Straightwire, Item 12
3. 0-0, 0-A, 0-B
HCOB 11 Dec 64 SCIENTOLOGY O PROCESSES
HCOB 26 Dec 64 ROUTINE O-A EXPANDED
BTB 15 Nov 76 II O-IV EXPANDED GRADE PROCESS -- QUADS
Part B, Grade 0 Processes, Pg 10
4. GRADE ZERO HAVINGNESS
BTB 15 Nov 76 II 0-IV EXPANDED GRADE PROCESSES -- QUADS
Part B, Grade 0 Processes, Pg 12
5. CCHs
HCOB 1 Dec 65 CCHs
6. LEVEL ONE PROBLEMS PROCESS
HCOB 19 Nov 65 PROBLEMS PROCESS
BTB 15 Nov 76 III 0-IV EXPANDED GRADE PROCESSES -- QUADS
Part C, Grade I Processes, Pg 18
7. HAVINGNESS PROCESS FOR GRADE I
BTB 15 Nov 76 III 0-IV EXPANDED GRADE PROCESSES -- QUADS
Part C, Grade I Processes, Pg 18
471
8. O/W PROCESS
BTB 15 Nov 76 IV 0-IV EXPANDED GRADE PROCESSES -- QUADS
Part D, Grade II Processes, Item 26
9. HAVINGNESS PROCESS FOR GRADE II
BTB 15 Nov 76 IV 0-IV EXPANDED GRADE PROCESSES -- QUADS
Part D, Grade II Processes, Item 27
10. CONFESSIONAL PROCESSING
BTB 22 Sep 78 CONFESSIONAL PROCEDURE
11. TWO-WAY COMM
HCOB 21 Apr 70 2-WAY COMM C/Ses
HCOB 3 Jul 70 C/Sing 2-WAY COMM
HCOB 17 Mar 74 TWC CHECKSHEET, TWC, USING WRONG QUESTIONS
12. L1C
HCOB 19 Mar 71 L1C
13. L4BRA
HCOB 15 Dec 68RA L4BRA
14. R3H
HCOB 6 Aug 68 R3H
HCOB 1 Aug 68 THE LAWS OF LISTING & NULLING
BTB 15 Nov 76 V 0-IV EXPANDED GRADE PROCESSES -- QUADS
Part E, Grade III Processes, Pgs 7-8
15. GRADE III HAVINGNESS
BTB 15 Nov 76 V 0-IV EXPANDED GRADE PROCESSES -- QUADS
Part E, Grade III Processes, Pgs 8-9
16. SERVICE FACSIMILE PROCESS
HCOB 6 Sep 78 II URGENT -- IMPORTANT, ROUTINE THREE SC-A,
FULL SERVICE FACSIMILE HANDLING UPDATED
WITH NEW ERA DIANETICS
17. GRADE IV HAVINGNESS PROCESS
BTB 15 Nov 76R 0-IV EXPANDED GRADE PROCESSES -- QUADS
Issue VI Part F, Grade IV Processes, Pg 5
The student auditor must study and drill any of the above processes or
actions and their commands before he audits them.
He must not and cannot be required to audit any process above the level to
which he has been trained.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ldv
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
472
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=10/9/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
NED HIGH CRIME
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo
NED HIGH CRIME
Persons who try to run NED who haven't been certificate trained on NED are
actionable regardless of their Class.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=12/9/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
URGENT - IMPORTANT
DIANETICS FORBIDDEN
ON CLEARS AND OTS
Remimeo
BPI
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 12 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo
BPI
URGENT - IMPORTANT
DIANETICS FORBIDDEN
ON CLEARS AND OTS
New Era Dianetics or any Dianetics is NOT to be run on Clears or above or
on Dianetic Clears.
This applies even when they say they can see some pictures.
Anyone who has purchased NED auditing who is Clear or above must be routed
to an AO or Flag to receive the special NED Rundown for OTs. They are NOT to
be run on regular New Era Dianetics.
Anyone who is Clear but not OT III is to get through OT III immediately so
he can receive this special rundown.
The EP of this rundown is: CAUSE OVER LIFE.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nc
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
473
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
470
Type = 11
iDate=12/9/78
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
OVERRUN BY DEMANDING
EARLIER THAN THERE IS
Remimeo
HCOs
Tech Staff
Qual Staff
Dianetics Courses
All Auditors, C/Ses,
Supervisors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 12 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo Issue II
HCOs
Tech Staff
Qual Staff
Dianetics Courses OVERRUN BY DEMANDING
All Auditors, C/Ses, EARLIER THAN THERE IS
Supervisors
When you go past the postulate or insist on an earlier similar when there
isn't one the pc can go later or jump chains and put into action other
phenomena. This, and bad assessment is when you get tangled cases and repair.
OVERRUN OF BASIC
When you get a blowdown and the pc tells you the postulate and then you
tell him to return to the beginning of the incident again, you can overrun the
incident and turn the analytical concept of it back into a solid picture which
will just get more and more solid and you'll think there was nothing erased.
What you're erasing, actually, is the basic postulate that made the chain
occur in the first place.
OVERRUN OF NON-BASIC
In engram running by chains, when you demand a pc go through the incident
more than twice, and it is not basic that incident will grow more solid. A good
Dianetic auditor watches his TA and the moment that TA starts to rise while
running an incident on the chain he knows there is an earlier similar
incident. It is told to him by the TA, which is saying this incident is
getting more solid. When he sees this, he immediately asks for an earlier
incident after either Step 9 or Step C of R3RA.
When you ask for earlier beginnings and then run the incident again and
keep doing this you can run a non-basic through several times and it will
inevitably become more solid. The degree that this can exert pressure on a pc
is very great and is extremely uncomfortable.
A really smooth Dianetic auditor never increases the solidity of the
bank. It is a non-determined point whether an earlier beginning alone will, if
found, decrease the solidity of a non-basic.
AMOUNT OF TA
A Scientology auditor works for amount of TA out of a process.
A Dianetic auditor works for the eradication of a chain. The Dianetic
auditor could get lots of TA if he overran every non-basic engram, but it is
this that he does not want.
The Dianetic auditor is not concerned with the amount of TA that he gets.
A TA has to go up before it goes down. In running an engram chain if you let a
non-basic engram raise the TA more than a thousandth of an inch at Step 9 or
Step C and do not immediately ask for an earlier incident, you goofed as you
will make the pc's bank more solid.
Scientology audits by the amount of TA. The most expert Dianetic auditor
audits with a minimum of TA.
474
ASSESSMENTS
A lousy job of assessment, trying to run unreading items, will find the pc
going into chains that are not ready to be run and will cause trouble, which
consists of many unwanted phenomena such as pc unable to find incidents,
jumping chains, etc.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nc
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
475
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=13/9/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
URGENT - IMPORTANT
R3RA ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS AND
NARRATIVE R3RA - AN ADDITIONAL DIFFERENCE
Remimeo
Tech Staff
Qual Staff
New Era Dianetics
Courses
All Auditors,
C/Ses,
Supervisors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 13 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo
Tech Staff
Qual Staff
New Era Dianetics URGENT - IMPORTANT
Courses
All Auditors,
C/Ses,
Supervisors R3RA ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS AND
NARRATIVE R3RA - AN ADDITIONAL DIFFERENCE
Since the release of New Era Dianetics I have been keeping a close eye on
the running of NED on an extensive basis. Pcs have been experiencing
tremendous and quite amazing gains and resolving areas of their cases which
have never before been handled so fully.
This new and more precise Dianetics tech can and is changing the lives of
many across the planet.
When this tech was researched and developed I wanted to get it into your
hands immediately. Now that it is in broad use, there is a wealth of data
coming in on its application and the use of the new commands and handling of
EPs. From this, I have located a point where NED, as originally issued, could
go wrong on some pcs where earlier Dianetics did not.
As it has always been my practice to provide you with the most accurate,
proven and workable tech as it is developed, and as NED is a more powerful
tech than any earlier Dianetics, it is important that you have this data.
The point referred to above is on the auditor asking for earlier
beginning or earlier incident.
The basic stable datum is and always has been: TA up even slightly at the
end of pc's run through the incident = something earlier. The "something
earlier" could be an earlier incident or an earlier beginning to the incident
being run. There is a slight difference between the way these two are handled
in R3RA Engram Running By Chains and R3RA Narrative running, because of what
the auditor is trying to accomplish with each. The difference is in the order
of importance of earlier beginning and earlier incident.
R3RA ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
In R3RA Engram Running By Chains you are following down and erasing a
somatic chain. Here, in almost all cases, an earlier incident on the chain
takes precedence over an earlier beginning to the incident being run.
Therefore, if the TA is even slightly up at the end of the pc's run
through an incident on the chain, the auditor asks first for an earlier
incident and if there is none (or none the pc can yet see) he asks for an
earlier beginning to the incident being run.
Where you find an earlier beginning to an incident on the chain that is
not the basic incident you rerun that incident only once more through from the
earlier beginning to the end of the incident. If TA does not come down on that
run through. there's an earlier incident.
The whole point being made here is that on engram running by chains you
always want the earlier incident as soon as that is available. Thus, you ask
for the earlier incident first, then, if necessary, for an earlier beginning.
476
R3RA NARRATIVE RUNNING
In R3RA Narrative running you are handling one single narrative incident,
such as an accident, a physically or emotionally painful experience, an
illness, loss, or period of great emotional stress, which is not, ordinarily,
part of a chain.
You are running that one incident many, many times through to erasure. The
clue to erasure of a narrative incident lies in locating earlier beginnings to
the incident. It will be found that the pc finds earlier and earlier moments
when he was told or had an awareness that the incident was going to occur.
Thus, in running R3RA Narrative, it is the earlier beginning that takes
precedence, and that is what the auditor asks for after each run through a
narrative incident. Only if the incident starts to grind (no change of
content, etc.), after having repeatedly searched for an earlier beginning,
would you ask for an earlier similar narrative incident.
This data on earlier beginning is a new breakthrough on narrative
incident running and erasure, and the NED auditor should fully understand it
and the tech on which this additional difference between the two procedures is
based.
As pointed out in other issues, erasure of the somatic chain or the
narrative incident occurs when the postulate is obtained, and it is vital that
the auditor not go beyond that.
New Era Dianetics Series 6 and 7 have been revised to incorporate this
difference in earlier incident and earlier beginning handlings.
I wanted you to have the full and exact data on why these commands are
being slightly revised.
This should make for even smoother running of New Era Dianetics all
around.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
477
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=13/9/78
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
CLEARS, OTS AND R/SES
Remimeo
Limited Distribution
HCOs
LRH Comms
Tech Staff
Qual Staff
C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 13 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo Issue II
Limited Distribution
HCOs
LRH Comms
Tech Staff CLEARS, OTS AND R/SES
Qual Staff
C/Ses (Ref: HCOB 12 Sep 78, URGENT, IMPORTANT,
DIANETICS FORBIDDEN ON CLEARS AND OTs.)
If there are any Clears or OTs who are R/Sing they are not R/Sers. It is an
entirely different handling, and this handling is incorporated in the New Era
Dianetic Rundown for OTs.
If a pre-OT staff member is R/Sing and dramatizing the R/Ses and has
therefore been put on an RPF, he is required to receive full handling per the
Special NED Rundown for OTs before graduating that RPF. If he is Clear but not
yet OT III, he is to get up to and through OT III as fast as possible so he
can receive this special rundown.
The New Era Dianetic Rundown for OTs can only be delivered at AOs and at
Flag.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 21
iDate=13/9/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo
An old poem which has been newly adapted as policy:
There is so much bad in the best of us
And so much good in the worst of us
That it ill behooves any of us
To talk about the rest of us.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:cb.nc
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
478
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 21
iDate=15/9/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
CONFIDENTIALITY
OF UPPER LEVEL RUNDOWNS
HCOs in AOs
and Flag
GO in AOs
and Flag
Tech/Qual
in AOs
and Flag
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 SEPTEMBER 1978
HCOs in AOs
and Flag
GO in AOs
and Flag
Tech/Qual CONFIDENTIALITY
in AOs OF UPPER LEVEL RUNDOWNS
and Flag
In order to safeguard the materials of confidential rundowns and levels
and to prevent their unauthorized use or misuse, the following is to be done:
1. Before being given access to confidential materials such as "NED
for OTs," any student, auditor, Case Supervisor, Course Supervisor, etc.,
must sign a bond not to disclose the materials or to communicate them to
any unauthorized person, nor to use them in an unauthorized manner, nor to
use them without being properly trained by checksheet and qualified. "NED
for OTs" materials may only be studied by contracted staff members
properly enrolled on course.
2. Folders of pre-OTs being audited on "NED for OTs" must be color
flashed with red diagonal slash across corner of folder, and the folder
marked as confidential, with the level on folder, and such folders must be
kept secure.
3. The HGC auditors and C/S must be trained at Flag before the AOs
can deliver "NED for OTs."
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:dm.kjm
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
479
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=16/9/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
POSTULATE OFF EQUALS ERASURE
Type = 11
iDate=7/7/78
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 16 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo
(Cancels HCOB 7 July 1978 DIANETIC F/Ns.)
POSTULATE OFF EQUALS ERASURE
The EP of a Dianetic chain is always always always the postulate coming
off. The postulate is what holds the chain in place. Release the postulate,
the chain blows. That's it.
You must recognize the postulate when the pc gives it, note the VGIs,
call the F/N and end off auditing on that chain.
Even if you get an F/N as the incident is erasing, you don't call it
until you've gotten the postulate.
1. When it appears that you have reached the basic incident of the chain
and that it is erasing, after each pass through the auditor asks,
"Has the incident erased?"
2. When the pc has stated that it has erased the auditor should also
expect a postulate to be volunteered by the pc.
3. If the pc says the incident has erased, but no postulate (made during
the time of the incident) has come off and been volunteered by the pc
the auditor should ask, "Did you make a postulate at the time of that
incident?"
(Note that the postulate will usually come off in the form of a
cognition. However the pc may give a cognition which does not contain
a postulate. If this is the case, simply ask. "Did you make a
postulate at the time of that incident?")
4. The pc docs not have to state that the incident has erased. Once he
has given up the postulate, the chain has blown. You will have an F/N
and VGIs. This is a full Dianetic EP. NOW you call the F/N. Do not
call F/Ns until you have reached the EP.
You must learn to recognize a postulate when you hear one. It is a vitally
important skill as postulates can be confused with bouncers and denyers when
they are in no respect similar and require totally different handlings.
"Women are no good" is an obvious postulate.
"That's the way men are" is a postulate.
"I can't stay here" is a bouncer.
"I can't remember this" is a denyer.
To push a pc earlier after he has given the postulate is a severe
invalidation of the erasure and you will soon have the pc believing
that nothing erases, anyway.
To cause a pc to search for further, earlier incidents on a chain
(which is no longer there) will get him into some very serious overrun.
He may pull in another flow of the item, he may think the erased
incident is still there and try to mock it up, or he may find another
incident of an entirely different chain and start to run that.
480
Dianetic overruns are repaired by assessing and handling the L3RF. But the
real cure is to flawlessly handle Dianetic EPs by getting the postulate. F/N
and VGIs and then promptly ending off on that chain with a bright and happy
pc.
Recognizing the postulate when it comes off and never never running a pc
beyond it are vitally important to the success of New Era Dianetics sessions.
It's the POSTULATE we are going for in New Era Dianetics.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
481
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 111
iDate=19/9/78
Volnum=0
Issue=298
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
A.D. 28
THE YEAR OF TECHNICAL BREAKTHROUGHS
BPI
L. Ron Hubbard
EXECUTIVE DIRECTIVE
LRH ED 298 INT 19 September 1978
BPI
A. D. 28
THE YEAR OF TECHNICAL BREAKTHROUGHS
This year has so far resulted in technical breakthroughs from one end of the
Grade Chart to the other.
Each of these is the result of years of research and in recent months one
major discovery has led to another with great rapidity and astounding success.
On a research line one sometimes hits pay dirt, this time I struck pure gold,
not once, but several times and we now have new major grades and rundowns at
both ends of the Bridge.
New Era Dianetics has already been released and is internationally reported
to be working fabulously well producing 80% more gain.
An attempt to run NED on an OT resulted in a phenomenon which caught my
attention, and on further investigation brought to light the fact that you
cannot run NED, or any Dianetics for that matter, on a Clear (Dianetic or
Scientology Clear) or above. Research into this paid off handsomely with a
fantastic breakthrough for Clears and OTs. I have now developed an entirely
new rundown called "NED for OTs". This deals with living lightning, the very
stuff of life itself. Run exactly correctly by the book it produces remarkable
results in the OT band, and has made it possible for me to now release OT
VIII. "NED for OTs" is a highly confidential rundown done by a Class IV, OT
III auditor, called an Advanced Courses Specialist (ACS), who is specially
trained on its rundown techniques. It is now forbidden to run NED on Clears or
above. From Grade VI to OT III is the Non-Interference Zone, during which
nothing should be run. Persons in this zone should move on up to OT III so
that they may be audited on "NED for OTs." This rundown will be delivered in
AOs and Flag to OT IIIs and above. Clear and OTs who have paid for NED will
now receive "NED for OTs" which in the pilot auditing produced results beyond
their wildest dreams. While much of it is confidential I can tell you that the
first step of "NED for OTs" is designed to raise perceptions, especially theta
perception, and as for the rest of the rundown . . . surprise, surprise,
surprise!
OT VIII
Although OT VIII has been researched earlier. I knew there was something
that had to be handled before I could release OT VIII. "NED for OTs" does just
that, and now I am very pleased to announce the release of OT VIII, which will
be available at AOs and Flag to OTs who have completed "NED for OTs." It is a
Solo level which will fortify an OT already in excellent shape from "NED for
OTs." END OF ENDLESS DRUG RUNDOWNS These breakthroughs at the OT level
suddenly brought to view the reason why Drug Rundowns become endless when they
do! And gave the way to resolve this. Now
482
the Drug Rundown will be a comparatively short action and many many
Scientologists will be able to make much faster progress up the Bridge. If
you have had an "Endless Drug Rundown" you can now look forward to getting it
completed with ease and get on to your grades and OT Levels. In this druggie
culture in which we live, it is a very timely discovery because now we can
undo the mind-crippling effects of drugs (psychiatrists' gift to Mankind) with
great ease, and with complete rehabilitation of the individual in a few
intensives of auditing.
The "End of Endless Drug Rundowns" has been incorporated into NED and will
be available in all orgs by NED auditors as soon as they are trained on it,
which will be in about 2 weeks.
TRAINING -- FAST COURSES
All these new techniques require auditors and C/Ses fully trained and
specialists in that level to audit and C/S them. It is forbidden for any
auditor or C/S to run any of these without being properly trained and
certified.
It is therefore just as well that I overhauled the training route earlier
this year, resulting in fast training. We might even say the "End of Endless
Training." Today, it takes 4 weeks or less to train a NED auditor. The
checksheet and course for training Class IV, OT III auditors, Advanced Courses
Specialists who will deliver "NED for OTs" is also a fast but accurate
training level. So we are able to train auditors and C/Ses rapidly to deliver
these fabulous rundowns, and thus make them available to you very soon.
I have always said that as soon as I make technical discoveries I will get
them to you as fast as I can, and I am doing that now.
I appreciate your support and help which makes it possible for me to do
this research for you.
1978 is the Year of Technical Breakthroughs, there have been more this
year than in any other year so far.
I am delighted to be able to make these available to you.
Love,
RON
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:dr
483
Love,
RON
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=19/9/78
Volnum=0
Issue=1
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
THE END OF ENDLESS DRUG RDs
Remimeo
NED Checksheets
All Supervisors
All C/Ses
All Auditors
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 19 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo Issue I
NED Checksheets
All Supervisors
All C/Ses
All Auditors
(REVISED see Volume XII)
THE END OF ENDLESS DRUG RDs
The possibility of running a Drug RD flat on a pc is totally zilch and
the reason for this is that there have been innumerable cultures in the
several universes that were far more drug oriented than this one. And even on
a person that's not manifesting drugs and hasn't taken any this lifetime, you
can collide with these cultures and universes if you keep pushing it.
You can always find more drugs on the track. What you're interested in is
this lifetime and this body. This doesn't mean you don't run track on the Drug
RD, just don't push it. Don't ask for whole track drugs. When you list out the
drugs a pc has taken, you only want the ones he has taken this lifetime.
The steps of the Drug RD have been rearranged to prevent this endless
running and allow the rundown to be taken to a flat point of freedom from the
harmful effects of this lifetime drugs and an F/Ning drug list.
Objectives are run on the pc. Each drug is run narrative followed by
preassessment then prior assessment and then some more Objectives to put the
pc back to PT after the engram running. The full and complete steps are listed
in C/S Series 48RB, NED Series 9R and NED Series 2R.
Also, there is now a Drug RD Repair List which will handle bypassed charge
caused by endless Drug RDs.
A lot of cases will now be sorted out and the speed of moving up the
Bridge will be greatly increased.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:mm.dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
484
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=19/9/78
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
THE END OF ENDLESS DRUG RUNDOWNS
DRUG RUNDOWN REPAIR LIST
Remimeo
All Dn Auditors
All C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 19 SEPTEMBER 1978
Remimeo Issue II
All Dn Auditors
All C/Ses
(REVISED -- see Volume XII)
THE END OF ENDLESS DRUG RUNDOWNS
DRUG RUNDOWN REPAIR LIST
This repair list is used on a pc who has been over-audited on drugs, who
has had an endless Drug Rundown, and/or has BPC on auditing on drugs.
Assess it Method 5 and handle in order of largest read.
1. WAS THE DRUG RUNDOWN CONTINUED PAST THE POINT WHEN YOU WERE
NO LONGER AFFECTED BY DRUGS? _________
(Indicate. Ask pc if he can find that point.)
2. WAS THE DRUG RUNDOWN CONTINUED PAST THE POINT WHEN YOU WERE
RELEASED FROM THE EFFECTS OF DRUGS? _________
(Indicate. Ask pc if he can find that point.
3. ON THE DRUG RUNDOWN, WERE YOU RUN ON AN UNCHARGED DRUG? _________
(Find which drug wasn't charged and indicate it shouldn't have
been run. May be more than one uncharged drug; handle each.)
4. ON THE DRUG RUNDOWN, WERE YOU RUN ON AN UNCHARGED
INCIDENT OR ITEM? _________
(Find which and indicate it shouldn't have been run. There may
be more than one; handle each.)
5. ON THE DRUG RUNDOWN, WERE YOU ASKED TO LIST WHOLE TRACK DRUGS? _________
(Indicate that this may have restimulated drugs he was not
affected by in this lifetime.)
6. ON THE DRUG RUNDOWN. WERE YOU PREVENTED FROM GETTING GRADES OR
OTHER AUDITING?
(Indicate.) _________
7. ON THE DRUG RUNDOWN, WAS AN INCIDENT OR CHAIN LEFT UNFLAT? _________
(Indicate. Flatten the incident or chain R3RA.)
8. ON THE DRUG RUNDOWN, WAS AN INCIDENT OR CHAIN OVERRUN? _________
(Indicate it. Spot the flat point.)
9. ON THE DRUG RUNDOWN, WAS A CHARGED DRUG NOT RUN? _________
(Find which and handle per NED Drug RD steps.)
485
10. WAS THE DRUG RUNDOWN CONTINUED PAST THE POINT WHEN YOU FELT
THE DRUG LIST WAS F/Ning? _________
(Indicate. Ask pc if he can spot that point.)
11. WERE YOU NOT ALLOWED TO DECLARE YOUR DRUG RUNDOWN COMPLETE? _________
(Indicate. Let pc say what he/she wishes on this.)
12. WERE YOU TOLD YOU WERE A DRUGGIE WHEN YOU WEREN'T? _________
(Indicate it, and that pc isn't a druggie.)
13. WERE YOU AUDITED ON DIANETICS OR NEW ERA DIANETICS AFTER
DIANETIC CLEAR? _________
(If so, indicate that Dianetic auditing should not have been
continued past Dianetic Clear.)
14. ON THE DRUG RUNDOWN, WAS SOMETHING ELSE WRONG? _________
(Indicate. Have pc tell you what he/she thinks this was. If no
F/N, turn it in to a Scientology C/S to handle.)
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
486
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=20/9/78
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
AN INSTANT F/N IS A READ
Type = 11
iDate=8/4/78
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Remimeo
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 SEPTEMBER 1978
REISSUED 9 OCTOBER I978
Remimeo
(Cancels HCOB 8 Apr 78, An F/N Is A R
(Reissued to delete all incorrect reference.)
AN INSTANT F/N IS A READ
Ref: HCOB 2 Nov 68R Case Supervisor Class VIII
The Basic Processes
HCOB 20 Feb 70 Floating Needles and End Phenomena
An instant F/N is an F/N which occurs instantly at the end of the major
thought voiced by the auditor or at the end of the major thought voiced by the
pc (when he originates items or tells what the command means).
It will most usually be seen as a LFBD/F/N or a LF/F/N.
So what does this mean, "An instant F/N is a read?"
A read means there's charge there to handle. It means there is force
connected with that significance which is available to the pc to view and run.
It means that item is real to the pc.
An F/N means something has keyed-out.
Now a key-out is what we are looking for on many processes which are run.
It means "Stop. End of process, end of rud, end of action." So an instant F/N
does not always mean you should take up that item.
To sort this out, you will have to understand the basic mechanics of key-
out, key-in and erasure. It will then become clear why an F/N is a read and
when it is taken up. To confuse this could really mess up a pc.
For example, on ruds, Prepcheck questions, protest, overrun, rehabs, to
name a few, an instant F/N would not be taken up. The EP of charge keyed-out
has been attained.
But to ignore an instant F/N on Dianetic items and certain correction
lists etc., will leave the pc with bypassed charge and major areas of case
unhandled. The key is "Is a handling required on the item or is an F/N the
legitimate EP?"
You will also have to understand that we are talking about INSTANT F/Ns.
An F/N which continues to F/N through an assessment means "No Charge."
An instant F/N on an item means charge has just keyed-out on that item,
and that it can key back in again. There are actions, as in Dianetics, where a
key-out is not what you are going for. You want the postulate off the basic
incident of the chain. which indicates you have an erasure.
In Dianetics an instant F/N takes precedence over all other reads. This is
because, the pc, having just keyed-out the charge on that item, will find it
most real. It will be the most runnable item. An instantly F/Ning item is
taken up first. LFBD, LF, F and sF follow in their usual order.
487
The use of this thing is mainly a C/S use. A C/S can look down a column of
two-way comm or look down an L and N list and spot what F/Ned. If the C/S
doesn't realize that this was the item he can then take erroneously some LFBD
item or F item out of the columns of two-way comm as the resulting item for
that subject.
The use of an F/N as a read is almost entirely relegated to the next C/S
except when used in Dianetics.
Example: A C/S is looking for the actual service facsimile in two-way
comm. (You usually L and N to find service facs but you may have an instance
where you found one in two-way comm.) The pc mentions several and finally one
F/Ns. The C/S knows at once it is the service fac.
Example: A two-way comm has operated as a list and the C/S is trying to
reconstruct it. Unless he knows that an F/N is a read he might overlook the
actual item on that list which is the one which occurred immediately before
the F/N. This is the item.
When used in the session itself the auditor has to know that an F/N is a
read in doing L and N. The item which F/Ned is of course the item.
In a Dianetic session it is not uncommon to find a brief F/N occurring on
a list or a preassessment. In Dianetics we are not interested in key-outs. We
are interested in chains and erasures. So the "hottest reading item" on the
list is the one that gave an F/N. Usually it will be a BD F/N. If the Dianetic
auditor docs not know that an instant F/N is a read he is likely to ignore the
item that F/Ned.
In Dianetics, you will find that an F/N taken up again, will immediately
key-in but this is what the Dianetic auditor wants.
The Scientology auditor is usually handling other phenomena and if he
bypassed an F/N and kept on going the TA would go up and he would have trouble.
So the use of this principle is a very touchy thing and has to be
understood.
Of course the first thing you have to know about is what an F/N looks
like.
This tech fully understood and applied will mean the difference between a
case being fully handled and "just doing better." Understand it and use it.
You'll see the difference in your results.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nc.mf
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
488
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=20/9/78
Volnum=0
Issue=2
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
LX LIST HANDLING
Type = 12
iDate=26/11/71
Volnum=0
Issue=3
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Type = 12
iDate=25/3/72
Volnum=0
Issue=0
Rev=1
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
Class IV
Grad
Checksheets
Snr VI
Checksheets
C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 SEPTEMBER 1978
Class IV Issue II
Grad
Checksheets
Snr VI
Checksheets (Cancels and replaces BTB 26 Nov 71, Issue III
C/Ses OUT OF VALENCE - 220H and BTB 25 Mar 72R
URGENT IMPORTANT LX3 HANDLING REVISED AND REISSUED.
This bulletin does not change in any way the
Class VIII data on LX Lists or Out of Valence handling.)
LX LIST HANDLING
Ref: HCOB 26 Jun 78RA II New Era Dianetics Series 6RA
URGENT IMPORTANT, ROUTINE 3RA
ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
HCOB 5 Nov 69R LX3 (ATTITUDES) (Used before LX2)
HCOB 3 Aug 69R LX2
HCOB 9 Aug 69R LX1 (CONDITIONS)
HCOB 2 Aug 69R "LX" LISTS
In handling Out of Valence from the GF 40 or the Expanded GF 40RD the LX
Lists are used in this order: LX3, LX2, LX1 and if necessary, the last step,
220H.
END PHENOMENA
The end phenomena of the LX Lists is a remarkable valence shift. The pc
will cognite on having been out of valence and will become himself. It is a
cognition on beingness, not doingness or havingness that indicates the EP of
the LX Lists. DO NOT OVERRUN A PC PAST THIS POINT.
PROCEDURE
Clear each word on the list before assessing it and note any instant
reads which appear while clearing the item. These are valid reads. (Ref:
HCOB 5 Aug 78 INSTANT READS)
Assess the list Method 5 and take up the largest reading item. Run each
recall flow of that item, then check with the pc to see if he is interested in
running it R3RA. Handle each flow of the item to EP. After a complete handling
of the item handle the lesser reading items (if any) as above.
LX3 ATTITUDES
LX3 is the first list assessed. Run reading LX3 items 3 Way or Quad
Recalls and 3 Way or Quad Engrams R3RA. Use the following commands:
Recalls: F1: Recall a time you took the attitude of ________.
F2: Recall a time you caused another to take the attitude
of ________.
F3: Recall a time others caused others to take the attitude
of ________.
F0: Recall a time you caused yourself to take the attitude
of ________.
Engrams: F1: Locate a time containing pain and unconsciousness when
you took the attitude of ________.
489
F2: Locate a time containing pain and unconsciousness of your
causing another to take the attitude of ________.
F3: Locate a time containing pain and unconsciousness of others
causing others to take the attitude of ________.
F0: Locate a time containing pain and unconsciousness of you
causing yourself to take the attitude of ________.
LX2 EMOTIONS
LX2 items are run 3 Way or Quad Recalls and Engrams R3RA as above,
substituting the reading emotion for the attitude.
LX1 CONDITIONS
LX1 items are run 3 Way or Quad Recalls and Engrams R3RA using the
following commands:
Recalls: F1: Recall a time you were ________.
F2: Recall a time you caused another to be ________.
F3: Recall a time others caused others to be ________.
F0: Recall a time you caused yourself to be ________.
Engrams: F1: Locate a time containing pain and unconsciousness when you
were ________.
F2: Locate a time containing pain and unconsciousness of your
causing another to be ________.
F3: Locate a time containing pain and unconsciousness of others
causing others to be ________.
F0: Locate a time containing pain and unconsciousness of you
causing yourself to be ________.
Note: On items "grief" and "loss" the command would be "Recall a time you
had (a) ________." and "Locate a time containing pain and unconsciousness when
you had (a) ________.", etc.
220H
220H is done after completing LX3, LX2 and LX1 if the pc has not
experienced a remarkable valence shift and had a valence cognition. If the
valence shift and cognition occur any time during the handling of the LX
Lists, that is the end phenomena for LX handling and all further actions
connected with LX Lists handling are ceased.
220H is run 3 Way or Quad Recalls and Engrams R3RA, using the following
commands:
Recalls: F1: Recall a time you were being someone else.
F2: Recall a time you caused another to be someone else.
F3: Recall a time others caused others to be someone else.
F0: Recall a time you caused yourself to be someone else.
490
Engrams: F1: Locate a time containing pain and unconsciousness when you
were being someone else.
F2: Locate a time containing pain and unconsciousness of your
causing another to be someone else.
F3: Locate a time containing pain and unconsciousness of others
causing others to be someone else.
F0: Locate a time containing pain and unconsciousness of you
causing yourself to be someone else.
Each recall flow is run to F/N, cognition and VGIs. Each engram
flow must go to F/N, postulate and VGIs. (This will be the erasure.)
If you encounter any trouble, use an L3RF.
Done correctly, LX Lists will bring about some very major changes in your
pc.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:kjm
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
491
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
Type = 11
iDate=20/9/78
Volnum=0
Issue=3
Rev=0
rDate=0/0/0
Addition=0
aDate=0/0/0
aRev=0
arDate=0/0/0
New Era Dianetics Series 19
C/S Series 103
NED AUDITOR ANALYSIS CHECKLIST
NED Grad Crse
All C/Ses
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 SEPTEMBER 1978
Issue III
NED Grad Crse
All C/Ses
New Era Dianetics Series 19
C/S Series 103
NED AUDITOR ANALYSIS CHECKLIST
When an auditor is not having good success with New Era Dianetics, this
NED Auditor Analysis Checklist is used to find his exact trouble areas and
misunderstoods and get them corrected.
New Era Dianetics is so powerful and exact that when correctly applied it
is successful on pcs, one for one. If an auditor is not getting good results
it is important to get the situation handled early on, for the sake of his
pcs, the auditor himself, and to protect this vital, workable tech against
invalidation through misuse.
A C/S should order an auditor to have a NED Auditor Analysis Checklist
when that auditor's pcs are not making good gains or when the Auditor's
Reports show indicators of misunderstoods or misapplications, or when the
auditor is goofing and does not correct with ordinary cramming.
HOW THE CHECKLIST IS DONE
The checklist has two parts. Part I consists of an assessment done on the
auditor by the Cramming Officer or another auditor. The assessment will
disclose general areas of weakness or uncertainty on the part of the auditor
(TRs, metering, etc.), which are then looked into extensively on Part II.
Part II is divided into sections which correspond to those in Part I. If
a section has read on Part I, that section is taken up on Part II, where the
auditor must do exact drills, demos and checkouts which will show up his
ability or inability to handle that aspect of R3RA. The purpose of this
checklist is to help the auditor; it must be done without invalidating him or
making him wrong.
Each area taken up is fully explored, per the checklist, and is signed
off, point by point, by the Cramming Officer as it is covered. The Cramming
Officer decides how to best correct the auditor based on what he has found.
This can be a cram, retread, retrain, and/or handling in session or in
Ethics. (Cramming is of course not limited to the references given in each
section, and should cover fully, with Word Clearing, checkouts, demos, clay
demos and drills, whatever the auditor is weak on or misunderstands.)
When all corrective actions have been completed the auditor sees the
Cramming Officer, who ensures he's really got it. The auditor should be very
bright and eager by this point. He then goes to the Examiner and attests to
the NED Auditor Analysis Checklist.
The auditor may now resume auditing New Era Dianetics.
This checklist, promptly C/Sed for and promptly done can save entire
HGCs, not to mention needless stress and strain on individual pcs, auditors
and C/Ses. Use it to get to the bottom of auditors who are not winning as they
should.
492
PART I
AUDITOR'S NAME: ____________________________________ DATE: ___________________
CRAMMING OFFICER OR AUDITOR ASSESSING LIST: ___________________________________
R-Factor to auditor: I am going to assess a NED Auditor Analysis Checklist
so we can locate any weak points in your auditing of NED and get them
corrected. (If assessment is done by an auditor other than the Cramming
Officer, explain that the second part will be handled in Cramming.)
Assess the list Method 5. Handle any reading section on Part I by taking
up the corresponding section in Part II. Vigorously check out each item in the
section you take up and cram the auditor appropriately based on what is found.
(This is not an auditing action, it is a cramming tool.)
A1 IN SESSION, DO YOUR TRs GO OUT? ___________
A2 IN SESSION. DO YOU GET NERVOUS OR AFRAID? ___________
A3 IS IT HARD TO SIT STILL DURING A LONG SESSION? ___________
A4 DO YOUR PCs HAVE TROUBLE HEARING YOU? ___________
(If any of the questions in Section A read, go to Section A of
Part II and fully handle per the instructions given.)
B1 HAVE YOU BEEN UNSURE THAT ITEMS REALLY READ? ___________
B2 HAVE YOU INDICATED F/Ns WRONGLY? ___________
B3 IS THERE ANY AREA OF METERING YOU FEEL UNSURE OF? ___________
B4 CAN'T YOU READ A METER? ___________
(If any of the questions in section B read, go to Section B of
Part II and fully cover each item in that section.)
C1 IS IT HARD TO KEEP UP WITH THE PC? ___________
C2 DO YOU FORGET THE COMMANDS? ___________
C3 ARE YOU IN MYSTERY ABOUT WHAT'S HAPPENING DURING A SESSION? ___________
C4 IS THERE SOMETHING ABOUT R3RA YOU DON'T GET? ___________
(If any of the questions in Section C read, go to Section C of
Part II and fully cover each item in that section.)
D1 ARE YOU CONFUSED ABOUT WHAT A POSTULATE IS? ___________
D2 DO YOU WORRY ABOUT EPs? ___________
D3 HAVE YOU WONDERED WHETHER YOU'VE GOTTEN EPs ON YOUR PCs? ___________
(If any of the questions in Section D read, go to Section D of
Part II and fully cover each item in that section.)
493
E1 ARE YOU UNSURE ABOUT WHICH ITEMS TO RUN? ___________
E2 DO YOU KNOW WHICH ITEM THE PC SHOULD BE RUN
ON BEFORE ASSESSING? ___________
E3 IS THERE SOME CONFUSION ABOUT HOW TO PRE-ASSESS? ___________
E4 IS THERE SOMETHING YOU DON'T GET ABOUT NARRATIVES? ___________
(If any of the questions in Section E read, go to Section E of
Part II and fully cover each item in that section.)
F1 DO YOUR TRs GO OUT WHEN A CHAIN BOGS? ___________
F2 ARE YOU UNCERTAIN ABOUT YOUR ASSESSMENT TRs? ___________
F3 DO YOU DREAD DOING L3RFs? ___________
(If any of the questions in Section F read, go to Section F of
Part II and fully cover each item in that section.)
G1 IS THERE SOME PART OF THE DRUG RUNDOWN YOU NEVER UNDERSTOOD? ___________
G2 IS THERE SOMETHING ABOUT THE DRUG HANDLING
STEPS THAT DOESN'T MAKE SENSE? ___________
G3 IS THERE SOMETHING ABOUT DRUG HANDLING YOU DISAGREE WITH? ___________
(If any of the questions in Section G read, go to Section G of
Part II and fully cover each item in that section.)
H1 IS THE MIND REAL? ___________
H2 DO YOU EVER WONDER IF THERE REALLY ARE SUCH
THINGS AS ENGRAMS OR MENTAL IMAGE PICTURES? ___________
H3 HAVE YOU NOT HAD WINS BEING AUDITED ON NED OR DIANETICS? ___________
(If any of the questions in Section H read, go to Section H of
Part II and fully handle per the instructions given.)
I1 IS THERE SOME TRICK YOU USE TO MAKE SURE THE
SESSION COMES OUT OKAY? ___________
I2 IS THERE SOMETHING YOU DO IN SESSION YOU
WOULDN'T WANT THE C/S TO KNOW? ___________
I3 HAVE YOU TRIED TO MAKE A SESSION LOOK BETTER
THAN IT REALLY WAS? ___________
I4 HAVE YOU EVER FALSIFIED A WORKSHEET? ___________
I5 HAVE YOU EVER AGREED NOT TO PUT SOMETHING
DOWN ON A WORKSHEET? ___________
I6 HAVE YOU DONE SOMETHING WITH A PC YOU DON'T
WANT US TO FIND OUT? ___________
494
I7 ARE PCs MEAN OR UNCOOPERATIVE? ___________
I8 ARE YOU INVOLVED IN AN OUTETHICS SITUATION? ___________
I9 ARE YOU JUST FAKING THAT YOU CAN AUDIT? ___________
(If any of the questions in Section I (Eye) read, go to Section I
(Eye) of Part II and fully handle per the instructions given.)
J1 AS A STUDENT, HAVE YOU FAILED TO LOOK UP MISUNDERSTOODS? ___________
J2 ON COURSE, HAVE YOU LET THINGS GO BY WHICH
YOU DIDN'T REALLY GET? ___________
J3 HAVE YOU FAKED THAT YOU GOT IT? ___________
J4 DO YOU HAVE DIFFICULTIES AS A STUDENT? ___________
J5 DON'T YOU LIKE TO STUDY? ___________
J6 HAVE YOU PRETENDED KNOWINGNESS YOU DON'T HAVE? ___________
(If any of the questions in Section J read, go to Section J of Part
II and fully handle per the instructions given.)
K1 DOES SOMEONE OBJECT TO YOUR BEING TRAINED? ___________
K2 HAS SOMEONE BEEN ENTURBULATING YOU? ___________
K3 ARE YOU PTS? ___________
(If any of the questions in Section K read. go to Section K of
Part II and fully handle per the instructions given.)
PART II
A. TRs
Check out and correct the auditor's TRs 0-IV. It may be his TRs have never
been flattened, in which case he should be sent to do a Hard TRs Course. The
auditor's TRs may be going out due to misunderstoods and uncertainties about
the tech. Be sure to explore this possibility also.
H. METERING
1. Have the auditor set up a meter. ___________
(Note any uncertainties in handling the meter.)
2. Show me how you would check to make sure your meter is
operational. ___________
3. Check: Does the auditor wear glasses? If so, do the rims obstruct
his seeing the meter while he is looking at the worksheets or
the pc? ___________
Are his glasses satisfactory? Does he have any difficulty with
them at all? Is the prescription correct? (i.e. can he see with
them?) Don't just ask. Check it out. ___________
4. Tell me what a reading item is. ___________
495
5. Demonstrate each of the reads and which you would take up
first. ___________
6. Is there any area of metering you feel unsure of? ___________
7. Check the auditor out on the following meter drills:
EM 12 _____ EM 23 _____ EM 26 _____
EM 13 _____ EM 24 _____
Handle any MUs then have him do meter drills, meter drills, meter drills.
REFERENCES:
HCOB 26 Jun 78RA II NED Series 6RA URGENT IMPORTANT
ROUTINE 3RA ENGRAM RUNNING
BY CHAINS
HCOB 13 Sep 78 I URGENT IMPORTANT, R3RA ENGRAM
RUNNING BY CHAINS AND NARRATIVE
R3RA, AN ADDITIONAL DIFFERENCE
HCOB 28 Apr 69R HIGH TA IN DIANETICS
HCOB 12 Sep 78 II OVERRUN BY DEMANDING EARLIER THAN
THERE IS
HCOB 18 Jun 78R NED Series 4R
ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM
HCOB 28 Feb 71 C/S Series 24
METERING READING ITEMS
HCOB 4 Dec 77 CHECKLIST FOR SETTING UP SESSIONS AND
AN E-Meter
THE BOOK INTRODUCING THE E-Meter
THE BOOK OF E-Meter DRILLS
E-Meter ESSENTIALS
HCOB 29 Apr 69 ASSESSMENT AND INTEREST
C. R3RA THEORY AND PROCEDURE
1. Define lock, secondary, engram, basic. ___________
2. Have the auditor demonstrate what each R3RA command does.
showing in detail how it affects the pc and the bank. ___________
3. How would you know whether an incident was erasing or going
more solid? ___________
4. Have the auditor "run out" an item on you, keeping full session
admin. ___________
Auditor knows R3RA commands cold. ___________
While the auditor is running out the item, mock up situations
which require the auditor handles the following:
a) pc bouncing from incident. ___________
b) recognizing and handling the basic incident on the chain
when it is reached. (Does he ask "Has it erased?"). ___________
c) TA rising after the first run through the incident. ___________
496
d) pc gets no visio. ___________
e) pc says there's nothing earlier. ___________
f) incident has erased, but no postulate volunteered. ___________
g) cognition volunteered, but no postulate. (Can he tell the
difference between a cog and a postulate?) ___________
h) TA high, pc says, "It's erased." No VGIs. ___________
i) incident blown by inspection. ___________
(While doing this section, note all aspects of the auditor's
handling; his TRs, his session admin, meter position as well as
procedure.)
If it's out admin, cram on handwriting until the auditor can
write fast and legibly without effort.
Outnesses on commands indicate out basics. Handle with TRs
101-104 (per HCOB 17 Jul 69RB New Era Dianetics Command
Training Drills) and/or cram using the appropriate references:
HCOB 3 Oct 78 NED RULE
HCOB 27 Jan 74 DIANETICS R3R COMMAND
BACKGROUND DATA
HCOB 26 Jun 78RA II NED Series 6RA, URGENT IMPORTANT
ROUTINE 3RA ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
HCOB 15 May 63 I THE TIME TRACK AND ENGRAM RUNNING
BY CHAINS
HCOB 8 Jun 63R II THE TIME TRACK AND ENGRAM RUNNING BY
CHAINS, HANDLING THE TIME TRACK
BOOK: DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH
BOOK: DIANETICS: THE ORIGINAL THESIS
HCOB 16 Sep 78 POSTULATE OFF EQUALS ERASURE
D. POSTULATE AND ERASURE
1. Demonstrate what holds a chain in place. ___________
2. Demo erasure and how it is accomplished. ___________
3. Define postulate. ___________
4. Give some examples of postulates. ___________
REFERENCES:
HCOB 26 Jun 78RA II NED Series 6RA, URGENT IMPORTANT ROUTINE
3RA ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
HCOB 16 Sep 78 POSTULATE OFF EQUALS ERASURE
E. ASSESSMENT AND PREASSESSMENT
1. Have the auditor give several examples of narrative items,
somatic items, after the fact items and medical terms. ___________
2. Mock up situation of the pc offering to the auditor medical
terms, after the fact items and conditions to run. Auditor to
handle correctly, without evaluation or invalidation. ___________
497
3. Mock up a session. Start with an original item. Have the auditor
do a full preassessment and choose the correct running item.
(Note all aspects of his handling, as above.) ___________
Auditor's preassessment procedure correct. ___________
During the preassessment, mock up the following situations for
the auditor to handle:
a) no reads on list. ___________
b) an instant F/N. ___________
c) a body motion "read" on a preassessment item. ___________
d) prior and latent reads. ___________
e) pc wants to run something that hasn't read. ___________
REFERENCES:
HCOB 17 Jul 69RB NEW ERA DIANETICS COMMAND TRAINING
DRILLS
HCOB 26 Jun 78RA II NED Series 6RA URGENT IMPORTANT ROUTINE
3RA ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS
HCOB 18 Jun 78R NED Series 4R
ASSESSMENT AND HOW TO GET THE ITEM
HCOB 28 Jul 71RA NED Series 8R
DIANETICS, BEGINNING A PC ON
HCOB 13 Sep 78 R3RA ENGRAM RUNNING BY CHAINS AND
NARRATIVE R3RA, AN ADDITIONAL
DIFFERENCE
HCOB 20 Jul 78 NED Series 18 AFTER THE FACT ITEMS
HCOB 23 May 69R AUDITING OUT SESSIONS NARRATIVE VERSUS
SOMATIC CHAINS
F. L3RF
1. Have the auditor give several examples of when an L3RF would
be used. ___________
2. Have the auditor assess an L3RF on a doll. ___________
(Check his assessment TRs, meter position, etc.)
3. Choose several L3RF items and have the auditor handle
them as he would in a session. ___________
4. Are there any L3RF items you don't feel certain about
or don't understand? ___________
5. Check out the auditor on E-Meter Drill 24. ___________
REFERENCES:
HCOB 22 Jul 78 ASSESSMENT TRs
HCOB 11 Apr 71RC IMPORTANT L3RF DN AND INT RD REPAIR LIST
(and references in the metering section).
G. DRUG HANDLING
1. Demo why you run out drugs narrative. ___________
498
2. Demo why you preassess drugs. ___________
3. Demo why you do a prior assessment to drugs. ___________
4. Demonstrate why you don't list whole track drugs. ___________
5. Demo what drugs do to a person and why they have to be
handled. ___________
6. Is there anything about drug handling that isn't clear? ___________
REFERENCES:
HCOB 15 Jul 71RA III NED Series 9R DRUG HANDLING
HCOB 19 Sep 78 I THE END OF ENDLESS DRUG RUNDOWNS
HCOB 19 May 69RA DRUG AND ALCOHOL CASES, PRIOR ASSESSING
HCOB 28 Jul 71RA NED Series 8R DIANETICS. BEGINNING A PC ON
H. DOESN'T KNOW AUDITING WORKS
2WC the reading question with the auditor to establish whether he has any
personal reality on the mind and engrams and whether he has had any wins
from receiving Dianetic auditing himself. If he doesn't know from personal
experience that the mind is real, that engrams and mental image pictures
are real and that auditing gives personal gains, put him on a program to
finish his Drug RD, including Objectives. If that doesn't handle, then do
an Expanded Green Form 40RD.
I. OUT ETHICS AS AN AUDITOR
Program for an Ethics Repair List and the Personal Revival Rundown. He
will not win as an auditor until he is honest and straight.
J. STUDY DIFFICULTIES
Program for full handling by using a Student Confessional List, Student
Rehab List, Student Rescue Intensive or any other appropriate auditing
action. Also, handle study difficulties with any retreads or retrains
warranted (i.e. Student Hat, PRD, etc.).
K. PTS
Return to C/S to program for PTS handling.
This completed checklist plus the corrective actions taken are kept in the
auditor's pc folder.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:dr
Copyright $c 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
499
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder